Jeep Grand Cherokee WK2 2011-2013 service repair manual Part 1 of 2

Table of contents :
General Information
Vehicle Data
Vehicle Quick Reference
Brakes
Base - Service Information
Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics
Antilock Brake System (ABS) - Service Information
Engine
3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information
DESCRIPTION
DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING
STANDARD PROCEDURE
SPECIFICATIONS
REMOVAL
INSTALLATION
SPECIAL TOOLS
COVER, ENGINE
CYLINDER HEAD
ENGINE BLOCK
ENGINE MOUNTING
LUBRICATION
MANIFOLDS
TURBOCHARGER SYSTEM
VALVE TIMING
AIR INTAKE SYSTEM
3.6L - Service Information
DESCRIPTION
DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING
STANDARD PROCEDURE
SPECIFICATIONS
REMOVAL
INSTALLATION
SPECIAL TOOLS
AIR INTAKE SYSTEM
CYLINDER HEAD
ENGINE BLOCK
ENGINE MOUNTING
LUBRICATION
MANIFOLDS
VALVE TIMING
5.7L - Service Information
DESCRIPTION
DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING
STANDARD PROCEDURE
SPECIFICATIONS
REMOVAL
INSTALLATION
SPECIAL TOOLS
AIR INTAKE SYSTEM
CYLINDER HEAD
ENGINE BLOCK
ENGINE MOUNTING
LUBRICATION
MANIFOLDS
MDS SYSTEM
VALVE TIMING
Cooling System
DESCRIPTION
OPERATION
DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING
STANDARD PROCEDURE
SPECIFICATIONS
SPECIAL TOOLS
ACCESSORY DRIVE
ENGINE
TRANSMISSION
Emission Applications
Emissions Control
Exhaust System
Firing Order & Cylinder Identification
Fuel System
FUEL DELIVERY, DIESEL
FUEL INJECTION, DIESEL
FUEL DELIVERY, GAS
FUEL INJECTION, GAS
Ignition System - Service Information
Electrical
Mopar Accessories
SPECIAL TOOLS
AUDIO AND ELECTRONICS
CARRIERS AND CARGO HAULING
DRIVING CONVENIENCE
EXTERIOR APPEARANCE
FOG LIGHTS AND ELECTRICAL
Audio & Video - Service Information
Battery System - Service Information
Charging - Service Information
Chime Buzzer - Service Information
Electronic Control Modules - Service Information
STANDARD PROCEDURE
COMMUNICATION
CONNECTOR, DATA LINK
MODULE, AIR SUSPENSION CONTROL
MODULE, ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM
MODULE, BLIND SPOT
MODULE, COMPASS
MODULE, DOOR
MODULE, DRIVETRAIN CONTROL
MODULE, ELECTRONIC LIMITED SLIP DIFFERENTIAL
MODULE, GLOW PLUG, 3.0L DIESEL
MODULE, HEADLAMP LEVELING
MODULE, HEATED SEAT
MODULE, MEMORY, SEAT
MODULE, PARK ASSIST
MODULE, PASSIVE ENTRY
MODULE, POWER LIFTGATE CONTROL
MODULE, POWERTRAIN CONTROL
MODULE, STEERING COLUMN
MODULE, TOTALLY INTEGRATED POWER (TIPM)
MODULE, TRANSMISSION CONTROL
RECEIVER, WIRELESS IGNITION NODE
SENSOR AND BRACKET, ADAPTIVE SPEED CONTROL
Heated Cooled Accessories - Service Information
Heated Glass - Service Information
Heated Mirrors - Service Information
Heated Seats - Service Information
Horn System - Service Information
Instrument Cluster - Service Information
Lamps Lighting - Exterior - Service Information
Lamps Lighting - Interior - Service Information
Message Center - Service Information
Navigation Telecommunication - Service Information
Power Distribution
Power Liftgate - Service Information
Power Mirrors - Service Information
Power Seats - Service Information
Power Top Sunroof - Service Information
Power Windows - Service Information
Special Tools - Electrical
Speed Control - Service Information
Starting - Service Information
Universal Transmitter
Vehicle Theft Security - Service Information
Wiper System & Washer System - Service Information
DESCRIPTION
OPERATION
DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING
SPECIFICATIONS
CLEANING
INSPECTION
ARM, WIPER
BLADE, WIPER
HOSES AND TUBES, WASHER
LINKAGE, WIPER ARM
MODULE, LIGHT RAIN SENSOR (LRSM)
MOTOR, WIPER
NOZZLE, WASHER
PUMP, WINDSHIELD WASHER
RELAY, HEADLAMP WASHER
RESERVOIR, WINDSHIELD WASHER
SWITCH, WASHER FLUID LEVEL
Body - Interior & Exterior
WARNING
DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING
STANDARD PROCEDURE
SPECIFICATIONS
SPECIAL TOOLS
DOOR - FRONT
DOORS - REAR
EXTERIOR
HOOD
INSTRUMENT PANEL
INTERIOR
DECKLID/HATCH/LIFTGATE/TAILGATE
PAINT
SEATS
STATIONARY GLASS
SUNROOF, DUAL PANE
SUNROOF, SINGLE PANE
BODY STRUCTURE
Driveline&Axles
Front Axle - 195FIA
Front Half Shaft
Propeller Shaft
Rear Axle - 195RIA
Rear Axle - 215RII
Rear Axle - 225RII
Rear Axle - 230RIA
Rear Half Shaft
DTC-Based Diagnostics
Active Cruise Control (ACC) Module - Electrical Diagnostics
Amplifier (AMP) - Electrical Diagnostics
Audio (Radio) - Electrical Diagnostics
Automatic Headlamp Leveling Module (AHLM) - Electrical Diagnostics
Automatic Highbeam Module (AHBM) - Electrical Diagnostics
Blind Spot Module (BSM) - Electrical Diagnostics
Cabin Compartment Node (CCN) - Electrical Diagnostics
Driver Door Module (DDM) - Electrical Diagnostics (DMFL)

Citation preview

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 GENERAL INFORMATION Vehicle Data - Grand Cherokee

2011 GENERAL INFORMATION Vehicle Data - Grand Cherokee

VEHICLE INFORMATION INTERNATIONAL VEHICLE CONTROL AND DISPLAY SYMBOLS DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION

Chrysler LLC uses international symbols to identify various systems on the vehicle. The graphic symbols illustrated are used to identify various instrument controls, vehicle controls and service information references. The symbols correspond to the controls and displays that are located on the instrument panel and throughout the vehicle.

Fig. 1: Information Symbols Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC INTERNATIONAL INFORMATION SYMBOL IDENTIFICATION SYMBOL DESCRIPTION SYMBOL DESCRIPTION 1 115-Volt Power Inverter 11 Side Airbag 2 USB Connector 12 Seat Belt

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 GENERAL INFORMATION Vehicle Data - Grand Cherokee

3 4 5 6

Lighter Fuel Fill Side Spare Tire Winch Fuse

13 14 15 16

7 8 9

Key Activate (Power Outlet) Warning Child Seat Tether Anchor Lower Anchors and Tether for Children (latch)

17 18 19

10

Airbag Supplemental Restraint System Power Steering Fluid See Owner's Manual See Appropriate Service Information Emergency Release Handle Jack/Jack Tools Location

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 GENERAL INFORMATION Vehicle Data - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 2: Indicator Symbols Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC INTERNATIONAL INDICATOR SYMBOL IDENTIFICATION SYMBOL DESCRIPTION SYMBOL 1 Electronic Speed Control 26 2 Hill Descent Control 27 3 Traction Control 28 Electronic Stability Program/Brake System Assist 4 29 System 5 Security Indicator 30 6 Turn Signals 31 7 8 9 10 11 12

32 33 34 35 36 37

13 14

Water In Fuel Low Fuel Side Airbag Seat Belt Reminder Airbag Warning Light Passenger Airbag Off Failure Of Anti-Lock Braking System HEV Brake Regenerative Light

15 16 17 18 19 20 21

Electronic Throttle Control HEV Service Light Engine Oil Battery Charging Glow Plug/Intake Air Heated Power Steering Fluid Engine Coolant Temperature

40 41 42 43 44 45 46

22

Malfunction Indicator Light Transmission Oil Temperature Light Diesel Exhaust Brake High Beam

47

23 24 25

38 39

48 49 50

DESCRIPTION Front Fog Light Rear Fog Light Cargo Lamp

Exterior Bulb Failure Door Ajar Liftgate Open Brake System Warning Parking Brake All Wheel Drive Four Wheel Drive Four Wheel Drive Low Tow/Haul Service Four Wheel Drive Service Four Wheel Drive Cruise Indicator Brake System Warning Parking Brake Tire Pressure Monitor Sway Bar Disconnect Indicator Front Axle Lock Rear Axle Lock Park Assist Indicator Park Brake Indicator Electronic Stability Control/Traction Control Off Trailer Brake System Off

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 GENERAL INFORMATION Vehicle Data - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 3: Control Symbols Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC INTERNATIONAL CONTROL SYMBOL IDENTIFICATION SYMBOL DESCRIPTION SYMBOL DESCRIPTION Passenger Air Bag Off 1 Rear Window Wiper 26 Rear Window Electronic Speed 2 Intermittent Wiper 27 Control Rear Window 3 28 Cruise Indicator Washer Rear Window

SYMBOL

DESCRIPTION

51

Door Ajar

52

Liftgate Release

53

Sliding Door

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 GENERAL INFORMATION Vehicle Data - Grand Cherokee

4

Defrost

29

Hill Descent Control

54

5

Heated Mirror

30

55

6 7

Turn Signals Adjustable Pedals

31 32

56 57

Convertible Top Up Door Lock

8

33

58

34 35

Low Beam Front Fog Light

59 60

Window Lift Convertible 4 Window Down Window Lock

36

Rear Fog Light

61

37 38

62 63 64

SwayBar Disconnect

15

Ventilating Fan

40

65

All Wheel Drive

16

Air Conditioning

41

66

Four Wheel Drive

17

Upper Air Outlet Upper And Lower Air Outlet

42

Cargo Lamp Hazard Lights 115-Volt Power Inverter Key Activate (Power Outlet) Exterior Bulb Failure Master Lighting Switch

Power Rear Window Voice Recognition Button Uconnect™ Button

14

Horn Windshield Wiper Intermittent Windshield Washer Windshield Washer Fluid Level Windshield Electrically Heated Windshield Defrost Windshield Wiper And Washer

Park Assist Off Electronic Stability Program/Brake System Assist System Park Brake Release Adjustable Headlights

Sliding Door Convertible Top Down

67

43

Dome Light

68

44

70

21

Heated Seat Low

46

71

Front Axle Lock

22 23 24

Heated Seat High Ventilated Seat Recirculation Heated Steering Wheel Reset Electronic Stability Control Off

47 48 49

Park Lights Instrument Panel Illumination Electronic Stability Program Off Diesel Exhaust Brake Overdrive Off Hood Release

69

20

Lower Air Outlet Defrost And Lower Air Outlet

Two Wheel Drive Four Wheel Drive Low Four Wheel Drive Lock Four Wheel Drive Auto

72 73 74

Rear Axle Lock EVIC Menu Navigation Button

50 77

Trunk/Deck Release Axle Lock Button

75 78

Step Traction Control Off

80

Trailer Brakes

9 10 11 12 13

18 19

25 76 79

39

45

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 GENERAL INFORMATION Vehicle Data - Grand Cherokee

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

Fig. 4: International Symbols Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC The graphic symbols illustrated are used to identify engine compartment lubricant and fluid inspection and fill locations. The symbols correspond to the caps located within the engine compartment. LABEL, VEHICLE EMISSION CERTIFICATION INFORMATION (VECI) DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION

Fig. 5: Veci Label Location Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 GENERAL INFORMATION Vehicle Data - Grand Cherokee

1 - VECI LABEL (CANADIAN) 2 - VECI LABEL 3 - HOOD NOTE:

The Vehicle Emission Control Information (VECI) label(s) must be in place for the life of the vehicle. When replacing the component in which the VECI label is adhered, a new VECI label must also be adhered to the new component.

All vehicles are equipped with a combined VECI label(s). The label is located in the engine compartment on the vehicle hood. Two labels are used for vehicles built for sale in the country of Canada. The VECI label(s) contain the following:    

Engine family and displacement Evaporative family Certification application Spark plug and gap

VEHICLE CERTIFICATION LABEL DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION

Fig. 6: Vehicle Certification Label - Typical Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC A vehicle certification label is attached to every Chrysler LLC vehicle. The label certifies that the vehicle conforms to all applicable Federal Motor Vehicle Standards. The label also lists:  

Month and year of vehicle manufacture. Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR). The gross front and rear axle weight ratings (GAWR's) are based on a minimum rim size and maximum cold tire inflation pressure.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 GENERAL INFORMATION Vehicle Data - Grand Cherokee

      

Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). Type of vehicle. Type of rear wheels. Bar code. Month, Day and Hour (MDH) of final assembly. Paint and Trim codes. Country of origin.

The label is located on the driver-side door shut-face. VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION

Fig. 7: VIN Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC The Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) label (1) is attached to the top left side of the instrument panel. The VIN contains 17 characters that provide data concerning the vehicle. Refer to the decoding chart below to determine the identification of a vehicle. To protect the consumer from theft and possible fraud the manufacturer is required to include a Check Digit at the ninth position of the Vehicle Identification Number. The check digit is used by the manufacturer and government agencies to verify the authenticity of the vehicle and official documentation. The formula to use the check digit is not released to the general public. VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER DECODING CHART

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 GENERAL INFORMATION Vehicle Data - Grand Cherokee

POSITION 1, 2, 3

INTERPRETATION WMI (World Manufacturer Identifier)

4

Gross Vehicle Weight Rating

5

Vehicle Line (WK)

6

Series

7

Body Style

8

Engine

9 10 11 12 thru 17

Check Digit Model Year Assembly Plant Vehicle Build Sequence

CODE = DESCRIPTION 1J4 = Chrysler LLC Active Belts (ASP) Front Air Bags (OSP) Without Side Inflatable Restraints C = 2722 - 3175 kg (6001 - 7000 lbs) Active Belts (ASP) Front Air Bags (OSP) With Side Inflatable Restraints All Rows J = 2722 - 3175 kg (6001 - 7000 lbs) R = 2722 - 3175 kg (6001 - 7000 lbs) S = Grand Cherokee Left Hand Drive (4x2) R = Grand Cherokee Left Hand Drive (4x4) 2 = Grand Cherokee Right Hand Drive (4x4) 4 = Grand Cherokee Laredo 5 = Grand Cherokee Limited 6 = Grand Cherokee Overland G = Sport Utility 4 Door G = 3.6L 6 CYL Gasoline Non Turbo (EZH) T = 5.7L 8 CYL Gasoline Non Turbo (ERB) 0 through 9 or X B = 2011 C = Jefferson North Assembly 6 Digit Number Assigned by Assembly Plant

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 GENERAL INFORMATION Vehicle Quick Reference - Grand Cherokee

2011 GENERAL INFORMATION Vehicle Quick Reference - Grand Cherokee

CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FLUIDS DESCRIPTION FLUID TYPES

When service is required, Chrysler Group LLC recommends that only Mopar® brand parts, lubricants and chemicals be used. Mopar® provides the best engineered products for servicing Chrysler Group LLC vehicles. Only lubricants bearing designations defined by the following organization should be used to service a Chrysler Group LLC vehicle:    

Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE) American Petroleum Institute (API) National Lubricating Grease Institute (NLGI) European Automobile Manufacturers Association (ACEA)

API QUALITY CLASSIFICATION

Fig. 1: Identifying American Petroleum Institute Certified Symbol Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC This symbol on the front of an oil container means that the oil has been certified by the American Petroleum Institute (API) to meet all the lubrication requirements specified by Chrysler Group LLC. GEAR LUBRICANTS

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 GENERAL INFORMATION Vehicle Quick Reference - Grand Cherokee

SAE ratings also apply to multigrade gear lubricants. In addition, API classification defines the lubricant's usage, such as API GL-5 and SAE 75W-90. LUBRICANT RECOMMENDATIONS CHASSIS

COMPONENT Steering Gear AND Linkage, Ball Joints, Prop Shafts AND Yokes, Wheel Bearings

FLUID, LUBRICANT, OR GENUINE PART Mopar® Multi-Purpose Lubricant NLGI Grade 2 EP, GC-LB

BODY

COMPONENT Hinges: Door AND Hood Swing Gate Latches: Door, Hood/Safety Catch, Swing Gate Seat Regulator AND Track Lock Cylinders

FLUID, LUBRICANT, AND GENUINE PART Mopar® Engine Oil Mopar® Multi-Purpose Lube NLGI Grade 2 EP, GC-LB Mopar® Multi-Purpose Lube NLGI Grade 2 EP, GC-LB Mopar® Multi-Purpose Lube NLGI Grade 2 EP, GC-LB Mopar® Lock Cylinder Lube

A/C REFRIGERANT

The refrigerant used in this air conditioning system is a HydroFluoroCarbon (HFC), type R-134a. Unlike R-12, which is a ChloroFluoroCarbon (CFC), R-134a refrigerant does not contain ozone-depleting chlorine. R-134a refrigerant is a nontoxic, nonflammable, clear and colorless liquefied gas. CAUTION: R-134a refrigerant is not compatible with R-12 refrigerant in an A/C system. Even a small amount of R-12 refrigerant added to an R-134a refrigerant system will cause A/C compressor failure. The A/C refrigerant system is filled-for-life at the factory and requires no regular maintenance. Although not required at specific intervals, the charge level should be checked if system performance deteriorates or if a noise or leak is suspected. Refer to DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING . AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION FLUID

NOTE:

Refer to FLUID LEVEL CHECK for fluid level checking procedures.

Mopar® ATF +4, Automatic Transmission Fluid is the recommended fluid for Chrysler automatic transmissions. Dexron II fluid IS NOT recommended. Clutch chatter can result from the use of improper fluid.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 GENERAL INFORMATION Vehicle Quick Reference - Grand Cherokee

Mopar® ATF +4, Automatic Transmission Fluid when new is red in color. The ATF is dyed red so it can be identified from other fluids used in the vehicle such as engine oil or antifreeze. The red color is not permanent and is not an indicator of fluid condition. As the vehicle is driven, the ATF will begin to look darker in color and may eventually become brown. This is normal. ATF+4 also has a unique odor that may change with age. Consequently, odor and color cannot be used to indicate the fluid condition or the need for a fluid change. FLUID ADDITIVES

Chrysler strongly recommends against the addition of any fluids to the transmission, other than those automatic transmission fluids listed above. Exceptions to this policy are the use of special dyes to aid in detecting fluid leaks. Various "special" additives and supplements exist that claim to improve shift feel and/or quality. These additives and others also claim to improve converter clutch operation and inhibit overheating, oxidation, varnish, and sludge. These claims have not been supported to the satisfaction of Chrysler and these additives must not be used. The use of transmission "sealers" should also be avoided, since they may adversely affect the integrity of transmission seals. BRAKE FLUID

The brake fluid used in this vehicle must conform to DOT 3 specifications and SAE J1703 standards. No other type of brake fluid is recommended or approved for usage in the vehicle brake system. Use only Mopar brake fluid or an equivalent from a tightly sealed container. CAUTION: Never use reclaimed brake fluid or fluid from a container which has been left open. An open container of brake fluid will absorb moisture from the air and contaminate the fluid. CAUTION: Never use any type of a petroleum-based fluid in the brake hydraulic system. Use of such type fluids will result in seal damage of the vehicle brake hydraulic system causing a failure of the vehicle brake system. Petroleum based fluids would be items such as engine oil, transmission fluid, power steering fluid, etc. BRAKE FLUID - EXPORT

The brake fluid used in this vehicle must conform to DOT 3 specifications and SAE J1703 standards. If DOT 3 brake fluid is not available, brake fluid conforming to DOT 4 specifications may be used in its place. The fluids are compatible, but DOT 4 usage may require additional fluid maintenance. No other type of brake fluid is recommended or approved for usage in the vehicle brake system. Use only Mopar® Brake Fluid DOT 3 Motor Vehicle or equivalent from a tightly sealed container. CAUTION: Never use reclaimed brake fluid or fluid from an container which has been left open. An open container of brake fluid will absorb moisture from the air and contaminate the fluid. CAUTION: Never use any type of a petroleum-based fluid in the brake hydraulic

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 GENERAL INFORMATION Vehicle Quick Reference - Grand Cherokee

system. Use of such type fluids will result in seal damage of the vehicle brake hydraulic system causing a failure of the vehicle brake system. Petroleum based fluids would be items such as engine oil, transmission fluid, power steering fluid, etc. ENGINE COOLANT

WARNING: Antifreeze is an ethylene glycol based coolant and is harmful if swallowed or inhaled. If swallowed, drink two glasses of water and induce vomiting. If inhaled, move to fresh air area. Seek medical attention immediately. Do not store in open or unmarked containers. Wash skin and clothing thoroughly after coming in contact with ethylene glycol. Keep out of reach of children. Dispose of glycol based coolant properly, contact your government agency for location of collection center in your area. Do not open a cooling system when the engine is at operating temperature or hot under pressure, personal injury can result. Avoid radiator cooling fan when engine compartment related service is performed, personal injury can result. CAUTION: Use of Propylene Glycol based coolants is not recommended, as they provide less freeze protection and less boiling protection. The cooling system is designed around the coolant. The coolant must accept heat from engine metal, in the cylinder head area near the exhaust valves and engine block. Then coolant carries the heat to the radiator where the tube/fin radiator can transfer the heat to the air. The use of aluminum cylinder blocks, cylinder heads, and water pumps requires special corrosion protection. Mopar® Antifreeze/Coolant, 5 Year/100, 000 Mile Formula (MS-9769), or the equivalent ethylene glycol based coolant with hybrid organic corrosion inhibitors (called HOAT, for Hybrid Organic Additive Technology) is recommended. This coolant offers the best engine cooling without corrosion when mixed with 50% Ethylene Glycol and 50% distilled water to obtain a freeze point of -37°C (-35°F). If it loses color or becomes contaminated, drain, flush, and replace with fresh properly mixed coolant solution. The green coolant MUST NOT BE MIXED with the orange or magenta coolants. When replacing coolant the complete system flush must be performed before using the replacement coolant. CAUTION: Mopar® Antifreeze/Coolant, 5 Year/100, 000 Mile Formula (MS-9769) may not be mixed with any other type of antifreeze. Doing so will reduce the corrosion protection and may result in premature water pump seal failure. If non-HOAT coolant is introduced into the cooling system in an emergency, it should be replaced with the specified coolant as soon as possible. ENGINE OIL

WARNING: New or used engine oil can be irritating to the skin. Avoid prolonged or

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 GENERAL INFORMATION Vehicle Quick Reference - Grand Cherokee

repeated skin contact with engine oil. Contaminants in used engine oil, caused by internal combustion, can be hazardous to your health. Thoroughly wash exposed skin with soap and water. Do not wash skin with gasoline, diesel fuel, thinner, or solvents, health problems can result. Do not pollute, dispose of used engine oil properly. Contact your dealer or government agency for location of collection center in your area. When service is required, Chrysler Group LLC recommends that only Mopar® brand parts, lubricants and chemicals be used. Mopar® provides the best engineered products for servicing Chrysler Group LLC vehicles. Only lubricants bearing designations defined by the following organization should be used.    

Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE) American Petroleum Institute (API) National Lubricating Grease Institute (NLGI) Association des Constructeurs Europ e ens d' Automobiles (European Automobile Manufacturers Association) (ACEA)

API SERVICE GRADE CERTIFIED

Use an engine oil that is API Certified. MOPAR® provides engine oils, that meet or exceed this requirement. SAE VISCOSITY

Fig. 2: Identifying Engine Oil Viscosity Label Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC An SAE viscosity grade is used to specify the viscosity of engine oil. Use only engine oils with multiple viscosities. These are specified with a dual SAE viscosity grade which indicates the cold-to-hot temperature viscosity range. Refer to your engine oil filler cap for the recommended engine oil viscosity for your vehicle. ACEA CATEGORIES

For countries that use the ACEA European Oil Categories for Service Fill Oils, use engine oils that meet the requirements of ACEA A1/B1, A2/B2, or A3/B3.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 GENERAL INFORMATION Vehicle Quick Reference - Grand Cherokee

ENERGY CONSERVING OIL

An Energy Conserving type oil is recommended for gasoline engines. The designation of ENERGY CONSERVING is located on the label of an engine oil container. CONTAINER IDENTIFICATION

Fig. 3: Identifying American Petroleum Institute Certified Symbol Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC Standard engine oil identification notations have been adopted to aid in the proper selection of engine oil. The identifying notations are located on the front label of engine oil plastic bottles and the top of engine oil cans. This symbol means that the oil has been certified by the American Petroleum Institute (API). Chrysler Group LLC only recommends API Certified engine oils. Use Mopar® engine oil or equivalent. SYNTHETIC ENGINE OILS

There are a number of engine oils being promoted as either synthetic or semi-synthetic. If you chose to use such a product, use only those oils that meet the American Petroleum Institute (API) and SAE viscosity standard. Follow the service schedule that describes your driving type. ENGINE OIL ADDITIVES/SUPPLEMENTS

The manufacturer does not recommend the addition of any engine oil additives/supplements to the specified engine oil. Engine oil additives/supplements should not be used to enhance engine oil performance. Engine oil additives/supplements should not be used to extend engine oil change intervals. No additive is known to be safe for engine durability and can degrade emission components. Additives can contain undesirable materials that harm the long term durability of engines by: 





Doubling the level of phosphorus in the engine oil. The ILSAC (International Lubricant Standard Approval Committee) GF-2 and GF-3 standards require that engine oil contain no more than 0.10% phosphorus to protect the vehicles emissions performance. Addition of engine oil additives/supplements can poison, from the added sulfur and phosphorus, catalysts and hinder efforts to guarantee emissions performance to 80, 000 miles. Altering the viscosity characteristics of the engine oil so that it no longer meets the requirements of the specified viscosity grade. Creating potential for an undesirable additive compatibility interaction in the engine crankcase. Generally it is not desirable to mix additive packages from different suppliers in the crankcase; there have been

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 GENERAL INFORMATION Vehicle Quick Reference - Grand Cherokee

reports of low temperature engine failures caused by additive package incompatibility with such mixtures. POWER STEERING FLUID

CAUTION: There is an Electro-Hydraulic Power Steering (EHPS) pump on some vehicles requiring a different fluid. Do not mix power steering fluid types. Damage may result to the power steering pump and system if any other fluid is used. The mechanical power steering pump systems on this vehicle require the use of Power Steering Fluid +4, which meets material specification MS-9602 or equivalent. The EHPS system uses fluid which meets material specification MS-11655 or equivalent. Do not overfill. TRANSFER CASE

Recommended lubricant for the MP3023 transfer case is Mopar® ATF+4, Automatic Transmission Fluid. For the MP2010 transfer case, Use ATF approved to MB 236.10, MB 236.12, such as Shell ATF 3403/M-115, MOPAR® part number 05127382AA, Fuchs/Shell ATF 3353, or equivalent. OPERATION OPERATION

The automatic transmission fluid is selected based upon several qualities. The fluid must provide a high level of protection for the internal components by providing a lubricating film between adjacent metal components. The fluid must also be thermally stable so that it can maintain a consistent viscosity through a large temperature range. If the viscosity stays constant through the temperature range of operation, transmission operation and shift feel will remain consistent. Transmission fluid must also be a good conductor of heat. The fluid must absorb heat from the internal transmission components and transfer that heat to the transmission case. SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS

ENGINE Description

Type

Cooling System ? Engine Coolant (3.0L MOPAR® Antifreeze/Coolant 5 Year/100, 000 Mile Formula HOAT (Hybrid Organic Additive Technology) Diesel Engines) ? Engine MOPAR® Antifreeze/Coolant 5 Year/100, 000 Mile Coolant (3.6L Formula HOAT (Hybrid Organic Additive Technology) Engines) ? Engine MOPAR® Antifreeze/Coolant 5 Year/100, 000 Mile Coolant (5.7L Formula HOAT (Hybrid Organic Additive Technology) Engines)

Part Number

Capacities U.S. Metric

1 Gallon 14.0 13.2 05066386AA Quarts Liters 1 Gallon 10.4 9.9 05066386AA Quarts Liters 1 Gallon 15.4 14.6 05066386AA Quarts Liters

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 GENERAL INFORMATION Vehicle Quick Reference - Grand Cherokee

? Engine Coolant (5.7L MOPAR® Antifreeze/Coolant 5 Year/100, 000 Mile Engines with Formula HOAT (Hybrid Organic Additive Technology) Trailer Tow Package) Engine Oil with Filter Engine Oil MOBIL 1® SAE 5W-30 Low Ash Fully Synthetic oil, (3.0L Diesel meeting the requirements of ACEA C3 Engine)

1 Gallon 16 15.2 05066386AA Quarts Liters

1 Quart 9 8.4 05166241AA Quarts Liters

1 Quart MOPAR® API Certified SAE 5W-30 engine oil, meeting 04761838AB Engine Oil 6 the requirements of Chrysler Group LLC Material Standard (3.6L Engine) Quarts 4 Quarts MS-6395. 04761844AB 1 Quart Engine Oil MOPAR® API Certified SAE 5W-20 engine oil, meeting 04761872AC (5.7L Engine) 7 the requirements of Chrysler Group LLC Material Standard Domestic and Quarts 5 Quarts MS-6395. Export 04761851AD Engine Oil Filter (3.0L MOPAR® Engine Oil Filter Kit 68109834AA N/A Diesel Engine) Engine Oil Filter (3.6L MOPAR® Engine Oil Filter Kit 68079744AA N/A Engine) Engine Oil Filter (5.7L MOPAR® Engine Oil Filter 04884899AB N/A Engine) Fuel (approximate) Use good quality diesel fuel from a reputable supplier in your vehicle. The manufacturer requires that you must fuel this vehicle with Ultra Low Sulfur Highway Diesel fuel (15 ppm Sulfur maximum) and prohibits the use of Low Sulfur Highway Diesel fuel (500 ppm Sulfur maximum) to avoid damage to the emissions control system. For most yearround service, No. 2 diesel fuel meeting ASTM Fuel Selection 24 specification D-975 Grade S15 will provide good N/A (3.0L Diesel Gallons performance. If the vehicle is exposed to extreme cold Engine) (below 20F or -7C), or is required to operate at colder-thannormal conditions for prolonged periods, use climatized No. 2 diesel fuel or dilute the No. 2 diesel fuel with 50% No. 1 diesel fuel. This will provide better protection from fuel gelling or wax-plugging of the fuel filters. This vehicle is fully compatible with biodiesel blends up to 5% biodiesel meeting ASTM specification D-975. Fuel Selection 24 87 Octane N/A (3.6L Engine) Gallons

5.6 Liters

6.6 Liters

N/A

N/A

N/A

91 Liters

91 Liters

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 GENERAL INFORMATION Vehicle Quick Reference - Grand Cherokee

Fuel Selection (3.6L Engine) Ethanol E85 (ASTM D5798) Flexible Fuel Fuel Selection 87 Octane Acceptable - 89 Octane Recommended (5.7L Engine) A/C Refrigerant System A/C R-134a Refrigerant

N/A

24 91 Gallons Liters

N/A

24 91 Gallons Liters

82300101AB

1.375 623.7 Pounds Grams

? System fill capacity includes heater and coolant recovery bottle filled to MAX level. CAUTION: Nominal refill capacities are shown. A variation may be observed from vehicle to vehicle due to manufacturing tolerance and refill procedure.

SPARK PLUGS Description

Type

Spark Plugs (3.6L Engine) Spark Plugs (5.7L Engine)

Part Number

Champion® NGK® Yttrium

SP149125AD (RER8ZWYCB4) 05149177AB (LZFR5C-11G)

Type

Part Number

Gap U.S. Metric 0.040 in 01.0 mm 0.040 in 01.0 mm

TRANSMISSION Description

Capacities U.S. Metric

Automatic

545RFE - Service Fill

? 545RFE Overhaul Fill

NAG 1 - Service Fill

MOPAR® ATF+4 Automatic Transmission Fluid

MOPAR® ATF+4 Automatic Transmission Fluid

MOPAR® ATF+4 Automatic Transmission Fluid

1 Quart 05013457AA 1 Gallon 05013458AA 1 Quart 05013457AA 1 Gallon 05013458AA 1 Quart 05013457AA 1 Gallon 05013458AA 1 Quart 05013457AA 1 Gallon 05013458AA 1 Quart 05013457AA 1 Gallon -

4X2 - 5.5 Quarts

4X2 - 5.2 Liters

4X4 - 6.5 Quarts

4X4 - 6.2 Liters

4X2 - 14.8 Quarts

4X2 - 14 Liters

4X4 - 16.9 Quarts

4X4 - 16 Liters

5.3 Quarts

5.0 Liters

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 GENERAL INFORMATION Vehicle Quick Reference - Grand Cherokee

? NAG 1 - Overhaul MOPAR® ATF+4 Automatic Fill Transmission Fluid

05013458AA 1 Quart 05013457AA 1 Gallon 05013458AA

8.1 Quarts

7.7 Liters

? Dry fill capacity. Depending on type and size of internal cooler, length and inside diameter of cooler lines, or use of an auxiliary cooler, these figures may vary. Refer to the appropriate service information for the correct procedures. CAUTION: Nominal refill capacities are shown. A variation may be observed from vehicle to vehicle due to manufacturing tolerance and refill procedure.

TRANSFER CASE Description

Type

Part Number

MP3023

MOPAR® ATF+4 Automatic Transmission Fluid

1 Quart 05013457AA 1 Gallon 05013458AA

MP2010

Use ATF approved to MB 236.10, MB 236.12, such as Shell ATF 3403/M-115, Fuchs/Shell ATF 3353, or equivalent.

1 Quart 05127382AA

Capacities U.S. Metric 2.0 Quarts

1.9 Liters

1.1 Pints

0.51 Liters

CAUTION: Nominal refill capacities are shown. A variation may be observed from vehicle to vehicle due to manufacturing tolerance and refill procedure.

CHASSIS Description

Type

Part Number

Capacities U.S. Metric

Axles (Front) Mopar® Gear and Axle Lubricant 75W-85 Mopar® Gear and Axle Lubricant 195FIA FE - Front Axle 75W-85 Axles (Rear) 195RIA - Rear Axle Mopar® Gear and Axle Lubricant (Aluminum) 75W-85 215RII - Rear Axle (Cast Mopar® Gear and Axle Lubricant Iron) 75W-85 225RII - Rear Axle (Cast Mopar® Gear and Axle Lubricant Iron) 75W-85 230RIA With ELSD Mopar® Gear and Axle Lubricant Rear Axle (Aluminum) with Modifier 75W-85 195FIA - Front Axle

1 Quart 05136035AA 1 Quart 05136035AA

1.2 Quarts 0.9 Quarts

1.1 Liters 0.8 Liters

1 Quart 05136035AA 1 Quart 05136035AA 1 Quart 05136035AA 1 Quart 68083381AA

1.0 Quarts 1.3 Quarts 1.5 Quarts 1.4 Quarts

0.9 Liters 1.2 Liters 1.4 Liters 1.3 Liters

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 GENERAL INFORMATION Vehicle Quick Reference - Grand Cherokee

230RIA Without ELSD - Mopar® Gear and Axle Lubricant Rear Axle (Aluminum) 75W-85 Chassis Systems MOPAR® Brake Fluid DOT 3, SAE ? Brake Master Cylinder J1703.

1 Quart 05136035AA

1.2 Quarts

1.1 Liters

12 oz. Bottle 04318080AB 32 oz. Bottle 04318081AB

N/A

N/A

?? Power Steering 1 Pint N/A N/A Reservoir (Belt Driven MOPAR® Power Steering Fluid +4 05166226AA Pump) ??? Power Steering MOPAR® Hydraulic Fluid meeting 68088485AA or N/A N/A Reservoir (Electric the requirements of Chrysler Material 05127381AB Pump) Standard MS-11665 ? If MOPAR® Brake Fluid DOT 3 is not available, then MOPAR® Brake and Clutch Fluid DOT 4 (04549625AC), is acceptable. ?? If MOPAR® Power Steering Fluid +4 is not available, then MOPAR® ATF +4 Automatic Transmission Fluid (05013457AA), is acceptable. ??? CAUTION: There is an Electro-Hydraulic Power Steering (EHPS) pump on some vehicles requiring a different fluid. Do not mix power steering fluid types. Damage may result to the power steering pump and system if any other fluid is used. The mechanical power steering pump systems on this vehicle require the use of Power Steering Fluid +4, which meets material specification MS-9602 or equivalent. The EHPS system uses fluid which meets material specification MS-11655 or equivalent. Do not overfill. CAUTION: Nominal refill capacities are shown. A variation may be observed from vehicle to vehicle due to manufacturing tolerance and refill procedure.

FLUID FILL AND CHECK LOCATIONS INSPECTION INSPECTION

The fluid fill/check locations and lubrication points are located in each applicable article.

FUSE LOCATIONS AND TYPES SPECIFICATIONS FUSE LOCATIONS AND TYPES TOTALLY INTEGRATED POWER MODULE

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 GENERAL INFORMATION Vehicle Quick Reference - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 4: Totally Integrated Power Module (TIPM) Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC The Totally Integrated Power Module (TIPM) is located in the engine compartment. This center contains cartridge fuses and mini fuses. A description of each fuse and component may be stamped on the inside cover, otherwise the cavity number of each fuse is stamped on the inside cover that corresponds to the following chart. Cavity

J1 J2 J3 J4 J5

Cartridge Fuse 25 Amp Circuit Breaker 40 Amp Green 30 Amp Pink 30 Amp Pink 25 Amp Natural 25 Amp Natural

J6

40 Amp Green

-

J7

30 Amp Pink

-

J8 J9 J10 J11

40 Amp Green 30 Amp Pink 30 Amp Pink 30 Amp Pink

-

J13

60 Amp Yellow

-

J14 J15 J17

20 Amp Blue 30 Amp Pink 40 Amp Green

-

J18

20 Amp Blue

-

CB1

Mini Fuse

Description

-

Ignition Off/Accessory Power Windows/Vents

-

Air Suspension Power Liftgate Module Trailer Tow Driver Door Node Passenger Door Node Antilock Brakes Pump/Stability Control System Antilock Brakes Valve/Stability Control System Power Seat E-Brake Headlamp Wash Relay Contact Drive Train Control Module Streaming Video Module/ Video System 3 Module/Video System 2 Module/DISP/DVD Trailer Tow Lamps/Park Lamps Rear Window Defroster Starter Motor Solenoid Powertrain Control Module/Powertrain Control Module Transmission Range

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 GENERAL INFORMATION Vehicle Quick Reference - Grand Cherokee

J19

60 Amp Yellow

-

J20 J21 J22 M1

30 Amp Pink 20 Amp Blue 25 Amp Natural -

15 Amp Blue

M2

-

20 Amp Yellow

M3 M5 M6 M7 M8 M9

-

20 Amp Yellow 25 Amp Natural 20 Amp Yellow 20 Amp Yellow 20 Amp Yellow 20 Amp Yellow

M10

-

20 Amp Yellow

M11

-

10 Amp Red

M12

-

30 Amp Green

M13

-

20 Amp Yellow

M14

-

20 Amp Yellow

M15

-

20 Amp Yellow

M16 M19

-

10 Amp Red 25 Amp Natural

M20

-

15 Amp Blue

M21 M22 M23 M24

-

20 Amp Yellow 10 Amp Red 10 Amp Red 25 Amp Natural

M25

-

20 Amp Yellow

M26

-

-

M27

-

10 Amp Red

M28 M29

-

15 Amp Blue 10 Amp Red

Radiator Fan Motor HI/Radiator Fan Motor Low Front Wiper Ground Front Washer Control/Rear Washer Control PWR Batt - Sunroof Module Sw Stop Switch Lamp Electronic Limit Slip Differential/Air Suspension Liftgate Unlock/DRL Relay 115V AC Power Inverter Power Outlet #1 (Cigar Lighter)/Rain Snsr Power Outlet #2 (Switchable) Front Heated Seat & Steering Wheel Rear Heated Seats Hands Free Module/Vanity Lamp/Universal Garage Door Opener Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning (Climate Control System) Radio/Amplifier Main #2 Instrument Cluster/Wireless Control Module/ITM/Siren/Multifunction Switch (Steering Control Module) Back Up Camera Power Seat Module(s)/Adaptive Cruise Control/Audio Telematics/Daytime Running Lights Relay/Air Suspension Module/Instrument Cluster Occupant Restraint Controller Automatic Shutdown 1 and 2 Instrument Cluster Interior Lighting Feed/Sw Steering Wheel/ Sw Bank/Steering Control Module (Temperature/Compass Display) Automatic Shutdown 3 Horns (Low/High) - Right Horns (Low/High) - Left Rear Wiper On Fuel Pump Motor Output/Diesel Lift Pump (Export Only) Spare Ignition Switch/Wireless Control Module/Keyless Entry Module Powertrain Controller/Transmission Controller Tire Pressure Monitor

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 GENERAL INFORMATION Vehicle Quick Reference - Grand Cherokee

M30 M32 M33

-

15 Amp Blue 10 Amp Red 10 Amp Red

M34

-

10 Amp Red

M35 M36

-

15 Amp Blue 20 Amp Yellow

M37

-

10 Amp Red

M38

-

25 Amp Natural Relays Description Run/Accessory Run Starter Solenoid Run/Start Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Trailer Tow Lamps/Park Lamps Not Used Not Used Electrical Back Light (EBL) Automatic Shut Down (ASD) Radiator Fan Low

Cavity K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 K7 K8 K9 K10 K11

HOISTING STANDARD PROCEDURE JACKING AND HOISTING LIFT POINTS

J1962 Diag Connector Occupant Restraint Controller Powertrain Controller/Transmission Controller Park Assist Module/Climate Control System Module/IR Sensor/Compass Module LH Rear Parklamps Power Outlet Antilock Brakes/Stability Control System Module/Stoplamp Switch Sensor All Door Lock & Unlock

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 GENERAL INFORMATION Vehicle Quick Reference - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 5: Jacking And Hoisting Lift Points Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1 - FLOOR JACK, VEHICLE EMERGENCY JACK 1 - CHASSIS LIFT (DUAL POST) 1 - OUTBOARD LIFT (DUAL LIFT) 2 - DRIVE ON HOIST Refer to Owner's Manual provided with vehicle for proper emergency jacking procedures. WARNING: The hoisting and jack lifting points provided are for a complete vehicle. When the engine or rear suspension is removed from a vehicle, the center of gravity is altered making some hoisting conditions unstable. Properly support or secure vehicle to hoisting device when these conditions exist. Failure to follow these instructions may result in personal injury or death. WARNING: Support the vehicle by supplemental means before performing any work on the air suspension system to prevent the vehicle from changing height. Before any given component is to be serviced it must be deflated. Servicing the air suspension system without supplemental support, or with pressure in the specific component, can cause personal injury or death. NOTE:

The air suspension system will auto-disable when lifted on a frame hoist, or when jacking one corner of the vehicle. The air suspension may attempt to

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 GENERAL INFORMATION Vehicle Quick Reference - Grand Cherokee

change height slightly prior to switching to auto-disable. A manual disable is also available by pressing the "Up" and "Down" switches of the terrain select switch simultaneously for more that 5 seconds. The air suspension system will return to normal operation when the vehicle speed reaches 25 kph (15 mph). When properly positioned, a floor jack can be used to lift the vehicle and support the raised vehicle with jack stands. A floor jack or any lifting device, must never be used on any part of the underbody other then the described areas. CAUTION: Do not attempt to lift a vehicle with a floor jack positioned under:      

Aluminum differential. A body side sill. A steering linkage component. A drive shaft. The engine or transmission oil pan. The fuel tank.

JUMP STARTING STANDARD PROCEDURE JUMP STARTING

WARNING: Review all safety precautions and warnings in the Battery System service information.  





 



Do not jump start a frozen battery, personal injury can result. If equipped, do not jump start when maintenance free battery indicator dot is yellow or bright color. Do not jump start a vehicle when the battery fluid is below the top of lead plates. Do not allow jumper cable clamps to touch each other when connected to a booster source. Do not use open flame near battery. Remove metallic jewelry worn on hands or wrists to avoid injury by accidental arcing of battery current. When using a high output boosting device, do not allow battery voltage to exceed 16 volts. Refer to instructions provided with device being used.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 GENERAL INFORMATION Vehicle Quick Reference - Grand Cherokee

Failure to follow these instructions may result in personal injury or death. CAUTION: When using another vehicle as a booster, do not allow vehicles to touch. Electrical systems can be damaged on either vehicle. TO JUMP START A DISABLED VEHICLE:

Fig. 6: RED Jumper Cable Clamp & BLACK Jumper Cable Clamp Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. On the disabled vehicle, remove the battery compartment lid from under the passenger seat and inspect the battery.  Inspect the battery cable terminal clamps for damage. Replace any battery cable that has a damaged or deformed terminal clamp.  Inspect the battery tray and battery hold down hardware for damage. Replace any damaged parts.  Slide the thermal guard off of the battery case, if equipped. Inspect the battery case for cracks or other damage that could result in electrolyte leaks. Also, check the battery terminal posts for looseness. Batteries with damaged cases or loose terminal posts must be replaced.  Inspect the battery thermal guard for tears, cracks, deformation or other damage. Replace any battery thermal guard that has been damaged.  Inspect the battery built-in test indicator sight glass (if equipped) for an indication of the battery condition. If the battery is discharged, charge as required. Refer to BATTERY, AGM , STANDARD PROCEDURE . 2. Raise hood on disabled vehicle and visually inspect engine compartment for:  Generator drive belt condition and tension. CAUTION: If the cause of starting problem on disabled vehicle is severe, damage to booster vehicle charging system can result.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 GENERAL INFORMATION Vehicle Quick Reference - Grand Cherokee

3. When using another vehicle as a booster source, park the booster vehicle within cable reach. Turn off all accessories, set the parking brake, place the automatic transmission in PARK or the manual transmission in NEUTRAL and turn the ignition OFF. 4. On disabled vehicle, place gear selector in park or neutral and set park brake. Turn off all accessories. 5. Connect jumper cables to booster battery. RED clamp to positive terminal (+). BLACK clamp to negative terminal (-). DO NOT allow clamps at opposite end of cables to touch, electrical arc will result. Review all warnings in this procedure. 6. On disabled vehicle, connect RED jumper cable clamp (2) to positive (+) terminal (3). Connect BLACK jumper cable clamp (1) to engine ground (1). 7. Start the engine in the vehicle which has the booster battery, let the engine idle a few minutes, then start the engine in the vehicle with the discharged battery. CAUTION: Do not crank starter motor on disabled vehicle for more than 15 seconds, starter will overheat and could fail. 8. Allow battery in disabled vehicle to charge to at least 12.4 volts (75% charge) before attempting to start engine. If engine does not start within 15 seconds, stop cranking engine and allow starter to cool (15 min.), before cranking again. DISCONNECT CABLE CLAMPS AS FOLLOWS:  



Disconnect BLACK cable clamp (1) from engine ground on disabled vehicle. When using a Booster vehicle, disconnect BLACK cable clamp from battery negative terminal. Disconnect RED cable clamp from battery positive terminal. Disconnect RED cable clamp (2) from battery positive terminal on disabled vehicle.

MAINTENANCE SCHEDULES DESCRIPTION MAINTENANCE SCHEDULES - NAFTA

The oil change indicator system will remind you that it is time to take your vehicle in for scheduled maintenance. On Electronic Vehicle Information Center (EVIC) equipped vehicles "Oil Change Required" will be displayed in the EVIC and a single chime will sound, indicating that an oil change is necessary. Based on engine operation conditions the oil change indicator message will illuminate, this means that service is required for your vehicle. Have your vehicle serviced as soon as possible, within the next 500 miles (805 km). NOTE:



The oil change indicator message will not monitor the time since the last oil change. Change your vehicles oil if it has been 6 months since your last oil change even if the oil change indicator message is NOT

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 GENERAL INFORMATION Vehicle Quick Reference - Grand Cherokee





illuminated. Change your engine oil more often if you drive your vehicle off-road for an extended period of time. Under no circumstances should oil change intervals exceed 8, 000 miles (13, 000 km) or 6 months, whichever comes first.

OIL CHANGE INDICATOR - RESET

The vehicle is equipped with an engine oil change indicator system. The "Oil Change Required" message will flash in the EVIC display for approximately 10 seconds after a single chime has sounded to indicate the next scheduled oil change interval. The engine oil change indicator system is duty cycle based, which means the engine oil change interval may fluctuate dependent upon your personal driving style. Unless reset, this message will continue to display each time you turn the ignition switch to the ON/RUN position. To turn off the message temporarily, press and release the Menu button. To reset the oil change indicator system (after performing the scheduled maintenance) perform the following procedure: 1. Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position (Do not start the engine). 2. Fully depress the accelerator pedal slowly three times within 10 seconds. 3. Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" position. NOTE:

If the indicator message illuminates when you start the vehicle, the oil change indicator system did not reset. If necessary repeat this procedure.

At Each Stop for Fuel 



Check the engine oil level about 5 minutes after a fully warmed engine is shut off. Checking the oil level while the vehicle is on level ground will improve the accuracy of the oil level reading. Add oil only when the level is at or below the ADD or MIN mark. Check the windshield washer solvent and add if required.

Once a Month   



Check tire pressure and look for unusual wear or damage. Inspect the battery and clean and tighten the terminals as required. Check the fluid levels of the coolant reservoir, brake master cylinder, power steering and transmission (5.7L only) and add as needed. Check all lights and other electrical items for correct operation.

At Each Oil Change  

Change the engine oil filter. Inspect the brake hoses and lines.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 GENERAL INFORMATION Vehicle Quick Reference - Grand Cherokee

CAUTION:





Failure to perform the required maintenance items may result in damage to the vehicle. Proper operation of four-wheel drive vehicles depends on tires of equal size, type and circumference on each wheel. Any difference in tire size can cause damage to the transfer case. Tire rotation schedule should be followed to balance tire wear.

REQUIRED MAINTENANCE INTERVALS

Perform Maintenance Every (Where time and mileage are listed, follow the interval that occurs first.) Miles Kilometers Months 8000 13000 6

Maintenance Items

 

16000

26000

12

 



  





24000

39000

18

 

  

Change the engine oil and engine oil filter. Rotate the tires, rotate at the first sign of irregular wear, even if it occurs before 8, 000 miles (13 000 km). Change the engine oil and engine oil filter. Rotate the tires, rotate at the first sign of irregular wear, even if it occurs before 16, 000 miles (26 000 km). If using your vehicle for any of the following: Dusty or off-road conditions. Inspect the engine air cleaner filter; replace if necessary. Replace the air conditioning filter. Inspect the brake linings, replace if necessary. Inspect the CV joints. Perform the first inspection at 16, 000 miles (26 000 km) or 12 months. Inspect exhaust system. Perform the first inspection at 16, 000 miles (26 000 km) or 12 months. Inspect the front suspension, tie rod ends and boot seals for cracks or leaks and all parts for damage, wear, improper looseness or end play; replace if necessary. Change the engine oil and engine oil filter. Rotate the tires, rotate at the first sign of irregular wear, even if it occurs before 24, 000 miles (39 000 km). Inspect the CV joints. Inspect exhaust system. Inspect the front and rear axle fluid, change if using your vehicle for police, taxi, fleet, off-road or

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 GENERAL INFORMATION Vehicle Quick Reference - Grand Cherokee

frequent trailer towing. 32000

52000

24

 

   

  

40000

65000

30

 

48000

78000

36

 



    



56000

91000

42

 

Change the engine oil and engine oil filter. Rotate the tires, rotate at the first sign of irregular wear, even if it occurs before 32, 000 miles (52 000 km). Replace the engine air cleaner filter. Replace the air conditioning filter. Replace the spark plugs (5.7L Engine). Adjust parking brake on vehicles equipped with fourwheel disc brakes. Inspect the transfer case fluid. Inspect the brake linings, replace if necessary. Inspect the front suspension, tie rod ends and boot seals for cracks or leaks and all parts for damage, wear, improper looseness or end play; replace if necessary. Change the engine oil and engine oil filter. Rotate the tires, rotate at the first sign of irregular wear, even if it occurs before 40, 000 miles (65 000 km). Change the engine oil and engine oil filter. Rotate the tires, rotate at the first sign of irregular wear, even if it occurs before 48, 000 miles (78 000 km). If using your vehicle for any of the following: Dusty or off-road conditions. Inspect the engine air cleaner filter; replace if necessary. Replace the air conditioning filter. Inspect the brake linings, replace if necessary. Inspect the CV joints. Inspect exhaust system. Inspect the front suspension, tie rod ends and boot seals for cracks or leaks and all parts for damage, wear, improper looseness or end play; replace if necessary. Inspect the front and rear axle fluid, change if using your vehicle for police, taxi, fleet, off-road or frequent trailer towing. Change the engine oil and engine oil filter. Rotate the tires, rotate at the first sign of irregular wear, even if it occurs before 56, 000 miles (91 000

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 GENERAL INFORMATION Vehicle Quick Reference - Grand Cherokee

km). 64000

104000

48

 

    







72000

117000

54

 

  

80000

130000

60

 



 



Change the engine oil and engine oil filter. Rotate the tires, rotate at the first sign of irregular wear, even if it occurs before 64, 000 miles (104 000 km). Replace the engine air cleaner filter. Replace the air conditioning filter. Inspect the brake linings; replace if necessary. Replace the spark plugs (5.7L Engine). Adjust parking brake on vehicles equipped with fourwheel disc brakes. Change the automatic transmission fluid and filter(s) if using your vehicle for any of the following: police, taxi, fleet, or frequent trailer towing. Change the transfer case fluid if using your vehicle for any of the following: police, taxi, fleet, or frequent trailer towing. Inspect the front suspension, tie rod ends and boot seals for cracks or leaks and all parts for damage, wear, improper looseness or end play; replace if necessary. Change the engine oil and engine oil filter. Rotate the tires, rotate at the first sign of irregular wear, even if it occurs before 72, 000 miles (117 000 km). Inspect the CV joints. Inspect exhaust system. Inspect the front and rear axle fluid, change if using your vehicle for police, taxi, fleet, off-road or frequent trailer towing. Change the engine oil and engine oil filter. Rotate the tires, rotate at the first sign of irregular wear, even if it occurs before 80, 000 miles (130 000 km). If using your vehicle for any of the following: Dusty or off-road conditions. Inspect the engine air cleaner filter; replace if necessary. Replace the air conditioning filter. Flush and replace the engine coolant if not done at 104, 000 miles (169 000 km). Inspect the brake linings, replace if necessary.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 GENERAL INFORMATION Vehicle Quick Reference - Grand Cherokee

88000

143000

66



Inspect the front suspension, tie rod ends and boot seals for cracks or leaks and all parts for damage, wear, improper looseness or end play; replace if necessary.



Change the engine oil and engine oil filter. Rotate the tires, rotate at the first sign of irregular wear, even if it occurs before 88, 000 miles (143 000 km).



96000

156000

72

 

     

    



104000

169000

78

 



112000

182000

84

 



Change the engine oil and engine oil filter. Rotate the tires, rotate at the first sign of irregular wear, even if it occurs before 96, 000 miles (156 000 km). Replace the engine air cleaner filter. Replace the air conditioning filter. Replace the spark plugs (3.6L Engine). Replace the spark plugs (5.7L Engine). Inspect and replace PCV valve if necessary. + Adjust parking brake on vehicles equipped with fourwheel disc brakes. Inspect the transfer case fluid. Inspect the brake linings, replace if necessary. Inspect the CV joints. Inspect exhaust system. Inspect the front suspension, tie rod ends and boot seals for cracks or leaks and all parts for damage, wear, improper looseness or end play; replace if necessary. Inspect the front and rear axle fluid, change if using your vehicle for police, taxi, fleet, off-road or frequent trailer towing. Change the engine oil and engine oil filter. Rotate the tires, rotate at the first sign of irregular wear, even if it occurs before 104, 000 miles (169 000 km). Flush and replace the engine coolant if not done at 60 months. Change the engine oil and engine oil filter. Rotate the tires, rotate at the first sign of irregular wear, even if it occurs before 112, 000 miles (182 000 km). If using your vehicle for any of the following: Dusty

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 GENERAL INFORMATION Vehicle Quick Reference - Grand Cherokee

  

120000

195000

90

 

  

 

128000

208000

96

 

   

  

136000

221000

102

 

144000

234000

108

 

or off-road conditions. Inspect the engine air cleaner filter; replace if necessary. Replace the air conditioning filter. Inspect the brake linings, replace if necessary. Inspect the front suspension, tie rod ends and boot seals for cracks or leaks and all parts for damage, wear, improper looseness or end play; replace if necessary. Change the engine oil and engine oil filter. Rotate the tires, rotate at the first sign of irregular wear, even if it occurs before 120, 000 miles (195 000 km). Inspect the CV joints. Inspect exhaust system. Inspect the front and rear axle fluid, change if using your vehicle for police, taxi, fleet, off-road or frequent trailer towing. Change the automatic transmission fluid and filter(s). Replace the accessory drive belt(s). Change the engine oil and engine oil filter. Rotate the tires, rotate at the first sign of irregular wear, even if it occurs before 128, 000 miles (208 000 km). Replace the engine air cleaner filter. Replace the air conditioning filter. Replace the spark plugs (5.7L Engine). Adjust parking brake on vehicles equipped with fourwheel disc brakes. Change the transfer case fluid. Inspect the brake linings, replace if necessary. Inspect the front suspension, tie rod ends and boot seals for cracks or leaks and all parts for damage, wear, improper looseness or end play; replace if necessary. Change the engine oil and engine oil filter. Rotate the tires, rotate at the first sign of irregular wear, even if it occurs before 136, 000 miles (221 000 km). Change the engine oil and engine oil filter. Rotate the tires, rotate at the first sign of irregular wear, even if it occurs before 144, 000 miles (234

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 GENERAL INFORMATION Vehicle Quick Reference - Grand Cherokee



    



152000

247000

114

 

000 km). If using your vehicle for any of the following: Dusty or off-road conditions. Inspect the engine air cleaner filter; replace if necessary. Replace the air conditioning filter. Inspect the brake linings, replace if necessary. Inspect the CV joints. Inspect exhaust system. Inspect the front suspension, tie rod ends and boot seals for cracks or leaks and all parts for damage, wear, improper looseness or end play; replace if necessary. Inspect the front and rear axle fluid, change if using your vehicle for police, taxi, fleet, off-road or frequent trailer towing. Change the engine oil and engine oil filter. Rotate the tires, rotate at the first sign of irregular wear, even if it occurs before 152, 000 miles (247 000 km).

+ This maintenance is recommended by the manufacturer to the owner, but is not required to maintain emissions warranty. WARNING:





You can be badly injured working on or around a motor vehicle. Do only service work for which you have the knowledge and the right equipment. If you have any doubt about your ability to perform a service job, take your vehicle to a competent mechanic. Failure to properly inspect and maintain your vehicle could result in a component malfunction and effect vehicle handling and performance. This could cause an accident

Failure to follow these instructions may result in possible serious or fatal injury. MAINTENANCE SCHEDULES - CHINA

The oil change indicator system will remind you that it is time to take your vehicle in for scheduled maintenance. On Electronic Vehicle Information Center (EVIC) equipped vehicles "Oil Change Required" will be displayed in the EVIC and a single chime will sound, indicating that an oil change is necessary. The oil change indicator message will illuminate approximately 11 200 km after the most recent oil change was performed. Have your vehicle serviced as soon as possible, within 800 km.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 GENERAL INFORMATION Vehicle Quick Reference - Grand Cherokee

NOTE:







The oil change indicator message will not monitor the time since the last oil change. Change your vehicles oil if it has been 6 months since your last oil change even if the oil change indicator message is NOT illuminated. Change your engine oil more often if you drive your vehicle off-road for an extended period of time. Under no circumstances should oil change intervals exceed 12 000 km or 6 months, whichever comes first.

OIL CHANGE INDICATOR - RESET

The vehicle is equipped with an engine oil change indicator system. The "Oil Change Required" message will flash in the EVIC display for approximately 10 seconds after a single chime has sounded to indicate the next scheduled oil change interval. The engine oil change indicator system is duty cycle based, which means the engine oil change interval may fluctuate dependent upon your personal driving style. Unless reset, this message will continue to display each time you turn the ignition switch to the ON/RUN position. To turn off the message temporarily, press and release the Menu button. To reset the oil change indicator system (after performing the scheduled maintenance) perform the following procedure: 1. Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position (Do not start the engine). 2. Fully depress the accelerator pedal slowly three times within 10 seconds. 3. Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" position. NOTE:

If the indicator message illuminates when you start the vehicle, the oil change indicator system did not reset. If necessary repeat this procedure.

At Each Stop for Fuel 



Check the engine oil level about 5 minutes after a fully warmed engine is shut off. Checking the oil level while the vehicle is on level ground will improve the accuracy of the oil level reading. Add oil only when the level is at or below the ADD or MIN mark. Check the windshield washer solvent and add if required.

Once a Month    

Check tire pressure and look for unusual wear or damage. Inspect the battery and clean and tighten the terminals as required. Check the fluid levels of the coolant reservoir, brake master cylinder, power steering and add as needed. Check all lights and other electrical items for correct operation.

At Each Oil Change 

Change the engine oil filter.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 GENERAL INFORMATION Vehicle Quick Reference - Grand Cherokee



Inspect the brake hoses and lines. CAUTION:





Failure to perform the required maintenance items may result in damage to the vehicle. Proper operation of four-wheel drive vehicles depends on tires of equal size, type and circumference on each wheel. Any difference in tire size can cause damage to the transfer case. Tire rotation schedule should be followed to balance tire wear.

REQUIRED MAINTENANCE INTERVALS SEVERE DUTY CONDITIONS

++ Change the engine oil and engine oil filter at every 5 000 km or 3 months if using your vehicle under any of the following severe duty conditions:      

Stop and go driving. Driving in dusty conditions. Short trips of less than 16 km. Trailer towing. Taxi, police, or delivery service (commercial service). Off-road or desert operation.

Perform Maintenance Every (Where time and mileage are listed, follow the interval that occurs first.) Miles Kilometers Months 7500 12000 6

Maintenance Items

 

15000

24000

12

  

    

22500

36000

18

Change the engine oil and engine oil filter.++ Rotate tires. Change the engine oil and engine oil filter.++ Rotate tires. If using your vehicle for any of the following: Dusty or off-road conditions. Inspect the engine air cleaner filter; replace if necessary. Replace the air conditioning filter. Inspect the brake linings, replace if necessary. Inspect the CV joints. Inspect exhaust system. Inspect the front and rear axle fluid, change if using your vehicle for police, taxi, fleet, off-road or frequent trailer towing.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 GENERAL INFORMATION Vehicle Quick Reference - Grand Cherokee

    

30000

48000

24

     

 



37500

60000

30

 

45000

72000

36

  

  

  

52500

84000

42

 

60000

96000

48

  

Change the engine oil and engine oil filter.++ Rotate tires. Inspect the CV joints. Inspect exhaust system. Inspect the front suspension, tie rod ends and boot seals; replace if necessary. Change the engine oil and engine oil filter.++ Rotate tires. Replace the engine air cleaner filter. Replace the air conditioning filter. Replace the spark plugs (5.7L Engine). Adjust parking brake on vehicles equipped with fourwheel disc brakes. Inspect the brake linings, replace if necessary. Inspect the front and rear axle fluid, change if using your vehicle for police, taxi, fleet, off-road or frequent trailer towing. Inspect the transfer case fluid. Change the engine oil and engine oil filter.++ Rotate tires. Change the engine oil and engine oil filter.++ Rotate tires. If using your vehicle for any of the following: Dusty or off-road conditions. Inspect the engine air cleaner filter; replace if necessary. Replace the air conditioning filter. Inspect the brake linings, replace if necessary. Inspect the front and rear axle fluid, change if using your vehicle for police, taxi, fleet, off-road or frequent trailer towing. Inspect the CV joints. Inspect exhaust system. Inspect the front suspension, tie rod ends and boot seals; replace if necessary. Change the engine oil and engine oil filter.++ Rotate tires. Change the engine oil and engine oil filter.++ Rotate tires. Replace the engine air cleaner filter.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 GENERAL INFORMATION Vehicle Quick Reference - Grand Cherokee

  

 





67500

108000

54

    

75000

120000

60

  

  



82500

132000

66

90000

144000

72

       

Replace the air conditioning filter. Replace the spark plugs (5.7L Engine). Adjust parking brake on vehicles equipped with fourwheel disc brakes. Inspect the brake linings, replace if necessary. Inspect the front and rear axle fluid, change if using your vehicle for police, taxi, fleet, off-road or frequent trailer towing. Change the automatic transmission fluid and filter(s) if using your vehicle for any of the following: police, taxi, fleet, or frequent trailer towing. Change the transfer case fluid if using your vehicle for any of the following: police, taxi, fleet, or frequent trailer towing. Change the engine oil and engine oil filter.++ Rotate tires. Inspect the CV joints. Inspect exhaust system. Inspect the front suspension, tie rod ends and boot seals; replace if necessary. Change the engine oil and engine oil filter.++ Rotate tires. If using your vehicle for any of the following: Dusty or off-road conditions. Inspect the engine air cleaner filter; replace if necessary. Replace the air conditioning filter. Inspect the brake linings, replace if necessary. Inspect the front and rear axle fluid, change if using your vehicle for police, taxi, fleet, off-road or frequent trailer towing. Flush and replace the engine coolant if not done at 168 000 km. Change the engine oil and engine oil filter.++ Rotate tires. Change the engine oil and engine oil filter.++ Rotate tires. Replace the engine air cleaner filter. Replace the air conditioning filter. Replace the spark plugs (3.6L and 5.7L Engine). Inspect and replace PCV valve if necessary. +

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 GENERAL INFORMATION Vehicle Quick Reference - Grand Cherokee



 

  



97500

156000

78

 

105000

168000

84

  

  



112500

180000

90

    

120000

192000

96

     



Adjust parking brake on vehicles equipped with fourwheel disc brakes. Inspect the brake linings, replace if necessary. Inspect the front and rear axle fluid, change if using your vehicle for police, taxi, fleet, off-road or frequent trailer towing. Inspect the CV joints. Inspect exhaust system. Inspect the front suspension, tie rod ends and boot seals; replace if necessary. Inspect the transfer case fluid. Change the engine oil and engine oil filter.++ Rotate tires. Change the engine oil and engine oil filter.++ Rotate tires. If using your vehicle for any of the following: Dusty or off-road conditions. Inspect the engine air cleaner filter; replace if necessary. Replace the air conditioning filter. Inspect the brake linings, replace if necessary. Inspect the front and rear axle fluid, change if using your vehicle for police, taxi, fleet, off-road or frequent trailer towing. Flush and replace the engine coolant if not done at 60 months. Change the engine oil and engine oil filter.++ Rotate tires. Inspect the CV joints. Inspect exhaust system. Inspect the front suspension, tie rod ends and boot seals; replace if necessary. Change the engine oil and engine oil filter.++ Rotate tires. Replace the engine air cleaner filter. Replace the air conditioning filter. Replace the spark plugs (5.7L Engine). Adjust parking brake on vehicles equipped with fourwheel disc brakes. Inspect the brake linings, replace if necessary.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 GENERAL INFORMATION Vehicle Quick Reference - Grand Cherokee



  

127500

204000

102

 

135000

216000

108

  

  

  

142500

228000

114

150000

240000

120

       

 



Inspect the front and rear axle fluid, change if using your vehicle for police, taxi, fleet, off-road or frequent trailer towing. Change the automatic transmission fluid and filter(s). Change the transfer case fluid. Replace the accessory drive belt(s). Change the engine oil and engine oil filter.++ Rotate tires. Change the engine oil and engine oil filter.++ Rotate tires. If using your vehicle for any of the following: Dusty or off-road conditions. Inspect the engine air cleaner filter; replace if necessary. Replace the air conditioning filter. Inspect the brake linings, replace if necessary. Inspect the front and rear axle fluid, change if using your vehicle for police, taxi, fleet, off-road or frequent trailer towing. Inspect the CV joints. Inspect exhaust system. Inspect the front suspension, tie rod ends and boot seals; replace if necessary. Change the engine oil and engine oil filter.++ Rotate tires. Change the engine oil and engine oil filter.++ Rotate tires. Replace the engine air cleaner filter. Replace the air conditioning filter. Replace the spark plugs (5.7L Engine). Adjust parking brake on vehicles equipped with fourwheel disc brakes. Inspect the brake linings, replace if necessary. Inspect the front and rear axle fluid, change if using your vehicle for police, taxi, fleet, off-road or frequent trailer towing. Inspect the transfer case fluid.

+ This maintenance is recommended by the manufacturer to the owner, but is not required to maintain emissions warranty.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 GENERAL INFORMATION Vehicle Quick Reference - Grand Cherokee

WARNING:





You can be badly injured working on or around a motor vehicle. Do only service work for which you have the knowledge and the right equipment. If you have any doubt about your ability to perform a service job, take your vehicle to a competent mechanic. Failure to properly inspect and maintain your vehicle could result in a component malfunction and effect vehicle handling and performance. This could cause an accident

Failure to follow these instructions may result in possible serious or fatal injury. MAINTENANCE SCHEDULES - EUROPE MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE - GASOLINE ENGINE

The oil change indicator system will remind you that it is time to take your vehicle in for scheduled maintenance. On Electronic Vehicle Information Center (EVIC) equipped vehicles "Oil Change Required" will be displayed in the EVIC and a single chime will sound, indicating that an oil change is necessary. The oil change indicator message will illuminate approximately 7, 000 miles (11 200 km) after the most recent oil change was performed. Have your vehicle serviced as soon as possible, within 500 miles (800 km). NOTE:







The oil change indicator message will not monitor the time since the last oil change. Change your vehicles oil if it has been 6 months since your last oil change even if the oil change indicator message is NOT illuminated. Change your engine oil more often if you drive your vehicle off-road for an extended period of time. Under no circumstances should oil change intervals exceed 7, 500 miles (12 000 km) or 6 months, whichever comes first.

OIL CHANGE INDICATOR - RESET

The vehicle is equipped with an engine oil change indicator system. The "Oil Change Required" message will flash in the EVIC display for approximately 10 seconds after a single chime has sounded to indicate the next scheduled oil change interval. The engine oil change indicator system is duty cycle based, which means the engine oil change interval may fluctuate dependent upon your personal driving style. Unless reset, this message will continue to display each time you turn the ignition switch to the ON/RUN position. To turn off the message temporarily, press and release the Menu button. To reset the oil change indicator system (after performing the scheduled maintenance) perform the following procedure: 1. Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position (Do not start the engine). 2. Fully depress the accelerator pedal slowly three times within 10 seconds.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 GENERAL INFORMATION Vehicle Quick Reference - Grand Cherokee

3. Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" position. NOTE:

If the indicator message illuminates when you start the vehicle, the oil change indicator system did not reset. If necessary repeat this procedure.

At Each Stop for Fuel 



Check the engine oil level about 5 minutes after a fully warmed engine is shut off. Checking the oil level while the vehicle is on level ground will improve the accuracy of the oil level reading. Add oil only when the level is at or below the ADD or MIN mark. Check the windshield washer solvent and add if required.

Once a Month   



Check tire pressure and look for unusual wear or damage. Inspect the battery and clean and tighten the terminals as required. Check the fluid levels of the coolant reservoir, brake master cylinder, power steering and transmission (4.7L and 5.7L only) and add as needed. Check all lights and other electrical items for correct operation.

At Each Oil Change  

Change the engine oil filter. Inspect the brake hoses and lines. CAUTION:





Failure to perform the required maintenance items may result in damage to the vehicle. Proper operation of four-wheel drive vehicles depends on tires of equal size, type and circumference on each wheel. Any difference in tire size can cause damage to the transfer case. Tire rotation schedule should be followed to balance tire wear.

REQUIRED MAINTENANCE INTERVALS SEVERE DUTY CONDITIONS

++ Change the engine oil and engine oil filter at every 3, 000 miles (5 000 km) or 3 months if using your vehicle under any of the following severe duty conditions:     

Stop and go driving. Driving in dusty conditions. Short trips of less than 10 miles (16 km). Trailer towing. Taxi, police, or delivery service (commercial service).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 GENERAL INFORMATION Vehicle Quick Reference - Grand Cherokee



Off-road or desert operation.

Perform Maintenance Every (Where time and mileage are listed, follow the interval that occurs first.) Miles Kilometers Months 7500 12000 6

Maintenance Items

 

15000

24000

12

  

    

22500

36000

18

    

30000

48000

24



Change the engine oil and engine oil filter.++

  

 

30

Change the engine oil and engine oil filter.++ Rotate tires. Inspect the CV joints. Inspect exhaust system. Inspect the front suspension, tie rod ends and boot seals; replace if necessary.





60000

Change the engine oil and engine oil filter.++ Rotate tires. If using your vehicle for any of the following: Dusty or off-road conditions. Inspect the engine air cleaner filter; replace if necessary. Replace the air conditioning filter. Inspect the brake linings, replace if necessary. Inspect the CV joints. Inspect exhaust system. Inspect the front and rear axle fluid, change if using your vehicle for police, taxi, fleet, off-road or frequent trailer towing.

Change the engine oil and engine oil filter.++ Rotate tires. Replace the engine air cleaner filter. Replace the air conditioning filter. Replace the spark plugs (5.7L Engine). Adjust parking brake on vehicles equipped with fourwheel disc brakes. Inspect the brake linings, replace if necessary. Inspect the front and rear axle fluid, change if using your vehicle for police, taxi, fleet, off-road or frequent trailer towing. Inspect the transfer case fluid.

 

37500

Change the engine oil and engine oil filter.++ Rotate tires.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 GENERAL INFORMATION Vehicle Quick Reference - Grand Cherokee

45000

72000

36



Rotate tires.



Change the engine oil and engine oil filter.++ Rotate tires. If using your vehicle for any of the following: Dusty or off-road conditions. Inspect the engine air cleaner filter; replace if necessary. Replace the air conditioning filter. Inspect the brake linings, replace if necessary. Inspect the front and rear axle fluid, change if using your vehicle for police, taxi, fleet, off-road or frequent trailer towing. Inspect the CV joints. Inspect exhaust system. Inspect the front suspension, tie rod ends and boot seals; replace if necessary.

 

  

  

52500

84000

42

 

60000

96000

48

     

 





67500

108000

54

    

Change the engine oil and engine oil filter.++ Rotate tires. Change the engine oil and engine oil filter.++ Rotate tires. Replace the engine air cleaner filter. Replace the air conditioning filter. Replace the spark plugs (5.7L Engine). Adjust parking brake on vehicles equipped with fourwheel disc brakes. Inspect the brake linings, replace if necessary. Inspect the front and rear axle fluid, change if using your vehicle for police, taxi, fleet, off-road or frequent trailer towing. Change the automatic transmission fluid and filter(s) if using your vehicle for any of the following: police, taxi, fleet, or frequent trailer towing. Change the transfer case fluid if using your vehicle for any of the following: police, taxi, fleet, or frequent trailer towing. Change the engine oil and engine oil filter.++ Rotate tires. Inspect the CV joints. Inspect exhaust system. Inspect the front suspension, tie rod ends and boot seals; replace if necessary.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 GENERAL INFORMATION Vehicle Quick Reference - Grand Cherokee

75000

120000

60

  

  



82500

132000

66

 

90000

144000

72

      

 

  



97500

156000

78

 

105000

168000

84

  



Change the engine oil and engine oil filter.++ Rotate tires. If using your vehicle for any of the following: Dusty or off-road conditions. Inspect the engine air cleaner filter; replace if necessary. Replace the air conditioning filter. Inspect the brake linings, replace if necessary. Inspect the front and rear axle fluid, change if using your vehicle for police, taxi, fleet, off-road or frequent trailer towing. Flush and replace the engine coolant if not done at 105, 000 miles (168 000 km). Change the engine oil and engine oil filter.++ Rotate tires. Change the engine oil and engine oil filter.++ Rotate tires. Replace the engine air cleaner filter. Replace the air conditioning filter. Replace the spark plugs (3.6L and 5.7L Engine). Inspect and replace PCV valve if necessary. + Adjust parking brake on vehicles equipped with fourwheel disc brakes. Inspect the brake linings, replace if necessary. Inspect the front and rear axle fluid, change if using your vehicle for police, taxi, fleet, off-road or frequent trailer towing. Inspect the CV joints. Inspect exhaust system. Inspect the front suspension, tie rod ends and boot seals; replace if necessary. Inspect the transfer case fluid. Change the engine oil and engine oil filter.++ Rotate tires. Change the engine oil and engine oil filter.++ Rotate tires. If using your vehicle for any of the following: Dusty or off-road conditions. Inspect the engine air cleaner filter; replace if necessary. Replace the air conditioning filter.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 GENERAL INFORMATION Vehicle Quick Reference - Grand Cherokee

 



112500

180000

90

    

120000

192000

96

     

 

  

127500

204000

102

135000

216000

108

    

  



Inspect the brake linings, replace if necessary. Inspect the front and rear axle fluid, change if using your vehicle for police, taxi, fleet, off-road or frequent trailer towing. Flush and replace the engine coolant if not done at 60 months. Change the engine oil and engine oil filter.++ Rotate tires. Inspect the CV joints. Inspect exhaust system. Inspect the front suspension, tie rod ends and boot seals; replace if necessary. Change the engine oil and engine oil filter.++ Rotate tires. Replace the engine air cleaner filter. Replace the air conditioning filter. Replace the spark plugs (5.7L Engine). Adjust parking brake on vehicles equipped with fourwheel disc brakes. Inspect the brake linings, replace if necessary. Inspect the front and rear axle fluid, change if using your vehicle for police, taxi, fleet, off-road or frequent trailer towing. Change the automatic transmission fluid and filter(s). Change the transfer case fluid. Replace the accessory drive belt(s). Change the engine oil and engine oil filter.++ Rotate tires. Change the engine oil and engine oil filter.++ Rotate tires. If using your vehicle for any of the following: Dusty or off-road conditions. Inspect the engine air cleaner filter; replace if necessary. Replace the air conditioning filter. Inspect the brake linings, replace if necessary. Inspect the front and rear axle fluid, change if using your vehicle for police, taxi, fleet, off-road or frequent trailer towing. Inspect the CV joints.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 GENERAL INFORMATION Vehicle Quick Reference - Grand Cherokee

 

142500

228000

114

 

150000

240000

120

     

 



Inspect exhaust system. Inspect the front suspension, tie rod ends and boot seals; replace if necessary. Change the engine oil and engine oil filter.++ Rotate tires. Change the engine oil and engine oil filter.++ Rotate tires. Replace the engine air cleaner filter. Replace the air conditioning filter. Replace the spark plugs (5.7L Engine). Adjust parking brake on vehicles equipped with fourwheel disc brakes. Inspect the brake linings, replace if necessary. Inspect the front and rear axle fluid, change if using your vehicle for police, taxi, fleet, off-road or frequent trailer towing. Inspect the transfer case fluid.

+ This maintenance is recommended by the manufacturer to the owner, but is not required to maintain emissions warranty. WARNING:





You can be badly injured working on or around a motor vehicle. Do only service work for which you have the knowledge and the right equipment. If you have any doubt about your ability to perform a service job, take your vehicle to a competent mechanic. Failure to properly inspect and maintain your vehicle could result in a component malfunction and effect vehicle handling and performance. This could cause an accident

Failure to follow these instructions may result in possible serious or fatal injury. MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE - DIESEL ENGINE

To help you have the best driving experience possible, the manufacturer has identified the specific vehicle maintenance service intervals that are required to keep your vehicle operating properly and safely. The manufacturer recommends that these maintenance intervals be performed at your selling dealer. The technicians at your dealership know your vehicle best, and have access to factory trained information, genuine MOPAR® parts, and specially designed electronic and mechanical tools that can help prevent future costly repairs. The maintenance intervals shown should be performed as indicated in this service information.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 GENERAL INFORMATION Vehicle Quick Reference - Grand Cherokee

NOTE:

Under no circumstances should oil change intervals exceed 12, 500 miles (20 000 km) or 12 months, whichever comes first.

OIL CHANGE INDICATOR - RESET

The vehicle is equipped with an engine oil change indicator system. The "Oil Change Required" message will flash in the EVIC display for approximately 10 seconds after a single chime has sounded to indicate the next scheduled oil change interval. The engine oil change indicator system is duty cycle based, which means the engine oil change interval may fluctuate dependent upon your personal driving style. Unless reset, this message will continue to display each time you turn the ignition switch to the ON/RUN position. To turn off the message temporarily, press and release the Menu button. To reset the oil change indicator system (after performing the scheduled maintenance) perform the following procedure: 1. Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position (Do not start the engine). 2. Fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it fully pressed for at least 30 seconds. 3. Press and release the brake pedal six times while holding the accelerator pedal pressed. At Each Stop for Fuel 



Check the engine oil level about 15 minutes after a fully warmed engine is shut off. Checking the oil level while the vehicle is on level ground will improve the accuracy of the oil level reading. Add oil only when the level is at or below the ADD or MIN mark. Check the windshield washer solvent and add if required.

Once a Month   



Check tire pressure and look for unusual wear or damage. Inspect the battery and clean and tighten the terminals as required. Check the fluid levels of the coolant reservoir, brake master cylinder, and power steering and add as needed. Check all lights and other electrical items for correct operation.

At Each Oil Change   

Change the engine oil filter. Inspect the brake hoses and lines. Inspect for the presence of water in the fuel filter/water separator unit. CAUTION:





Failure to perform the required maintenance items may result in damage to the vehicle. Proper operation of four-wheel drive vehicles depends on tires of equal size, type and circumference on each wheel. Any difference in tire size can cause damage to the transfer case. Tire rotation

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 GENERAL INFORMATION Vehicle Quick Reference - Grand Cherokee

schedule should be followed to balance tire wear. Refer to the Maintenance Schedules on the following Chart for the required maintenance intervals. Perform Maintenance Every (Where time and mileage are listed, follow the interval that occurs first.) Miles Kilometers Months 6250 10000 6

Maintenance Items

 

12500

20000

12

  

  



18750

30000

18

  

25000

40000

24

  

  

  

Rotate tires. If using your vehicle in dusty or off-road conditions, inspect the engine air cleaner filter, and replace if necessary. Change the engine oil and engine oil filter. Rotate tires. If using your vehicle in dusty or off-road conditions, inspect the engine air cleaner filter, and replace if necessary. Replace the air conditioning filter. Inspect the brake linings, replace if necessary. Inspect exhaust system. Perform the first inspection at 12, 500 miles (20 000 km) or 12 months. Inspect the CV joints. Perform the first inspection at 12, 500 miles (20 000 km) or 12 months. Rotate tires. Replace engine air cleaner filter. Inspect the front and rear axle fluid. Change if using your vehicle for police, taxi, fleet, off-road, or frequent trailer towing. Change the engine oil and engine oil filter. Rotate tires. If using your vehicle in dusty or off-road conditions, inspect the engine air cleaner filter, and replace if necessary. Replace the air conditioning filter. Replace the fuel filter/water separator unit. Inspect the front suspension, tie rod ends and boot seals, replace if necessary. Inspect the brake linings, replace if necessary. Inspect exhaust system. Inspect the CV joints.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 GENERAL INFORMATION Vehicle Quick Reference - Grand Cherokee

 

31250

50000

30

 

37500

60000

36

     

43750

70000

42

 

50000

80000

48

  

  

    

56250

90000

54

  

62500

100000

60

Inspect the transfer case fluid. Adjust the parking brake on vehicles equipped with four-wheel disc brakes. Rotate tires. If using your vehicle in dusty or off-road conditions, inspect the engine air cleaner filter, and replace if necessary. Change the engine oil and engine oil filter. Rotate tires. Replace engine air cleaner filter. Replace the air conditioning filter. Inspect the brake linings, replace if necessary. Inspect the front and rear axle fluid. Change if using your vehicle for police, taxi, fleet, off-road, or frequent trailer towing. Rotate tires. If using your vehicle in dusty or off-road conditions, inspect the engine air cleaner filter, and replace if necessary. Change the engine oil and engine oil filter. Rotate tires. If using your vehicle in dusty or off-road conditions, inspect the engine air cleaner filter, and replace if necessary. Replace the air conditioning filter. Replace the fuel filter/water separator unit. Inspect the front suspension, tie rod ends and boot seals, replace if necessary. Inspect the brake linings, replace if necessary. Inspect exhaust system. Inspect the CV joints. Inspect the transfer case fluid. Adjust the parking brake on vehicles equipped with four-wheel disc brakes. Rotate tires. Replace engine air cleaner filter. Inspect the front and rear axle fluid. Change if using your vehicle for police, taxi, fleet, off-road, or frequent trailer towing.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 GENERAL INFORMATION Vehicle Quick Reference - Grand Cherokee

  

  



68750

110000

66

 

75000

120000

72

     

 

   

81250

130000

78

 

87500

140000

84

  

Change the engine oil and engine oil filter. Rotate tires. If using your vehicle in dusty or off-road conditions, inspect the engine air cleaner filter, and replace if necessary. Replace the air conditioning filter. Inspect the brake linings, replace if necessary. Change the automatic transmission fluid and filter if using your vehicle for any of the following: police, taxi, fleet, off-road, or frequent trailer towing. Change the transfer case if using your vehicle for any of the following: police, taxi, fleet, off-road, or frequent trailer towing. Rotate tires. If using your vehicle in dusty or off-road conditions, inspect the engine air cleaner filter, and replace if necessary. Change the engine oil and engine oil filter. Rotate tires. Replace engine air cleaner filter. Replace the air conditioning filter. Replace the fuel filter/water separator unit. Inspect the front suspension, tie rod ends and boot seals, replace if necessary. Inspect the brake linings, replace if necessary. Inspect the front and rear axle fluid. Change if using your vehicle for police, taxi, fleet, off-road, or frequent trailer towing. Inspect exhaust system. Inspect the CV joints. Inspect the transfer case fluid. Adjust the parking brake on vehicles equipped with four-wheel disc brakes. Rotate tires. If using your vehicle in dusty or off-road conditions, inspect the engine air cleaner filter, and replace if necessary. Change the engine oil and engine oil filter. Rotate tires. If using your vehicle in dusty or off-road conditions,

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 GENERAL INFORMATION Vehicle Quick Reference - Grand Cherokee

 

93750

150000

90

  

100000

160000

96

  

  

       

WARNING:





inspect the engine air cleaner filter, and replace if necessary. Replace the air conditioning filter. Inspect the brake linings, replace if necessary. Rotate tires. Replace engine air cleaner filter. Inspect the front and rear axle fluid. Change if using your vehicle for police, taxi, fleet, off-road, or frequent trailer towing. Change the engine oil and engine oil filter. Rotate tires. If using your vehicle in dusty or off-road conditions, inspect the engine air cleaner filter, and replace if necessary. Replace the air conditioning filter. Replace the fuel filter/water separator unit. Inspect the front suspension, tie rod ends and boot seals, replace if necessary. Inspect the brake linings, replace if necessary. Inspect exhaust system. Inspect the CV joints. Inspect the transfer case fluid. Change the automatic transmission fluid and filter. Flush and replace the engine coolant (antifreeze). Replace accessory drive belt(s). Adjust the parking brake on vehicles equipped with four-wheel disc brakes.

You can be badly injured working on or around a motor vehicle. Do only service work for which you have the knowledge and the right equipment. If you have any doubt about your ability to perform a service job, take your vehicle to a competent mechanic. Failure to properly inspect and maintain your vehicle could result in a component malfunction and effect vehicle handling and performance. This could cause an accident

Failure to follow these instructions may result in possible serious or fatal injury. MAINTENANCE SCHEDULES - MID EAST

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 GENERAL INFORMATION Vehicle Quick Reference - Grand Cherokee

The oil change indicator system will remind you that it is time to take your vehicle in for scheduled maintenance. On Electronic Vehicle Information Center (EVIC) equipped vehicles "Oil Change Required" will be displayed in the EVIC and a single chime will sound, indicating that an oil change is necessary. The oil change indicator message will illuminate approximately 7, 000 miles (11 200 km) after the most recent oil change was performed. Have your vehicle serviced as soon as possible, within 500 miles (800 km). NOTE:







The oil change indicator message will not monitor the time since the last oil change. Change your vehicles oil if it has been 6 months since your last oil change even if the oil change indicator message is NOT illuminated. Change your engine oil more often if you drive your vehicle off-road for an extended period of time. Under no circumstances should oil change intervals exceed 7, 500 miles (12 000 km) or 6 months, whichever comes first.

OIL CHANGE INDICATOR - RESET

The vehicle is equipped with an engine oil change indicator system. The "Oil Change Required" message will flash in the EVIC display for approximately 10 seconds after a single chime has sounded to indicate the next scheduled oil change interval. The engine oil change indicator system is duty cycle based, which means the engine oil change interval may fluctuate dependent upon your personal driving style. Unless reset, this message will continue to display each time you turn the ignition switch to the ON/RUN position. To turn off the message temporarily, press and release the Menu button. To reset the oil change indicator system (after performing the scheduled maintenance) perform the following procedure: 1. Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position (Do not start the engine). 2. Fully depress the accelerator pedal slowly three times within 10 seconds. 3. Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" position. NOTE:

If the indicator message illuminates when you start the vehicle, the oil change indicator system did not reset. If necessary repeat this procedure.

At Each Stop for Fuel 



Check the engine oil level about 5 minutes after a fully warmed engine is shut off. Checking the oil level while the vehicle is on level ground will improve the accuracy of the oil level reading. Add oil only when the level is at or below the ADD or MIN mark. Check the windshield washer solvent and add if required.

Once a Month

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 GENERAL INFORMATION Vehicle Quick Reference - Grand Cherokee

  



Check tire pressure and look for unusual wear or damage. Inspect the battery and clean and tighten the terminals as required. Check the fluid levels of the coolant reservoir, brake master cylinder, power steering and transmission (4.7L and 5.7L only) and add as needed. Check all lights and other electrical items for correct operation.

At Each Oil Change  

Change the engine oil filter. Inspect the brake hoses and lines. CAUTION:





Failure to perform the required maintenance items may result in damage to the vehicle. Proper operation of four-wheel drive vehicles depends on tires of equal size, type and circumference on each wheel. Any difference in tire size can cause damage to the transfer case. Tire rotation schedule should be followed to balance tire wear.

REQUIRED MAINTENANCE INTERVALS SEVERE DUTY CONDITIONS

++ Change the engine oil and engine oil filter at every 3, 000 miles (5 000 km) or 3 months if using your vehicle under any of the following severe duty conditions:      

Stop and go driving. Driving in dusty conditions. Short trips of less than 10 miles (16 km). Trailer towing. Taxi, police, or delivery service (commercial service). Off-road or desert operation.

Perform Maintenance Every (Where time and mileage are listed, follow the interval that occurs first.) Miles Kilometers Months 7500 12000 6

Maintenance Items

 

15000

24000

12

  

Change the engine oil and engine oil filter.++ Rotate tires. Change the engine oil and engine oil filter.++ Rotate tires. If using your vehicle for any of the following: Dusty or off-road conditions. Inspect the engine air cleaner

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 GENERAL INFORMATION Vehicle Quick Reference - Grand Cherokee

    

22500

36000

18

    

30000

48000

24

     

 



37500

60000

30

45000

72000

36

    

  



filter; replace if necessary. Replace the air conditioning filter. Inspect the brake linings, replace if necessary. Inspect the CV joints. Inspect exhaust system. Inspect the front and rear axle fluid, change if using your vehicle for police, taxi, fleet, off-road or frequent trailer towing. Change the engine oil and engine oil filter.++ Rotate tires. Inspect the CV joints. Inspect exhaust system. Inspect the front suspension, tie rod ends and boot seals; replace if necessary. Change the engine oil and engine oil filter.++ Rotate tires. Replace the engine air cleaner filter. Replace the air conditioning filter. Replace the spark plugs (5.7L Engine). Adjust parking brake on vehicles equipped with fourwheel disc brakes. Inspect the brake linings, replace if necessary. Inspect the front and rear axle fluid, change if using your vehicle for police, taxi, fleet, off-road or frequent trailer towing. Inspect the transfer case fluid. Change the engine oil and engine oil filter.++ Rotate tires. Change the engine oil and engine oil filter.++ Rotate tires. If using your vehicle for any of the following: Dusty or off-road conditions. Inspect the engine air cleaner filter; replace if necessary. Replace the air conditioning filter. Inspect the brake linings, replace if necessary. Inspect the front and rear axle fluid, change if using your vehicle for police, taxi, fleet, off-road or frequent trailer towing. Inspect the CV joints.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 GENERAL INFORMATION Vehicle Quick Reference - Grand Cherokee

 

52500

84000

42

 

60000

96000

48

     

 





67500

108000

54

    

75000

120000

60

  

  



Inspect exhaust system. Inspect the front suspension, tie rod ends and boot seals; replace if necessary. Change the engine oil and engine oil filter.++ Rotate tires. Change the engine oil and engine oil filter.++ Rotate tires. Replace the engine air cleaner filter. Replace the air conditioning filter. Replace the spark plugs (5.7L Engine). Adjust parking brake on vehicles equipped with fourwheel disc brakes. Inspect the brake linings, replace if necessary. Inspect the front and rear axle fluid, change if using your vehicle for police, taxi, fleet, off-road or frequent trailer towing. Change the automatic transmission fluid and filter(s) if using your vehicle for any of the following: police, taxi, fleet, or frequent trailer towing. Change the transfer case fluid if using your vehicle for any of the following: police, taxi, fleet, or frequent trailer towing. Change the engine oil and engine oil filter.++ Rotate tires. Inspect the CV joints. Inspect exhaust system. Inspect the front suspension, tie rod ends and boot seals; replace if necessary. Change the engine oil and engine oil filter.++ Rotate tires. If using your vehicle for any of the following: Dusty or off-road conditions. Inspect the engine air cleaner filter; replace if necessary. Replace the air conditioning filter. Inspect the brake linings, replace if necessary. Inspect the front and rear axle fluid, change if using your vehicle for police, taxi, fleet, off-road or frequent trailer towing. Flush and replace the engine coolant if not done at 105, 000 miles (168 000 km).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 GENERAL INFORMATION Vehicle Quick Reference - Grand Cherokee

82500

132000

66

 

90000

144000

72

      

 

  



97500

156000

78

 

105000

168000

84

  

  



112500

180000

90

    

Change the engine oil and engine oil filter.++ Rotate tires. Change the engine oil and engine oil filter.++ Rotate tires. Replace the engine air cleaner filter. Replace the air conditioning filter. Replace the spark plugs (3.6L and 5.7L Engine). Inspect and replace PCV valve if necessary. + Adjust parking brake on vehicles equipped with fourwheel disc brakes. Inspect the brake linings, replace if necessary. Inspect the front and rear axle fluid, change if using your vehicle for police, taxi, fleet, off-road or frequent trailer towing. Inspect the CV joints. Inspect exhaust system. Inspect the front suspension, tie rod ends and boot seals; replace if necessary. Inspect the transfer case fluid. Change the engine oil and engine oil filter.++ Rotate tires. Change the engine oil and engine oil filter.++ Rotate tires. If using your vehicle for any of the following: Dusty or off-road conditions. Inspect the engine air cleaner filter; replace if necessary. Replace the air conditioning filter. Inspect the brake linings, replace if necessary. Inspect the front and rear axle fluid, change if using your vehicle for police, taxi, fleet, off-road or frequent trailer towing. Flush and replace the engine coolant if not done at 60 months. Change the engine oil and engine oil filter.++ Rotate tires. Inspect the CV joints. Inspect exhaust system. Inspect the front suspension, tie rod ends and boot seals; replace if necessary.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 GENERAL INFORMATION Vehicle Quick Reference - Grand Cherokee

120000

192000

96

     

 

  

127500

204000

102

 

135000

216000

108

  

  

  

142500

228000

114

 

150000

240000

120

     

Change the engine oil and engine oil filter.++ Rotate tires. Replace the engine air cleaner filter. Replace the air conditioning filter. Replace the spark plugs (5.7L Engine). Adjust parking brake on vehicles equipped with fourwheel disc brakes. Inspect the brake linings, replace if necessary. Inspect the front and rear axle fluid, change if using your vehicle for police, taxi, fleet, off-road or frequent trailer towing. Change the automatic transmission fluid and filter(s). Change the transfer case fluid. Replace the accessory drive belt(s). Change the engine oil and engine oil filter.++ Rotate tires. Change the engine oil and engine oil filter.++ Rotate tires. If using your vehicle for any of the following: Dusty or off-road conditions. Inspect the engine air cleaner filter; replace if necessary. Replace the air conditioning filter. Inspect the brake linings, replace if necessary. Inspect the front and rear axle fluid, change if using your vehicle for police, taxi, fleet, off-road or frequent trailer towing. Inspect the CV joints. Inspect exhaust system. Inspect the front suspension, tie rod ends and boot seals; replace if necessary. Change the engine oil and engine oil filter.++ Rotate tires. Change the engine oil and engine oil filter.++ Rotate tires. Replace the engine air cleaner filter. Replace the air conditioning filter. Replace the spark plugs (5.7L Engine). Adjust parking brake on vehicles equipped with fourwheel disc brakes.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 GENERAL INFORMATION Vehicle Quick Reference - Grand Cherokee

 



Inspect the brake linings, replace if necessary. Inspect the front and rear axle fluid, change if using your vehicle for police, taxi, fleet, off-road or frequent trailer towing. Inspect the transfer case fluid.

+ This maintenance is recommended by the manufacturer to the owner, but is not required to maintain emissions warranty. WARNING:





You can be badly injured working on or around a motor vehicle. Do only service work for which you have the knowledge and the right equipment. If you have any doubt about your ability to perform a service job, take your vehicle to a competent mechanic. Failure to properly inspect and maintain your vehicle could result in a component malfunction and effect vehicle handling and performance. This could cause an accident

Failure to follow these instructions may result in possible serious or fatal injury. MAINTENANCE SCHEDULES - UK MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE - GASOLINE ENGINE

The Scheduled Maintenance services listed in this service information must be done at the times or mileages specified to protect your vehicle warranty and ensure the best vehicle performance and reliability. More frequent maintenance may be needed for vehicles in severe operating conditions, such as dusty areas and very short trip driving. Inspection and service should also be done anytime a malfunction is suspected. The oil change indicator system will remind you that it is time to take your vehicle in for scheduled maintenance. On Electronic Vehicle Information Center (EVIC) equipped vehicles "Oil Change Required" will be displayed in the EVIC and a single chime will sound, indicating that an oil change is necessary. The oil change indicator message will illuminate approximately 7, 000 miles (11 200 km) after the most recent oil change was performed. Have your vehicle serviced as soon as possible, within 500 miles (800 km). NOTE:







The oil change indicator message will not monitor the time since the last oil change. Change your vehicles oil if it has been 6 months since your last oil change even if the oil change indicator message is NOT illuminated. Change your engine oil more often if you drive your vehicle off-road for an extended period of time. Under no circumstances should oil change intervals exceed 7, 500 miles

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 GENERAL INFORMATION Vehicle Quick Reference - Grand Cherokee

(12 000 km) or 6 months, whichever comes first. OIL CHANGE INDICATOR - RESET

The vehicle is equipped with an engine oil change indicator system. The "Oil Change Required" message will flash in the EVIC display for approximately 10 seconds after a single chime has sounded to indicate the next scheduled oil change interval. The engine oil change indicator system is duty cycle based, which means the engine oil change interval may fluctuate dependent upon your personal driving style. Unless reset, this message will continue to display each time you turn the ignition switch to the ON/RUN position. To turn off the message temporarily, press and release the Menu button. To reset the oil change indicator system (after performing the scheduled maintenance) perform the following procedure: 1. Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position (Do not start the engine). 2. Fully depress the accelerator pedal slowly three times within 10 seconds. 3. Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" position. NOTE:

If the indicator message illuminates when you start the vehicle, the oil change indicator system did not reset. If necessary repeat this procedure.

At Each Stop for Fuel 



Check the engine oil level about 5 minutes after a fully warmed engine is shut off. Checking the oil level while the vehicle is on level ground will improve the accuracy of the oil level reading. Add oil only when the level is at or below the ADD or MIN mark. Check the windshield washer solvent and add if required.

Once a Month   



Check tire pressure and look for unusual wear or damage. Inspect the battery and clean and tighten the terminals as required. Check the fluid levels of the coolant reservoir, brake master cylinder, power steering and transmission (5.7L only) and add as needed. Check all lights and other electrical items for correct operation.

At Each Oil Change  

Change the engine oil filter. Inspect the brake hoses and lines. CAUTION:





Failure to perform the required maintenance items may result in damage to the vehicle. Proper operation of four-wheel drive vehicles depends on tires of equal size, type and circumference on each wheel. Any difference in

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 GENERAL INFORMATION Vehicle Quick Reference - Grand Cherokee

tire size can cause damage to the transfer case. Tire rotation schedule should be followed to balance tire wear. SEVERE DUTY CONDITIONS

++ Change the engine oil and engine oil filter at every 3, 000 miles (5 000 km) or 3 months if using your vehicle under any of the following severe duty conditions:      

Stop and go driving. Driving in dusty conditions. Short trips of less than 10 miles (16 km). Trailer towing. Taxi, police, or delivery service (commercial service). Off-road or desert operation.

REQUIRED MAINTENANCE INTERVALS

Perform Maintenance Every (Where time and mileage are listed, follow the interval that occurs first.) Miles Kilometers Months 7500 12000 6

Maintenance Items

 

15000

24000

12

  

    

22500

36000

18

    

Change the engine oil and engine oil filter.++ Rotate tires. Change the engine oil and engine oil filter.++ Rotate tires. If using your vehicle for any of the following: Dusty or off-road conditions. Inspect the engine air cleaner filter; replace if necessary. Replace the air conditioning filter. Inspect the brake linings, replace if necessary. Inspect the CV joints. Inspect exhaust system. Inspect the front and rear axle fluid, change if using your vehicle for police, taxi, fleet, off-road or frequent trailer towing. Change the engine oil and engine oil filter.++ Rotate tires. Inspect the CV joints. Inspect exhaust system. Inspect the front suspension, tie rod ends and boot seals; replace if necessary.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 GENERAL INFORMATION Vehicle Quick Reference - Grand Cherokee

30000

48000

24

     

 



37500

60000

30

45000

72000

36

    

  

  

52500

84000

42

 

60000

96000

48

     

 

Change the engine oil and engine oil filter.++ Rotate tires. Replace the engine air cleaner filter. Replace the air conditioning filter. Replace the spark plugs (5.7L Engine). Adjust parking brake on vehicles equipped with fourwheel disc brakes. Inspect the brake linings, replace if necessary. Inspect the front and rear axle fluid, change if using your vehicle for police, taxi, fleet, off-road or frequent trailer towing. Inspect the transfer case fluid. Change the engine oil and engine oil filter.++ Rotate tires. Change the engine oil and engine oil filter.++ Rotate tires. If using your vehicle for any of the following: Dusty or off-road conditions. Inspect the engine air cleaner filter; replace if necessary. Replace the air conditioning filter. Inspect the brake linings, replace if necessary. Inspect the front and rear axle fluid, change if using your vehicle for police, taxi, fleet, off-road or frequent trailer towing. Inspect the CV joints. Inspect exhaust system. Inspect the front suspension, tie rod ends and boot seals; replace if necessary. Change the engine oil and engine oil filter.++ Rotate tires. Change the engine oil and engine oil filter.++ Rotate tires. Replace the engine air cleaner filter. Replace the air conditioning filter. Replace the spark plugs (5.7L Engine). Adjust parking brake on vehicles equipped with fourwheel disc brakes. Inspect the brake linings, replace if necessary. Inspect the front and rear axle fluid, change if using

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 GENERAL INFORMATION Vehicle Quick Reference - Grand Cherokee





67500

108000

54

    

75000

120000

60

  

  



82500

132000

66

 

90000

144000

72

      

 

your vehicle for police, taxi, fleet, off-road or frequent trailer towing. Change the automatic transmission fluid and filter(s) if using your vehicle for any of the following: police, taxi, fleet, or frequent trailer towing. Change the transfer case fluid if using your vehicle for any of the following: police, taxi, fleet, or frequent trailer towing. Change the engine oil and engine oil filter.++ Rotate tires. Inspect the CV joints. Inspect exhaust system. Inspect the front suspension, tie rod ends and boot seals; replace if necessary. Change the engine oil and engine oil filter.++ Rotate tires. If using your vehicle for any of the following: Dusty or off-road conditions. Inspect the engine air cleaner filter; replace if necessary. Replace the air conditioning filter. Inspect the brake linings, replace if necessary. Inspect the front and rear axle fluid, change if using your vehicle for police, taxi, fleet, off-road or frequent trailer towing. Flush and replace the engine coolant if not done at 105, 000 miles (168 000 km). Change the engine oil and engine oil filter.++ Rotate tires. Change the engine oil and engine oil filter.++ Rotate tires. Replace the engine air cleaner filter. Replace the air conditioning filter. Replace the spark plugs (3.6L and 5.7L Engine). Inspect and replace PCV valve if necessary. + Adjust parking brake on vehicles equipped with fourwheel disc brakes. Inspect the brake linings, replace if necessary. Inspect the front and rear axle fluid, change if using your vehicle for police, taxi, fleet, off-road or frequent trailer towing.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 GENERAL INFORMATION Vehicle Quick Reference - Grand Cherokee

  



97500

156000

78

 

105000

168000

84

  

  



112500

180000

90

    

120000

192000

96

     

 

  

Inspect the CV joints. Inspect exhaust system. Inspect the front suspension, tie rod ends and boot seals; replace if necessary. Inspect the transfer case fluid. Change the engine oil and engine oil filter.++ Rotate tires. Change the engine oil and engine oil filter.++ Rotate tires. If using your vehicle for any of the following: Dusty or off-road conditions. Inspect the engine air cleaner filter; replace if necessary. Replace the air conditioning filter. Inspect the brake linings, replace if necessary. Inspect the front and rear axle fluid, change if using your vehicle for police, taxi, fleet, off-road or frequent trailer towing. Flush and replace the engine coolant if not done at 60 months. Change the engine oil and engine oil filter.++ Rotate tires. Inspect the CV joints. Inspect exhaust system. Inspect the front suspension, tie rod ends and boot seals; replace if necessary. Change the engine oil and engine oil filter.++ Rotate tires. Replace the engine air cleaner filter. Replace the air conditioning filter. Replace the spark plugs (5.7L Engine). Adjust parking brake on vehicles equipped with fourwheel disc brakes. Inspect the brake linings, replace if necessary. Inspect the front and rear axle fluid, change if using your vehicle for police, taxi, fleet, off-road or frequent trailer towing. Change the automatic transmission fluid and filter(s). Change the transfer case fluid. Replace the accessory drive belt(s).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 GENERAL INFORMATION Vehicle Quick Reference - Grand Cherokee

127500

204000

102

 

135000

216000

108

  

  

  

142500

228000

114

 

150000

240000

120

     

 



Change the engine oil and engine oil filter.++ Rotate tires. Change the engine oil and engine oil filter.++ Rotate tires. If using your vehicle for any of the following: Dusty or off-road conditions. Inspect the engine air cleaner filter; replace if necessary. Replace the air conditioning filter. Inspect the brake linings, replace if necessary. Inspect the front and rear axle fluid, change if using your vehicle for police, taxi, fleet, off-road or frequent trailer towing. Inspect the CV joints. Inspect exhaust system. Inspect the front suspension, tie rod ends and boot seals; replace if necessary. Change the engine oil and engine oil filter.++ Rotate tires. Change the engine oil and engine oil filter.++ Rotate tires. Replace the engine air cleaner filter. Replace the air conditioning filter. Replace the spark plugs (5.7L Engine). Adjust parking brake on vehicles equipped with fourwheel disc brakes. Inspect the brake linings, replace if necessary. Inspect the front and rear axle fluid, change if using your vehicle for police, taxi, fleet, off-road or frequent trailer towing. Inspect the transfer case fluid.

+ This maintenance is recommended by the manufacturer to the owner, but is not required to maintain emissions warranty. WARNING:





You can be badly injured working on or around a motor vehicle. Do only service work for which you have the knowledge and the right equipment. If you have any doubt about your ability to perform a service job, take your vehicle to a competent mechanic. Failure to properly inspect and maintain your vehicle could result in a component malfunction and effect vehicle handling and

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 GENERAL INFORMATION Vehicle Quick Reference - Grand Cherokee

performance. This could cause an accident Failure to follow these instructions may result in possible serious or fatal injury. MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE - DIESEL ENGINE

To help you have the best driving experience possible, the manufacturer has identified the specific vehicle maintenance service intervals that are required to keep your vehicle operating properly and safely. The manufacturer recommends that these maintenance intervals be performed at your selling dealer. The technicians at your dealership know your vehicle best, and have access to factory trained information, genuine MOPAR® parts, and specially designed electronic and mechanical tools that can help prevent future costly repairs. The maintenance intervals shown should be performed as indicated in this service information. NOTE:

Under no circumstances should oil change intervals exceed 12, 500 miles (20 000 km) or 12 months, whichever comes first.

OIL CHANGE INDICATOR - RESET

The vehicle is equipped with an engine oil change indicator system. The "Oil Change Required" message will flash in the EVIC display for approximately 10 seconds after a single chime has sounded to indicate the next scheduled oil change interval. The engine oil change indicator system is duty cycle based, which means the engine oil change interval may fluctuate dependent upon your personal driving style. Unless reset, this message will continue to display each time you turn the ignition switch to the ON/RUN position. To turn off the message temporarily, press and release the Menu button. To reset the oil change indicator system (after performing the scheduled maintenance) perform the following procedure: 1. Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position (Do not start the engine). 2. Fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it fully pressed for at least 30 seconds. 3. Press and release the brake pedal six times while holding the accelerator pedal pressed. At Each Stop for Fuel 



Check the engine oil level about 15 minutes after a fully warmed engine is shut off. Checking the oil level while the vehicle is on level ground will improve the accuracy of the oil level reading. Add oil only when the level is at or below the ADD or MIN mark. Check the windshield washer solvent and add if required.

Once a Month  

Check tire pressure and look for unusual wear or damage. Inspect the battery and clean and tighten the terminals as required.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 GENERAL INFORMATION Vehicle Quick Reference - Grand Cherokee





Check the fluid levels of the coolant reservoir, brake master cylinder, and power steering and add as needed. Check all lights and other electrical items for correct operation.

At Each Oil Change   

Change the engine oil filter. Inspect the brake hoses and lines. Inspect for the presence of water in the fuel filter/water separator unit. CAUTION:





Failure to perform the required maintenance items may result in damage to the vehicle. Proper operation of four-wheel drive vehicles depends on tires of equal size, type and circumference on each wheel. Any difference in tire size can cause damage to the transfer case. Tire rotation schedule should be followed to balance tire wear.

REQUIRED MAINTENANCE INTERVALS

Refer to the Maintenance Schedules on the following Chart for the required maintenance intervals. Perform Maintenance Every (Where time and mileage are listed, follow the interval that occurs first.) Miles Kilometers Months 6250 10000 6

Maintenance Items

 

12500

20000

12

  

  



18750

30000

18

 

Rotate tires. If using your vehicle in dusty or off-road conditions, inspect the engine air cleaner filter, and replace if necessary. Change the engine oil and engine oil filter. Rotate tires. If using your vehicle in dusty or off-road conditions, inspect the engine air cleaner filter, and replace if necessary. Replace the air conditioning filter. Inspect the brake linings, replace if necessary. Inspect exhaust system. Perform the first inspection at 12, 500 miles (20 000 km) or 12 months. Inspect the CV joints. Perform the first inspection at 12, 500 miles (20 000 km) or 12 months. Rotate tires. Replace engine air cleaner filter.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 GENERAL INFORMATION Vehicle Quick Reference - Grand Cherokee

25000

40000

24



Inspect the front and rear axle fluid. Change if using your vehicle for police, taxi, fleet, off-road, or frequent trailer towing.



Change the engine oil and engine oil filter. Rotate tires. If using your vehicle in dusty or off-road conditions, inspect the engine air cleaner filter, and replace if necessary. Replace the air conditioning filter. Replace the fuel filter/water separator unit. Inspect the front suspension, tie rod ends and boot seals, replace if necessary. Inspect the brake linings, replace if necessary. Inspect exhaust system. Inspect the CV joints. Inspect the transfer case fluid. Adjust the parking brake on vehicles equipped with four-wheel disc brakes.

 

  

    

31250

50000

30

 

37500

60000

36

     

43750

70000

42

 

50000

80000

48

  



Rotate tires. If using your vehicle in dusty or off-road conditions, inspect the engine air cleaner filter, and replace if necessary. Change the engine oil and engine oil filter. Rotate tires. Replace engine air cleaner filter. Replace the air conditioning filter. Inspect the brake linings, replace if necessary. Inspect the front and rear axle fluid. Change if using your vehicle for police, taxi, fleet, off-road, or frequent trailer towing. Rotate tires. If using your vehicle in dusty or off-road conditions, inspect the engine air cleaner filter, and replace if necessary. Change the engine oil and engine oil filter. Rotate tires. If using your vehicle in dusty or off-road conditions, inspect the engine air cleaner filter, and replace if necessary. Replace the air conditioning filter.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 GENERAL INFORMATION Vehicle Quick Reference - Grand Cherokee

 

    

56250

90000

54

  

62500

100000

60

  

  



68750

110000

66

 

75000

120000

72

     

 

Replace the fuel filter/water separator unit. Inspect the front suspension, tie rod ends and boot seals, replace if necessary. Inspect the brake linings, replace if necessary. Inspect exhaust system. Inspect the CV joints. Inspect the transfer case fluid. Adjust the parking brake on vehicles equipped with four-wheel disc brakes. Rotate tires. Replace engine air cleaner filter. Inspect the front and rear axle fluid. Change if using your vehicle for police, taxi, fleet, off-road, or frequent trailer towing. Change the engine oil and engine oil filter. Rotate tires. If using your vehicle in dusty or off-road conditions, inspect the engine air cleaner filter, and replace if necessary. Replace the air conditioning filter. Inspect the brake linings, replace if necessary. Change the automatic transmission fluid and filter if using your vehicle for any of the following: police, taxi, fleet, off-road, or frequent trailer towing. Change the transfer case if using your vehicle for any of the following: police, taxi, fleet, off-road, or frequent trailer towing. Rotate tires. If using your vehicle in dusty or off-road conditions, inspect the engine air cleaner filter, and replace if necessary. Change the engine oil and engine oil filter. Rotate tires. Replace engine air cleaner filter. Replace the air conditioning filter. Replace the fuel filter/water separator unit. Inspect the front suspension, tie rod ends and boot seals, replace if necessary. Inspect the brake linings, replace if necessary. Inspect the front and rear axle fluid. Change if using

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 GENERAL INFORMATION Vehicle Quick Reference - Grand Cherokee

   

81250

130000

78

 

87500

140000

84

  

 

93750

150000

90

  

100000

160000

96

  

  

      

your vehicle for police, taxi, fleet, off-road, or frequent trailer towing. Inspect exhaust system. Inspect the CV joints. Inspect the transfer case fluid. Adjust the parking brake on vehicles equipped with four-wheel disc brakes. Rotate tires. If using your vehicle in dusty or off-road conditions, inspect the engine air cleaner filter, and replace if necessary. Change the engine oil and engine oil filter. Rotate tires. If using your vehicle in dusty or off-road conditions, inspect the engine air cleaner filter, and replace if necessary. Replace the air conditioning filter. Inspect the brake linings, replace if necessary. Rotate tires. Replace engine air cleaner filter. Inspect the front and rear axle fluid. Change if using your vehicle for police, taxi, fleet, off-road, or frequent trailer towing. Change the engine oil and engine oil filter. Rotate tires. If using your vehicle in dusty or off-road conditions, inspect the engine air cleaner filter, and replace if necessary. Replace the air conditioning filter. Replace the fuel filter/water separator unit. Inspect the front suspension, tie rod ends and boot seals, replace if necessary. Inspect the brake linings, replace if necessary. Inspect exhaust system. Inspect the CV joints. Inspect the transfer case fluid. Change the automatic transmission fluid and filter. Flush and replace the engine coolant (antifreeze). Replace accessory drive belt(s).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 GENERAL INFORMATION Vehicle Quick Reference - Grand Cherokee



WARNING:





Adjust the parking brake on vehicles equipped with four-wheel disc brakes.

You can be badly injured working on or around a motor vehicle. Do only service work for which you have the knowledge and the right equipment. If you have any doubt about your ability to perform a service job, take your vehicle to a competent mechanic. Failure to properly inspect and maintain your vehicle could result in a component malfunction and effect vehicle handling and performance. This could cause an accident

Failure to follow these instructions may result in possible serious or fatal injury. INSPECTION INSPECTION

The following steps outline the dealer inspection procedure required every 5 years for vehicles covered under the terms of the Lifetime Powertrain Warranty. Refer to the appropriate warranty information for additional terms and coverages applicable to the Lifetime Powertrain Warranty. 1. 2. 3. 4.

Lift the vehicle on a suitable hoist. Check all Powertrain components for leaks or physical damage. Note any concerns. Lower the vehicle and check the level and condition of the engine oil. Connect a diagnostic scan tool and check for any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC).

TOWING STANDARD PROCEDURE TOWING, VEHICLE

A vehicle equipped with SAE approved wheel lift type towing equipment can be used to tow WK/WH vehicles. When towing a 4WD vehicle using a wheel lift towing device, use tow dollies under the opposite end of the vehicle. A vehicle with a flatbed device can also be used to transport a disabled vehicle. SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 GENERAL INFORMATION Vehicle Quick Reference - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 7: Identifying Wheel Lift And Flat Bed Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC CAUTION: The following safety precautions must be observed when towing a vehicle:

      





Secure loose and protruding parts. Always use a safety chain system that is independent of the lifting and towing equipment. Do not allow towing equipment to contact the disabled vehicle's fuel tank. Do not allow anyone under the disabled vehicle while it is lifted by the towing device. Do not allow passengers to ride in a vehicle being towed. Always observe state and local laws regarding towing regulations. Do not tow a vehicle in a manner that could jeopardize the safety of the operator, pedestrians or other motorists. Do not attach tow chains, T-hooks, or J-hooks to a bumper, steering linkage, drive shafts or a nonreinforced frame hole. Do not tow a heavily loaded vehicle. Use a flatbed device to transport a loaded vehicle.

TWO WHEEL DRIVE VEHICLE TOWING

Chrysler Corporation recommends that a vehicle be towed with the rear end lifted, whenever possible. WARNING: When towing a disabled vehicle and the drive wheels are secured in a wheel lift or tow dollies, ensure the transmission is in the park position (automatic transmission) or a forward drive gear (manual transmission). WARNING: Ensure vehicle is on a level surface or the wheels are blocked to prevent vehicle from rolling. TWO WHEEL DRIVE TOWING - REAR END LIFTED

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 GENERAL INFORMATION Vehicle Quick Reference - Grand Cherokee

CAUTION: Do not use steering column lock to secure steering wheel during towing operation. 2WD vehicles can be towed with the front wheels on the surface for extended distances at speeds not exceeding 48 km/h (30 mph). 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Attach wheel lift device to rear wheels. Place the transmission in neutral. Raise vehicle to towing position. Attach safety chains. Route chains so not to interfere with tail pipe when vehicle is lifted. Turn the ignition switch to the OFF position to unlock the steering wheel. CAUTION: Do not use steering column lock to secure steering wheel during towing operation.

6. Secure steering wheel in straight ahead position with a clamp device designed for towing. 7. Place transmission in park. TWO WHEEL DRIVE TOWING - FRONT END LIFTED

CAUTION: Towing is allowed ONLY if the driveshaft is removed. Towing with the rear wheels on the ground while the driveshaft is connected can result in severe transmission damage which is not covered under the Limited Warranty. CAUTION: Many vehicles are equipped with air dams, spoilers, and/or ground effect panels. To avoid component damage, a wheel lift towing vehicle or a flat bed hauling vehicle is recommended. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Attach wheel lift device to rear wheels. Place the transmission in neutral. Raise the rear of the vehicle off the ground and install tow dollies under rear wheels. Attach wheel lift device to front wheels and raise vehicle to towing position. Attach the safety chains. CAUTION: Do not use steering column lock to secure steering wheel during towing operation.

6. Turn the ignition switch to the OFF position to unlock the steering wheel. 7. Secure steering wheel in straight ahead position with a clamp device designed for towing. 8. Place transmission in park.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 GENERAL INFORMATION Vehicle Quick Reference - Grand Cherokee

FOUR WHEEL DRIVE VEHICLE TOWING

Chrysler Corporation recommends that a 4WD vehicle be transported on a flat bed device. A wheel lift device can be used provided the trailing wheels are off the ground and positioned in tow dollies. WARNING: When towing a disabled vehicle and the drive wheels are secured in a wheel lift or tow dollies, ensure the transmission is in the park position. CAUTION: Many vehicles are equipped with air dams, spoilers, and/or ground effect panels. To avoid component damage, a wheel lift towing vehicle or a flat bed hauling vehicle is recommended. FOUR WHEEL DRIVE TOWING - REAR END LIFTED

WARNING: Ensure vehicle is on a level surface or the wheels are blocked to prevent vehicle from rolling. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

Attach wheel lift device to front wheels. Place the transmission in neutral. Raise the front of the vehicle off the ground and install tow dollies under front wheels. Attach wheel lift device to rear wheels and raise vehicle to towing position. Attach safety chains. Route chains so not to interfere with tail pipe when vehicle is lifted. Turn the ignition switch to the OFF position to unlock the steering wheel. CAUTION: Do not use steering column lock to secure steering wheel during towing operation.

7. Secure steering wheel in straight ahead position with a clamp device designed for towing. 8. Place transmission in park. FOUR WHEEL DRIVE TOWING - FRONT END LIFTED

WARNING: Ensure vehicle is on a level surface or the wheels are blocked to prevent vehicle from rolling. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Attach wheel lift device to rear wheels. Place the transmission in neutral. Raise the rear of the vehicle off the ground and install tow dollies under rear wheels. Attach wheel lift device to front wheels and raise vehicle to towing position. Attach the safety chains. CAUTION: Do not use steering column lock to secure steering wheel during

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 GENERAL INFORMATION Vehicle Quick Reference - Grand Cherokee

towing operation. 6. Turn the ignition switch to the OFF position to unlock the steering wheel. 7. Secure steering wheel in straight ahead position with a clamp device designed for towing. 8. Place transmission in park. RECREATIONAL TOWING (BEHIND MOTORHOME, ETC.) TOWING - 2WD MODELS

CAUTION: Recreational towing is allowed ONLY if the driveshaft is removed. Towing with the rear wheels on the ground while the driveshaft is connected can result in severe transmission damage which is not covered under the Limited Warranty. TOWING - QUADRA-TRAC I (SINGLE-SPEED TRANSFER CASE) 4WD MODELS

CAUTION: Recreational towing is not allowed. This model does not have a N (Neutral) position in the transfer case. TOWING - QUADRA-TRAC II /QUADRA-DRIVE II 4WD MODELS

CAUTION: Internal damage to the transfer case will occur if a front or rear wheel lift is used when recreational towing. The transfer case must be in the N (Neutral) position, and the transmission must be in the P (Park) position for recreational towing. SHIFTING INTO NEUTRAL (N)

CAUTION: Use the following procedure to prepare the vehicle for recreational towing. It is necessary to follow these steps to be certain that the transfer case is fully in N (Neutral) before recreational towing to prevent damage to internal parts. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.

Depress brake pedal. Shift transmission into N (Neutral). Shift transfer case lever into N (Neutral). Refer to SWITCH, TRANSFER CASE . Start engine. Shift transmission into D (Drive). Release brake pedal and ensure that there is no vehicle movement. Shut the engine OFF and place the ignition key into the unlocked OFF position. Shift transmission into P (Park). Apply parking brake. Attach vehicle to the tow vehicle with tow bar.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 GENERAL INFORMATION Vehicle Quick Reference - Grand Cherokee

10. Release parking brake. CAUTION: Transmission damage may occur if the transmission is shifted into P (Park) with the transfer case in N (Neutral) and the engine running. With the transfer case in N (Neutral) ensure that the engine is OFF prior to shifting the transmission into P (Park) (refer to steps 7 - 8 above). SHIFTING OUT OF NEUTRAL (N)

Use the following procedure to prepare the vehicle for normal usage. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

Turn the ignition key to the unlocked OFF position. Shift transmission into N (Neutral). Shift transfer case lever to desired position. Refer to SWITCH, TRANSFER CASE . Shift transmission into P (Park). Start the engine. Shift transmission into D (Drive).

NOTE:

When shifting out of transfer case N (Neutral), turning the engine OFF may be required to avoid gear clash. WARNING: You or others could be injured if you leave the vehicle unattended with the transfer case in the N (Neutral) position without first fully engaging the parking brake. The transfer case N (Neutral) position disengages both the front and rear driveshafts from the powertrain and will allow the vehicle to move regardless of the transmission position. The parking brake should always be applied when the driver is not in the vehicle. CAUTION: Do not use a bumper mounted clamp on tow bar on the vehicle. The bumper face bar will be damaged.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

WARNING WARNING WARNING: Chrysler LLC does not manufacture any vehicles or replacement parts that contain asbestos. Aftermarket products may or may not contain asbestos. Refer to aftermarket product packaging for product information. Whether the product contains asbestos or not, dust and dirt can accumulate on brake parts during normal use. Follow practices prescribed by appropriate regulations for the handling, processing and disposing of dust and debris. CAUTION: Never use gasoline, kerosene, alcohol, motor oil, transmission fluid, or any fluid containing mineral oil to clean the system components. These fluids damage rubber cups and seals. Use only fresh brake fluid or Mopar brake cleaner to clean or flush brake system components. These are the only cleaning materials recommended. If system contamination is suspected, check the fluid for dirt, discoloration, or separation into distinct layers. Also check the reservoir cap seal for distortion. Drain and flush the system with new brake fluid if contamination is suspected. CAUTION: Use Mopar brake fluid, or an equivalent quality fluid meeting SAE/DOT standards J1703 and DOT 3. Brake fluid must be clean and free of contaminants. Use fresh fluid from sealed containers only to ensure proper antilock component operation. CAUTION: Use Mopar multi-mileage or high temperature grease to lubricate caliper slide surfaces, drum brake pivot pins, and shoe contact points on the backing plates. Use multi-mileage grease or GE 661 or Dow 111 silicone grease on caliper slide pins to ensure proper operation.

DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION Dual piston disc brake calipers are used on the front. Single piston disc brake calipers are used on the rear. Ventilated disc brake rotors are used on the front. Solid rotors are standard on the rear, with a heavy duty option using ventilated rotors. Power brake assist is supplied by a vacuum operated, dual diaphragm power brake booster. The master cylinder used for all applications has an aluminum body and nylon reservoir with single filler cap. A fluid level indicator is mounted to the side of the reservoir.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

The braking force of the rear wheels is controlled by electronic brake distribution (EBD). The EBD functions like a rear proportioning valve. The EBD system uses the ABS system to control the slip of the rear wheels in partial braking range. The braking force of the rear wheels is controlled electronically by using the inlet and outlet valves located in the HCU. Factory installed brake linings on all models consists of organic base material combined with metallic particles.

DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING BASE BRAKE SYSTEM Base brake components consist of the brake shoes, calipers, rear park brake drums/rotors, front brake rotors, brake lines, master cylinder, booster, HCU and parking brake shoes. Brake diagnosis involves determining if the problem is related to a mechanical, hydraulic, electrical or vacuum operated component. The first diagnosis step is the preliminary check. PRELIMINARY BRAKE CHECK

1. Check condition of tires and wheels. Damaged wheels and worn, damaged, or under inflated tires can cause pull, shudder, vibration, and a condition similar to grab. 2. If complaint was based on noise when braking, check suspension components. Jounce front and rear of vehicle and listen for noise that might be caused by loose, worn or damaged suspension or steering components. 3. Inspect brake fluid level and condition. Note that the brake reservoir fluid level will decrease in proportion to normal lining wear. Also note that brake fluid tends to darken over time. This is normal and should not be mistaken for contamination. 1. If fluid level is abnormally low, look for evidence of leaks at calipers, brake lines, master cylinder, and HCU. 2. If fluid appears contaminated, drain out a sample to examine. System will have to be flushed if fluid is separated into layers, or contains a substance other than brake fluid. The system seals, cups, hoses, master cylinder, and HCU will also have to be replaced after flushing. Use clean brake fluid to flush the system. 4. Check parking brake operation. Verify free movement and full release of cables and lever. Also note if vehicle was being operated with parking brake partially applied. 5. Check brake pedal operation. Verify that pedal does not bind and has adequate free play. If pedal lacks free play, check pedal and power booster for being loose or for bind condition. Do not road test until condition is corrected. 6. Check booster vacuum check valve and hose. 7. If components checked appear OK, road test the vehicle. ROAD TESTING

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

1. If complaint involved low brake pedal, pump pedal and note if it comes back up to normal height. 2. Check brake pedal response with transmission in neutral and engine running. Pedal should remain firm under constant foot pressure. 3. During road test, make normal and firm brake stops in 25-40 mph range. Note faulty brake operation such as low pedal, hard pedal, fade, pedal pulsation, pull, grab, drag, noise, etc. 4. Attempt to stop the vehicle with the parking brake only (do not exceed 25 mph) and note grab, drag, noise, etc. PEDAL FALLS AWAY

A brake pedal that falls away under steady foot pressure is generally the result of a system leak. The leak point could be at a brake line, fitting, hose, or caliper. If leakage is severe, fluid will be evident at or around the leaking component. Internal leakage (seal by-pass) in the master cylinder caused by worn or damaged piston cups, may also be the problem cause. An internal leak in the ABS system may also be the problem with no visual fluid leak. LOW PEDAL

If a low pedal is experienced, pump the pedal several times. If the pedal comes back up, the most likely causes are worn linings, rotors, or calipers are not sliding on the slide pins. The proper course of action is to inspect and replace all worn component. SPONGY PEDAL

A spongy pedal is most often caused by air in the system. However substandard brake hoses can cause a spongy pedal. The proper course of action is to bleed the system, and replace substandard quality brake hoses if suspected. HARD PEDAL OR HIGH PEDAL EFFORT

A hard pedal or high pedal effort may be due to lining that is water soaked, contaminated, glazed, or badly worn. The power booster, check valve, check valve seal/grommet or vacuum leak could also cause a hard pedal or high pedal effort. PEDAL PULSATION

Pedal pulsation is caused by components that are loose, or beyond tolerance limits. The primary cause of pulsation are disc brake rotors with excessive lateral runout or thickness variation. Other causes are loose wheel bearings or calipers and worn, damaged tires. NOTE: BRAKE DRAG

Some pedal pulsation may be felt during ABS activation.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Brake drag occurs when the lining is in constant contact with the rotor or drum. Drag can occur at one wheel, all wheels, fronts only, or rears only. Drag is a product of incomplete brake release. Drag can be minor or severe enough to overheat the linings, rotors and park brake drums. Minor drag will usually cause slight surface charring of the lining. It can also generate hard spots in rotors and park brake drums from the overheat-cool down process. In most cases, the rotors, wheels and tires are quite warm to the touch after the vehicle is stopped. Severe drag can char the brake lining all the way through. It can also distort and score rotors to the point of replacement. The wheels, tires and brake components will be extremely hot. In severe cases, the lining may generate smoke as it chars from overheating. Common causes of brake drag are:       

Parking brake partially applied. Loose/worn wheel bearing. Seized caliper. Caliper binding. Loose caliper mounting. Mis-assembled components. Damaged brake lines.

If brake drag occurs at the front, rear or all wheels, the problem may be related to a blocked master cylinder return port, faulty power booster (binds-does not release) or the ABS system. BRAKE FADE

Brake fade is usually a product of overheating caused by brake drag. However, brake overheating and resulting fade can also be caused by riding the brake pedal, making repeated high deceleration stops in a short time span, or constant braking on steep mountain roads. Refer to BRAKE DRAG. BRAKE PULL

Front brake pull condition could result from:       

Contaminated lining in one caliper Seized caliper piston Binding caliper Loose caliper Rusty caliper slide surfaces Improper brake shoes Damaged rotor

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

 

Wheel alignment. Tire pressure.

A worn, damaged wheel bearing or suspension component are further causes of pull. A damaged front tire (bruised, ply separation) can also cause pull. A common and frequently misdiagnosed pull condition is where direction of pull changes after a few stops. The cause is a combination of brake drag followed by fade at one of the brake units. As the dragging brake overheats, efficiency is so reduced that fade occurs. Since the opposite brake unit is still functioning normally, its braking effect is magnified. This causes pull to switch direction in favor of the normally functioning brake unit. An additional point when diagnosing a change in pull condition concerns brake cool down. Remember that pull will return to the original direction, if the dragging brake unit is allowed to cool down (and is not seriously damaged). REAR BRAKE DRAG OR PULL

Rear drag or pull may be caused by improperly adjusted park brake shoes or seized parking brake cables, contaminated lining, bent or binding shoes or improperly assembled components. This is particularly true when only one rear wheel is involved. However, when both rear wheels are affected, the master cylinder or ABS system could be at fault. BRAKES DO NOT HOLD AFTER DRIVING THROUGH DEEP WATER PUDDLES

This condition is generally caused by water soaked lining. If the lining is only wet, it can be dried by driving with the brakes very lightly applied for a mile or two. However, if the lining is both soaked and dirt contaminated, cleaning and or replacement will be necessary. BRAKE LINING CONTAMINATION

Brake lining contamination is mostly a product of leaking calipers or worn seals, driving through deep water puddles, or lining that has become covered with grease and grit during repair. Contaminated lining should be replaced to avoid further brake problems. WHEEL AND TIRE PROBLEMS

Some conditions attributed to brake components may actually be caused by a wheel or tire problem. A damaged wheel can cause shudder, vibration and pull. A worn or damaged tire can also cause pull. NOTE:

Propshaft angle can also cause vibration/shudder.

Severely worn tires with very little tread left can produce a grab-like condition as the tire loses and recovers traction. Flat-spotted tires can cause vibration and generate shudder during brake operation. Tire damage such as a severe bruise, cut, ply separation, low air pressure can cause pull and vibration.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

BRAKE NOISES

Some brake noise is common on some disc brakes during the first few stops after a vehicle has been parked overnight or stored. This is primarily due to the formation of trace corrosion (light rust) on metal surfaces. This light corrosion is typically cleared from the metal surfaces after a few brake applications causing the noise to subside. BRAKE SQUEAK/SQUEAL

Brake squeak or squeal may be due to linings that are wet or contaminated with brake fluid, grease, or oil. Glazed linings and rotors with hard spots can also contribute to squeak. Dirt and foreign material embedded in the brake lining will also cause squeak/squeal. A very loud squeak or squeal is frequently a sign of severely worn brake lining. If the lining has worn through to the brake shoes in spots, metal-to-metal contact occurs. If the condition is allowed to continue, rotors may become so scored that replacement is necessary. NOTE:

The front outer brake shoes are equipped with a wear indicator. The indicator will produce an audible noise when it contacts the rotor surface.

BRAKE CHATTER

Brake chatter is usually caused by loose or worn components, or glazed/burnt lining. Rotors with hard spots can also contribute to chatter. Additional causes of chatter are out-of-tolerance rotors, brake lining not securely attached to the shoes, loose wheel bearings and contaminated brake lining. THUMP/CLUNK NOISE

Thumping or clunk noises during braking are frequently not caused by brake components. In many cases, such noises are caused by loose or damaged steering, suspension, or engine components.

STANDARD PROCEDURE MANUAL BLEEDING NOTE:

Do not use this procedure if the master cylinder, Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU), brake booster, or the lines between the master cylinder and the HCU have been replaced. If any of these components are replaced perform the Pressure Bleeding procedure. Refer to PRESSURE BLEEDING. .

Use Mopar® brake fluid, or an equivalent quality fluid meeting SAE J1703-F and DOT 3 standards only. Use fresh, clean fluid from a sealed container at all times. Do not allow the master cylinder to run out of fluid during bleed operations. An empty cylinder will allow additional air to enter the system. Check the cylinder fluid level frequently and add fluid as needed.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 1: Bleed Hose Setup Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC Bleed only one brake component at a time in the following sequence: 1. Fill the master cylinder reservoir with brake fluid. 2. If the calipers are overhauled, open the caliper bleed screws. Then close each bleed screw as fluid starts to drip from it. Top off the master cylinder reservoir once more before proceeding. 3. Attach one end of the bleed hose (1) to the bleed screw and insert the opposite end in a suitable container (2) partially filled with brake fluid. Be sure the end of the bleed hose is immersed in fluid. 4. Open up the bleeder screw, then have a helper press down the brake pedal. Once the pedal is down close the bleeder screw. Repeat bleeding until the fluid stream is clear and free of bubbles. Then move to the next wheel. PRESSURE BLEEDING Use Mopar brake fluid, or an equivalent quality fluid meeting SAE J1703-F and DOT 3 standards only. Use fresh, clean fluid from a sealed container at all times. Fill the master cylinder reservoir with brake fluid prior to connecting pressure bleeder. Fill the bleeder tank with recommended fluid and purge air from the tank lines before bleeding. NOTE:

Follow the manufacturers instructions carefully when using pressure equipment. Do not exceed the tank manufacturers pressure recommendations. Generally, a tank pressure of 51-67 kPa (15-20 psi) is sufficient for bleeding.

Connect the pressure bleeder to the master cylinder using adapter provided with the equipment or MASTER

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

CYLINDER CAP (special tool #6921, Cap, Master Cylinder). When pressure bleeding, a helper is needed inside the vehicle. Bleed only one brake component at a time beginning with the rear brake caliper furthest from the master cylinder, then the other rear caliper, followed by the furthest front caliper from the master cylinder and finishing with the closest to the master cylinder as follows:

Fig. 2: Bleed Hose Setup Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Attach one end of a clear bleed hose (1) to the bleed screw and insert the opposite end in a suitable container (2). 2. Open the bleeder and have the helper pump the brake pedal multiple times , until the fluid stream is clear and free of air bubbles, then with the brake pedal pushed, tighten the bleeder screw. 3. Repeat step 2 on each wheel until all are complete. 4. Remove the bleeder hose, and the pressure bleeder from the master cylinder. NOTE:

If the Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) was replaced, the ABS System Bleeding procedure must now be performed. Refer to ABS SYSTEM BLEEDING . .

5. Verify the brake pedal is operating properly.

SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

DESCRIPTION Front Disc Brake Caliper Type Front Disc Brake Caliper Piston Front Disc Brake Rotor Type Base Front Disc Brake Rotor Diameter Heavy Duty Front Disc Brake Rotor Diameter Front Disc Brake Rotor Max. Runout Front Disc Brake Rotor Max. Thickness Variation Front Disc Brake Rotor Max. Thickness Variation Front Disc Brake Rotor Min. Thickness Rear Disc Brake Caliper Type Rear Disc Brake Caliper Piston Base Rear Disc Brake Rotor Type Heavy Duty Rear Disc Brake Rotor Type Rear Disc Brake Rotor Diameter Rear Disc Brake Rotor Max. Runout Rear Disc Brake Rotor Max. Thickness Variation Rear Disc Brake Rotor Min. Thickness Rear Disc Brake Rotor Drum Max. Diameter Brake Booster Type

SPECIFICATION Floating 48 mm (1.889 in.) Vented 330 mm (12.99 in.) 350 mm (13.78 in.) 0.05 mm (0.002 in.) 0.009 mm (0.00035 in.) 0.012 mm (0.00047 in.) 30.5 mm (1.2 in.) Floating 48 mm (1.889 in.) Solid Vented 330 mm (12.99 in.) 0.05 mm (0.002 in.) 0.009 mm (0.00035 in.) 12.5 mm (0.492 in.) 207.2 mm (8.15 in.) Dual Diaphragm

TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS DESCRIPTION Brake Pedal Bracket To Dash Brake Booster Mounting Nuts Backing Plate Bolts Master Cylinder Mounting Nuts Master Cylinder Brake Line (Both) Front Caliper Slide Bolts (Guide Pins) Brake Line Fittings (All) Front Caliper Adapter Bolts to Knuckle Front Caliper Brake Hose Banjo Bolt Front Caliper Bleed Screw

N.m 20

Ft. Lbs. 15

In. Lbs. 177

20

15

177

13 25

18

116 -

19

-

168

55

41

389

19 200

148

168 -

30

23

265

16

-

141.5

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Parking Brake Lever Bolts/Nuts Power Steering Reservoir Bolt Rear Caliper Adapter Bolts to Knuckle Rear Caliper Slide Bolts Rear Caliper Brake Hose Banjo Bolt Rear Caliper Bleed Screw Vacuum Pump Bracket to Engine

24

18

-

20

15

177

120

89

-

27.5 30

20 22

265

16 55

-

141.5 41

SPECIAL TOOLS SPECIAL TOOLS 10301 - Remover, Rear Park Brake Cable 6921 - Cap, Master Cylinder (Originally Shipped In Kit Number(s) 6907.) 8280 - Installer, Dust Boot (Originally Shipped In Kit Number(s) 8283, 8283CC, 8527, 8527CC.) C-3919 - Gauge, Brake Shoes C-4171 - Driver Handle, Universal (Originally Shipped In Kit Number(s) 9202, 9202A-CAN, 9202CC, 9299, 9299CC, 9299CC, 9300A-CAN.)

ELECTRICAL PUMP, ELECTRIC VACUUM DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 3: Electric Vacuum Pump, Electrical Connector, Mounting Bracket & Vacuum Pump, Bracket Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE:

Only the 3.6L engine has an electric vacuum pump.

On the 3.6L engine there is an electric vacuum pump (4) located on the front of the engine under the air cleaner body, directly above the idler pulley. The vacuum pump (4) has one electrical connector (3) on a pigtail connected to the mounting bracket (1). The vacuum pump (4) mounts to the bracket (1) with two rubber insulated studs to reduce vibration, and the bracket (1) mounts to the intake manifold with two bolts (2). The vacuum hose has a quick-connect type end (6) with a locking tab (5) at the vacuum pump (4). OPERATION OPERATION

The Electric Vacuum Pump (EVP) system is installed to provide supplemental vacuum to the brake booster when the engine vacuum supply is low. The vacuum pump is connected to the engine and the brake booster through a series of hoses and one-way flow check valves. A pressure senor, mounted in the brake booster, provides information to the Antilock Brake System (ABS) module, then the vacuum level is sent over CAN to the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). The PCM modulates the EVP operation to maintain the brake booster vacuum within a given range. This system ensures that the customer experiences a consistent brake pedal feel under all driving conditions. A two wire electrical connector is used to supply power and ground for the vacuum pump. Operating voltage is between 9V - 16V. Control of the vacuum pump is provided by the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) using a low side driver to a normally open relay (coil side). The relay coil side power is from a fuse in the under hood PDC. The switched power circuit to the vacuum pump relay is wired directly from the battery through an inline fuse holder located below the remote battery post connection on the RH side in the engine compartment. The relay is located on the LH shock tower in the engine compartment. The PCM monitors the Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) sensor and when the signal indicates low engine vacuum the PCM will cycle the vacuum pump as necessary to add vacuum to the power brake booster. The

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

vacuum hoses are connected between the vacuum pump, the engine manifold (for MAP sensor signal), and the power brake booster vacuum sensor (on the brake booster). When the PCM cycles the vacuum pump on, the PCM monitors the MAP sensor and if the vacuum signal does not indicate a rising vacuum then DTCs will be set. Additionally, the Antilock Brake System (ABS) module monitors the vacuum at the brake booster vacuum sensor and DTCs will also set in the ABS module. REMOVAL REMOVAL

Fig. 4: Electric Vacuum Pump, Electrical Connector, Mounting Bracket & Vacuum Pump, Bracket Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Remove the air cleaner body. Refer to BODY, AIR CLEANER , REMOVAL or BODY, AIR CLEANER , REMOVAL or BODY, AIR CLEANER , REMOVAL , 5.7L . 2. Disconnect the electrical connector (3) and remove the harness connector from the mounting bracket (1). 3. Release the locking tab (5) and disconnect the quick connect vacuum hose (6) from the vacuum pump (4). 4. Remove the vacuum pump bracket bolts (2) and remove the vacuum pump assembly from the vehicle. INSTALLATION INSTALLATION

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 5: Electric Vacuum Pump, Electrical Connector, Mounting Bracket & Vacuum Pump, Bracket Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Position the vacuum pump assembly (4), install the bracket mounting bolts (2) and torque to 55 N.m (41 ft. lbs.). 2. Attach the harness connector to the bracket (1), and connect the electrical connector (3). 3. Connect the quick-connect vacuum hose (6) to the vacuum pump (4) and seat the locking tab (5). 4. Install the air cleaner body. Refer to BODY, AIR CLEANER , INSTALLATION or BODY, AIR CLEANER , INSTALLATION or BODY, AIR CLEANER , INSTALLATION , 5.7L . SWITCH, BRAKE FLUID LEVEL REMOVAL REMOVAL

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 6: Wire Connector & Brake Fluid Level Sensor Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Disconnect the wire connector (2) from the brake fluid level sensor (3).

Fig. 7: Master Cylinder Reservoir & Sensor Locking Tabs Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 2. From the opposite side of the master cylinder reservoir (1) release the sensor locking tabs (2) with a small screw driver. 3. Pull the sensor out of the reservoir (1) from the connector side of the sensor. INSTALLATION INSTALLATION

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 8: Wire Connector & Brake Fluid Level Sensor Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Install the sensor (3) with a new O-ring into the reservoir (1) until the locking tabs are engaged. 2. Install the wire connector (2) to the fluid level sensor (3). SWITCH, RED BRAKE WARNING INDICATOR DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION

A red warning lamp is used for the service brake portion of the hydraulic system. The lamp is located in the instrument cluster. OPERATION OPERATION

The lamp is turned on momentarily when the ignition switch is turn to the on position. This is a self test to verify the lamp is operational. The red warning light alerts the driver if the fluid level is low or the parking brakes are applied. A red warning lamp with an amber warning lamp may indicate a electronic brake distribution fault. DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING RED WARNING LAMP

The red warning lamp illuminates when the parking brake is applied or when the fluid level in the master cylinder is low. It will also illuminate at start up as part of a bulb check. If the light comes on, first verify that the parking brakes are fully released. Then check pedal action and fluid level. If a problem is confirmed, inspect the brake hydraulic system for leaks. A red warning lamp with a amber warning lamp may indicate a electronic brake distribution fault.

HYDRAULIC/MECHANICAL ADAPTER, DISC BRAKE CALIPER REMOVAL REMOVAL

NOTE:

Front caliper adapter shown in illustration, rear caliper adapter similar.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 9: Brake Caliper Tension Clip Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. 2. 3. 4.

Raise and support the vehicle. Refer to HOISTING , STANDARD PROCEDURE . Remove the front wheel and tire assembly. Bottom caliper pistons into the caliper. Remove the brake caliper tension clip (1) by pressing rearward on the front of the clip (2) while pulling the clip out (3) from the caliper.

Fig. 10: Brake Caliper Slide Bolts, Caliper Adapter, Brake Caliper & Caliper Adapter Mounting Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 5. Remove the caliper slide dust bolt shields and loosen the brake caliper slide bolts (guide pins) (2).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

CAUTION: Never allow the disc brake caliper to hang from the brake hose. Damage to the brake hose will result. Provide a suitable support to hang the caliper securely. 6. Remove the brake caliper (3) from the caliper adapter (4) and hang the brake caliper (3). 7. Remove the brake caliper adapter mounting bolts (1) and remove adapter (4) from the vehicle. INSTALLATION INSTALLATION

NOTE:

Front caliper adapter shown in illustration, rear caliper adapter similar.

Fig. 11: Brake Caliper Slide Bolts, Caliper Adapter, Brake Caliper & Caliper Adapter Mounting Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Position the brake caliper adapter (4), install the brake caliper adapter mounting bolts (1) and tighten to: 1. Front - 200 N.m (148 ft. lbs.) 2. Rear - 120 N.m (89 ft. lbs.) NOTE:

Brake caliper slide bolts (guide pins) (2) should be free from debris.

2. Position the brake caliper (3), install the brake caliper slide bolts (guide pins) (2) and tighten to: 1. Front - 55 N.m (41 ft. lbs.) 2. Rear - 27.5 N.m (20 ft. lbs.) 3. Install the caliper slide dust bolt shields.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 12: Brake Caliper Tension Clip Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 4. Install the brake caliper tension clip (1). 5. Install the tire and wheel assembly. Refer to WHEELS , STANDARD PROCEDURE . 6. Pump brake pedal until caliper pistons and brake pads are seated and a firm brake pedal is obtained. BOOSTER, POWER BRAKE DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION

Fig. 13: Identifying Power Brake Booster/Master Cylinder Components Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

1 - PUSH ROD 2 - BOOSTER MOUNTING STUDS 3 - POWER BRAKE BOOSTER 4 - FLUID RESERVOIR 5 - MASTER CYLINDER 6 - FLUID LEVEL SENSOR 7 - CHECK VALVE GROMMET The booster assembly consists of a housing divided into separate chambers by two internal diaphragms. The outer edge of each diaphragm is attached to the booster housing (3). Two push rods are used in the booster. The primary push rod (1) connects the booster to the brake pedal. The secondary push rod connects the booster to the master cylinder to stroke the cylinder pistons. OPERATION OPERATION

Fig. 14: Identifying Power Brake Booster/Master Cylinder Components Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1 - PUSH ROD 2 - BOOSTER MOUNTING STUDS 3 - POWER BRAKE BOOSTER 4 - FLUID RESERVOIR 5 - MASTER CYLINDER 6 - FLUID LEVEL SENSOR 7 - CHECK VALVE GROMMET

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

The atmospheric inlet valve is opened and closed by the primary push rod. Booster vacuum supply is through a hose attached to an intake manifold fitting at one end and to the booster check valve (7) at the other. The vacuum check valve in the booster housing is a one-way device that prevents vacuum leak back. Power assist is generated by utilizing the pressure differential between normal atmospheric pressure and a vacuum. The vacuum needed for booster operation is taken directly from the engine intake manifold. The entry point for atmospheric pressure is through a filter and inlet valve at the rear of the housing. The chamber areas forward of the booster diaphragms are exposed to vacuum from the intake manifold. The chamber areas to the rear of the diaphragms, are exposed to normal atmospheric pressure of 101.3 kilopascals (14.7 pounds/square in.). Brake pedal application causes the primary push rod (1) to open the atmospheric inlet valve. This exposes the area behind the diaphragms to atmospheric pressure. The resulting pressure differential provides the extra apply force for power assist. The booster check valve, check valve grommet (7) and booster seals are serviceable. DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING - MASTER CYLINDER/POWER BOOSTER

1. Start the engine and check the booster vacuum hose connections. A hissing noise indicates a vacuum leak. Correct any vacuum leaks before proceeding. 2. Stop the engine and pump the brake pedal until all vacuum reserve in the booster is depleted. 3. Press and hold the brake pedal under light foot pressure. The pedal should hold firm. If the pedal falls away, there may be an external leak or the master cylinder is faulty (internal leakage). 4. Start the engine and note pedal action. It should fall away slightly under light foot pressure, then hold firm. If no pedal action is discernible, the power booster, vacuum supply or vacuum check valve is faulty, proceed to the POWER BOOSTER VACUUM TEST. 5. If the POWER BOOSTER VACUUM TEST passes, rebuild the booster vacuum reserve as follows: Release the brake pedal. Increase engine speed to 1500 RPM, close the throttle and immediately turn off the ignition to stop the engine. 6. Wait a minimum of 90 seconds and try brake action again. The booster should provide two or more vacuum assisted pedal applications. If the vacuum assist is not provided, the booster is faulty. POWER BOOSTER VACUUM TEST

1. Connect a vacuum gauge to the booster check valve with a short length of hose and T-fitting. 2. Start and run the engine at curb idle for one minute. 3. Observe the vacuum supply. If the vacuum supply is less that 12 inches HG (406 millibars), repair the vacuum supply. 4. Clamp the hose shut between the intake vacuum source and the check valve. 5. Stop the engine and observe the vacuum gauge. 6. If the vacuum drops more than one inch HG (33 millibars) within 15 seconds, the booster diaphragm or

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

check valve is faulty. POWER BOOSTER CHECK VALVE TEST

1. Remove the power booster check valve from the power booster. 2. Using a hand operated vacuum pump, apply 15-20 inches HG (508-677 millibars) vacuum at the booster side of the check valve. 3. The vacuum should hold steady. If the gauge on the pump indicates vacuum loss, the check valve is faulty and should be replaced. REMOVAL REMOVAL

CAUTION: Vacuum in power brake booster must be pumped down (removed) before removing master cylinder from power brake booster. This is necessary to prevent power brake booster from sucking in any contamination as master cylinder is removed. This can be done simply by pumping brake pedal, with vehicle engine not running and the ignition OFF, until a firm feeling brake pedal is achieved. 1. With the engine not running and the ignition OFF, pump the brake pedal until a firm pedal is achieved (45 strokes).

Fig. 15: Cowl Extension Silencer Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE:

LHD shown in illustration, RHD similar.

2. Remove the cowl panel cover. Refer to COVER, COWL PANEL , REMOVAL .

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

3. Remove the fastener (3) that secures the cowl side extension (2) to the center cowl extension (1). 4. Release the tab that secures the cowl side extension (2) and remove the extension.

Fig. 16: Wire Connector & Brake Fluid Level Sensor Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 5. Siphon the master cylinder (1). 6. Disconnect the wire connector (2) from the fluid level sensor (3), and the vacuum sensor (4). 7. Disconnect the vacuum hose and vacuum sensor (4) from the power booster and position aside.

Fig. 17: Brake Lines, Master Cylinder & Nuts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 8. Disconnect the brake lines (4) at the master cylinder (1). 9. Remove the two master cylinder retaining nuts (3) and remove the master cylinder (1) from the booster.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 18: Retainer Clip, Booster Push Rod, Brake Booster Mounting Nuts & Booster Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 10. Remove the steering column opening cover. Refer to COVER, STEERING COLUMN OPENING , REMOVAL . 11. Remove and discard the retainer clip (2) that holds the booster push rod (4) on the pedal pin and slide the push rod off the pin. 12. Remove the four power brake booster mounting nuts (3). 13. Remove the booster (1) from the vehicle. INSTALLATION INSTALLATION

NOTE:

LHD shown in illustration, RHD similar.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 19: Retainer Clip, Booster Push Rod, Brake Booster Mounting Nuts & Booster Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Align and position booster in the mounting holes of the dash panel. Inside the vehicle, lubricate pedal pin with Mopar multi-mileage grease. Install the four booster mounting nuts (3) on studs and tighten to 20 N.m (15 ft. lbs.). Slide booster push rod (4) on pedal pin and secure rod to pin with a new retainer clip (2). Install the steering column opening cover. Refer to COVER, STEERING COLUMN OPENING , INSTALLATION .

Fig. 20: Brake Lines, Master Cylinder & Nuts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 6. Position the master cylinder (1) to the power brake booster, install the two master cylinder retaining nuts (3) and tighten to 25 N.m (18 ft. lbs.). 7. Install the brake lines (4) at the master cylinder (1) and tighten to 19 N.m (168 in. lbs.).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 21: Wire Connector & Brake Fluid Level Sensor Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 8. Route and attach the vacuum hose and sensor to the brake booster. 9. Connect the wire connector (2) to the fluid level sensor (3), and the vacuum sensor (4).

Fig. 22: Cowl Extension Silencer Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE:

Make sure the cowl side extension (2) tab is properly snapped into place.

10. Position the cowl side extension (2), install the fastener (3) securing the side cowl extension to the cowl center extension (1). 11. Install the cowl panel cover. Refer to COVER, COWL PANEL , INSTALLATION . 12. Fill and pressure bleed the brake system. Refer to PRESSURE BLEEDING. .

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

CALIPER, DISC BRAKE DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION

The calipers are a single piston type in the rear and dual piston type in the front. The calipers are free to slide laterally, this allows continuous compensation for lining wear. OPERATION OPERATION

Fig. 23: Identifying Front Caliper Components Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC When the brakes are applied fluid pressure is exerted against the caliper piston (2). The fluid pressure is exerted equally and in all directions. This means pressure exerted against the caliper piston and within the caliper bore will be equal. Fluid pressure applied to the piston is transmitted directly to the inboard brake pad (5). This forces the pad lining against the inner surface of the disc brake rotor. At the same time, fluid pressure within the piston bore forces the caliper to slide inward on the mounting bolts. This action brings the outboard brake pad lining (6) into contact with the outer surface of the disc brake rotor. In summary, fluid pressure acting simultaneously on both piston and caliper, produces a strong clamping action. When sufficient force is applied, friction will attempt to stop the rotors from turning and bring the vehicle to a stop. Application and release of the brake pedal generates only a very slight movement of the caliper and piston. Upon release of the pedal, the caliper and piston return to a rest position. The brake pads do not retract an appreciable distance from the rotor. In fact, clearance is usually at, or close to zero. The reasons for this are to keep road debris from getting between the rotor and lining and in wiping the rotor surface clear each revolution.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

The caliper piston seal (4) controls the amount of piston (2) extension needed to compensate for normal lining wear.

Fig. 24: Caliper Operation Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC During brake application, the seal is deflected outward by fluid pressure and piston movement (6). When the brakes (and fluid pressure) are released, the seal relaxes and retracts the piston (3). The amount of piston retraction is determined by the amount of seal deflection. Generally the amount is just enough to maintain contact between the piston and inboard brake pad. REMOVAL REMOVAL

NOTE:

Front brake caliper shown in illustration, rear calipers similar.

1. Drain small amount of fluid from the master cylinder brake reservoir with a clean suction gun. 2. Install a prop rod on the brake pedal to keep pressure on the brake system. Holding the pedal in this position will isolate the master cylinder from the hydraulic brake system and will not allow brake fluid to drain out of the brake fluid reservoir while the brake lines are open. This will allow you to bleed out the area of repair instead of the entire system. 3. Raise and support the vehicle. Refer to HOISTING , STANDARD PROCEDURE . 4. Remove the wheel and tire assembly.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 25: Brake Caliper Tension Clip Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 5. Bottom the caliper pistons into the caliper. 6. Remove the brake caliper tension clip (1) by pressing rearward on the front of the clip (2) while pulling the clip out (3) from the caliper.

Fig. 26: Brake Hose Banjo Bolt, Brake Caliper Slide Bolts & Caliper Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 7. 8. 9. 10.

Remove the brake hose banjo bolt (4) and gasket washers. Discard the gasket washers. Remove the caliper slide dust bolt shields and loosen the brake caliper slide bolts (guide pins) (1). Remove the caliper (3) from the adapter. Remove and transfer any necessary components.

DISASSEMBLY

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

DISASSEMBLY

Fig. 27: Clamping Block Of Wood Over Caliper Piston Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Drain the brake fluid from caliper. 2. C-clamp (2) a block of wood (1) over one piston.

Fig. 28: Wrapping Wood Block With Shop Towels To Protect Caliper Piston Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 3. Take another piece of wood and pad it with one-inch thickness of shop towels (2). Place this piece in the outboard shoe side of the caliper in front of the other piston. This will cushion and protect caliper piston during removal. CAUTION: Do not blow the piston out of the bore with sustained air pressure. This could result in a cracked piston.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

WARNING: Never attempt to catch the piston as it leaves the bore. This could result in personal injury. 4. To remove the caliper piston direct short bursts of low pressure air with a blow gun through the caliper brake hose port. Use only enough air pressure to ease the piston out. 5. Remove the C-clamp and block of wood from the caliper and clamp it over the dust boot of the first piston removed. This will seal the empty piston bore. 6. Move the padded piece of wood in front of the other piston. 7. Remove the second piston using the same procedure with short bursts of low pressure air .

Fig. 29: Removing Piston Dust Boots Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 8. Remove piston dust boots (2) with a suitable pry tool.

Fig. 30: Removing Piston Seals Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

CAUTION: Do not scratch piston bore while removing the seals.

9. Remove piston seals (3) from caliper (1).

Fig. 31: Identifying Caliper Mounting Bolt Bushings And Boot Seals Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 10. Push caliper mounting bolt bushings (3) out of the boot seals (2) and remove the boot seals from the caliper (1). 11. Remove caliper bleed screw. CLEANING CLEANING

Clean the caliper components with clean brake fluid or brake clean only. Wipe the caliper and piston dry with lint free towels or use low pressure compressed air. CAUTION: Do not use gasoline, kerosene, paint thinner, or similar solvents. These products may leave a residue that could damage the piston and seal. INSPECTION INSPECTION

The piston is made from a phenolic resin (plastic material) and should be smooth and clean. The piston must be replaced if cracked or scored. Do not attempt to restore a scored piston surface by sanding or polishing. CAUTION: If the caliper piston is replaced, install the same type of piston in the

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

caliper. Never interchange phenolic resin and steel caliper pistons. The pistons, seals, seal grooves, caliper bore and piston tolerances are different. ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY

Fig. 32: Installing Piston Seals Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC CAUTION: Dirt, oil, and solvents can damage caliper seals. Insure assembly area is clean and dry. 1. Lubricate caliper pistons, piston seals and piston bores with clean, fresh brake fluid. NOTE:

Verify seal is fully seated and not twisted.

2. Install new piston seals (3) into caliper bores (2).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 33: Installing Piston Into Bore Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 3. Lightly lubricate lip of new boot with silicone grease. Install boot on piston and work boot lip into the groove at the top of piston (3). 4. Stretch boot (2) rearward to straighten boot folds, then move boot forward until folds snap into place. 5. Install piston (3) into caliper bore and press piston down to the bottom of the caliper bore by hand or with hammer handle.

Fig. 34: Seating Dust Boot Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 6. Seat dust boot in caliper (2) with Universal Driver Handle (special tool #C-4171, Driver Handle, Universal) (1) and Dust Boot Installer (special tool #8280, Installer, Dust Boot) (3). 7. Install the second piston and dust boot. 8. Install the boot seals into the caliper seal bores and center the seals in the bores. NOTE:

DO NOT add grease to guide pins, pin bushings, housing shoe face or

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

anchor bracket rails. Clean anchor bracket rails and housing shoe face with brake cleaner prior to assembly of new linings. 9. Install mounting bolt bushings into the boot seals and insure seal lip is engaged into the bushing grooves at either end of the bushing. 10. Install caliper bleed screw. INSTALLATION INSTALLATION

NOTE:

Front brake caliper shown in illustration, rear calipers similar.

NOTE:

DO NOT add grease to guide pins, pin bushings, housing shoe face or anchor bracket rails. Clean anchor bracket rails and housing shoe face with brake cleaner prior to assembly of new linings.

Fig. 35: Brake Hose Banjo Bolt, Brake Caliper Slide Bolts & Caliper Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE:

Brake caliper slide bolts (guide pins) (1) should be free from debris.

1. Position the brake caliper/pads and tighten the brake caliper slide bolts (guide pins) (1) to: 1. Front - 55 N.m (41 ft. lbs.) 2. Rear - 27.5 N.m (20 ft. lbs.) 2. Install the caliper slide bolt dust shields. CAUTION: Verify brake hose is not twisted or kinked before tightening banjo bolt.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

3. Install brake hose (3) to caliper (2) with new copper washers and tighten banjo bolt (4) to 30 N.m (23 ft. lbs.).

Fig. 36: Brake Caliper Tension Clip Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 4. Install the brake caliper tension clip (1) 5. Remove the prop rod from the brake pedal. 6. Bleed the area of repair for the brake system, If a proper pedal is not felt during bleeding an area of repair then a base bleed system must be performed. . Refer to MANUAL BLEEDING. . 7. Install wheel and tire assembly. Refer to WHEELS , STANDARD PROCEDURE . 8. Remove supports and lower vehicle. 9. Verify brake fluid level is correct. FLUID DESCRIPTION BRAKE FLUID

The brake fluid used in this vehicle must conform to DOT 3 specifications and SAE J1703 standards. No other type of brake fluid is recommended or approved for usage in the vehicle brake system. Use only Mopar brake fluid or an equivalent from a tightly sealed container. CAUTION: Never use reclaimed brake fluid or fluid from a container which has been left open. An open container of brake fluid will absorb moisture from the air and contaminate the fluid. CAUTION: Never use any type of a petroleum-based fluid in the brake hydraulic system. Use of such type fluids will result in seal damage of the vehicle

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

brake hydraulic system causing a failure of the vehicle brake system. Petroleum based fluids would be items such as engine oil, transmission fluid, power steering fluid, etc. BRAKE FLUID - EXPORT

The brake fluid used in this vehicle must conform to DOT 3 specifications and SAE J1703 standards. If DOT 3 brake fluid is not available, brake fluid conforming to DOT 4 specifications may be used in its place. The fluids are compatible, but DOT 4 usage may require additional fluid maintenance. No other type of brake fluid is recommended or approved for usage in the vehicle brake system. Use only Mopar® Brake Fluid DOT 3 Motor Vehicle or equivalent from a tightly sealed container. CAUTION: Never use reclaimed brake fluid or fluid from an container which has been left open. An open container of brake fluid will absorb moisture from the air and contaminate the fluid. CAUTION: Never use any type of a petroleum-based fluid in the brake hydraulic system. Use of such type fluids will result in seal damage of the vehicle brake hydraulic system causing a failure of the vehicle brake system. Petroleum based fluids would be items such as engine oil, transmission fluid, power steering fluid, etc. DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING - BRAKE FLUID CONTAMINATION

Indications of fluid contamination are swollen or deteriorated rubber parts. Swollen rubber parts indicate the presence of petroleum in the brake fluid. To test for contamination, put a small amount of drained brake fluid in clear glass jar. If fluid separates into layers, there is mineral oil or other fluid contamination of the brake fluid. If brake fluid is contaminated, drain and thoroughly flush system. Replace master cylinder, proportioning valve, caliper seals, wheel cylinder seals, Antilock Brakes hydraulic unit and all hydraulic fluid hoses. STANDARD PROCEDURE STANDARD PROCEDURE - BRAKE FLUID LEVEL

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 37: Identifying Power Brake Booster/Master Cylinder Components Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1 - PUSH ROD 2 - BOOSTER MOUNTING STUDS 3 - POWER BRAKE BOOSTER 4 - FLUID RESERVOIR 5 - MASTER CYLINDER 6 - FLUID LEVEL SENSOR 7 - CHECK VALVE GROMMET Always clean the master cylinder reservoir (4) and cap before checking fluid level. If not cleaned, dirt could enter the fluid. The fluid fill level is indicated on the side of the master cylinder reservoir (4). The correct fluid level is to the MAX indicator on the side of the reservoir. If necessary, add fluid to the proper level. MASTER CYLINDER, BRAKE DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 38: Identifying Power Brake Booster/Master Cylinder Components Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1 - PUSH ROD 2 - BOOSTER MOUNTING STUDS 3 - POWER BRAKE BOOSTER 4 - FLUID RESERVOIR 5 - MASTER CYLINDER 6 - FLUID LEVEL SENSOR 7 - CHECK VALVE GROMMET The master cylinder body (5) is made of aluminum and contains a primary and secondary piston assembly. The cylinder body including the piston assemblies are not serviceable. If diagnosis indicates an internal problem with the cylinder body (5), it must be replaced as an assembly. The master cylinder has a removable reservoir (4) and fluid level indicator (6). The reservoir, reservoir grommets, reservoir cap and fluid level switch are the only replaceable parts on the master cylinder. OPERATION OPERATION

The master cylinder bore contains a primary and secondary piston. The primary piston supplies hydraulic pressure to the front brakes. The secondary piston supplies hydraulic pressure to the rear brakes. The master cylinder reservoir stores reserve brake fluid for the hydraulic brake circuits. DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING - MASTER CYLINDER/POWER BOOSTER

1. Start the engine and check the booster vacuum hose connections. A hissing noise indicates a vacuum leak.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

2. 3. 4.

5.

6.

Correct any vacuum leaks before proceeding. Stop the engine and pump the brake pedal until all vacuum reserve in the booster is depleted. Press and hold the brake pedal under light foot pressure. The pedal should hold firm. If the pedal falls away, there may be an external leak or the master cylinder is faulty (internal leakage). Start the engine and note pedal action. It should fall away slightly under light foot pressure, then hold firm. If no pedal action is discernible, the power booster, vacuum supply or vacuum check valve is faulty, proceed to the POWER BOOSTER VACUUM TEST. If the POWER BOOSTER VACUUM TEST passes, rebuild the booster vacuum reserve as follows: Release the brake pedal. Increase engine speed to 1500 RPM, close the throttle and immediately turn off the ignition to stop the engine. Wait a minimum of 90 seconds and try brake action again. The booster should provide two or more vacuum assisted pedal applications. If the vacuum assist is not provided, the booster is faulty.

POWER BOOSTER VACUUM TEST

1. Connect a vacuum gauge to the booster check valve with a short length of hose and T-fitting. 2. Start and run the engine at curb idle for one minute. 3. Observe the vacuum supply. If the vacuum supply is less that 12 inches HG (406 millibars), repair the vacuum supply. 4. Clamp the hose shut between the intake vacuum source and the check valve. 5. Stop the engine and observe the vacuum gauge. 6. If the vacuum drops more than one inch HG (33 millibars) within 15 seconds, the booster diaphragm or check valve is faulty. POWER BOOSTER CHECK VALVE TEST

1. Remove the power booster check valve from the power booster. 2. Using a hand operated vacuum pump, apply 15-20 inches HG (508-677 millibars) vacuum at the booster side of the check valve. 3. The vacuum should hold steady. If the gauge on the pump indicates vacuum loss, the check valve is faulty and should be replaced. STANDARD PROCEDURE STANDARD PROCEDURE - MASTER CYLINDER BLEEDING

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 39: Bleeding Master Cylinder Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC A new master cylinder should be bled before installation on the vehicle. Required bleeding tools include bleed tubes and a wood dowel to stroke the pistons. Bleed tubes can be fabricated from brake line. 1. 2. 3. 4.

Mount master cylinder in vise. Attach bleed tubes to cylinder outlet ports (1). Then position each tube end into reservoir (2). Fill reservoir with fresh brake fluid. Press cylinder pistons inward with wood dowel. Then release pistons and allow them to return under spring pressure. Continue bleeding operations until air bubbles are no longer visible in fluid.

REMOVAL REMOVAL

CAUTION: Vacuum in power brake booster must be pumped down (removed) before removing master cylinder from power brake booster. This is necessary to prevent power brake booster from sucking in any contamination as master cylinder is removed. This can be done simply by pumping brake pedal, with vehicle engine not running and the ignition OFF, until a firm feeling brake pedal is achieved. 1. With the engine not running and the ignition OFF, pump the brake pedal until a firm pedal is achieved (45 strokes).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 40: Connector, Hood Weather Strip, Extension, Fastener & Tab Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE:

LHD shown in illustration, RHD similar.

2. Disconnect the connector (3) from the body and lift the hood weather strip (2) back enough for access to remove the cowl side extension (5). 3. Remove the fastener (1) that secures the cowl side extension (5) to the center cowl extension. 4. Release the tab (4) that secures the cowl side extension (5) and remove the extension.

Fig. 41: Wire Connector & Brake Fluid Level Sensor Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 5. Siphon the master cylinder (1). 6. Disconnect the wire connector (2) from the fluid level sensor (3).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 42: Brake Lines, Master Cylinder & Nuts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 7. Disconnect the brake lines (4) at the master cylinder (1). 8. Remove the two master cylinder retaining nuts (3) and remove the master cylinder (1) from the booster. INSTALLATION INSTALLATION

NOTE:

Bleed new master cylinder on bench before installation.

NOTE:

LHD shown in illustration, RHD similar.

Fig. 43: Brake Lines, Master Cylinder & Nuts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

1. Position the master cylinder (1) to the power brake booster, install the two master cylinder retaining nuts (3) and tighten to 25 N.m (18 ft. lbs.). 2. Install the brake lines (4) at the master cylinder (1) and tighten to 19 N.m (168 in. lbs.).

Fig. 44: Wire Connector & Brake Fluid Level Sensor Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 3. Connect the wire connector (2) to the fluid level sensor (3).

Fig. 45: Connector, Hood Weather Strip, Extension, Fastener & Tab Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE:

Make sure the tab (4) is snaps into place.

4. Position the cowl side extension (5) and install the cowl side extension to cowl extension fastener (1).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

5. Install the hood weather strip (2) into position and attach the connector (3) to the body. 6. Fill and pressure bleed the brake system. Refer to PRESSURE BLEEDING. . PADS AND/OR SHOES, BRAKE STANDARD PROCEDURE STANDARD PROCEDURE - BRAKE PAD BURNISHING

CAUTION: After installing NEW brake pads, keep in mind that braking effectiveness might be somewhat reduced during the first brake applications. When NEW brake pads are installed on a vehicle, this procedure must be used to correctly burnish (seat) the brake linings to the brake rotor discs. 1. 2. 3. 4.

Accelerate the vehicle to a steady speed of about 40 mph (65 km/h). Using light brake pedal pressure, slow the vehicle from 40 mph to 0 mph in approximately 6 seconds. Accelerate back up to 40 mph for approximately one minute to allow the brakes to cool down. Repeat this procedure 15 to 20 times to correctly seat the brake lining material.

REMOVAL REMOVAL

NOTE:

Front brake caliper shown in illustration, rear calipers similar.

1. Drain a small amount of fluid from the master cylinder brake reservoir with a clean suction gun. 2. Raise and support the vehicle. Refer to HOISTING , STANDARD PROCEDURE . 3. Remove the wheel and tire assembly.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 46: Brake Caliper Tension Clip Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 4. Bottom caliper pistons into the caliper. 5. Remove the brake caliper tension clip (1) by pressing rearward on the front of the clip (2) while pulling the clip out (3) from the caliper.

Fig. 47: Brake Caliper Slide Bolts, Caliper Adapter, Brake Caliper & Caliper Adapter Mounting Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 6. Remove the caliper slide dust bolt shields and loosen the brake caliper slide bolts (guide pins) (2). CAUTION: Never allow the disc brake caliper to hang from the brake hose. Damage to the brake hose will result. Provide a suitable support to hang the caliper securely. 7. Remove the brake caliper (3) from the caliper adapter (4) and hang the brake caliper. 8. Remove the inboard and outboard brake pads. INSPECTION INSPECTION

Visually inspect brake pads for uneven lining wear. Also inspect for excessive lining deterioration. Check the clearance between the tips of the wear indicators (if equipped) on the pads and the brake rotors. If a visual inspection does not adequately determine the condition of the lining, a physical check will be necessary. To check the amount of lining wear, remove the disc brake pads from the vehicle.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 48: Brake Pad Friction Material Thickness Measurement Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1 - BRAKE SHOE ASSEMBLY FRICTION MATERIAL THICKNESS IS TO BE MEASURED AT THE THINNEST POINT. 2 - BRAKE SHOE ASSEMBLY FRICTION MATERIAL 3 - BRAKE SHOE ASSEMBLY BACKING PLATE Measure brake pad minimum thickness (1). Brake pads must be replaced when usable material on a brake pad lining (2) measured at its thinnest point measures one millimeter (0.04 inches) or less. If a brake pad fails inspection, replace both disc brake pads (inboard and outboard) at each caliper. It is also necessary to replace the pads on the opposite side of the vehicle as well as the pads failing inspection to maintain proper braking characteristics. If the brake pad assemblies do not require replacement, be sure to reinstall the brake pads in the original position they were removed from. NOTE:

It is important to inspect both front and rear brake pads during the same inspection.

INSTALLATION INSTALLATION

NOTE:

Front brake caliper shown in illustration, rear calipers similar.

NOTE:

DO NOT add grease to guide pins, pin bushings, housing shoe face or anchor bracket rails. Clean anchor bracket rails and housing shoe face with brake cleaner prior assembly of new linings.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 49: Brake Caliper Slide Bolts, Caliper Adapter, Brake Caliper & Caliper Adapter Mounting Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE:

Brake caliper slide bolts (guide pins) (1) should be free from debris.

1. Position the brake caliper/pads and tighten the brake caliper slide bolts (guide pins) (2) to: 1. Front - 55 N.m (41 ft. lbs.) 2. Rear - 27.5 N.m (20 ft. lbs.) 2. Install the caliper slide bolt dust shields.

Fig. 50: Brake Caliper Tension Clip Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 3. Install the brake caliper tension clip (1). 4. Install wheel and tire assembly. Refer to WHEELS , STANDARD PROCEDURE .

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

5. Remove supports and lower vehicle. 6. Pump brake pedal until caliper pistons and brake pads are seated and a firm brake pedal is obtained. PEDAL(S), BRAKE AND/OR ACCELERATOR DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION

A suspended-type brake pedal is used, the pedal pivots on a shaft mounted in the pedal support bracket. The bracket is attached to the dash panel. The brake pedal assembly and pedal pad are the only serviceable components. REMOVAL REMOVAL

Fig. 51: Retainer Clip, Booster Push Rod, Brake Booster Mounting Nuts & Booster Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

LHD shown in illustration, RHD similar.

Disconnect and isolate battery negative cable from battery post. Remove the steering column opening cover. Refer to REMOVAL . Remove the knee blocker air bag, if equipped. Refer to AIR BAG, KNEE BLOCKER , REMOVAL . Remove the stop lamp switch. Refer to SWITCH, STOP LAMP , REMOVAL . Remove retainer clip (2) that holds booster push rod (4) to pedal pin. Discard retaining clip (2). It is not to be reused. 6. Slide booster push rod (4) off brake pedal pin.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

7. Remove the brake pedal sled upper nut (1) 8. Remove four power brake booster mounting nuts (3) 9. Remove the brake pedal assembly from the vehicle. INSTALLATION INSTALLATION

Fig. 52: Retainer Clip, Booster Push Rod, Brake Booster Mounting Nuts & Booster Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE:

LHD shown in illustration, RHD similar.

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

Install the pedal assembly to the vehicle. Install four power brake booster mounting nuts (3) and tighten to 20 N.m (15 ft. lbs.) Install the upper brake pedal sled nut (1) and tighten to 20 N.m (15 ft. lbs.) Install booster push rod (4) on pedal pin and install a NEW retainer clip (2) on pedal pin. Install and adjust the stop lamp switch. Refer to SWITCH, STOP LAMP , INSTALLATION . Install the knee blocker air bag, if equipped. Refer to AIR BAG, KNEE BLOCKER , INSTALLATION . 7. Install the steering column opening cover. Refer to INSTALLATION . 8. Reconnect the negative battery cable. 9. Verify proper brake system operation.

PLATE, BRAKE BACKING REMOVAL REMOVAL

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 53: Backing Plate Bolts & Backing Plate Assembly Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE:

The backing plate is only serviceable as an assembly with the park brakes attached.

1. Raise and support the vehicle. Refer to HOISTING , STANDARD PROCEDURE . 2. Remove wheel and tire assembly. NOTE:

When the hub is removed from the knuckle, the bearing must be replaced.

3. Remove the hub/bearing. Refer to HUB AND BEARING , REMOVAL . 4. Remove the backing plate bolts (2), and remove the backing plate assembly (1) from the knuckle. INSTALLATION INSTALLATION

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 54: Backing Plate Bolts & Backing Plate Assembly Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE:

A new backing plate assembly will have a plastic spacer to hold the park brake actuating lever in position to attach the brake cable. Do not remove the plastic spacer until the brake cable is attached to the lever.

1. Spread the shoes to fit over the stops and position the backing plate assembly (1) on the knuckle. 2. Install the backing plate bolts (2) and tighten to 13 N.m (116 in. lbs.). NOTE:

3. 4. 5. 6.

Remove the park brake lever spacer from this location (3) after attaching the brake cable, and before installing the rotor or adjusting the shoes.

Install the hub/bearing and knuckle. Refer to HUB AND BEARING , INSTALLATION . Adjust brake shoes. Refer to SHOES, PARKING BRAKE , ADJUSTMENTS. Install the wheel and tire assembly. Refer to WHEELS , STANDARD PROCEDURE . Remove the support and lower the vehicle.

RESERVOIR, BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER REMOVAL REMOVAL

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 55: Wire Connector, Brake Fluid Level Sensor, Reservoir Retaining Screw & Reservoir Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Remove reservoir cap and remove fluid with a clean suction gun. Remove the wire connector (2) from the brake fluid level sensor (4). Remove the reservoir retaining screw (3). Carefully rock the reservoir (1) back and fourth while pulling up to remove it from the master cylinder. Remove and transfer the brake fluid level switch. Refer to SWITCH, BRAKE FLUID LEVEL , REMOVAL. 6. Remove and discard grommets from the cylinder body.

INSTALLATION INSTALLATION

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 56: Wire Connector, Brake Fluid Level Sensor, Reservoir Retaining Screw & Reservoir Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Install the fluid level sensor (4) into the reservoir (1). CAUTION: Do not use tools to install the o-rings. Tools may cut, or tear the orings. Install the o-rings using finger pressure only. 2. Lubricate new o-rings with clean brake fluid. CAUTION: Do not rock the reservoir during installation.

3. Start reservoir in o-rings then press the reservoir straight down to seat the reservoir into the cylinder orings. 4. Install the reservoir retaining screw (3). 5. Install the wire connector (4) to the brake fluid level sensor (3). 6. Remove brake pedal prop rod. 7. Fill master cylinder. ROTOR, BRAKE DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING FRONT ROTOR MINIMUM THICKNESS

Rotor minimum usable thickness is 30.5 mm (1.200 in.). Do not resurface a rotor if machining would cause thickness to fall below this limit. Measure rotor thickness at the center of the brake shoe contact surface. Replace the rotor if worn below minimum thickness, or if refinishing would reduce thickness below the allowable minimum. FRONT ROTOR THICKNESS VARIATION

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 57: Measuring Rotor Thickness Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1 - MICROMETER 2 - ROTOR Variations in rotor thickness will cause pedal pulsation, noise and shudder. Measure rotor thickness a minimum of six points around the rotor face. Position the micrometer approximately 19 mm (3/4 in.) from the rotor outer circumference for each measurement. Thickness should not vary by more than 0.012 mm (0.0005 in.) from point to point on the rotor. Refinish or replace the rotor if necessary. NOTE:

A hub mounted on-vehicle lathe is recommended. This type of lathe trues the rotor to the vehicles hub/bearing.

Front rotors and hub/bearings are matched mounted for minimum lateral runout. Before removing the rotor, mark the rotor and hub/bearing to maintain original orientation. FRONT ROTOR LATERAL RUNOUT

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 58: Checking Rotor Runout And Thickness Variation Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1 - DIAL INDICATOR Check rotor lateral runout whenever pedal pulsation, or rapid, uneven brake lining wear has occurred. The rotor must be securely clamped to the hub to ensure an accurate runout measurement. Secure the rotor with a minimum of 3 lug nuts and large diameter flat washers on each stud. Use a dial indicator to check lateral runout. Maximum allowable rotor lateral runout is 0.05 mm (0.002 in.). REAR ROTOR MINIMUM THICKNESS

Minimum usable thickness of a solid rear disc brake rotor is 12.5 mm (0.492 in.) and for a vented rear disc brake rotor is 20.5 mm (0.807 in.). The thickness specification is located on the center section of the rotor. Never resurface a rotor if machining would cause thickness to fall below this limit. Measure rotor thickness at the center of the brake shoe contact surface. Replace the rotor if worn below minimum thickness, or if refinishing would reduce thickness below the allowable minimum. REAR ROTOR THICKNESS VARIATION

NOTE:

Vented rotor shown in illustration, solid rotor similar.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 59: Measuring Rotor Thickness Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC Variations in rotor thickness will cause pedal pulsation, noise and shudder. Measure rotor thickness at a minimum of six points around the rotor face. Position the micrometer approximately 19 mm (3/4 in.) from the rotor outer circumference for each measurement. Thickness should not vary by more than 0.012 mm (0.0005 in.) from point to point on the rotor. Refinish or replace the rotor if necessary. REAR ROTOR LATERAL RUNOUT

Check rotor lateral runout whenever diagnosis indicates pedal pulsation and rapid, uneven brake lining wear. The rotor must be securely clamped to the hub to ensure an accurate runout measurement. Secure the rotor with the wheel nuts and 4 or 5 large diameter flat washers on each stud. Use a dial indicator to check lateral runout. Maximum allowable lateral runout is 0.05 mm (0.0019 in.). STANDARD PROCEDURE STANDARD PROCEDURE - DISC BRAKE ROTOR MACHINING

NOTE:

A hub mounted on-vehicle lathe is highly recommended. This type of lathe trues the rotor to the vehicles hub/bearing.

The disc brake rotor can be machined if scored or worn. The on-vehicle lathe must machine both sides of the rotor simultaneously with dual cutter heads. The rotor mounting surface must be clean before placing on the onvehicle lathe. Equipment capable of machining only one side at a time may produce a tapered rotor This type of rotor machining is not recommended .

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

NOTE:

Proper wheel torque is also critical to help prevent any warping of the disc brake rotor. CAUTION: Brake rotors that do not meet minimum thickness specifications before or after machining must be replaced.

REMOVAL REMOVAL

NOTE:

Front rotor shown in illustration, rear rotor similar.

Fig. 60: Brake Caliper Tension Clip Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. 2. 3. 4.

Raise and support the vehicle. Refer to HOISTING , STANDARD PROCEDURE . Remove the wheel and tire assembly. Bottom caliper pistons into the caliper. Remove the brake caliper tension clip (1) by pressing rearward on the front of the clip (2) while pulling the clip out (3) from the caliper.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 61: Brake Caliper Slide Bolts, Caliper Adapter, Brake Caliper & Caliper Adapter Mounting Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 5. Remove the caliper slide dust bolt shields and loosen the brake caliper slide bolts (guide pins) (2). CAUTION: Never allow the disc brake caliper to hang from the brake hose. Damage to the brake hose will result. Provide a suitable support to hang the caliper securely. 6. Remove the brake caliper (3) from the caliper adapter (4) and hang the brake caliper (3). 7. Remove the brake caliper adapter mounting bolts (1) and remove adapter (4) from the vehicle.

Fig. 62: Disc Brake Rotor Hub & O-ring Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

1 - ROTOR 2 - O-RING 8. If equipped, remove and discard the o-ring (2) securing the disc brake rotor (1) on the hub. 9. Remove the disc brake rotor from hub/bearing. INSTALLATION INSTALLATION

NOTE:

Front rotor shown in illustration, rear rotor similar.

Fig. 63: Disc Brake Rotor Hub & O-ring Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Install the rotor (1) on wheel studs.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 64: Brake Caliper Slide Bolts, Caliper Adapter, Brake Caliper & Caliper Adapter Mounting Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 2. Position the brake caliper adapter (4), install the brake caliper adapter mounting bolts (1) and tighten to: 1. Front - 200 N.m (148 ft. lbs.) 2. Rear - 120 N.m (89 ft. lbs.) NOTE:

Caliper slide pins should be free from debris.

3. Position the brake caliper/pads and tighten the brake caliper slide bolts (guide pins) (2) to: 1. Front - 55 N.m (41 ft. lbs.) 2. Rear - 27.5 N.m (20 ft. lbs.) 4. Install the caliper slide bolt dust shields.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 65: Brake Caliper Tension Clip Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 5. 6. 7. 8.

Install the brake caliper tension clip (1). Install the tire and wheel assembly. Refer to WHEELS , STANDARD PROCEDURE . Remove the supports and lower the vehicle. Pump brake pedal until caliper pistons and brake pads are seated and a firm brake pedal is obtained.

TUBES AND HOSES, BRAKE DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION

Flexible rubber hose is used at the four brake calipers. Double walled steel tubing with double inverted flares are used on the brake lines. DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING - BRAKE LINES/HOSES

Flexible rubber hose is used at both front and rear brake calipers. Inspect the hoses whenever the brake system is serviced, at every engine oil change, or whenever the vehicle is in for service. Inspect the hoses for surface cracking, scuffing, or worn spots. Replace any brake hose immediately if the fabric casing of the hose is exposed due to cracks or abrasions. Also check brake hose installation. Faulty installation can result in kinked, twisted hoses, or contact with the wheels and tires or other chassis components. All of these conditions can lead to scuffing, cracking and eventual failure. The steel brake lines should be inspected periodically for evidence of corrosion, twists, kinks, leaks, or other damage. Heavily corroded lines will eventually rust through causing leaks. In any case, corroded or damaged brake lines should be replaced. Factory replacement brake lines and hoses are recommended to ensure quality, correct length and superior fatigue life. Care should be taken to make sure that brake line and hose mating surfaces are clean and free from nicks and burrs. Also remember that right and left brake hoses are not interchangeable. Use new copper gaskets at all caliper connections. Be sure brake line connections are properly made (not cross threaded) and tightened to recommended torque. STANDARD PROCEDURE DOUBLE INVERTED FLARING

A preformed metal brake tube is recommended and preferred for all repairs. However, double-wall steel tube can be used for emergency repair when factory replacement parts are not readily available.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Special bending tools are needed to avoid kinking or twisting of metal brake tubes. Special flaring tools are needed to make a double inverted flare or ISO flare.

Fig. 66: Double Inverted Flaring Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

Cut off damaged tube with Tubing Cutter. Ream cut edges of tubing to ensure proper flare. Install replacement tube nut on the tube. Insert tube in flaring tool. Place gauge form over the end of the tube. Push tubing through flaring tool jaws until tube contacts recessed notch in gauge that matches tube diameter. Tighten the tool bar on the tube Insert plug on gauge in the tube. Then swing compression disc over gauge and center tapered flaring screw in recess of compression disc. Tighten tool handle until plug gauge is squarely seated on jaws of flaring tool. This will start the inverted flare. Remove the plug gauge and complete the inverted flare.

REMOVAL PRIMARY AND SECONDARY BRAKE TUBES

NOTE:

LHD shown in illustration, RHD similar.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

1. Install prop rod on the brake pedal to keep pressure on the brake system, Holding pedal in this position will isolate master cylinder from hydraulic brake system and will not allow brake fluid to drain out of brake fluid reservoir while brake lines are open. This will allow you to bleed out the area of repair instead of the entire system. 2. Siphon the master cylinder reservoir. 3. Remove the air cleaner body. Refer to BODY, AIR CLEANER , REMOVAL or BODY, AIR CLEANER , REMOVAL or BODY, AIR CLEANER , REMOVAL , 5.7L .

Fig. 67: Connector, Hood Weather Strip, Extension, Fastener & Tab Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 4. Disconnect the connector (3) from the body and lift the hood weather strip (2) back enough for access to remove the cowl side extension (5). 5. Remove the fastener (1) that secures the cowl side extension (5) to the center cowl extension. 6. Release the tab (4) that secures the cowl side extension (5) and remove the extension.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 68: Power Steering Reservoir Retaining Screw Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 7. If necessary, remove the power steering reservoir retaining screw (1), hose routing clips, and position reservoir aside.

Fig. 69: Brake Lines, Master Cylinder & Nuts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 8. Remove the primary or secondary brake tube(s) (4) at the master cylinder (1).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 70: Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU), Primary And Secondary Brake Tubes, Chassis Lines & Antilock Brake System (ABS) Module Electrical Connector Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 9. Remove the primary or secondary brake tube(s) (2) at the HCU (1). 10. Remove the primary or secondary brake tube(s) from routing clip and from vehicle. FLEXIBLE HOSE

NOTE:

Front flexible brake hose shown in illustration, rear similar.

1. Install prop rod on the brake pedal to keep pressure on the brake system. Holding pedal in this position will isolate master cylinder from hydraulic brake system and will not allow brake fluid to drain out of brake fluid reservoir while brake lines are open. This will allow you to bleed out the area of repair instead of the entire system.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 71: Wiring Routing Clip, Flexible Brake Hose, Banjo Bolt & Brake Hose Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 2. 3. 4. 5.

Raise and support the vehicle. Refer to HOISTING , STANDARD PROCEDURE . If removing rear flexible brake hose, remove the tire and wheel assembly. If equipped, disconnect the wheel speed sensor wiring routing clip (1) from the flexible brake hose (2). Remove the banjo bolt (3) from the brake hose (2) and discard the washers.

Fig. 72: Solid Brake Line Fitting, Flexible Brake Hose & Retaining Clip Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 6. Remove the solid brake line fitting (1) from the flexible brake hose (2). 7. Remove the retaining clip (3) and remove the flexible brake hose (2) from the vehicle. INSTALLATION PRIMARY AND SECONDARY BRAKE TUBES

NOTE:

LHD shown in illustration, RHD similar.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 73: Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU), Primary And Secondary Brake Tubes, Chassis Lines & Antilock Brake System (ABS) Module Electrical Connector Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Position the primary or secondary brake tube(s) (2) in the vehicle and attach to the routing clip. 2. Connect the primary or secondary brake tube(s) (2) at the HCU (1) and tighten to 19 N.m (168 in. lbs.).

Fig. 74: Brake Lines, Master Cylinder & Nuts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 3. Connect the primary or secondary brake tube(s) (4) at the master cylinder (1) and tighten to 19 N.m (168 in. lbs.).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 75: Power Steering Reservoir Retaining Screw Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 4. If removed, route the power steering hoses and reservoir, install the routing clips, install the retaining bolt and tighten to 20 N.m (15 ft. lbs.).

Fig. 76: Connector, Hood Weather Strip, Extension, Fastener & Tab Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE:

Make sure the tab (4) is snaps into place.

5. Position the cowl side extension (5) and install the cowl side extension to cowl extension fastener (1). 6. Install the hood weather strip (2) into position and attach the connector (3) to the body. 7. Install the air cleaner body. Refer to BODY, AIR CLEANER , INSTALLATION or BODY, AIR CLEANER , INSTALLATION or BODY, AIR CLEANER , INSTALLATION , 5.7L .

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

8. Remove the prop rod from the brake pedal. 9. Fill and pressure bleed the brake system. Refer to PRESSURE BLEEDING. . FLEXIBLE HOSE

NOTE:

Front flexible brake hose shown in illustration, rear similar.

Fig. 77: Solid Brake Line Fitting, Flexible Brake Hose & Retaining Clip Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Position the flexible brake hose (2) through the bracket and install the retaining clip (3). 2. Tighten the solid brake line fitting (1) to 19 N.m (168 in. lbs.).

Fig. 78: Wiring Routing Clip, Flexible Brake Hose, Banjo Bolt & Brake Hose Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

3. Install new washers , and the banjo bolt through the line and into the caliper. Tighten the banjo bolt to 30 N.m (22 ft. lbs.). 4. If equipped, connect the wheel speed sensor wiring routing clip (1) to the flexible brake hose (2). 5. If installing the rear flexible brake hose, install the tire and wheel assembly. Refer to WHEELS , STANDARD PROCEDURE . 6. Remove the supports and lower the vehicle. 7. Remove the prop rod from the brake pedal. 8. Bleed the area of repair for the brake system, if a proper pedal is not felt during bleeding an area of repair then a base bleed system must be performed . Refer to MANUAL BLEEDING. .

PARKING BRAKE OPERATION OPERATION

The parking brakes operated by a automatic tensioner mechanism built into the foot lever and cable system. The front cable is connected to the foot lever and the equalizer. The rear cables attached to the equalizer and the parking brake shoe actuator. A set of drum type brake shoes are used for parking brakes. The shoes are mounted to the rear disc brake adaptor. The parking brake drum is integrated into the rear disc brake rotor. Parking brake cable adjustment is controlled by an automatic tensioner mechanism. The only adjustment if necessary is to the parking brake shoes if the linings are worn. DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING - PARKING BRAKE SYSTEM

NOTE:

Parking brake adjustment is controlled by an automatic cable tensioner and does not require adjustment. The only adjustment that may be necessary would be to the park brake shoes if they are worn.

The parking brake switch is in circuit with the red warning lamp in the dash. The switch will cause the lamp to illuminate only when the parking brakes are applied. If the lamp remains on after parking brake release, the switch or wires are faulty. If the red lamp comes on a fault has occurred in the front or rear brake hydraulic system. If the red warning lamp and yellow warning lamp come on, the electronic brake distribution may be at fault. In most cases, the actual cause of an improperly functioning parking brake (too loose/too tight/won't hold), can be traced to a parking brake component.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

NOTE:

The leading cause of improper parking brake operation, is excessive clearance between the parking brake shoes and the shoe braking surface. Excessive clearance is a result of lining and/or drum wear, drum surface machined oversize.

Excessive parking brake lever travel (sometimes described as a loose lever or too loose condition), is the result of worn brake shoes, improper brake shoe adjustment, or improperly assembled brake parts. A too loose condition can also be caused by inoperative or improperly assembled parking brake shoe parts. A condition where the parking brakes do not hold, will most probably be due to a wheel brake component. Items to look for when diagnosing a parking brake problem, are:       

Brake shoe wear Drum surface (in rear rotor) machined oversize Front cable not secured to lever Rear cable not attached to actuator Rear cable seized Parking brake lever not seated Parking brake lever bind

STANDARD PROCEDURE STANDARD PROCEDURE - PARKING BRAKE SYSTEM LOCKOUT MANUAL LOCKOUT

Fig. 79: Parking Brake Cable, Gears & Tie Strap Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

1. Remove the steering column opening cover. Refer to COVER, STEERING COLUMN OPENING , REMOVAL . 2. Pull back on the parking brake cable (3) between the cable housing attachment and the cable attachment at the parking brake lever bracket assembly all the way to the stop. 3. From in front of the parking brake lever assembly, insert the end of a 204 mm. (8 in.) tie strap (2) between the gears (1, 4) and slowly release the tension on the parking brake cable (3). The tie strap (3) should pull in slightly and hold the gears (1, 4) in place, making access to remove and install the parking brake cable at the back of the brake lever assembly. NOTE:

When the parking brake lever assembly is installed with the front parking brake cable AND the cable housing properly connected to the lever assembly the lockout can be removed.

4. Remove the lockout as follows: a. Pull back on the parking brake cable (3) between the cable housing attachment and the cable attachment at the parking brake lever bracket assembly all the way to the stop. b. Remove the tie strap (2) from between the gears (1, 4) and slowly release the tension on the parking brake cable (3). 5. Press the parking brake foot lever once and verify the parking brake assembly sets. 6. Press the parking brake foot lever again and verify the parking brake assembly releases. FACTORY LOCKOUT (NEW ASSEMBLY)

Fig. 80: Lockout Hoop, Hole & Lockout Hoop Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE:

When the parking brake lever assembly is installed with the front parking brake cable AND the cable housing properly connected to the lever assembly the lockout can be removed.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

1. Remove the factory lockout as follows: a. Squeeze the lockout hoop (3) together and twist the back side out to remove from the hole (2) in the parking brake lever. b. Pull the bottom of the lockout hoop (1) out and twist upward to remove the lockout hoop from parking brake assembly. 2. Press the parking brake foot lever once and verify the parking brake assembly sets. 3. Press the parking brake foot lever again and verify the parking brake assembly releases. CABLE, PARKING BRAKE REMOVAL FRONT - LHD

Fig. 81: Rear Parking Brake Cables, Equalizer & Body Retaining Nut Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. 2. 3. 4.

Raise and support the vehicle. Refer to HOISTING , STANDARD PROCEDURE . Disconnect the right rear and left rear parking brake cables (2, 5) from the equalizer (1). Remove the cable to body retaining nut (3) and clip from the stud. Remove the supports and lower the vehicle.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 82: Cable Housing Tabs, Cable Housing & Bracket Assembly Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 5. Remove the steering column opening cover. Refer to COVER, STEERING COLUMN OPENING , REMOVAL . 6. Remove the left footwell load floor. Refer to LOAD FLOOR, FOOTWELL , REMOVAL . 7. Remove the left rear seat. Refer to SEAT, REAR , REMOVAL . 8. Lockout the parking brake lever assembly. Refer to PARKING BRAKE , STANDARD PROCEDURE. 9. Depress the cable housing tabs (3) and remove the cable housing (2) from the bracket assembly (1).

Fig. 83: Cable, Bracket Assembly & Cable End Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 10. Pull the cable (2) up to align with the slot in the bracket assembly (3) and remove the cable end (1) from the bracket assembly (3).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 84: Retaining Studs Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 11. Remove the wiring harness from the body retaining studs (2) as necessary. 12. Remove the front parking brake cable to body retaining nuts (2) and clips from the studs. 13. Disengage the grommet, pull the cable through the floor and remove the cable from the vehicle. FRONT - RHD

Fig. 85: Rear Parking Brake Cables, Equalizer & Body Retaining Nut Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE:

Left hand drive shown in illustration, right hand drive similar.

1. Raise and support the vehicle. Refer to HOISTING , STANDARD PROCEDURE .

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

2. Disconnect the right rear and left rear parking brake cables (2, 5) from the equalizer (1). 3. Remove the cable to body retaining nut (3) and clip from the stud. 4. Remove the supports and lower the vehicle.

Fig. 86: Parking Brake Cable, Retaining Studs & Nuts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.

Remove the right footwell load floor. Refer to LOAD FLOOR, FOOTWELL , REMOVAL . Remove the right rear seat. Refer to SEAT, REAR , REMOVAL . Pull the carpet back to gain access to the front parking brake cable (1). Remove the wiring harness from the body retaining studs (2) as necessary. Remove the front parking brake cable to body retaining nuts (2) and clips from the studs.

Fig. 87: Cable Housing Tabs, Cable Housing & Bracket Assembly Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

NOTE:

Left hand drive shown in illustration, right hand drive similar.

10. Lockout the parking brake lever assembly. Refer to PARKING BRAKE , STANDARD PROCEDURE. 11. Depress the cable housing tabs (3) and remove the cable housing (2) from the bracket assembly (1).

Fig. 88: Cable, Bracket Assembly & Cable End Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE:

Left hand drive shown in illustration, right hand drive similar.

12. Pull the cable (2) up to align with the slot in the bracket assembly (3) and remove the cable end (1) from the bracket assembly (3). 13. Disengage the grommet, pull the cable through the floor and remove the cable from the vehicle. REAR

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 89: Cable Retaining Bracket, Cable Housing & Equalizer Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. 2. 3. 4.

Raise and support the vehicle. Refer to HOISTING , STANDARD PROCEDURE . Remove the parking brake shoes. Refer to SHOES, PARKING BRAKE , REMOVAL. Disconnect the brake cable end from the equalizer (3). Depress the tabs on the cable housing (2) and pull through the cable retaining bracket (1).

Fig. 90: Parking Brake Cable & Retaining Bracket Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 5. Remove the parking brake cable (1) from the retaining bracket (2). 6. Remove the tie straps and clips as necessary.

Fig. 91: Rear Park Brake Cable Remover & Cable

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE:

It may be necessary to slightly move or twist the cable release tool to disengage both retaining clips.

7. Using Rear Park Brake Cable Remover - (special tool #10301, Remover, Rear Park Brake Cable) (2), insert the tool over the park brake cable end and press in to release the retaining clips, then pull the cable (1) out of the knuckle from the back. INSTALLATION FRONT - LHD

Fig. 92: Bolts & Clip Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 93: Cable, Bracket Assembly & Cable End Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Install the front cable end (1) into the brake lever assembly (3).

Fig. 94: Cable Housing Tabs, Cable Housing & Bracket Assembly Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 2. Install the front cable housing (3) to the bracket (1).

Fig. 95: Retaining Studs Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 3. Route the cable (1) along and through the floor, and seat the grommet so that it is sealed. 4. Install the front parking brake cable to body clips and retaining nuts (2) to the studs and tighten to 8 N.m (71 in. lb.).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

5. Install the wiring harness on the body retaining studs (2) as necessary. 6. Raise and support the vehicle. Refer to HOISTING , STANDARD PROCEDURE .

Fig. 96: Rear Parking Brake Cables, Equalizer & Body Retaining Nut Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 7. 8. 9. 10.

Connect the right rear and left rear parking brake cables (2, 5) to the equalizer (1). Install the cable to body clip and retaining nut (3) to the stud and tighten to 8 N.m (71 in. lb.). Remove the supports and lower the vehicle. Remove the lockout of the parking brake assembly. Refer to PARKING BRAKE , STANDARD PROCEDURE. 11. Install the left footwell load floor. Refer to LOAD FLOOR, FOOTWELL , INSTALLATION . 12. Install the right rear seat. Refer to SEAT, REAR , INSTALLATION . 13. Install the steering column opening cover. Refer to COVER, STEERING COLUMN OPENING , INSTALLATION . FRONT - RHD

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 97: Cable, Bracket Assembly & Cable End Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE:

Left hand drive shown in illustration, right hand drive similar.

1. Install the front cable end (1) into the brake lever assembly (3).

Fig. 98: Cable Housing Tabs, Cable Housing & Bracket Assembly Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 2. Install the front cable housing (3) to the bracket (1).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 99: Parking Brake Cable, Retaining Studs & Nuts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 3. Route the cable (1) along and through the floor, and seat the grommet so that it is sealed. 4. Position the front parking brake cable, retaining clips, install the retaining nuts (2) and tighten to 8 N.m (71 in. lb.). 5. Install the wiring harness on the body retaining studs (2) as necessary. 6. Raise and support the vehicle. Refer to HOISTING , STANDARD PROCEDURE .

Fig. 100: Rear Parking Brake Cables, Equalizer & Body Retaining Nut Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 7. Connect the right rear and left rear parking brake cables (2, 5) to the equalizer (1). 8. Install the cable to body clip and retaining nut (3) to the stud and tighten to 8 N.m (71 in. lb.). 9. Remove the supports and lower the vehicle.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

10. Remove the lockout of the parking brake assembly. Refer to PARKING BRAKE , STANDARD PROCEDURE. 11. Install the right footwell load floor. Refer to LOAD FLOOR, FOOTWELL , INSTALLATION . 12. Install the right rear seat. Refer to SEAT, REAR , INSTALLATION . REAR

Fig. 101: Parking Brake Cable & Retaining Bracket Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. push the parking brake cable (1) through the back side of the knuckle seating the clips on the other side. 2. Route the parking brake cable (1) through the bracket near the equalizer and insert into the open bracket (2). 3. Install clips and tie straps as necessary. 4. Install the parking brake shoes. Refer to SHOES, PARKING BRAKE , INSTALLATION.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 102: Cable Retaining Bracket, Cable Housing & Equalizer Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 5. Pull the parking brake cable (2) through the bracket (1) to make sure the tabs are seated. 6. Connect the brake cable end to the equalizer (3). 7. Remove the supports and lower the vehicle. LEVER, PARKING BRAKE REMOVAL LHD

Fig. 103: Rear Parking Brake Cables, Equalizer & Body Retaining Nut Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

1. Raise and support the vehicle. Refer to HOISTING , STANDARD PROCEDURE . 2. Disconnect the right rear and left rear parking cables (2, 5) from the equalizer (1). 3. Remove the steering column opening cover. Refer to COVER, STEERING COLUMN OPENING , REMOVAL . 4. Lockout the parking brake lever assembly. Refer to PARKING BRAKE , STANDARD PROCEDURE.

Fig. 104: Cable Housing Tabs, Cable Housing & Bracket Assembly Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 5. Depress the cable housing tabs (3) and remove the cable housing (2) from the bracket assembly (1).

Fig. 105: Cable, Bracket Assembly & Cable End Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 6. Pull the cable (2) up to align with the slot in the bracket assembly (3) and remove the cable end (1) from

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

the bracket assembly (3).

Fig. 106: Bolts & Clip Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 7. Remove the instrument panel wiring harness connector from the parking brake assembly harness retainer clip (3). 8. Disconnect the wiring harness connector from the parking brake switch (2). 9. Remove the parking brake lever mounting bolts/nuts (1) and remove from vehicle. RHD

Fig. 107: Rear Parking Brake Cables, Equalizer & Body Retaining Nut Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE:

Left hand drive shown in illustration, right hand drive similar.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

1. Raise and support the vehicle. Refer to HOISTING , STANDARD PROCEDURE . 2. Disconnect the right rear and left rear parking brake cables (2, 5) from the equalizer (1). 3. Lockout the parking brake lever assembly. Refer to PARKING BRAKE , STANDARD PROCEDURE.

Fig. 108: Cable Housing Tabs, Cable Housing & Bracket Assembly Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE:

Left hand drive shown in illustration, right hand drive similar.

4. Depress the cable housing tabs (3) and remove the cable housing (2) from the bracket assembly (1).

Fig. 109: Cable, Bracket Assembly & Cable End Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE:

Left hand drive shown in illustration, right hand drive similar.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

5. Pull the cable (2) up to align with the slot in the bracket assembly (3) and remove the cable end (1) from the bracket assembly (3). 6. Remove the floor console heater duct for access to the vertical parking brake retaining bolt. Refer to DUCT, FLOOR CONSOLE , REMOVAL .

Fig. 110: Parking Brake Lever Assembly & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 7. 8. 9. 10.

Disconnect the parking brake switch wire connector. Remove the vertical bolt (1) and the horizontal bolts (3) from the parking brake lever assembly (2). Remove the nut from the parking brake assembly retaining stud (not shown in illustration). Remove the parking brake lever (2) from the vehicle.

INSTALLATION LHD

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 111: Bolts & Clip Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Position the parking brake lever assembly, install the retainer bolts/nuts (1) and tighten to 24 N.m (18 ft. lb.). 2. Connect the wiring harness connector to the parking brake switch (2). 3. Attach the instrument panel wiring harness connector to the parking brake assembly harness retainer clip (3).

Fig. 112: Cable, Bracket Assembly & Cable End Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 4. Install the front cable end (1) into the brake lever assembly (3).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 113: Cable Housing Tabs, Cable Housing & Bracket Assembly Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 5. Install the front cable housing (3) to the bracket (1). 6. Raise and support the vehicle. Refer to HOISTING , STANDARD PROCEDURE .

Fig. 114: Rear Parking Brake Cables, Equalizer & Body Retaining Nut Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 7. Connect the right rear and left rear parking cables (2, 5) to the equalizer (1). 8. Remove the supports and lower the vehicle. 9. Remove the lockout of the parking brake assembly. Refer to PARKING BRAKE , STANDARD PROCEDURE. 10. Install the side cowl trim panel. Refer to PANEL, COWL TRIM, SIDE , INSTALLATION . RHD

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 115: Parking Brake Lever Assembly & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Position the parking brake assembly in position over the stud and install the nut (not shown in illustration). Do not tighten. 2. Install the vertical bolt (1) and the horizontal bolts (3) to the parking brake lever assembly (2) and tighten to 24 N.m (18 ft. lb.). Tighten the stud nut to 24 N.m (18 ft. lb.).

Fig. 116: Cable, Bracket Assembly & Cable End Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE:

Left hand drive shown in illustration, right hand drive similar.

3. Connect the front cable (2) at the brake lever cable retaining clip (3).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 117: Cable Housing Tabs, Cable Housing & Bracket Assembly Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE:

Left hand drive shown in illustration, right hand drive similar.

4. Install the front cable housing (3) to the bracket (1). 5. Connect the wiring harness connector to the parking brake switch. 6. If the cable to body retaining nut/clip was removed, position the clip, install the nut and tighten to 8 N.m (70 in. lb.). 7. Raise and support the vehicle. Refer to HOISTING , STANDARD PROCEDURE .

Fig. 118: Rear Parking Brake Cables, Equalizer & Body Retaining Nut Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE:

Left hand drive shown in illustration, right hand drive similar.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

8. Connect the right rear and left rear parking cables (2, 5) to the equalizer (1). 9. Remove the supports and lower the vehicle. 10. Remove the lockout of the parking brake assembly. Refer to PARKING BRAKE , STANDARD PROCEDURE. 11. Install the floor console heater duct. Refer to DUCT, FLOOR CONSOLE , INSTALLATION . SHOES, PARKING BRAKE DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION

Drum in hat park brakes are dual shoe, internal expanding units with an automatic self adjusting mechanism. OPERATION OPERATION

When the parking brake lever is pulled the brake cable pulls the brake shoes outward against the brake drum. When the brake lever is released the return springs attached to the brake shoes pull the shoes back to their original position. ADJUSTMENTS ROTOR REMOVED

Under normal circumstances, the only time adjustment is required is when the shoes are replaced, removed for access to other parts, or when one or both rotors are replaced. Adjustment can be made with a standard brake gauge or with adjusting tool. Adjustment is performed with the complete brake assembly installed on the backing plate. CAUTION: Before adjusting the park brake shoes be sure that the park brake lever is in the fully released position. If park brake lever is not in the fully released position, the park brake shoes can not be accurately adjusted. 1. Raise and support the vehicle. Refer to HOISTING , STANDARD PROCEDURE . 2. Remove the tire and wheel. 3. Remove the rotor. Refer to ROTOR, BRAKE , REMOVAL.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 119: Measuring Park Brake Drum Diameter Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE:

When measuring the brake drum diameter, the diameter should be measured in the center of the area in which the park brake shoes contact the surface of the brake drum.

Fig. 120: Reading Park Brake Drum Diameter Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1 - SPECIAL TOOL C-3919 2 - RULER 4. Using Brake Shoes Gauge (special tool #C-3919, Gauge, Brake Shoes) (1), or equivalent, accurately measure the inside diameter of the park brake drum portion of the rotor. 5. Using a ruler (2) that reads in 64th of an inch, accurately read the measurement of the inside diameter of the park brake drum from the special tool.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 121: Setting Gauge To Park Brake Shoe Measurement Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1 - RULER 2 - SPECIAL TOOL C-3919 6. Reduce the inside diameter measurement of the brake drum that was taken using Brake Shoes Gauge (special tool #C-3919, Gauge, Brake Shoes) (2) by 1/64 of an inch. Reset Brake Shoes Gauge (special tool #C-3919, Gauge, Brake Shoes) (2) or the equivalent used, so that the outside measurement jaws are set to the reduced measurement. 7. Place Brake Shoes Gauge (special tool #C-3919, Gauge, Brake Shoes) (2), or equivalent over the park brake shoes. The special tool must be located diagonally across at the top of one shoe and bottom of opposite shoe (widest point) of the park brake shoes. 8. Using the star wheel adjuster, adjust the park brake shoes until the lining on the park brake shoes just touches the jaws on the special tool. 9. Repeat step 8 above and measure shoes in both directions. 10. Install the brake rotor over the shoes. 11. Rotate the rotor to verify that the park brake shoes are not dragging on the brake drum. If the park brake shoes are dragging, remove the rotor and back off the star wheel adjuster one notch and recheck for brake shoe drag against the drum. Continue with the previous step until the brake shoes are not dragging on the brake drum. 12. Install the disc brake caliper on the caliper adapter. Refer to CALIPER, DISC BRAKE , INSTALLATION. 13. Install the wheel and tire. Refer to WHEELS , STANDARD PROCEDURE . 14. Remove the supports and lower the vehicle. CAUTION: Before moving vehicle, pump brake pedal several times to ensure the vehicle has a firm enough pedal to stop the vehicle. NOTE:

After parking brake lining replacement, it is recommended that the parking

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

brake system be conditioned prior to use. This is done by making one stop from 25 mph on dry pavement or concrete using light to moderate force on the parking brake hand lever. 15. Road test the vehicle to ensure proper function of the vehicle's brake system. ROTOR INSTALLED

Fig. 122: Plug Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13.

Be sure the parking brake lever is fully released. Raise and support the vehicle. Refer to HOISTING , STANDARD PROCEDURE . Remove the rear wheels. Remove the plug (1) from each access hole in the brake support plates. Insert an adjusting tool through the support plate access hole and engage the tool in the teeth of the adjusting screw star wheel. Rotate the adjuster screw star wheel (move tool handle upward) until slight drag can be felt when the star wheel is rotated. Back off the adjuster screw star wheel until brake drag is eliminated. Repeat adjustment at the opposite wheel. Be sure adjustment is equal at both wheels. Install the support plate access hole plugs (1). Install the rear wheels. Refer to WHEELS , STANDARD PROCEDURE . Remove the supports and lower the vehicle. Depress the park brake lever and make sure the park brakes hold the vehicle stationary. Release the park brake lever.

REMOVAL

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

REMOVAL

Fig. 123: Rear Parking Brake Cables, Equalizer & Body Retaining Nut Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Raise and support the vehicle. Refer to HOISTING , STANDARD PROCEDURE . 2. Disconnect the rear RH and LH parking brake cables (2, 5) from the parking brake equalizer (1). 3. Remove the rear wheels.

Fig. 124: Shoe To Shoe Return Springs, Adjuster & Shoe Hold-Down Clips Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 4. Remove the rotor. Refer to ROTOR, BRAKE , REMOVAL. 5. Remove the shoe to shoe return springs (2, 5). 6. Remove the adjuster (3).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

7. Remove the shoe hold-down clips (1) and pins. 8. Spread the shoes and remove the parking brake cable from the actuator lever (6), and remove the shoes. 9. Remove and transfer the parking brake actuator (6), and the spring behind the shoes (4) near the parking brake actuator (6) to the new shoes. CLEANING CLEANING

Clean the individual brake components, including the support plate exterior, with a water dampened cloth or with brake cleaner. Do not use any other cleaning agents. Remove light rust and scale from the brake shoe contact pads on the support plate with fine sandpaper. INSPECTION INSPECTION

As a general rule, brake shoes when riveted, should be replaced when worn to within 0.78 mm (1/32 in.) of the rivet heads. Brake shoes when bonded, should be replaced when worn to a thickness of 1.6 mm (1/16 in.). Examine the lining contact pattern to determine if the shoes are bent or the drum is tapered. The lining should exhibit contact across its entire width. Shoes exhibiting contact only on one side should be replaced and the drum checked for runout or taper. Inspect the equalizer and adjuster assembly. Replace the adjuster assembly if the star wheel or threads are damaged, or if the components are severely rusted or corroded. Discard the brake springs and retainer components if worn, distorted or collapsed. Also replace the springs if a brake drag condition had occurred. Overheating will distort and weaken the springs. Inspect the brake shoe contact pads on the support plate. Replace the support plate if any of the pads are worn or rusted through. Also replace the support plate if bent or distorted. INSTALLATION INSTALLATION

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 125: Shoe To Shoe Return Springs, Adjuster & Shoe Hold-Down Clips Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Attach the parking brake cable to the actuator (6) and position the shoes on the support plate. Be sure shoes are properly engaged in the parking brake actuator, parking brake cable is attached, and the rear spring is still properly connected. 2. Install the hold down clips and pins (4). 3. Install the adjuster (3). 4. Install the shoe to shoe return spring (2, 5).

Fig. 126: Rear Parking Brake Cables, Equalizer & Body Retaining Nut Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 5. Connect the rear RH and LH parking brake cables (2, 5) to the parking brake equalizer (1). 6. Install rotor and brake calipers. Refer to ROTOR, BRAKE , INSTALLATION.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Base - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

7. 8. 9. 10. 11.

Adjust the parking brake shoes. Refer to SHOES, PARKING BRAKE , ADJUSTMENTS. Install wheels. Refer to WHEELS , STANDARD PROCEDURE . Remove the supports and lower the vehicle. Pump brake pedal until caliper pistons and brake pads are seated and a firm brake pedal is obtained Verify correct parking brake operation.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX DTC Description C0020-01 ABS PUMP MOTOR CONTROL-GENERAL ELECTRICAL FAILURE C0020-16 ABS PUMP MOTOR CONTROL-CIRCUIT VOLTAGE BELOW THRESHOLD C0020-1C ABS PUMP MOTOR CONTROL-CIRCUIT VOLTAGE OUT OF RANGE C0021-02 BRAKE BOOSTER-GENERAL SIGNAL FAILURE C0031-1D LEFT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR-CIRCUIT CURRENT OUT OF RANGE C0031-2F LEFT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR-SIGNAL ERRATIC C0031-62 LEFT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR-SIGNAL COMPARE FAILURE C0034-1D RIGHT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR-CIRCUIT CURRENT OUT OF RANGE C0034-2F RIGHT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR-SIGNAL ERRATIC C0034-62 RIGHT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR-SIGNAL COMPARE FAILURE C0037-1D LEFT REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR-CIRCUIT CURRENT OUT OF RANGE C0037-2F LEFT REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR-SIGNAL ERRATIC C0037-62 LEFT REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR-SIGNAL COMPARE FAILURE C003A-1D RIGHT REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR-CIRCUIT CURRENT OUT OF RANGE C003A-2F RIGHT REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR-SIGNAL ERRATIC C003A-62 RIGHT REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR-SIGNAL COMPARE FAILURE C0040-29 BRAKE PEDAL SWITCH-SIGNAL INVALID C0040-2A BRAKE PEDAL SWITCH-STUCK C0044-01 BRAKE PRESSURE SENSOR 1 - GENERAL ELECTRICAL FAILURE C0044-1F BRAKE PRESSURE SENSOR 1 - CIRCUIT INTERMITTENT C0044-28 BRAKE PRESSURE SENSOR 1 - SIGNAL BIAS LEVEL OUT OF RANGE / ZERO ADJUSTMENT FAILURE C0044-62 BRAKE PRESSURE SENSOR 1 - SIGNAL COMPARE FAILURE C0044-64 BRAKE PRESSURE SENSOR 1 - SIGNAL PLAUSIBILITY FAILURE C0049-7B BRAKE FLUID - LOW FLUID LEVEL C0051-22 STEERING WHEEL POSITION SENSOR - SIGNAL AMPLITUDE > MAXIMUM C0051-28 STEERING WHEEL POSITION SENSOR - SIGNAL BIAS LEVEL OUT OF RANGE / ZERO C0051-2F STEERING WHEEL POSITION SENSOR - SIGNAL ERRATIC C0051-49 STEERING WHEEL POSITION SENSOR - INTERNAL ELECTRONIC FAILURE C0051-62 STEERING WHEEL POSITION SENSOR - SIGNAL COMPARE FAILURE

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

C006A-28 C006A-2F C006A-49 C006A-54 C006A-62 C006C-9A C0078-86 C107B-62 C1082-02 C1082-11 C1082-12 C1082-2F C1086-4B C121C-00 C1234-00 C1235-00 C1238-00 C1239-00 C123B-4B C1246-1C C124F-00 C1252-92 C2100-16 C2101-17 C2104-13 C2114-16 C2114-17 C211B-92 C212A-16 C212A-17 C2200-41 C2200-44 C2200-45

MULTI-AXIS ACCELERATION SENSOR - SIGNAL BIAS LEVEL OUT OF RANGE / ZERO ADJUSTMENT FAILURE MULTI-AXIS ACCELERATION SENSOR - SIGNAL ERRATIC MULTI-AXIS ACCELERATION SENSOR - INTERNAL ELECTRONIC FAILURE MULTI-AXIS ACCELERATION SENSOR - MISSING CALIBRATION MULTI-AXIS ACCELERATION SENSOR - SIGNAL COMPARE FAILURE STABILITY SYSTEM - COMPONENT OR SYSTEM OPERATING CONDITIONS TIRE DIAMETER - SIGNAL INVALID WHEEL SPEED COMPARATIVE PERFORMANCE-SIGNAL COMPARE FAILURE VACUUM PRESSURE SENSOR - PERFORMANCE OR INCORRECT OPERATION VACUUM PRESSURE SENSOR - CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND VACUUM PRESSURE SENSOR - CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY VACUUM PRESSURE SENSOR - SIGNAL ERRATIC ABS SYSTEM CONTROL TOO LONG-OVER TEMPERATURE TORQUE REQUEST SIGNAL DENIED DRIVE TEST: SENSOR CLUSTER INSTALLATION DRIVE TEST: TEST ACTIVE DRIVE TEST: UNSUCCESSFUL EMISSION ROLLS TEST ACTIVE ESP SYSTEM CONTROL TOO LONG - OVER TEMPERATURE VACUUM PRESSURE SENSOR SUPPLY - CIRCUIT VOLTAGE ESP REQUEST DENIED FROM ACC VACUUM PUMP CONTROL CIRCUIT - PERFORMANCE OR INCORRECT OPERATION BATTERY VOLTAGE LOW - CIRCUIT VOLTAGE BELOW THRESHOLD BATTERY VOLTAGE HIGH - CIRCUIT VOLTAGE ABOVE THRESHOLD ABS/ESC VALVE SUPPLY VOLTAGE - CIRCUIT OPEN DYNAMICS SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE - CIRCUIT VOLTAGE BELOW THRESHOLD DYNAMICS SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE - CIRCUIT VOLTAGE ABOVE THRESHOLD IGNITION RUN/START INPUT CIRCUIT PERFORMANCE - PERFORMANCE OR INCORRECT OPERATION SYSTEM VOLTAGE LOW - CIRCUIT VOLTAGE BELOW THRESHOLD SYSTEM VOLTAGE HIGH - CIRCUIT VOLTAGE ABOVE THRESHOLD ANTI-LOCK BRAKE MODULE INTERNAL - GENERAL CHECKSUM FAILURE ANTI-LOCK BRAKE MODULE INTERNAL - DATA MEMORY FAILURE ANTI-LOCK BRAKE MODULE INTERNAL - PROGRAM MEMORY FAILURE

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

C2200-46 C2200-47 C2200-48 C2200-49 C2202-00 C2206-00 U0002-88 U0100-00 U0101-00 U0102-00 U0104-00 U0125-00 U0126-00 U0132-00 U0140-00 U0401-00 U0402-00 U0403-00 U0422-00 U0429-00 U0432-00 U1003-88 U140E-00

ANTI-LOCK BRAKE MODULE INTERNAL - CALIBRATION / PARAMETER MEMORY FAILURE ANTI-LOCK BRAKE MODULE INTERNAL - WATCHDOG / SAFETY AuC FAILURE ANTI-LOCK BRAKE MODULE INTERNAL - SUPERVISION SOFTWARE FAILURE ANTI-LOCK BRAKE MODULE INTERNAL - INTERNAL ELECTRONIC FAILURE ORIGINAL VIN MISMATCH / MISSING VEHICLE CONFIGURATION MISMATCH CAN C BUS OFF PERFORMANCE-BUS OFF LOST COMMUNICATION WITH ECM/PCM LOST COMMUNICATION WITH TCM LOST COMMUNICATION WITH TRANSFER CASE CONTROL MODULE / AWD LOST COMMUNICATION WITH CRUISE CONTROL MODULE (ACC) LOST COMMUNICATION WITH MULTI - AXIS ACCELERATION SENSOR MODULE LOST COMMUNICATION WITH STEERING ANGLE SENSOR LOST COMMUNICATION WITH SUSPENSION CONTROL MODULE LOST COMMUNICATION WITH BODY CONTROL MODULE (TIPM) IMPLAUSIBLE DATA RECEIVED FROM ECM/PCM IMPLAUSIBLE DATA RECEIVED FROM TCM IMPLAUSIBLE DATA RECEIVED FROM T-CASE IMPLAUSIBLE DATA RECEIVED FROM BODY CONTROL MODULE IMPLAUSIBLE DATA RECEIVED FROM SCM INVALID DATA RECEIVED FROM MULTI - AXIS ACCELERATION SENSOR MODULE ESP CAN C BUS PERFORMANCE - BUS OFF IMPLAUSIBLE VEHICLE CONFIGURATION DATA RECEIVED

DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING C0020-01-ABS PUMP MOTOR CONTROL-GENERAL ELECTRICAL FAILURE For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article . WHEN MONITORED:

With the ignition on and no system under voltage condition present. SET CONDITION:

OPEN CIRCUIT: The Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Module has detected improper voltage level when the

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

motor is not running. LOCKED MOTOR: The Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Module is not seeing the proper response when motor is running. POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT (HCU) NOTE:

If DTC C0020-16 or C0020-1C are present, refer to the diagnostics for these DTCs before continuing with this procedure.

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) 1. Perform any Technical Service Bulletins (TSBs) that may apply. 2. Turn the ignition off to the lock position. 3. Inspect the related wiring harness. Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. 4. Inspect the related wire harness connectors. Look for broken, bent, pushed out, or corroded terminals. Were any problems found? Yes  

Repair as necessary. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No NOTE:







For this failure it is necessary to replace both the ABS Module and the HCU as a complete unit.

Replace the Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Module in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to MODULE, ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM , REMOVAL . Replace the Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT (HCU) , REMOVAL . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

C0020-16-ABS PUMP MOTOR CONTROL-CIRCUIT VOLTAGE BELOW THRESHOLD

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 1: ABS Pump Motor Control Wiring Diagram Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article . WHEN MONITORED:

With the ignition on and no system under voltage condition present. SET CONDITION:

The motor voltage supplied to the Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Module is 50 percent of ignition voltage. POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes FUSE J06 (40A) (A107) FUSED B+ CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND (A107) FUSED B+ CIRCUIT OPEN OR HIGH RESISTANCE ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT (HCU) DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. CHECK THE FUSE 1. Ignition on, engine not running. 2. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the fuse for power. Is the fuse good? Yes 

Go To 3.

No Go To 2. 2. (A107) FUSED B+ CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND 

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 2: Checking Fused B+ Circuit Shorted To Ground Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. 2. 3. 4.

Turn the ignition off to the lock position. Remove the J06 40A Fuse. Disconnect the ABS Module harness connector. Measure the resistance between Ground and the (A107) Fused B+ Circuit in the ABS Module harness connector. Is the resistance above 5.0 Ohms?

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Yes 

Go To 3.

No Repair the (A107) Fused B+ circuit for a short to ground.  Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 3. ABS PUMP MOTOR 1. Install the J06 40A Fuse. 2. Ignition on, engine not running. 3. With the scan tool, read and record the DTCs. 4. With the scan tool, actuate the ABS pump motor. 

Did the Pump Motor operate correctly when actuated with out blowing the fuse? Yes 

Go To 4.

No Go To 5. 4. (A107) FUSED B+ CIRCUIT OPEN OR HIGH RESISTANCE 

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 3: Checking Fused B+ Circuit Open Or High Resistance Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Turn the ignition off to the lock position. 2. Disconnect the ABS Module harness connector. 3. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the (A107) Fused B+ circuit. NOTE:

The test light should be illuminated and bright. Compare the brightness to that of a direct connection to the battery.

Is the test light illuminated and bright?

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Yes 

Go To 5.

No Repair the (A107) Fused B+ circuit for an open circuit or high resistance.  Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 5. ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) 1. Turn the ignition off to the lock position. 2. Inspect the related wiring harness. Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. 3. Inspect the related wire harness connectors. Look for broken, bent, pushed out, or corroded terminals. 4. Perform any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. 

Were any problems found? Yes  

Repair as necessary. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No 



Replace the Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Module in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to MODULE, ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM , REMOVAL . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

C0020-1C-ABS PUMP MOTOR CONTROL-CIRCUIT VOLTAGE OUT OF RANGE

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 4: ABS Pump Motor Control Wiring Diagram Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article . WHEN MONITORED:

With the ignition on and no system under voltage condition present. SET CONDITION:

If the Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Module detects that the pump motor has a poor ground or the ABS has internal pump motor driver shorted, this DTC will be active. POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes (Z907) OR (Z908) GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN OR HIGH RESISTANCE ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT (HCU) DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. VERIFY THE DTC IS ACTIVE NOTE:

This DTC must be active for the results of this test to be valid.

1. Turn the ignition on. 2. With the scan tool, read and record the DTCs. 3. With the scan tool, read and record the Environmental Data to help identify the conditions in which the DTC was set. 4. With the scan tool, erase the DTCs. 5. Start the engine. 6. With the scan tool, read and record the DTCs. Is the DTC active at this time? Yes 

Go To 2.



Perform the ABS-INTERMITTENT CONDITION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

2. (Z907) or (Z908) GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN OR HIGH RESISTANCE

Fig. 5: Checking Ground Circuit Open Or High Resistance Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, check the (Z907) and (Z908) Ground circuits. NOTE:

The test light should be illuminated and bright. Compare the brightness to that of a direct connection to the battery.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Is the test light illuminated and bright? Yes 

Go To 3.

No Repair the (Z907) or (Z908) Ground circuit(s) for an open circuit or high resistance.  Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 3. ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE 1. Turn the ignition off to the lock position. 2. Inspect the related wiring harness. Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. 3. Inspect the related wire harness connectors. Look for broken, bent, pushed out, or corroded terminals. 4. Perform any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. 

Were any problems found? Yes  

Repair as necessary. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No NOTE:







For this DTC it is necessary to replace both the ABS Module and the HCU as a complete unit.

Replace the Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Module in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to MODULE, ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM , REMOVAL . Replace the Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT (HCU) , REMOVAL . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

C0021-02-BRAKE BOOSTER-GENERAL SIGNAL FAILURE For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article . WHEN MONITORED:

With the ignition on. SET CONDITION:

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

When the Vacuum Pressure Sensor indicates a failure in the Vacuum Booster. After the cold start phase (i.e. 3 min after engine is running) and if the engine is running above 600 RPM there should be at least -200 mbar (2.90 psi) of differential pressure in the vacuum-chamber for boosting the pedal force. If the pressure remains below this value for more than two minutes. Timer resets if the pressure remains above 220 mbar (3.19 psi) for 10 seconds. POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes PINCHED, CUT OR OPEN VACUUM SUPPLY LINE BRAKE BOOSTER VACUUM PRESSURE SENSOR NOTE:

If DTC C1252-92 is present, perform the diagnostics for this DTC before continuing with this diagnostic procedure.

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. VERIFY THE DTC IS ACTIVE 1. Turn the ignition on. 2. With the scan tool, read and record the DTCs. 3. With the scan tool, read and record Environmental Data to help identify the conditions in which the DTC was set. 4. With the scan tool, erase the DTCs. 5. Start the engine. 6. Press and release the brake pedal. 7. Wait five minutes or until red brake lamp illuminates. 8. With the scan tool, read and record the DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time? Yes 

Go To 2.

No Check the vacuum supply line to brake booster for a pinched, cut, loose or cracked vacuum hose which could cause an intermittent condition.  Perform the ABS-INTERMITTENT CONDITION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 2. CHECK VACUUM SUPPLY LINE 1. Turn the ignition off. 

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

2. Check the vacuum supply line to brake booster for a pinched, cut, loose or open vacuum hose. Were any problems found? Yes  

Repair as necessary. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No Go To 3. 3. CHECK FOR VACUUM PRESSURE SIGNAL CHANGE 1. Turn the ignition on. 2. Remove the Vacuum Pressure Sensor from the Booster. 3. Block off the vacuum feed port. 4. Connect a vacuum pump to the Vacuum Pressure Sensor. 5. Apply vacuum to the Vacuum Pressure Sensor. 6. Using the scan tool, and a pressure gauge watch for the signal change. 7. Using the scan tool, watch for signal change. 

Is the signal changing and does it compare to the pressure gauge reading? Yes 

Go To 4.

No Replace the Vacuum Pressure Sensor in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to BOOSTER, POWER BRAKE , REMOVAL .  Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 4. CHECK BRAKE BOOSTER CHECK VALVE 1. Remove the Brake Booster Check Valve. 2. Apply vacuum to the booster side of the check valve. 

Is the Brake Booster Check Valve holding vacuum? Yes 



Replace the Brake Booster in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to BOOSTER, POWER BRAKE , REMOVAL . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

No 



Replace Brake Booster Check Valve in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to BOOSTER, POWER BRAKE , REMOVAL . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

C0031-1D-LEFT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR-CIRCUIT CURRENT OUT OF RANGE

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 6: Wheel Speed Sensor Wiring Diagram Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article . NOTE:

The Electronic Stability Control (ESC) may also be referred to as Electronic Stability Program (ESP) depending on the vehicle model year and configuration. Certain components may also reference ESP, ESC, or use the traction control symbol.

WHEN MONITORED:

With the ignition on and no system under voltage or over voltage condition present. SET CONDITION:

When the Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor circuit fails the diagnostic test. POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes CONNECTOR/TERMINAL DAMAGE (B8) LEFT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE (B9) LEFT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE (B8) LEFT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND (B9) LEFT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND (B8) LEFT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN (B9) LEFT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY CIRCUIT OPEN (B9) LEFT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (B8) LEFT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT LEFT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. VERIFY THE DTC IS ACTIVE 1. Ignition on, engine not running. 2. With the scan tool, erase DTCs. 3. Cycle the ignition switch from off to on. 4. With the scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC active at this time? Yes

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee



Go To 2.

No The condition that caused the symptom is currently not present. Inspect the related wiring for a possible intermittent condition. Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires.  Perform the ABS INTERMITTENT CONDITION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 2. CHECK CONNECTOR/TERMINAL FOR DAMAGE 

NOTE: 1. 2. 3. 4.

Check all terminals for broken, bent, pushed out, or corroded terminals.

Turn the ignition off to the lock position. Inspect the Wheel Speed Sensor for proper mounting. Inspect the Wheel Speed Sensor harness and connector. Inspect the Wheel Speed Sensor for excessive debris on the sensor. Were any problems found? Yes  

Repair as necessary in accordance with the Service Information. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No Go To 3. 3. CHECK (B9) LEFT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY CIRCUIT VOLTAGE 

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 7: Checking Front Wheel Speed Sensor Supply Circuit Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Disconnect the Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor harness connector. 2. Turn the ignition on. 3. Measure the voltage between the (B9) Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor Supply circuit and ground. Is the voltage above 10 volts?

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Yes 

Go To 6.

No Go To 4. 4. (B9) LEFT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND 

Fig. 8: Checking Front Wheel Speed Sensor Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Turn the ignition off.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

2. Disconnect the ABS Module harness connector. 3. Measure the resistance between the (B9) Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor Supply circuit and ground. Is the resistance below 5.0 Ohms? Yes  

Repair the (B9) Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor Supply circuit for a short to ground. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No Go To 5. 5. (B9) LEFT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY CIRCUIT OPEN 

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 9: Checking Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor Supply Circuit Open Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Measure the resistance of the (B9) Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor Supply circuit between the Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor harness connector and the ABS harness connector. Is the resistance below 5 Ohms? Yes 

Go To 6.

No Repair the open (B9) Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor Supply circuit.  Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 6. (B8) LEFT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE 

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 10: Checking Front Wheel Speed Sensor Signal Circuit For Short Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Turn the ignition on. 2. Measure the voltage of the (B8) Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor Signal circuit at the Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor harness connector. Is there any voltage present? Yes  

Repair the (B8) Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor Signal circuit for a short to voltage. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

No Go To 7. 7. (B8) LEFT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND 

Fig. 11: Checking Front Wheel Speed Sensor For Short Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Turn the ignition off. 2. Measure the resistance between the (B8) Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor Signal circuit and ground. Is the resistance below 5.0 Ohms? Yes  

Repair the (B8) Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor Signal circuit for a short to ground. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

No Go To 8. 8. (B8) LEFT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN 

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 12: Checking Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor Signal Circuit Open Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Measure the resistance of the (B8) Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor Signal circuit between the Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor harness connector and the ABS harness connector. Is the resistance below 5 Ohms? Yes 

Go To 9.

No Repair the open (B8) Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor Signal circuit.  Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 9. (B9) LEFT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (B8) LEFT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT 

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 13: Checking Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor Supply Circuit Shorted To The Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor Signal Circuit Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Turn the ignition off to the lock position. 2. Measure the resistance between the (B9) Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor Supply circuit and the (B8) Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor Signal circuit at the ABS Module harness connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 Ohms? Yes 



Repair (B9) Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor Supply circuit for a short to the (B8) Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor Signal circuit. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

No Go To 10. 10. LEFT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR 1. Replace the Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to SENSOR, WHEEL SPEED, FRONT , REMOVAL . 2. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 

CAUTION: Make sure brake capability is available before road testing.

3. Road test the vehicle over 40 km/h (25 mph). NOTE:

Vehicle must be driven above 40 km/h (25 mph) for set conditions to be meet.

4. With the scan tool, read ABS DTCs. Is the status Active for this DTC? Yes



Replace the Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Module in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to MODULE, ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM , REMOVAL . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.



Test complete.



No

C0031-2F-LEFT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR-SIGNAL ERRATIC

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 14: Wheel Speed Sensor Wiring Diagram Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article . NOTE:

The Electronic Stability Control (ESC) may also be referred to as Electronic Stability Program (ESP) depending on the vehicle model year and configuration.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Certain components may also reference ESP, ESC, or use the traction control symbol. WHEN MONITORED:

With the ignition on and no system under voltage or over voltage condition present. SET CONDITION:

When the Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Module detects multiple drastic changes in Left Front wheel speed. POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes CHECK LEFT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR FOR LOOSENESS INSPECT CIRCUITS/CONNECTOR/TERMINALS FOR DAMAGE LEFT FRONT WHEEL BEARING AND HUB OR ENCODER FOR DAMAGE LEFT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. VERIFY THE DTC IS ACTIVE NOTE:

If DTC C0031-1D is present, perform the diagnostics for this DTC before continuing with this diagnostic procedure.

1. Turn the ignition on. 2. With the scan tool, record and erase DTCs. CAUTION: Make sure brake capability is available before road testing.

3. Road test the vehicle over 40 km/h (25 mph). NOTE:

Vehicle must be driven above 40 km/h (25 mph) for set conditions to be met.

4. With the scan tool, read DTCs. Is the DTC active at this time? Yes 

Go To 3.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

No Go To 2. 2. CHECK WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNALS 1. Turn the ignition on. 2. With the scan tool, monitor and graph ALL the WSS speeds and compare graph while an assistant drives the vehicle. 

NOTE:

If graph shows periodic dropouts pay close attention to the tone wheel.

3. Slowly accelerate as straight as possible from a stop to 40 km/h (25 mph). Is the Left Front WSS speed showing 0 km/h (0 mph), not matching other wheels, or showing erratic behavior? Yes 

Go To 3.

No Perform ABS INTERMITTENT CONDITION diagnostic procedure. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 3. CHECK LEFT FRONT WSS FOR LOOSENESS, INSPECT CIRCUITS/CONNECTORS/TERMINALS FOR DAMAGE 

NOTE: 1. 2. 3. 4.

Check all terminals for broken, bent, pushed out, or corroded terminals.

Turn the ignition off to the lock position. Inspect the ABS Module harness connector and the Left Front WSS harness connector. Check the Left Front WSS for looseness, excessive corrosion and not properly fastened. Inspect the (B8) Left Front WSS Signal and (B9) Left Front WSS Supply circuits between the Left Front WSS and Anti-Lock Brake Module for damage. Is the Left Front WSS loose or any of the wiring/connectors/terminals damaged? Yes



Repair as necessary. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.



Go To 4.



No

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

4. CHECK LEFT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR FOR DAMAGE 1. Remove the Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor. 2. Inspect the Wheel Speed Sensor for proper mounting. 3. Inspect the Wheel Speed Sensor harness and connector. 4. Inspect the Wheel Speed Sensor for excessive debris on the sensor. Is the Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor damaged? Yes 



Replace the Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to SENSOR, WHEEL SPEED, FRONT , REMOVAL . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No Go To 5. 5. CHECK LEFT FRONT WHEEL BEARING AND HUB OR ENCODER FOR DAMAGE 1. Inspect the Left Front wheel bearing, hub and Encoder for excessive runout, clearance or damage. 

NOTE:

Refer to the appropriate service information, if necessary, for procedures or specifications.

Is the Left Front Wheel Bearing, Hub or Encoder Damaged? Yes 



Replace the Hub and Wheel Bearing in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to HUB AND BEARING , REMOVAL . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No Go To 6. 6. LEFT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR 1. Replace the Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to SENSOR, WHEEL SPEED, FRONT , REMOVAL . 2. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 3. Road test the vehicle over 40 km/h (25 mph). 

NOTE:

Vehicle must be driven above 40 km/h (25 mph) for set conditions to be met.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

4. With the scan tool, read ABS DTCs. Does the DTC remain active? Yes



Replace the Anti-Lock Brakes Module in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to MODULE, ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM , REMOVAL . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.



Test Complete.



No

C0031-62-LEFT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR-SIGNAL COMPARE FAILURE

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 15: Wheel Speed Sensor Wiring Diagram Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article . NOTE:

The Electronic Stability Control (ESC) may also be referred to as Electronic Stability Program (ESP) depending on the vehicle model year and configuration.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Certain components may also reference ESP, ESC, or use the traction control symbol. WHEN MONITORED:

With the ignition on, no system under voltage or over voltage condition present, no open or shorted wheel speed sensor DTCs set, vehicle not under high acceleration, and vehicle speed greater than 0. SET CONDITION:

This DTC will be set if the wheel speed signal is 0 km/h (0 mph) or very low when compared to the other wheel speed signals. POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes IMPROPER LEFT FRONT TIRE PRESSURE/MISMATCHED TIRES CHECK LEFT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR FOR LOOSENESS INSPECT CIRCUITS/CONNECTOR/TERMINALS FOR DAMAGE LEFT FRONT HUB AND WHEEL BEARING LEFT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. VERIFY THE DTC IS ACTIVE NOTE:

If DTC C0031-1D is present, perform the diagnostics for this DTC before continuing with this diagnostic procedure.

1. Turn the ignition on. 2. With the scan tool, record and erase DTCs. CAUTION: Make sure brake capability is available before road testing.

3. Road test the vehicle over 40 km/h (25 mph). NOTE:

Vehicle must be driven above 40 km/h (25 mph) for set conditions to be met.

4. With the scan tool, read DTCs. Is the DTC active at this time?

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Yes 

Go To 3.

No Go To 2. 2. CHECK WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNALS 1. Turn the ignition on. 2. With the scan tool, monitor and graph ALL the WSS speeds and compare graph while an assistant drives the vehicle. 

NOTE:

If graph shows periodic dropouts pay close attention to the tone wheel.

3. Slowly accelerate as straight as possible from a stop to 40 km/h (25 mph). Is the Left Front WSS speed showing 0 km/h (0 mph), not matching other wheels, or showing erratic behavior? Yes 

Go To 3.

No Perform ABS INTERMITTENT CONDITION diagnostic procedure. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 3. CHECK FOR IMPROPER LEFT FRONT TIRE PRESSURE/MISMATCHED TIRES 1. Turn the ignition off. 2. Check and adjust the Left Front Tire pressure. 3. Check and adjust all other tire pressures. 4. Inspect for mismatched tires on vehicle. 

Is the Left Front Tire improperly inflated or mismatched tires on vehicle? Yes



Repair as necessary Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.



Go To 4.



No

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

4. CHECK LEFT FRONT WSS FOR LOOSENESS, INSPECT CIRCUITS/CONNECTORS/TERMINALS FOR DAMAGE NOTE: 1. 2. 3. 4.

Check all terminals for broken, bent, pushed out, or corroded terminals.

Turn the ignition off to the lock position. Inspect the ABS Module harness connector and the Left Front WSS harness connector. Check the Left Front WSS for looseness, excessive corrosion and not properly fastened. Inspect the (B8) Left Front WSS Signal and (B9) Left Front WSS Supply circuits between the Left Front WSS and Anti-Lock Brake Module for damage. Is the Left Front WSS loose or any of the wiring/connectors/terminals damaged? Yes  

Repair as necessary. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No Go To 5. 5. CHECK LEFT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR FOR DAMAGE 1. Remove the Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor. 2. Inspect the Wheel Speed Sensor for proper mounting. 3. Inspect the Wheel Speed Sensor harness and connector. 4. Inspect the Wheel Speed Sensor for excessive debris on the sensor. 

Is the Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor damaged? Yes 



Replace the Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to SENSOR, WHEEL SPEED, FRONT , REMOVAL . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No Go To 6. 6. CHECK LEFT FRONT WHEEL BEARING AND HUB OR ENCODER FOR DAMAGE 1. Inspect the Left Front wheel bearing, hub and Encoder for excessive runout, clearance or damage. 

NOTE:

Refer to the appropriate service information, if necessary, for procedures or specifications.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Is the Left Front Wheel Bearing, Hub or Encoder Damaged? Yes 



Replace the Hub and Wheel Bearing in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to HUB AND BEARING , REMOVAL . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No Go To 7. 7. LEFT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR 1. Replace the Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to SENSOR, WHEEL SPEED, FRONT , REMOVAL . 2. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 3. Road test the vehicle over 40 km/h (25 mph). 

NOTE:

Vehicle must be driven above 40 km/h (25 mph) for set conditions to be met.

4. With the scan tool, read ABS DTCs. Does the DTC remain active? Yes



Replace the Anti-Lock Brakes Module in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to MODULE, ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM , REMOVAL . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.



Test Complete.



No

C0034-1D-RIGHT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR-CIRCUIT CURRENT OUT OF RANGE

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 16: Wheel Speed Sensor Wiring Diagram Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article . NOTE:

The Electronic Stability Control (ESC) may also be referred to as Electronic Stability Program (ESP) depending on the vehicle model year and configuration.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Certain components may also reference ESP, ESC, or use the traction control symbol. WHEN MONITORED:

With the ignition on and no system under voltage or over voltage condition present. SET CONDITION:

When the Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor circuit fails the diagnostic test. POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes CONNECTOR/TERMINAL DAMAGE (B6) RIGHT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE (B7) RIGHT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE (B6) RIGHT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND (B7) RIGHT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND (B6) RIGHT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN (B7) RIGHT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY CIRCUIT OPEN (B7) RIGHT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (B6) RIGHT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT RIGHT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. VERIFY THE DTC IS ACTIVE 1. Ignition on, engine not running. 2. With the scan tool, erase DTCs. 3. Cycle the ignition switch from off to on. 4. With the scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC active at this time? Yes 

Go To 2.



The condition that caused the symptom is currently not present. Inspect the related wiring for a possible intermittent condition. Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires.

No

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Perform the ABS-INTERMITTENT CONDITION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 2. CHECK CONNECTOR/TERMINAL FOR DAMAGE 

NOTE: 1. 2. 3. 4.

Check all terminals for broken, bent, pushed out, or corroded terminals.

Turn the ignition off to the lock position. Inspect the Wheel Speed Sensor for proper mounting. Inspect the Wheel Speed Sensor harness and connector. Inspect the Wheel Speed Sensor for excessive debris on the sensor. Were any problems found? Yes  

Repair as necessary in accordance with the Service Information. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No Go To 3. 3. CHECK (B7) RIGHT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY CIRCUIT VOLTAGE 

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 17: Checking Front Wheel Speed Sensor Supply Circuit Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Disconnect the Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor harness connector. 2. Turn the ignition on. 3. Measure the voltage between the (B7) Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor Supply circuit and ground. Is the voltage above 10 volts? Yes 

No

Go To 6.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Go To 4. 4. (B7) RIGHT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND 

Fig. 18: Checking Front Wheel Speed Sensor Supply Circuit For A Short Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Turn the ignition off. 2. Disconnect the ABS Module harness connector. 3. Measure the resistance between the (B7) Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor Supply circuit and ground.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Is the resistance below 5.0 Ohms? Yes  

Repair the (B7) Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor Supply circuit for a short to ground. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No Go To 5. 5. (B7) RIGHT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY CIRCUIT OPEN 

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 19: Checking Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor Supply Circuit Open Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Measure the resistance of the (B7) Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor Supply circuit between the Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor harness connector and the ABS harness connector. Is the resistance below 5 Ohms? Yes 

Go To 6.

No Repair the open (B7) Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor Supply circuit.  Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 6. (B6) RIGHT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE 

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 20: Checking Front Wheel Speed Sensor Signal Circuit Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Turn the ignition on. 2. Measure the voltage of the (B6) Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor Signal circuit at the Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor harness connector. Is there any voltage present? Yes

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

 

Repair the (B6) Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor Signal circuit for a short to voltage. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No Go To 7. 7. (B6) RIGHT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND 

Fig. 21: Checking Front Wheel Speed Sensor Signal Circuit

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Turn the ignition off. 2. Measure the resistance between the (B6) Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor Signal circuit and ground. Is the resistance below 5.0 Ohms? Yes  

Repair the (B6) Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor Signal circuit for a short to ground. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No Go To 8. 8. (B6) RIGHT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN 

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 22: Checking Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor Signal Circuit Open Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Measure the resistance of the (B6) Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor Signal circuit between the Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor harness connector and the ABS harness connector. Is the resistance below 5 Ohms? Yes 

Go To 9.

No Repair the open (B6) Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor Signal circuit.  Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 9. (B7) RIGHT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (B6) RIGHT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT 

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 23: Checking Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor Supply Circuit Shorted To The Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor Signal Circuit Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Turn the ignition off to the lock position. 2. Measure the resistance between the (B7) Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor Supply circuit and the (B6) Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor Signal circuit at the ABS Module harness connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 Ohms? Yes

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee





Repair (B7) Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor Supply circuit for a short to the (B6) Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor Signal circuit. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No Go To 10. 10. RIGHT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR 1. Replace the Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to SENSOR, WHEEL SPEED, FRONT , REMOVAL . 2. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 

CAUTION: Make sure brake capability is available before road testing.

3. Road test the vehicle over 40 km/h (25 mph). NOTE:

Vehicle must be driven above 40 km/h (25 mph) for set conditions to be meet.

4. With the scan tool, read ABS DTCs. Is the status Active for this DTC? Yes



Replace the Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Module in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to MODULE, ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM , REMOVAL . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.



Test complete.



No

C0034-2F-RIGHT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR-SIGNAL ERRATIC

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 24: Wheel Speed Sensor Wiring Diagram Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article . NOTE:

The Electronic Stability Control (ESC) may also be referred to as Electronic Stability Program (ESP) depending on the vehicle model year and configuration.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Certain components may also reference ESP, ESC, or use the traction control symbol. WHEN MONITORED:

With the ignition on and no system under voltage or over voltage condition present. SET CONDITION:

When the Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Module detects multiple drastic changes in Right Front wheel speed. POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes CHECK RIGHT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR FOR LOOSENESS INSPECT CIRCUITS/CONNECTOR/TERMINALS FOR DAMAGE RIGHT FRONT WHEEL BEARING AND HUB OR ENCODER FOR DAMAGE RIGHT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. VERIFY THE DTC IS ACTIVE NOTE:

If DTC C0034-1D is present, perform the diagnostics for this DTC before continuing with this diagnostic procedure.

1. Turn the ignition on. 2. With the scan tool, record and erase DTCs. CAUTION: Make sure brake capability is available before road testing.

3. Road test the vehicle over 40 km/h (25 mph). NOTE:

Vehicle must be driven above 40 km/h (25 mph) for set conditions to be met.

4. With the scan tool, read DTCs. Is the DTC active at this time? Yes 

Go To 3.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

No Go To 2. 2. CHECK WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNALS 1. Turn the ignition on. 2. With the scan tool, monitor and graph ALL the WSS speeds and compare graph while an assistant drives the vehicle. 

NOTE:

If graph shows periodic dropouts pay close attention to the tone wheel.

3. Slowly accelerate as straight as possible from a stop to 40 km/h (25 mph). Is the Right Front WSS speed showing 0 km/h (0 mph), not matching other wheels, or showing erratic behavior? Yes 

Go To 3.

No Perform ABS INTERMITTENT CONDITION diagnostic procedure. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 3. CHECK RIGHT FRONT WSS FOR LOOSENESS, INSPECT CIRCUITS/CONNECTORS/TERMINALS FOR DAMAGE 

NOTE: 1. 2. 3. 4.

Check all terminals for broken, bent, pushed out, or corroded terminals.

Turn the ignition off to the lock position. Inspect the ABS Module harness connector and the Right Front WSS harness connector. Check the Right Front WSS for looseness, excessive corrosion and not properly fastened. Inspect the (B6) Right Front WSS Signal and (B7) Right Front WSS Supply circuits between the Right Front WSS and Anti-Lock Brake Module for damage. Is the Right Front WSS loose or any of the wiring/connectors/terminals damaged? Yes



Repair as necessary. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.



Go To 4.



No

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

4. CHECK RIGHT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR FOR DAMAGE 1. Remove the Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor. 2. Inspect the Wheel Speed Sensor for proper mounting. 3. Inspect the Wheel Speed Sensor harness and connector. 4. Inspect the Wheel Speed Sensor for excessive debris on the sensor. Is the Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor damaged? Yes 



Replace the Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to SENSOR, WHEEL SPEED, FRONT , REMOVAL . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No Go To 5. 5. CHECK RIGHT FRONT WHEEL BEARING AND HUB OR ENCODER FOR DAMAGE 1. Inspect the Right Front wheel bearing, hub and Encoder for excessive runout, clearance or damage. 

NOTE:

Refer to the appropriate service information, if necessary, for procedures or specifications.

Is the Right Front Wheel Bearing, Hub or Encoder Damaged? Yes 



Replace the Hub and Wheel Bearing in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to HUB AND BEARING , REMOVAL . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No Go To 6. 6. RIGHT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR 1. Replace the Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to SENSOR, WHEEL SPEED, FRONT , REMOVAL . 2. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 3. Road test the vehicle over 40 km/h (25 mph). 

NOTE:

Vehicle must be driven above 40 km/h (25 mph) for set conditions to be met.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

4. With the scan tool, read ABS DTCs. Does the DTC remain active? Yes



Replace the Anti-Lock Brakes Module in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to MODULE, ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM , REMOVAL . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.



Test Complete.



No

C0034-62-RIGHT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR-SIGNAL COMPARE FAILURE

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 25: Wheel Speed Sensor Wiring Diagram Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article . NOTE:

The Electronic Stability Control (ESC) may also be referred to as Electronic Stability Program (ESP) depending on the vehicle model year and configuration.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Certain components may also reference ESP, ESC, or use the traction control symbol. WHEN MONITORED:

With the ignition on, no system under voltage or over voltage condition present, no open or shorted wheel speed sensor DTCs set, vehicle not under high acceleration, and vehicle speed greater than 0. SET CONDITION:

This DTC will be set if the wheel speed signal is 0 km/h (0 mph) or very low when compared to the other wheel speed signals. POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes IMPROPER RIGHT FRONT TIRE PRESSURE/MISMATCHED TIRES CHECK RIGHT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR FOR LOOSENESS INSPECT CIRCUITS/CONNECTOR/TERMINALS FOR DAMAGE RIGHT FRONT WHEEL BEARING AND HUB OR ENCODER FOR DAMAGE RIGHT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. VERIFY THE DTC IS ACTIVE NOTE:

If DTC C0034-1D is present, perform the diagnostics for this DTC before continuing with this diagnostic procedure.

1. Turn the ignition on. 2. With the scan tool, record and erase DTCs. CAUTION: Make sure brake capability is available before road testing.

3. Road test the vehicle over 40 km/h (25 mph). NOTE:

Vehicle must be driven above 40 km/h (25 mph) for set conditions to be met.

4. With the scan tool, read DTCs. Is the DTC active at this time?

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Yes 

Go To 3.

No Go To 2. 2. CHECK WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNALS 1. Turn the ignition on. 2. With the scan tool, monitor and graph ALL the WSS speeds and compare graph while an assistant drives the vehicle. 

NOTE:

If graph shows periodic dropouts pay close attention to the tone wheel.

3. Slowly accelerate as straight as possible from a stop to 40 km/h (25 mph). Is the Right Front WSS speed showing 0 km/h (0 mph), not matching other wheels, or showing erratic behavior? Yes 

Go To 3.

No Perform ABS INTERMITTENT CONDITION diagnostic procedure. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 3. CHECK FOR IMPROPER RIGHT FRONT TIRE PRESSURE/MISMATCHED TIRES 1. Turn the ignition off. 2. Check and adjust the Right Front Tire pressure. 3. Check and adjust all other tire pressures. 4. Inspect for mismatched tires on vehicle. 

Is the Right Front Tire improperly inflated or mismatched tires on vehicle? Yes



Repair as necessary Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.



Go To 4.



No

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

4. CHECK RIGHT FRONT WSS FOR LOOSENESS, INSPECT CIRCUITS/CONNECTORS/TERMINALS FOR DAMAGE NOTE: 1. 2. 3. 4.

Check all terminals for broken, bent, pushed out, or corroded terminals.

Turn the ignition off to the lock position. Inspect the ABS Module harness connector and the Right Front WSS harness connector. Check the Right Front WSS for looseness, excessive corrosion and not properly fastened. Inspect the (B6) Right Front WSS Signal and (B7) Right Front WSS Supply circuits between the Right Front WSS and Anti-Lock Brake Module for damage. Is the Right Front WSS loose or any of the wiring/connectors/terminals damaged? Yes  

Repair as necessary. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No Go To 5. 5. CHECK RIGHT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR FOR DAMAGE 1. Remove the Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor. 2. Inspect the Wheel Speed Sensor for proper mounting. 3. Inspect the Wheel Speed Sensor harness and connector. 4. Inspect the Wheel Speed Sensor for excessive debris on the sensor. 

Is the Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor damaged? Yes 



Replace the Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to SENSOR, WHEEL SPEED, FRONT , REMOVAL . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No Go To 6. 6. CHECK RIGHT FRONT WHEEL BEARING AND HUB OR ENCODER FOR DAMAGE 1. Inspect the Right Front wheel bearing, hub and Encoder for excessive runout, clearance or damage. 

NOTE:

Refer to the appropriate service information, if necessary, for procedures or specifications.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Is the Right Front Wheel Bearing, Hub or Encoder Damaged? Yes 



Replace the Hub and Wheel Bearing in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to HUB AND BEARING , REMOVAL . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No Go To 7. 7. RIGHT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR 1. Replace the Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to SENSOR, WHEEL SPEED, FRONT , REMOVAL . 2. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 3. Road test the vehicle over 40 km/h (25 mph). 

NOTE:

Vehicle must be driven above 40 km/h (25 mph) for set conditions to be met.

4. With the scan tool, read ABS DTCs. Does the DTC remain active? Yes



Replace the Anti-Lock Brakes Module in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to MODULE, ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM , REMOVAL . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.



Test Complete.



No

C0037-1D-LEFT REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR-CIRCUIT CURRENT OUT OF RANGE

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 26: Wheel Speed Sensor Wiring Diagram Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article . NOTE:

The Electronic Stability Control (ESC) may also be referred to as Electronic Stability Program (ESP) depending on the vehicle model year and configuration.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Certain components may also reference ESP, ESC, or use the traction control symbol. WHEN MONITORED:

With the ignition on and no system under voltage or over voltage condition present. SET CONDITION:

When the Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor circuit fails the diagnostic test. POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes CONNECTOR/TERMINAL DAMAGE (B3) LEFT REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE (B4) LEFT REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE (B3) LEFT REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND (B4) LEFT REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND (B3) LEFT REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN (B4) LEFT REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY CIRCUIT OPEN (B4) LEFT REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (B3) LEFT REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT LEFT REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. VERIFY THE DTC IS ACTIVE 1. Ignition on, engine not running. 2. With the scan tool, erase DTCs. 3. Cycle the ignition switch from off to on. 4. With the scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC active at this time? Yes 

Go To 2.



The condition that caused the symptom is currently not present. Inspect the related wiring for a possible intermittent condition. Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires.

No

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Perform the ABS-INTERMITTENT CONDITION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 2. CHECK CONNECTOR/TERMINAL FOR DAMAGE 

NOTE: 1. 2. 3. 4.

Check all terminals for broken, bent, pushed out, or corroded terminals.

Turn the ignition off to the lock position. Inspect the Wheel Speed Sensor for proper mounting. Inspect the Wheel Speed Sensor harness and connector. Inspect the Wheel Speed Sensor for excessive debris on the sensor. Were any problems found? Yes  

Repair as necessary in accordance with the Service Information. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No Go To 3. 3. CHECK (B4) LEFT REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY CIRCUIT VOLTAGE 

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 27: Checking Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Supply Circuit Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Disconnect the Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor harness connector. 2. Turn the ignition on. 3. Measure the voltage between the (B4) Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Supply circuit and ground. Is the voltage above 10 volts? Yes 

Go To 6.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

No Go To 4. 4. (B4) LEFT REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND 

Fig. 28: Checking Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Signal Circuit For Short Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Turn the ignition off. 2. Disconnect the ABS Module harness connector. 3. Measure the resistance between the (B4) Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Supply circuit and ground.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Is the resistance below 5.0 Ohms? Yes  

Repair the (B4) Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Supply circuit for a short to ground. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No Go To 5. 5. (B4) LEFT REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY CIRCUIT OPEN 

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 29: Checking Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Supply Circuit Open Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Measure the resistance of the (B4) Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Supply circuit between the Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor harness connector and the ABS harness connector.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Is the resistance below 5 Ohms? Yes 

Go To 6.

No Repair the open (B4) Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Supply circuit.  Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 6. (B3) LEFT REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE 

Fig. 30: Checking Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Supply Circuit For Short Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

1. Turn the ignition on. 2. Measure the voltage of the (B3) Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Signal circuit at the Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor harness connector. Is there any voltage present? Yes  

Repair the (B3) Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Signal circuit for a short to voltage. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No Go To 7. 7. (B3) LEFT REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND 

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 31: Checking Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Supply Circuit For Short Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Turn the ignition off. 2. Measure the resistance between the (B3) Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Signal circuit and ground. Is the resistance below 5.0 Ohms? Yes  

Repair the (B3) Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Signal circuit for a short to ground. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

No Go To 8. 8. (B3) LEFT REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN 

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 32: Checking Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Signal Circuit Open

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Measure the resistance of the (B3) Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Signal circuit between the Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor harness connector and the ABS harness connector. Is the resistance below 5 Ohms? Yes 

Go To 9.

No Repair the open (B3) Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Signal circuit.  Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 9. (B4) LEFT REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (B3) LEFT REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT 

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 33: Checking Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Supply Circuit Shorted To The (B3) Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Signal Circuit Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Turn the ignition off to the lock position. 2. Measure the resistance between the (B4) Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Supply circuit and the (B3) Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Signal circuit at the ABS Module harness connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 Ohms? Yes 



Repair (B4) Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Supply circuit for a short to the (B3) Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Signal circuit. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

No Go To 10. 10. LEFT REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR 1. Replace the Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to SENSOR, WHEEL SPEED, FRONT , REMOVAL . 2. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 

CAUTION: Make sure brake capability is available before road testing.

3. Road test the vehicle over 40 km/h (25 mph). NOTE:

Vehicle must be driven above 40 km/h (25 mph) for set conditions to be meet.

4. With the scan tool, read ABS DTCs. Is the status Active for this DTC? Yes



Replace the Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Module in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to MODULE, ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM , REMOVAL . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.



Test complete.



No

C0037-2F-LEFT REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR-SIGNAL ERRATIC

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 34: Wheel Speed Sensor Wiring Diagram Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article . NOTE:

The Electronic Stability Control (ESC) may also be referred to as Electronic Stability Program (ESP) depending on the vehicle model year and configuration.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Certain components may also reference ESP, ESC, or use the traction control symbol. WHEN MONITORED:

With the ignition on. SET CONDITION:

When the Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Module detects multiple drastic changes in Left Rear wheel speed. POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes CHECK LEFT REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR FOR LOOSENESS INSPECT CIRCUITS/CONNECTOR/TERMINALS FOR DAMAGE LEFT REAR WHEEL BEARING AND HUB OR ENCODER FOR DAMAGE LEFT REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. VERIFY THE DTC IS ACTIVE NOTE:

If DTC C0037-1D is present, perform the diagnostics for this DTC before continuing with this diagnostic procedure.

1. Turn the ignition on. 2. With the scan tool, record and erase DTCs. CAUTION: Make sure brake capability is available before road testing.

3. Road test the vehicle over 40 km/h (25 mph). NOTE:

Vehicle must be driven above 40 km/h (25 mph) for set conditions to be met.

4. With the scan tool, read DTCs. Is the DTC active at this time? Yes 

Go To 3.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

No Go To 2. 2. CHECK WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNALS 1. Turn the ignition on. 2. With the scan tool, monitor and graph ALL the WSS speeds and compare graph while an assistant drives the vehicle. 

NOTE:

If graph shows periodic dropouts pay close attention to the tone wheel.

3. Slowly accelerate as straight as possible from a stop to 40 km/h (25 mph). Is the Left Rear WSS speed showing 0 km/h (0 mph), not matching other wheels, or showing erratic behavior? Yes 

Go To 3.

No Perform ABS INTERMITTENT CONDITION diagnostic procedure. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 3. CHECK LEFT REAR WSS FOR LOOSENESS, INSPECT CIRCUITS/CONNECTORS/TERMINALS FOR DAMAGE 

NOTE: 1. 2. 3. 4.

Check all terminals for broken, bent, pushed out, or corroded terminals.

Turn the ignition off to the lock position. Inspect the ABS Module harness connector and the Left Rear WSS harness connector. Check the Left Rear WSS for looseness, excessive corrosion and not properly fastened. Inspect the (B3) Left Rear WSS Signal and (B4) Left Rear WSS Supply circuits between the Left Rear WSS and Anti-Lock Brake Module for damage. Is the Left Rear WSS loose or any of the wiring/connectors/terminals damaged? Yes



Repair as necessary. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.



Go To 4.



No

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

4. CHECK LEFT REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR FOR DAMAGE 1. Remove the Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor. 2. Inspect the Wheel Speed Sensor for proper mounting. 3. Inspect the Wheel Speed Sensor harness and connector. 4. Inspect the Wheel Speed Sensor for excessive debris on the sensor. Is the Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor damaged? Yes 



Replace the Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to SENSOR, WHEEL SPEED, FRONT , REMOVAL . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No Go To 5. 5. CHECK LEFT REAR WHEEL BEARING AND HUB OR ENCODER FOR DAMAGE 1. Inspect the Left Rear wheel bearing, hub and Encoder for excessive runout, clearance or damage. 

NOTE:

Refer to the appropriate service information, if necessary, for procedures or specifications.

Is the Left Rear Wheel Bearing, Hub or Encoder Damaged? Yes 



Replace the Hub and Wheel Bearing in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to HUB AND BEARING , REMOVAL . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No Go To 6. 6. LEFT REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR 1. Replace the Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to SENSOR, WHEEL SPEED, FRONT , REMOVAL . 2. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 3. Road test the vehicle over 40 km/h (25 mph). 

NOTE:

Vehicle must be driven above 40 km/h (25 mph) for set conditions to be met.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

4. With the scan tool, read ABS DTCs. Does the DTC remain active? Yes



Replace the Anti-Lock Brakes Module in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to MODULE, ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM , REMOVAL . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.



Test Complete.



No

C0037-62-LEFT REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR-SIGNAL COMPARE FAILURE

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 35: Wheel Speed Sensor Wiring Diagram Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article . NOTE:

The Electronic Stability Control (ESC) may also be referred to as Electronic Stability Program (ESP) depending on the vehicle model year and configuration.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Certain components may also reference ESP, ESC, or use the traction control symbol. WHEN MONITORED:

With the ignition on, no system under voltage or over voltage condition present, no open or shorted wheel speed sensor DTCs set, vehicle not under high acceleration, and vehicle speed greater than 0. SET CONDITION:

This DTC will be set if the wheel speed signal is 0 km/h (0 mph) or very low when compared to the other wheel speed signals. POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes IMPROPER LEFT REAR TIRE PRESSURE/MISMATCHED TIRES CHECK LEFT REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR FOR LOOSENESS INSPECT CIRCUITS/CONNECTOR/TERMINALS FOR DAMAGE LEFT REAR WHEEL BEARING AND HUB OR ENCODER FOR DAMAGE LEFT REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. VERIFY THE DTC IS ACTIVE NOTE:

If DTC C0037-1D is present, perform the diagnostics for this DTC before continuing with this diagnostic procedure.

1. Turn the ignition on. 2. With the scan tool, record and erase DTCs. CAUTION: Make sure brake capability is available before road testing.

3. Road test the vehicle over 40 km/h (25 mph). NOTE:

Vehicle must be driven above 40 km/h (25 mph) for set conditions to be met.

4. With the scan tool, read DTCs. Is the DTC active at this time?

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Yes 

Go To 3.

No Go To 2. 2. CHECK WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNALS 1. Turn the ignition on. 2. With the scan tool, monitor and graph ALL the WSS speeds and compare graph while an assistant drives the vehicle. 

NOTE:

If graph shows periodic dropouts pay close attention to the tone wheel.

3. Slowly accelerate as straight as possible from a stop to 40 km/h (25 mph). Is the Left Rear WSS speed showing 0 km/h (0 mph), not matching other wheels, or showing erratic behavior? Yes 

Go To 3.

No Perform ABS INTERMITTENT CONDITION diagnostic procedure. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 3. CHECK FOR IMPROPER LEFT REAR TIRE PRESSURE/MISMATCHED TIRES 1. Turn the ignition off. 2. Check and adjust the Left Rear Tire pressure. 3. Check and adjust all other tire pressures. 4. Inspect for mismatched tires on vehicle. 

Is the Left Rear Tire improperly inflated or mismatched tires on vehicle? Yes



Repair as necessary Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.



Go To 4.



No

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

4. CHECK LEFT REAR WSS FOR LOOSENESS, INSPECT CIRCUITS/CONNECTORS/TERMINALS FOR DAMAGE NOTE: 1. 2. 3. 4.

Check all terminals for broken, bent, pushed out, or corroded terminals.

Turn the ignition off to the lock position. Inspect the ABS Module harness connector and the Left Rear WSS harness connector. Check the Left Rear WSS for looseness, excessive corrosion and not properly fastened. Inspect the (B3) Left Rear WSS Signal and (B4) Left Rear WSS Supply circuits between the Left Rear WSS and Anti-Lock Brake Module for damage. Is the Left Rear WSS loose or any of the wiring/connectors/terminals damaged? Yes  

Repair as necessary. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No Go To 5. 5. CHECK LEFT REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR FOR DAMAGE 1. Remove the Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor. 2. Inspect the Wheel Speed Sensor for proper mounting. 3. Inspect the Wheel Speed Sensor harness and connector. 4. Inspect the Wheel Speed Sensor for excessive debris on the sensor. 

Is the Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor damaged? Yes 



Replace the Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to SENSOR, WHEEL SPEED, FRONT , REMOVAL . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No Go To 6. 6. CHECK LEFT REAR WHEEL BEARING AND HUB OR ENCODER FOR DAMAGE 1. Inspect the Left Rear wheel bearing, hub and Encoder for excessive runout, clearance or damage. 

NOTE:

Refer to the appropriate service information, if necessary, for procedures or specifications.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Is the Left Rear Wheel Bearing, Hub or Encoder Damaged? Yes 



Replace the Hub and Wheel Bearing in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to HUB AND BEARING , REMOVAL . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No Go To 7. 7. LEFT REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR 1. Replace the Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to SENSOR, WHEEL SPEED, FRONT , REMOVAL . 2. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 3. Road test the vehicle over 40 km/h (25 mph). 

NOTE:

Vehicle must be driven above 40 km/h (25 mph) for set conditions to be met.

4. With the scan tool, read ABS DTCs. Does the DTC remain active? Yes



Replace the Anti-Lock Brakes Module in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to MODULE, ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM , REMOVAL . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.



Test Complete.



No

C003A-1D-RIGHT REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR-CIRCUIT CURRENT OUT OF RANGE

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 36: Wheel Speed Sensor Wiring Diagram Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article . NOTE:

The Electronic Stability Control (ESC) may also be referred to as Electronic Stability Program (ESP) depending on the vehicle model year and configuration.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Certain components may also reference ESP, ESC, or use the traction control symbol. WHEN MONITORED:

With the ignition on and no system under voltage or over voltage condition present. SET CONDITION:

When the Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor circuit fails the diagnostic test. POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes CONNECTOR/TERMINAL DAMAGE (B1) RIGHT REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE (B2) RIGHT REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE (B1) RIGHT REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND (B2) RIGHT REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND (B1) RIGHT REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN (B2) RIGHT REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY CIRCUIT OPEN (B2) RIGHT REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (B1) RIGHT REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT RIGHT REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. VERIFY THE DTC IS ACTIVE 1. Ignition on, engine not running. 2. With the scan tool, erase DTCs. 3. Cycle the ignition switch from off to on. 4. With the scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC active at this time? Yes 

Go To 2.



The condition that caused the symptom is currently not present. Inspect the related wiring for a possible intermittent condition. Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires.

No

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Perform the ABS-INTERMITTENT CONDITION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 2. CHECK CONNECTOR/TERMINAL FOR DAMAGE 

NOTE: 1. 2. 3. 4.

Check all terminals for broken, bent, pushed out, or corroded terminals.

Turn the ignition off to the lock position. Inspect the Wheel Speed Sensor for proper mounting. Inspect the Wheel Speed Sensor harness and connector. Inspect the Wheel Speed Sensor for excessive debris on the sensor. Were any problems found? Yes  

Repair as necessary in accordance with the Service Information. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No Go To 3. 3. CHECK (B2) RIGHT REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY CIRCUIT VOLTAGE 

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 37: Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Signal Circuit Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Disconnect the Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor harness connector. 2. Turn the ignition on. 3. Measure the voltage between the (B2) Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Supply circuit and ground. Is the voltage above 10 volts? Yes 

No

Go To 6.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Go To 4. 4. (B2) RIGHT REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND 

Fig. 38: Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Signal Circuit For Short Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Turn the ignition off. 2. Disconnect the ABS Module harness connector. 3. Measure the resistance between the (B2) Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Supply circuit and ground. Is the resistance below 5.0 Ohms?

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Yes  

Repair the (B2) Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Supply circuit for a short to ground. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No Go To 5. 5. (B2) RIGHT REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY CIRCUIT OPEN 

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 39: Checking Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Supply Circuit Open Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Measure the resistance of the (B2) Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Supply circuit between the

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor harness connector and the ABS harness connector. Is the resistance below 5 Ohms? Yes 

Go To 6.

No Repair the open (B2) Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Supply circuit.  Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 6. (B1) RIGHT REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE 

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 40: Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Supply Circuit For Short Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Turn the ignition on. 2. Measure the voltage of the (B1) Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Signal circuit at the Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor harness connector. Is there any voltage present?

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Yes  

Repair the (B1) Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Signal circuit for a short to voltage. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No Go To 7. 7. (B1) RIGHT REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND 

Fig. 41: Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Supply Circuit For Short Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Turn the ignition off.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

2. Measure the resistance between the (B1) Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Signal circuit and ground. Is the resistance below 5.0 Ohms? Yes  

Repair the (B1) Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Signal circuit for a short to ground. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No Go To 8. 8. (B1) RIGHT REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN 

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 42: Checking Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Signal Circuit Open Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

1. Measure the resistance of the (B1) Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Signal circuit between the Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor harness connector and the ABS harness connector. Is the resistance below 5 Ohms? Yes 

Go To 9.

No Repair the open (B1) Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Signal circuit.  Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 9. (B2) RIGHT REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (B1) RIGHT REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT 

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 43: Checking Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Supply Circuit Shorted To The Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Signal Circuit Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Turn the ignition off to the lock position. 2. Measure the resistance between the (B2) Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Supply circuit and the (B1) Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Signal circuit at the ABS Module harness connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 Ohms? Yes 

Repair (B2) Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Supply circuit for a short to the (B1) Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Signal circuit.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee



Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No Go To 10. 10. RIGHT REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR 1. Replace the Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to SENSOR, WHEEL SPEED, FRONT , REMOVAL . 2. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 

CAUTION: Make sure brake capability is available before road testing.

3. Road test the vehicle over 40 km/h (25 mph). NOTE:

Vehicle must be driven above 40 km/h (25 mph) for set conditions to be meet.

4. With the scan tool, read ABS DTCs. Is the status Active for this DTC? Yes



Replace the Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Module in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to MODULE, ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM , REMOVAL . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.



Test complete.



No

C003A-2F-RIGHT REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR-SIGNAL ERRATIC

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 44: Wheel Speed Sensor Wiring Diagram Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article . NOTE:

The Electronic Stability Control (ESC) may also be referred to as Electronic Stability Program (ESP) depending on the vehicle model year and configuration.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Certain components may also reference ESP, ESC, or use the traction control symbol. WHEN MONITORED:

With the ignition on and no system under voltage or over voltage condition present. SET CONDITION:

When the Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Module detects multiple drastic changes in Right Rear wheel speed. POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes CHECK RIGHT REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR FOR LOOSENESS INSPECT CIRCUITS/CONNECTOR/TERMINALS FOR DAMAGE RIGHT REAR WHEEL BEARING AND HUB OR ENCODER FOR DAMAGE RIGHT REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. VERIFY THE DTC IS ACTIVE NOTE:

If DTC C003A-1D is present, perform the diagnostics for this DTC before continuing with this diagnostic procedure.

1. Turn the ignition on. 2. With the scan tool, record and erase DTCs. CAUTION: Make sure brake capability is available before road testing.

3. Road test the vehicle over 40 km/h (25 mph). NOTE:

Vehicle must be driven above 40 km/h (25 mph) for set conditions to be met.

4. With the scan tool, read DTCs. Is the DTC active at this time? Yes 

Go To 3.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

No Go To 2. 2. CHECK WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNALS 1. Turn the ignition on. 2. With the scan tool, monitor and graph ALL the WSS speeds and compare graph while an assistant drives the vehicle. 

NOTE:

If graph shows periodic dropouts pay close attention to the tone wheel.

3. Slowly accelerate as straight as possible from a stop to 40 km/h (25 mph). Is the Right Rear WSS speed showing 0 km/h (0 mph), not matching other wheels, or showing erratic behavior? Yes 

Go To 3.

No Perform ABS INTERMITTENT CONDITION diagnostic procedure. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 3. CHECK RIGHT REAR WSS FOR LOOSENESS, INSPECT CIRCUITS/CONNECTORS/TERMINALS FOR DAMAGE 

NOTE: 1. 2. 3. 4.

Check all terminals for broken, bent, pushed out, or corroded terminals.

Turn the ignition off to the lock position. Inspect the ABS Module harness connector and the Right Rear WSS harness connector. Check the Right Rear WSS for looseness, excessive corrosion and not properly fastened. Inspect the (B1) Right Rear WSS Signal and (B2) Right Rear WSS Supply circuits between the Right Rear WSS and Anti-Lock Brake Module for damage. Is the Right Rear WSS loose or any of the wiring/connectors/terminals damaged? Yes



Repair as necessary. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.



Go To 4.



No

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

4. CHECK RIGHT REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR FOR DAMAGE 1. Remove the Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor. 2. Inspect the Wheel Speed Sensor for proper mounting. 3. Inspect the Wheel Speed Sensor harness and connector. 4. Inspect the Wheel Speed Sensor for excessive debris on the sensor. Is the Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor damaged? Yes 



Replace the Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to SENSOR, WHEEL SPEED, FRONT , REMOVAL . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No Go To 5. 5. CHECK RIGHT REAR WHEEL BEARING AND HUB OR ENCODER FOR DAMAGE 1. Inspect the Right Rear wheel bearing, hub and Encoder for excessive runout, clearance or damage. 

NOTE:

Refer to the appropriate service information, if necessary, for procedures or specifications.

Is the Right Rear Wheel Bearing, Hub or Encoder Damaged? Yes 



Replace the Hub and Wheel Bearing in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to HUB AND BEARING , REMOVAL . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No Go To 6. 6. RIGHT REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR 1. Replace the Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to SENSOR, WHEEL SPEED, FRONT , REMOVAL . 2. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 3. Road test the vehicle over 40 km/h (25 mph). 

NOTE:

Vehicle must be driven above 40 km/h (25 mph) for set conditions to be met.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

4. With the scan tool, read ABS DTCs. Does the DTC remain active? Yes



Replace the Anti-Lock Brakes Module in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to MODULE, ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM , REMOVAL . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.



Test Complete.



No

C003A-62-RIGHT REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR-SIGNAL COMPARE FAILURE

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 45: Wheel Speed Sensor Wiring Diagram Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article . NOTE:

The Electronic Stability Control (ESC) may also be referred to as Electronic Stability Program (ESP) depending on the vehicle model year and configuration.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Certain components may also reference ESP, ESC, or use the traction control symbol. WHEN MONITORED:

With the ignition on, no system under voltage or over voltage condition present, no open or shorted wheel speed sensor DTCs set, vehicle not under high acceleration, and vehicle speed greater than 0. SET CONDITION:

This DTC will be set if the wheel speed signal is 0 km/h (0 mph) or very low when compared to the other wheel speed signals. POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes IMPROPER RIGHT REAR TIRE PRESSURE/MISMATCHED TIRES CHECK RIGHT REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR FOR LOOSENESS INSPECT CIRCUITS/CONNECTOR/TERMINALS FOR DAMAGE RIGHT REAR WHEEL BEARING AND HUB OR ENCODER FOR DAMAGE RIGHT REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. VERIFY THE DTC IS ACTIVE NOTE:

If DTC C003A-1D is present, perform the diagnostics for this DTC before continuing with this diagnostic procedure.

1. Turn the ignition on. 2. With the scan tool, record and erase DTCs. CAUTION: Make sure brake capability is available before road testing.

3. Road test the vehicle over 40 km/h (25 mph). NOTE:

Vehicle must be driven above 40 km/h (25 mph) for set conditions to be met.

4. With the scan tool, read DTCs. Is the DTC active at this time?

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Yes 

Go To 3.

No Go To 2. 2. CHECK WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNALS 1. Turn the ignition on. 2. With the scan tool, monitor and graph ALL the WSS speeds and compare graph while an assistant drives the vehicle. 

NOTE:

If graph shows periodic dropouts pay close attention to the tone wheel.

3. Slowly accelerate as straight as possible from a stop to 40 km/h (25 mph). Is the Right Rear WSS speed showing 0 km/h (0 mph), not matching other wheels, or showing erratic behavior? Yes 

Go To 3.

No Perform ABS INTERMITTENT CONDITION diagnostic procedure. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 3. CHECK FOR IMPROPER RIGHT REAR TIRE PRESSURE/MISMATCHED TIRES 1. Turn the ignition off. 2. Check and adjust the Right Rear Tire pressure. 3. Check and adjust all other tire pressures. 4. Inspect for mismatched tires on vehicle. 

Is the Right Rear Tire improperly inflated or mismatched tires on vehicle? Yes



Repair as necessary Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.



Go To 4.



No

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

4. CHECK RIGHT REAR WSS FOR LOOSENESS, INSPECT CIRCUITS/CONNECTORS/TERMINALS FOR DAMAGE NOTE: 1. 2. 3. 4.

Check all terminals for broken, bent, pushed out, or corroded terminals.

Turn the ignition off to the lock position. Inspect the ABS Module harness connector and the Right Rear WSS harness connector. Check the Right Rear WSS for looseness, excessive corrosion and not properly fastened. Inspect the (B1) Right Rear WSS Signal and (B2) Right Rear WSS Supply circuits between the Right Rear WSS and Anti-Lock Brake Module for damage. Is the Right Rear WSS loose or any of the wiring/connectors/terminals damaged? Yes  

Repair as necessary. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No Go To 5. 5. CHECK RIGHT REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR FOR DAMAGE 1. Remove the Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor. 2. Inspect the Wheel Speed Sensor for proper mounting. 3. Inspect the Wheel Speed Sensor harness and connector. 4. Inspect the Wheel Speed Sensor for excessive debris on the sensor. 

Is the Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor damaged? Yes 



Replace the Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to SENSOR, WHEEL SPEED, FRONT , REMOVAL . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No Go To 6. 6. CHECK RIGHT REAR WHEEL BEARING AND HUB OR ENCODER FOR DAMAGE 1. Inspect the Right Rear wheel bearing, hub and Encoder for excessive runout, clearance or damage. 

NOTE:

Refer to the appropriate service information, if necessary, for procedures or specifications.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Is the Right Rear Wheel Bearing, Hub or Encoder Damaged? Yes 



Replace the Hub and Wheel Bearing in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to HUB AND BEARING , REMOVAL . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No Go To 7. 7. RIGHT REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR 1. Replace the Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to SENSOR, WHEEL SPEED, FRONT , REMOVAL . 2. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 3. Road test the vehicle over 40 km/h (25 mph). 

NOTE:

Vehicle must be driven above 40 km/h (25 mph) for set conditions to be met.

4. With the scan tool, read ABS DTCs. Does the DTC remain active? Yes



Replace the Anti-Lock Brakes Module in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to MODULE, ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM , REMOVAL . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.



Test Complete.



No

C0040-29-BRAKE PEDAL SWITCH-SIGNAL INVALID

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 46: Brake Pedal Switch Wiring Diagram Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article . THEORY OF OPERATION

When the PCM is sending Signal not available or is not performing the signal Parity or Toggle correctly for the Brake Switch Status signal the ABS module sets DTC C0040-29-BRAKE PEDAL SWITCH-SIGNAL INVALID. WHEN MONITORED:

Ignition Switch ON. SET CONDITION: POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes STOP LAMP SWITCH INSTALLATION (B15) BRAKE SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND (B15) BRAKE SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT OPEN OR HIGH RESISTANCE (B16) BRAKE SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE (B16) BRAKE SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT OPEN OR HIGH RESISTANCE (F941) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START) CIRCUIT OPEN OR HIGH RESISTANCE (Z916) GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN STOP LAMP SWITCH POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM) DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. CHECK POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM) DTCs 1. With the scan tool, read DTCs in the PCM. Are there any PCM Stop Lamp Switch related DTCs present? Yes 

Perform the appropriate diagnostic procedure. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX 3.0L DIESEL or DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX - NGC .



Go To 2.

No

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

2. (B15) BRAKE SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT

Fig. 47: Checking Brake Signal 1 Circuit Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Turn the ignition off. 2. Disconnect the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) connector. CAUTION: Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals, resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool # (special tool #8815A, Kit, NGC, 38 Position) to perform diagnosis. 3. Using a 12 volt test light connected to 12 volts, check the (B15) Brake Signal 1 circuit at the appropriate terminal of special tool #(special tool #8815A, Kit, NGC, 38 Position) while pressing and releasing the brake pedal several times. Does the test light change from illuminated to not illuminated as the brake pedal is pressed and released?

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Yes 

Go To 3.

No Go To 4. 3. (B16) BRAKE SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT 

Fig. 48: Checking Brake Signal 2 Circuit Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Turn the ignition on. CAUTION: Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals, resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool # (special tool #8815A, Kit, NGC, 38 Position) to perform diagnosis. 2. Using a 12 volt test light connected to ground, check the (B16) Brake Signal 2 circuit at the

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

appropriate terminal of special tool #(special tool #8815A, Kit, NGC, 38 Position) while pressing and releasing the brake pedal several times. Does the test light change from illuminated to not illuminated as the brake pedal is pressed and released? Yes 

Go To 11.

No Go To 7. 4. (Z916) GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN OR HIGH RESISTANCE 

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 49: Checking Ground Circuit Open Or High Resistance Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Turn the ignition off. 2. Disconnect the Stop Lamp Switch connector. 3. Using a 12 volt test light connected to 12 volts, check the (Z916) Ground circuit in the Stop Lamp Switch harness connector. NOTE:

The test light should be illuminated and bright. Compare the brightness to that of a direct connection to the battery.

Is the test light illuminated and bright? Yes 

Go To 5.

No Repair the (Z916) Ground circuit for an open circuit or high resistance.  Perform the PCM Verification Test. Refer to POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST NGC or PCM VERIFICATION TEST - 3.0L DIESEL . 5. (B15) BRAKE SWITCH NO. 1 SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND 

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 50: Checking Brake Switch No. 1 Signal Circuit Shorted To Ground Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Turn the ignition off. 2. Disconnect the C3 PCM harness connector. 3. Measure the resistance between ground and the (B15) Brake Switch No. 1 Signal circuit in the Stop Lamp Switch harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 Ohms? Yes  

Repair the short to ground in the (B15) Brake Switch No. 1 Signal circuit. Perform the PCM Verification Test. Refer to POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST NGC or PCM VERIFICATION TEST - 3.0L DIESEL .

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

No Go To 6. 6. (B15) BRAKE SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT OPEN OR HIGH RESISTANCE 

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 51: Checking Brake Signal 1 Circuit Open Or High Resistance Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

CAUTION: Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals, resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #(special tool #8815A, Kit, NGC, 38 Position) to perform diagnosis. 1. Measure the resistance of the (B15) Brake Signal 1 circuit between the Stop Lamp Switch harness connector and the appropriate terminal of special tool #(special tool #8815A, Kit, NGC, 38 Position). Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms? Yes 

Go To 10.

No Repair the (B15) Brake Signal 1 circuit for an open circuit or high resistance.  Perform the PCM Verification Test. Refer to POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST NGC or PCM VERIFICATION TEST - 3.0L DIESEL . 7. (F941) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START) CIRCUIT OPEN OR HIGH RESISTANCE 

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 52: Checking Fused Ignition Switch Output (Run-Start) Circuit Open Or High Resistance Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. 2. 3. 4.

Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Stop Lamp Switch connector. Turn the ignition on. Using a 12 volt test light connected to ground, check the (F941) Fused Ignition Switch Output (Run-Start) circuit in the Stop Lamp Switch harness connector. NOTE:

The test light should be illuminated and bright. Compare the brightness to that of a direct connection to the battery.

Is the test light illuminated and bright?

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Yes 

Go To 8.

No Repair the (F941) Fused Ignition Switch Output (Run-Start) circuit for an open circuit or high resistance.  Perform the PCM Verification Test. Refer to POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST NGC or PCM VERIFICATION TEST - 3.0L DIESEL . 8. (B16) BRAKE SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE 

Fig. 53: Checking Brake Signal 2 Circuit Shorted To Voltage Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Measure the voltage of the (B16) Brake Signal 2 circuit in the Stop Lamp Switch harness

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

connector. Is there any voltage present? Yes  

Repair the (B16) Brake Signal 2 circuit for a short to voltage. Perform the PCM Verification Test. Refer to POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST NGC or PCM VERIFICATION TEST - 3.0L DIESEL .

No Go To 9. 9. (B16) BRAKE SWITCH NO. 2 SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN OR HIGH RESISTANCE 

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 54: Checking Brake Switch No. 2 Signal Circuit Open Or High Resistance Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

CAUTION: Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install the PCM Pinout Box (special tool #8815A, Kit, NGC, 38 Position) to perform diagnosis. 1. Measure the resistance of the (B16) Brake Switch No. 2 Signal circuit from the Stop Lamp Switch harness connector to the appropriate terminal of PCM Pinout Box (special tool #8815A, Kit, NGC, 38 Position). Is the resistance below 5.0 Ohms? Yes 

Go To 10.

No Repair the open in the (B16) Brake Switch No. 2 Signal circuit.  Perform the PCM Verification Test. Refer to POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST NGC or PCM VERIFICATION TEST - 3.0L DIESEL . 10. STOP LAMP SWITCH 1. Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Stop Lamp Switch and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). 2. Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. 3. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. 4. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. 

Were any problems found? Yes  

Repair as necessary. Perform the PCM Verification Test. Refer to POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST NGC or PCM VERIFICATION TEST - 3.0L DIESEL .

No Replace the Stop Lamp Switch in accordance with the Service Information.  Perform the PCM Verification Test. Refer to POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST NGC or PCM VERIFICATION TEST - 3.0L DIESEL . 11. POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM) 1. Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Stop Lamp Switch and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). 2. Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. 

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

3. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Switch and Powertrain Control Module connectors. 4. Perform any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found? Yes  

Repair as necessary. Perform the PCM Verification Test. Refer to POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST NGC or PCM VERIFICATION TEST - 3.0L DIESEL .

No 



Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module in accordance with the service information. Refer to MODULE, POWERTRAIN CONTROL , REMOVAL . Perform the PCM Verification Test. Refer to POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST NGC or PCM VERIFICATION TEST - 3.0L DIESEL .

C0040-2A-BRAKE PEDAL SWITCH-STUCK

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 55: Brake Pedal Switch Wiring Diagram Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article . THEORY OF OPERATION

The brake switch rationality checks both failure modes of the brake switch. The brake switch stuck on test checks for a high vehicle speed condition where the brake switch is continually depressed. The brake switch stuck off test checks for brake pressure present with the brake switch saying not pressed. WHEN MONITORED:

Ignition on. SET CONDITION:

Brake switch is active and following conditions are true when Master Cylinder Pressure is less than 6.2 bar (90 psi) for two minutes and throttle position is greater than 20 % then vehicle Acceleration is greater than 0.4 m/s for two seconds or 15 bar (218 psi) change in pressure for 2 seconds and brake switch signal indicates brake off. POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes STOP LAMP SWITCH INSTALLATION (B15) BRAKE SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND (B15) BRAKE SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT OPEN OR HIGH RESISTANCE (B16) BRAKE SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE (B16) BRAKE SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT OPEN OR HIGH RESISTANCE (F941) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START) CIRCUIT OPEN OR HIGH RESISTANCE (Z916) GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN STOP LAMP SWITCH POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM) DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. CHECK POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM) DTCs 1. With the scan tool, read DTCs in the PCM. Are there any PCM Stop Lamp Switch related DTCs present? Yes 

Perform the appropriate diagnostic procedure. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX 3.0L DIESEL or DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX - NGC .

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

No Go To 2. 2. STOP LAMP SWITCH OPERATION 1. Start the engine. 2. Using the scan tool, monitor the brake pedal switch status while pressing the brake pedal and releasing. 

Is the Stop Lamp Switch operating correctly? Yes 

Go To 3.

No Go To 4. 3. BRAKE PEDAL PRESSURE 1. Using the scan tool, monitor the brake pedal pressure and the status of the brake pedal switch while slowly pressing the brake pedal. 

Was there Brake Pressure before the Brake Pedal Switch status changed? Yes 

Check for correct Stop Lamp Switch Installation. Refer to SWITCH, STOP LAMP , INSTALLATION .

No Perform the INTERMITTENT CONDITION diagnostic procedure. Refer to INTERMITTENT CONDITION - NGC or INTERMITTENT DTC - 3.0L DIESEL . 4. (B15) BRAKE SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT 

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 56: Checking Brake Signal 1 Circuit Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Turn the ignition off. 2. Disconnect the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) connector. CAUTION: Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals, resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool # (special tool #8815A, Kit, NGC, 38 Position) to perform diagnosis. 3. Using a 12 volt test light connected to 12 volts, check the (B15) Brake Signal 1 circuit at the appropriate terminal of special tool #(special tool #8815A, Kit, NGC, 38 Position) while pressing and releasing the brake pedal several times. Does the test light change from illuminated to not illuminated as the brake pedal is pressed and released? Yes

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee



Go To 5.

No Go To 6. 5. (B16) BRAKE SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT 

Fig. 57: Checking Brake Signal 2 Circuit Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Turn the ignition on. CAUTION: Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals, resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool # (special tool #8815A, Kit, NGC, 38 Position) to perform diagnosis. 2. Using a 12 volt test light connected to ground, check the (B16) Brake Signal 2 circuit at the appropriate terminal of special tool #(special tool #8815A, Kit, NGC, 38 Position) while pressing and releasing the brake pedal several times.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Does the test light change from illuminated to not illuminated as the brake pedal is pressed and released? Yes 

Go To 13.

No Go To 9. 6. (Z916) GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN OR HIGH RESISTANCE 

Fig. 58: Checking Ground Circuit Open Or High Resistance Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

1. Turn the ignition off. 2. Disconnect the Stop Lamp Switch connector. 3. Using a 12 volt test light connected to 12 volts, check the (Z916) Ground circuit in the Stop Lamp Switch harness connector. NOTE:

The test light should be illuminated and bright. Compare the brightness to that of a direct connection to the battery.

Is the test light illuminated and bright? Yes 

Go To 7.

No Repair the (Z916) Ground circuit for an open circuit or high resistance.  Perform the PCM Verification Test. Refer to POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST NGC or PCM VERIFICATION TEST - 3.0L DIESEL . 7. (B15) BRAKE SWITCH NO. 1 SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND 

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 59: Checking Brake Switch No. 1 Signal Circuit Shorted To Ground Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Turn the ignition off. 2. Disconnect the C3 PCM harness connector. 3. Measure the resistance between ground and the (B15) Brake Switch No. 1 Signal circuit in the Stop Lamp Switch harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 Ohms? Yes  

Repair the short to ground in the (B15) Brake Switch No. 1 Signal circuit. Perform the PCM Verification Test. Refer to POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST NGC or PCM VERIFICATION TEST - 3.0L DIESEL .

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

No Go To 8. 8. (B15) BRAKE SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT OPEN OR HIGH RESISTANCE 

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 60: Checking Brake Signal 1 Circuit Open Or High Resistance Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

CAUTION: Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals, resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #(special tool #8815A, Kit, NGC, 38 Position) to perform diagnosis. 1. Measure the resistance of the (B15) Brake Signal 1 circuit between the Stop Lamp Switch harness connector and the appropriate terminal of special tool #(special tool #8815A, Kit, NGC, 38 Position). Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms? Yes 

Go To 12.

No Repair the (B15) Brake Signal 1 circuit for an open circuit or high resistance.  Perform the PCM Verification Test. Refer to POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST NGC or PCM VERIFICATION TEST - 3.0L DIESEL . 9. (F941) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START) CIRCUIT OPEN OR HIGH RESISTANCE 

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 61: Checking Fused Ignition Switch Output (Run-Start) Circuit Open Or High Resistance Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. 2. 3. 4.

Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Stop Lamp Switch connector. Turn the ignition on. Using a 12 volt test light connected to ground, check the (F941) Fused Ignition Switch Output (Run-Start) circuit in the Stop Lamp Switch harness connector. NOTE:

The test light should be illuminated and bright. Compare the brightness to that of a direct connection to the battery.

Is the test light illuminated and bright?

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Yes 

Go To 10.

No Repair the (F941) Fused Ignition Switch Output (Run-Start) circuit for an open circuit or high resistance.  Perform the PCM Verification Test. Refer to POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST NGC or PCM VERIFICATION TEST - 3.0L DIESEL . 10. (B16) BRAKE SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE 

Fig. 62: Checking Brake Signal 2 Circuit Shorted To Voltage Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Measure the voltage of the (B16) Brake Signal 2 circuit in the Stop Lamp Switch harness

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

connector. Is there any voltage present? Yes  

Repair the (B16) Brake Signal 2 circuit for a short to voltage. Perform the PCM Verification Test. Refer to POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST NGC or PCM VERIFICATION TEST - 3.0L DIESEL .

No Go To 11. 11. (B16) BRAKE SWITCH NO. 2 SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN OR HIGH RESISTANCE 

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 63: Checking Brake Switch No. 2 Signal Circuit Open Or High Resistance Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

CAUTION: Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install the PCM Pinout Box (special tool #8815A, Kit, NGC, 38 Position) to perform diagnosis. 1. Measure the resistance of the (B16) Brake Switch No. 2 Signal circuit from the Stop Lamp Switch harness connector to the appropriate terminal of PCM Pinout Box (special tool #8815A, Kit, NGC, 38 Position). Is the resistance below 5.0 Ohms? Yes 

Go To 12.

No Repair the open in the (B16) Brake Switch No. 2 Signal circuit.  Perform the PCM Verification Test. Refer to POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST NGC or PCM VERIFICATION TEST - 3.0L DIESEL . 12. STOP LAMP SWITCH 1. Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Stop Lamp Switch and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). 2. Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. 3. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. 4. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. 

Were any problems found? Yes  

Repair as necessary. Perform the PCM Verification Test. Refer to POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST NGC or PCM VERIFICATION TEST - 3.0L DIESEL .

No Replace the Stop Lamp Switch in accordance with the Service Information.  Perform the PCM Verification Test. Refer to POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST NGC or PCM VERIFICATION TEST - 3.0L DIESEL . 13. POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM) 1. Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Stop Lamp Switch and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). 2. Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. 

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

3. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Switch and Powertrain Control Module connectors. 4. Perform any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found? Yes  

Repair as necessary. Perform the PCM Verification Test. Refer to POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST NGC or PCM VERIFICATION TEST - 3.0L DIESEL .

No 



Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module in accordance with the service information. Refer to MODULE, POWERTRAIN CONTROL , REMOVAL . Perform the PCM Verification Test. Refer to POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST NGC or PCM VERIFICATION TEST - 3.0L DIESEL .

C0044-01-BRAKE PRESSURE SENSOR 1 - GENERAL ELECTRICAL FAILURE WHEN MONITORED:

With the ignition on. SET CONDITION:

When the Anti-Lock Brake Module indicates that the Brake Pressure Sensor Signal is out of range. POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT (HCU) DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. VERIFY THE DTC IS ACTIVE NOTE: 1. 2. 3. 4.

This DTC must be active for the results of this test to be valid.

Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, read and record DTCs. With the scan tool, read and record Freeze Fame information. With the scan tool, erase DTCs.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

5. Start the engine. 6. Press the brake pedal firmly and release. 7. With the scan tool, read and record DTCs. Is the DTC active at this time? Yes 

Go To 2.

No Perform the ABS-INTERMITTENT CONDITION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 2. ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE 1. Replace the Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) Module in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to MODULE, ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM , REMOVAL . 2. Ignition on, engine not running. 3. With the scan tool, erase DTCs. 4. Start the engine. 5. Press the brake pedal firmly and release. 6. With the scan tool, read and record DTCs. 

Does the DTC remain active? Yes



Replace the Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT (HCU) , REMOVAL . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.



Test complete.



No

C0044-1F-BRAKE PRESSURE SENSOR 1 - CIRCUIT INTERMITTENT For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article . WHEN MONITORED:

Ignition on. SET CONDITION:

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

The Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Module has detected an internal intermittent electrical connection. POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT (HCU) DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. VERIFY THE DTC IS ACTIVE NOTE: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

This DTC must be active for the results of this test to be valid.

Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, read and record DTCs. With the scan tool, read and record Freeze Fame information. With the scan tool, erase DTCs. Start the engine. Press the brake pedal firmly and release. With the scan tool, read and record DTCs. Is the DTC active at this time? Yes 

Go To 2.

No Perform the ABS INTERMITTENT CONDITION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 2. ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE 1. Replace the Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) Module in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to MODULE, ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM , REMOVAL . 2. Ignition on, engine not running. 3. With the scan tool, erase DTCs. 4. Start the engine. 5. Press the brake pedal firmly and release. 6. With the scan tool, read and record DTCs. 

Does the DTC remain active?

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Yes



Replace the Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT (HCU) , REMOVAL . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.



Test complete.



No

C0044-28-BRAKE PRESSURE SENSOR 1 - SIGNAL BIAS LEVEL OUT OF RANGE / ZERO ADJUSTMENT FAILURE For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article . WHEN MONITORED:

Ignition on. SET CONDITION:

The Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Module has detected brake pressure when the brake pedal has not been applied. POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes BRAKE FLUID CONTAMINATION PINCHED OR BENT BRAKE LINES ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT (HCU) INTEGRATED CONTROL UNIT (ICU) ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE NOTE:

Repair all other DTC's before continuing with this diagnostic procedure.

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. VERIFY THE DTC IS ACTIVE NOTE:

This DTC must be active for the results of this test to be valid.

1. Turn the ignition on. 2. With the scan tool, read and record DTCs. 3. With the scan tool, read and record Freeze Fame information.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

4. 5. 6. 7.

With the scan tool, erase DTCs. Start the engine. Press the brake pedal firmly and release. With the scan tool, read and record DTCs. Is the DTC active at this time? Yes 

Go To 2.

No Perform the ABS INTERMITTENT CONDITION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 2. MECHANICAL BRAKE SYSTEM INSPECTION 1. Turn the ignition off. 2. Check the brake fluid for contaminants. 3. Visually inspect all the brake lines for bent, damaged, or pinched restrictions. 

Where any problems found? Yes  

Repair as necessary. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No Go To 3. 3. BRAKE PRESSURE 1. Start the engine. 2. The brake pedal released. 3. With the scan tool, under "Data Display" read the brake pressure. 

Is the Brake Pressure below 10 bar (145 psi)? Yes 

Go To 4.



Go To 5.

No

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

4. BRAKE PEDAL INSPECTION 1. Turn the ignition off. 2. Check the brake pedal for damage or restrictions not allowing it to fully return. Where any problems found? Yes  

Repair as necessary. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No Replace the Integrated Control Unit (ICU) in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT (HCU) , REMOVAL .  Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 5. BRAKE PEDAL SWITCH 1. Start the engine. 2. With the scan tool, under "Data Display" monitor the brake switch and the brake pressure. 3. Press the brake pedal slowly. 

Did the brake pedal switch indicate pressed before their was brake pressure? Yes 

Go To 6.

No Adjust the Stop Lamp Switch in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to SWITCH, STOP LAMP , ADJUSTMENTS .  Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 6. INTEGRATED CONTROL UNIT (ICU) 1. Test drive the vehicle. 2. With the scan tool, under "Data Display" read the brake pressure. 3. Without applying the brakes moderately accelerate the vehicle three to four times. 

Was the Brake Pressure above 10 bar (145 psi)? Yes 

Replace the Integrated Control Unit (ICU) in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT (HCU) , REMOVAL .

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee



Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No Go To 7. 7. ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE 1. Replace the Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) Module in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to MODULE, ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM , REMOVAL . 2. Ignition on, engine not running. 3. With the scan tool, erase DTCs. 4. Start the engine. 5. Press the brake pedal firmly and release. 6. With the scan tool, read the DTCs. 

Does the DTC remain active? Yes



Replace the Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT (HCU) , REMOVAL . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.



Test complete.



No

C0044-62-BRAKE PRESSURE SENSOR 1 - SIGNAL COMPARE FAILURE For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article . WHEN MONITORED:

With the ignition on. SET CONDITION:

When the Anti-Lock Brake Module indicates that the redundant brake pressure sensor elements do not agree. POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT (HCU) INTEGRATED CONTROL UNIT (ICU)

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

NOTE:

Repair all other DTCs first before continuing with this test.

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. VERIFY THE DTC IS ACTIVE 1. 2. Turn the ignition on. 3. With the scan tool, read and record DTCs. 4. With the scan tool, read and record Freeze Frame information. 5. With the scan tool, erase DTCs. 6. Start the engine. 7. Depress and release the brake pedal. 8. With the scan tool, read and record DTCs. Is the DTC active at this time? Yes 

Go To 2.

No Replace the Integrated Control Unit (ICU) in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT (HCU) , REMOVAL .  Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 2. ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE 1. Replace the Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) Module in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to MODULE, ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM , REMOVAL . 2. Ignition on, engine not running. 3. With the scan tool, erase DTCs. 4. Start the engine. 5. Press the brake pedal firmly and release. 6. With the scan tool, read the DTCs. 

Does the DTC remain active? Yes 



No

Replace the Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT (HCU) , REMOVAL . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee



Test complete.

C0044-64-BRAKE PRESSURE SENSOR 1 - SIGNAL PLAUSIBILITY FAILURE For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article . WHEN MONITORED:

Ignition on. SET CONDITION:

The Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Module has detected a moderate deceleration without a change in brake pressure. POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes BRAKE FLUID LEVEL LOW OR CONTAMINATED AIR IN BRAKE SYSTEM INTEGRATED CONTROL UNIT (ICU) DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. VERIFY THE DTC IS ACTIVE NOTE: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

This DTC must be active for the results of this test to be valid.

Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, read and record DTCs. With the scan tool, read and record Freeze Fame information. With the scan tool, erase DTCs. Start the engine. Press the brake pedal firmly and release. With the scan tool, read and record DTCs. Is the DTC active at this time? Yes 

Go To 2.



Perform the ABS INTERMITTENT CONDITION TEST. Refer to STANDARD

No

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

PROCEDURE. 2. MECHANICAL BRAKE SYSTEM INSPECTION 1. Turn the ignition off. 2. Check the brake fluid level. 3. Check the brake fluid for contaminants. 4. Check base brake issues. 5. Visually inspect all the brake lines for bent, damaged, or pinched restrictions. Where any problems found? Yes  

Repair as necessary. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No 



Replace the Integrated Control Unit (ICU) in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT (HCU) , REMOVAL . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

C0049-7B-BRAKE FLUID - LOW FLUID LEVEL

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 64: Brake Fluid Sensor Wiring Diagram Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article . WHEN MONITORED:

With the ignition on. SET CONDITION:

When the Totally Integrated Power Module (TIPM) indicates that the Brake Fluid Level Circuit is less then 0.68 volt. The TIPM has a 15 sec debounce, except at power-up when it is two seconds if the fluid was low on the previous ignition cycle. POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes BRAKE FLUID LEVEL LOW (B20) BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT IS SHORTED TO VOLTAGE (B20) BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT IS SHORTED TO GROUND (B20) BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT IS OPEN BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH INTERNAL FAILURE TOTALLY INTEGRATED POWER MODULE (TIPM) DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEVEL NOTE:

This DTC must be active for the results of this test to be valid.

1. Check the brake fluid level. Was the brake fluid level low? Yes  

Repair as needed. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No Go To 2. 2. BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH SIGNAL VOLTAGE BELOW 0.68 OF A VOLT 1. Ignition on, engine not running. 

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

2. With the scan tool, read Brake Fluid Level Switch Sense voltage in the TIPM. Is the voltage below 0.68 of a volt? Yes 

Go To 3.

No Perform the ABS INTERMITTENT CONDITION diagnostic procedure. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 3. BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH INTERNAL FAILURE 1. Turn the ignition off to the lock position. 2. Disconnect the Brake Fluid Level Switch harness connector. 3. Ignition on, engine not running. 4. With the scan tool, read the Brake Fluid Level Switch voltage in the TIPM. 

Is the voltage approximately 5 volts? Yes 



Replace the Brake Fluid Level Switch. Refer to SWITCH, BRAKE FLUID LEVEL , REMOVAL . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No Go To 4. 4. CHECK THE (B20) BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE IN THE HARNESS 

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 65: Checking Brake Fluid Level Switch Sense Circuit For A Short To Voltage In The Harness Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Brake Fluid Level Switch harness connector. Disconnect the TIPM C7 harness connector. Turn the ignition on. Measure the voltage between ground and the (B20) Brake Fluid Level Switch Sense circuit. Is there any voltage present? Yes  

Repair the short to voltage in the (B20) Brake Fluid Level Switch Sense circuit. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

No Go To 5. 5. CHECK THE (B20) BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND 

Fig. 66: Checking Brake Fluid Level Switch Sense Circuit For A Short To Ground Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Turn the ignition off to the lock position. 2. Measure the resistance of the (B20) Brake Fluid Level Switch Sense circuit in the Brake Fluid Level Switch harness connector to ground. Is the resistance below 100 Ohms?

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Yes  

Repair the (B20) Brake Fluid Level Switch Sense circuit for a short to ground. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No Go To 6. 6. CHECK THE (B20) BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN 

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 67: Checking Brake Fluid Level Switch Sense Circuit For An Open Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Turn the ignition off. 2. Measure the resistance of the (B20) Brake Fluid Level Switch Sense circuit between the Brake

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Fluid Level Switch harness connector and the TIPM C7 harness connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 Ohms? Yes 

Go To 7.

No Repair the open in the (B20) Brake Fluid Level Switch Sense circuit.  Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 7. CHECK THE TIPM FOR CORRECT OPERATION 

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 68: Checking The TIPM For Correct Operation Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Connect a jumper wire between the (B20) Brake Fluid Level Switch Sense circuit and the (Z901) Ground circuit in the Brake Fluid Level Switch harness connector. 2. Turn the ignition on. 3. With the scan tool, read the Brake Fluid Level Voltage. Is the voltage below 1.0 volt? Yes

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

 

Replace the Brake Fluid Level Switch. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No 



Replace the TIPM in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to MODULE, TOTALLY INTEGRATED POWER (TIPM) , REMOVAL . Perform the BODY VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .

C0051-22-STEERING WHEEL POSITION SENSOR - SIGNAL AMPLITUDE > MAXIMUM For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article . NOTE:

The Electronic Stability Control (ESC) may also be referred to as Electronic Stability Program (ESP) depending on the vehicle model year and configuration. Certain components may also reference ESP, ESC, or use the traction control symbol.

WHEN MONITORED:

With ignition on, but not if a CAN time out failure is detected. SET CONDITION:

If the Anti-Lock Brakes System (ABS) Module detects sensor overtravel over 720 degrees. POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes STEERING WHEEL ALIGNMENT STEERING COLUMN OR INTERMEDIATE SHAFT IMPROPERLY INSTALLED OR DAMAGED STEERING ANGLE SENSOR (SAS) LOOSE STEERING COLUMN CONTROL MODULE (SCCM) ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE NOTE:

Repair any Steering Column Control Module (SCCM) or Loss of Communications DTCs first before continuing with this with this diagnostic procedure. Refer to DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING .

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. VERIFY THE DTC IS ACTIVE NOTE:

This DTC must be active for the results of this test to be valid.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.

Perform any Technical Service Bulletins (TSBs) that may apply Ignition on, engine not running. Using the scan tool, read and record DTCs. Using the scan tool, read and record Environmental Data. Using the scan tool, erase DTCs. Start the engine. Slowly turn the steering wheel from lock to lock. Using the scan tool, read and record DTCs. Is the DTC active at this time? Yes 

Go To 2.

No Perform the ABS-INTERMITTENT CONDITION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 2. INSPECT THE WHEEL ALIGNMENT, STEERING COLUMN AND INTERMEDIATE SHAFT FOR INCORRECT INSTALLATION OR DAMAGE 

NOTE: 1. 2. 3. 4.

If available, check the vehicle repair history for collision damage.

Turn the ignition off. Inspect the vehicle for proper wheel alignment. Inspect the vehicle for damage causing tracking problems or steering wheel misalignment. Inspect the steering column and intermediate shaft for damage. Were any problems found? Yes  

Repair as necessary. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No Go To 3. 3. CHECK THE STEERING ANGLE 1. Turn steering wheel so wheels point in a straight ahead position. 2. With scan tool, read the steering angle. 

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Is the Steering Angle reading within ±15°? Yes 

Go To 4.

No Go To 5. 4. CHECK STEERING ANGLE CHANGE 1. Turn steering wheel so wheels point in a straight ahead position. 2. With scan tool, graph the steering angle to see if reading never travels above 720° whiling rotating wheel from lock to lock. 3. Rotate steering wheel to the right and the degrees will decrease and rotating steering wheel to the left the degrees will increase. 

Did the steering angle change accordingly with no irregularities and display lower than ±720° from lock to lock? Yes 



Replace the Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Module in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to MODULE, ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM , REMOVAL . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No Replace the Steering Column Control Module (SCCM) in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to MODULE, STEERING COLUMN , REMOVAL .  Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 5. CHECK THE CLOCKSPRING (SAS) INSTALLATION 

WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury on vehicles equipped with airbags, disable the Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) before attempting any steering wheel, steering column, airbag, seat belt tensioner, impact sensor, or instrument panel component diagnosis or service. Disconnect and isolate the battery negative (ground) cable, then wait two minutes for the system capacitor to discharge before performing further diagnosis or service. This is the only sure way to disable the SRS. Failure to take the proper precautions could result in accidental airbag deployment. NOTE:

Proper Clockspring (SAS) installation is crucial for proper operation.

1. Turn the ignition off.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

2. Verify that the Clockspring (SAS) is properly installed. Refer to CLOCKSPRING , STANDARD PROCEDURE . Is the Clockspring (SAS) properly installed? Yes 



Replace the Steering Column Control Module (SCCM) in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to MODULE, STEERING COLUMN , REMOVAL . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No  

Repair as necessary. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

C0051-28-STEERING WHEEL POSITION SENSOR - SIGNAL BIAS LEVEL OUT OF RANGE / ZERO For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article . NOTE:

The Electronic Stability Control (ESC) may also be referred to as Electronic Stability Program (ESP) depending on the vehicle model year and configuration. Certain components may also reference ESP, ESC, or use the traction control symbol.

WHEN MONITORED:

Driving straight with speeds above 15 km/h (9 mph). SET CONDITION:

If the Anti-Lock Brakes System (ABS) Module detects that the sensor signal is showing to great of a value while driving straight. POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes STEERING WHEEL ALIGNMENT STEERING COLUMN OR INTERMEDIATE SHAFT IMPROPERLY INSTALLED OR DAMAGED STEERING ANGLE SENSOR (SAS) LOOSE STEERING COLUMN CONTROL MODULE (SCCM) ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE NOTE:

If DTC C0051-22 is present, perform the diagnostics for this DTC before

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

continuing with this diagnostic procedure. DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. VERIFY THE DTC IS ACTIVE NOTE: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.

This DTC must be active for the results of this test to be valid.

Perform any Technical Service Bulletins (TSBs) that may apply Ignition on, engine not running. Using the scan tool, read and record DTCs. Using the scan tool, read and record Environmental Data. Using the scan tool, erase DTCs. Test drive the vehicle straight with speeds above 15 km/h (9 mph). Stop the vehicle. Slowly turn the steering wheel from lock to lock. Using the scan tool, read DTCs. Is the DTC active at this time? Yes 

Go To 2.

No Perform the ABS-INTERMITTENT CONDITION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 2. INSPECT THE WHEEL ALIGNMENT, STEERING COLUMN AND INTERMEDIATE SHAFT FOR INCORRECT INSTALLATION OR DAMAGE 

NOTE: 1. 2. 3. 4.

If available, check the vehicle repair history for collision damage.

Turn the ignition off. Inspect the vehicle for proper wheel alignment. Inspect the vehicle for damage causing tracking problems or steering wheel misalignment. Inspect the steering column and intermediate shaft for damage. Were any problems found? Yes 

Repair as necessary.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee



Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No Go To 3. 3. CHECK THE STEERING ANGLE 1. Test drive the vehicle straight with speeds above 15 km/h (9 mph). 2. With scan tool, read the steering angle. 

Is the Steering Angle reading within ±15°? Yes 



Replace the Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Module in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to MODULE, ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM , REMOVAL . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No Go To 4. 4. CHECK THE CLOCKSPRING (SAS) 

WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury on vehicles equipped with airbags, disable the Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) before attempting any steering wheel, steering column, airbag, seat belt tensioner, impact sensor, or instrument panel component diagnosis or service. Disconnect and isolate the battery negative (ground) cable, then wait two minutes for the system capacitor to discharge before performing further diagnosis or service. This is the only sure way to disable the SRS. Failure to take the proper precautions could result in accidental airbag deployment. NOTE:

If available, check the vehicle repair history for collision damage.

NOTE:

Proper Clockspring (SAS) installation is crucial for proper operation.

1. Turn the ignition off. 2. Verify that the Clockspring (SAS) is properly installed. 3. Inspect the vehicle for damage causing tracking problems or steering wheel misalignment. Is the Clockspring (SAS) properly installed? Yes

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee





Replace the Steering Column Control Module (SCCM) in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to MODULE, STEERING COLUMN , REMOVAL . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No  

Repair as necessary. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

C0051-2F-STEERING WHEEL POSITION SENSOR - SIGNAL ERRATIC For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article . WHEN MONITORED:

With the ignition on. SET CONDITION:

When the Anti-Lock Brake (ABS) Module detects too rapid of a change in the Steering Angle Sensor (SAS). POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes STEERING ANGLE SENSOR (SAS) LOOSE OR WIRING HARNESS DAMAGE STEERING COLUMN CONTROL MODULE (SCCM) ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE NOTE:

Repair any Steering Angle Sensor (SAS) DTCs first before continuing with this with this diagnostic procedure. Refer to DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING .

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. VERIFY THE DTC IS ACTIVE NOTE:

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

This DTC must be active for the results of this test to be valid. Repair all other Steering Angle Sensor codes before proceeding.

Perform any Technical Service Bulletins (TSBs) that may apply Ignition on, engine not running. With the scan tool, read and record DTCs. Using the scan tool, read and record Environmental Data. With the scan tool, erase DTCs. With scan tool, graph the steering angle while slowly rotating steering wheel from lock to lock.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

7. With the scan tool, read DTCs. Is the graph displaying erratic signal behavior or is the DTC active at this time? Yes 



Replace the Steering Column Control Module (SCCM) in accordance with service information. Refer to MODULE, STEERING COLUMN , REMOVAL . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No Go To 2. 2. CHECK THE TERMINALS/CONNECTORS/WIRING HARNESS FOR DAMAGE WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury on vehicles equipped with airbags, disable the Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) before attempting any steering wheel, steering column, airbag, seat belt tensioner, impact sensor, or instrument panel component diagnosis or service. Disconnect and isolate the battery negative (ground) cable, then wait two minutes for the system capacitor to discharge before performing further diagnosis or service. This is the only sure way to disable the SRS. Failure to take the proper precautions could result in accidental airbag deployment. NOTE:

Proper Steering Angle Sensor (SAS) installation is crucial for proper operation.

1. Inspect the Steering Angle Sensor (SAS). 2. Check all related wiring for bruised, chafed, pierced, or partially broken wires. 3. Check all related connectors for broken, bent, pushed out, or corroded terminals. Were any problems found? Yes



Repair as necessary. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.



Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.



No

C0051-49-STEERING WHEEL POSITION SENSOR - INTERNAL ELECTRONIC FAILURE

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article . WHEN MONITORED:

When vehicle speed is above 15 k/mh (9 mph) and the Yaw rate, lateral acceleration, steering angle and vehiclespeed are all valid. SET CONDITION:

When the Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) Module detects that the Steering angle Sensor (SAS) has sent an internal failure status. POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes WIRING HARNESS, TERMINAL, CONNECTOR DAMAGE STEERING COLUMN CONTROL MODULE (SCCM) NOTE:

Repair any Steering Angle Sensor (SAS) DTCs first before continuing with this with this diagnostic procedure. Refer to DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING .

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. STEERING WHEEL POSITION SENSOR-INTERNAL ELECTRONIC FAILURE 1. Perform any Technical Service Bulletins (TSBs) that may apply 2. The ABS Module is reporting internal errors from the SAS. NOTE:

Before continuing, check the Steering Angle Sensor harness connector terminals for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Repair as necessary.

3. Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wire harness and connectors. Pay particular attention to all Power and Ground circuits. 4. Perform any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found? Yes



Repair as necessary. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.



Replace the Steering Column Control Module (SCCM) in accordance with the Service



No

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee



Information. Refer to MODULE, STEERING COLUMN , REMOVAL . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

C0051-62-STEERING WHEEL POSITION SENSOR - SIGNAL COMPARE FAILURE For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article . WHEN MONITORED:

When vehicle speed is above 15 KPH and the Yaw rate, lateral acceleration, steering angle and vehicle-speed are all valid. SET CONDITION:

When the Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) Module detects that the Electronic Stability Control (ESC) calculated Steering Angle does not match the sensor signal from the Steering Column Control Module (SCCM). POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes STEERING WHEEL ALIGNMENT STEERING COLUMN OR INTERMEDIATE SHAFT IMPROPERLY INSTALLED OR DAMAGED STEERING ANGLE SENSOR (SAS) LOOSE STEERING COLUMN CONTROL MODULE (SCCM) ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE NOTE:

Repair any Steering Angle Sensor (SAS) DTCs first before continuing with this with this diagnostic procedure. Refer to DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING .

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. INSPECT THE WHEEL ALIGNMENT, STEERING COLUMN AND INTERMEDIATE SHAFT FOR INCORRECT INSTALLATION OR DAMAGE NOTE: 1. 2. 3. 4.

If available, check the vehicle repair history for collision damage.

Perform any Technical Service Bulletins (TSBs) that may apply Inspect the vehicle for proper wheel alignment. Inspect the vehicle for damage causing tracking problems or steering wheel misalignment. Inspect the steering column and intermediate shaft for damage. Were any problems found? Yes

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

 

Repair as necessary. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No Go To 2. 2. CHECK THE STEERING ANGLE 1. Turn steering wheel so wheels point in a straight ahead position. 2. With scan tool, graph the steering angle while slowly rotating steering wheel from lock to lock. 

Is the Steering Angle reading within ±15°? Yes 

Go To 3.

No Replace the Steering Column Control Module (SCCM) in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to MODULE, STEERING COLUMN , REMOVAL . 3. CHECK STEERING ANGLE CHANGE 1. Turn steering wheel so wheels point in a straight ahead position. 2. With scan tool, graph the steering angle to see while rotating wheel from lock to lock. 

NOTE:

Sensor damage can occur if wheel is turned over 720°.

3. Rotate steering wheel to the right and the degrees will decrease and rotating steering wheel to the left the degrees will increase. Did the steering angle change accordingly and display lower then 720° from lock to lock with no erratic signal behavior? Yes 



Replace the Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Module in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to MODULE, ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM , REMOVAL . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No Go To 4. 4. CHECK THE CLOCKSPRING (SAS) INSTALLATION 

WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury on vehicles equipped with airbags,

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

disable the Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) before attempting any steering wheel, steering column, airbag, seat belt tensioner, impact sensor, or instrument panel component diagnosis or service. Disconnect and isolate the battery negative (ground) cable, then wait two minutes for the system capacitor to discharge before performing further diagnosis or service. This is the only sure way to disable the SRS. Failure to take the proper precautions could result in accidental airbag deployment. NOTE:

If available, check the vehicle repair history for collision damage.

NOTE:

Proper Clockspring (SAS) installation is crucial for proper operation.

1. Turn the ignition off. 2. Verify that the Clockspring (SAS) is properly installed. Refer to CLOCKSPRING , STANDARD PROCEDURE . Is the Clockspring (SAS) properly installed? Yes 



Replace the Steering Column Control Module (SCCM) in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to MODULE, STEERING COLUMN , REMOVAL . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No  

Repair as necessary. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

C006A-28-MULTI-AXIS ACCELERATION SENSOR - SIGNAL BIAS LEVEL OUT OF RANGE / ZERO ADJUSTMENT FAILURE

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 69: Multi-Axis Acceleration Sensor Wiring Diagram Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article . NOTE:

The Electronic Stability Control (ESC) may also be referred to as Electronic Stability Program (ESP) depending on the vehicle model year and configuration. Certain components may also reference ESP, ESC, or use the traction control symbol.

WHEN MONITORED:

Ignition on. SET CONDITION:

When the ABS Module detects that one of the Dynamic Sensors offset levels are above reasonable levels. POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes DYNAMICS SENSOR INSTALLATION DYNAMICS SENSOR ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE NOTE:

If DTC C006A-49-MULTI- AXIS ACCELERATION SENSOR - INTERNAL ELECTRONIC FAILURE is present, follow the diagnostic procedure for that DTC first before continuing with this test.

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. CHECK THE DYNAMICS SENSOR INSTALLATION NOTE:

Dynamics Sensor installation and mounting bolt torque is crucial for proper operation.

1. Perform any Technical Service Bulletins (TSBs) that may apply. 2. Check the Dynamics Sensor for damaged, modified, and bent mounting brackets. 3. Check the Dynamics Sensor mounting bolts for a loose or over tightened condition. Were any problems found? Yes 

Repair as necessary.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee



Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No Go To 2. 2. ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE 1. Turn the ignition off to the lock position. 2. Replace the Dynamic Sensor in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to SENSOR, DYNAMICS , REMOVAL . 3. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 4. Test drive the vehicle on mainly straight road conditions at a velocity between 15 and 35 km/h (9 and 22 mph). 5. With the scan tool, read the DTCs. 

Does the DTC remain active? Yes



Replace the Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) Module in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to MODULE, ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM , REMOVAL . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.



Test complete.



No

C006A-2F-MULTI-AXIS ACCELERATION SENSOR - SIGNAL ERRATIC

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 70: Multi-Axis Acceleration Sensor Wiring Diagram Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article . NOTE:

The Electronic Stability Control (ESC) may also be referred to as Electronic Stability Program (ESP) depending on the vehicle model year and configuration. Certain components may also reference ESP, ESC, or use the traction control symbol.

WHEN MONITORED:

Ignition on. SET CONDITION:

When the ABS Module detects a large quick change in one of the three sensors signal in the Dynamic Sensor. POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes DYNAMICS SENSOR INSTALLATION DYNAMICS SENSOR ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE NOTE:

If DTC C006A-49-MULTI- AXIS ACCELERATION SENSOR - INTERNAL ELECTRONIC FAILURE is present, follow the diagnostic procedure for that DTC first before continuing with this test.

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. CHECK THE DYNAMICS SENSOR INSTALLATION NOTE:

Dynamics Sensor installation and mounting bolt torque is crucial for proper operation.

1. Turn the ignition off to the lock position. 2. Check the Dynamics Sensor for damaged, modified, and bent mounting brackets. 3. Check the Dynamics Sensor mounting bolts for a loose or over tightened condition. Were any problems found? Yes 

Repair as necessary.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee



Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No Go To 2. 2. ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE 1. Turn the ignition off to the lock position. 2. Replace the Dynamic Sensor in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to SENSOR, DYNAMICS , REMOVAL . 3. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 4. Test drive the vehicle by turning the vehicle left or right in a curving manner at a velocity between 15 and 35 km/h (9 and 22 mph). 5. With the scan tool, read the DTCs. 

Does the DTC remain active? Yes



Replace the Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) Module in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to MODULE, ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM , REMOVAL . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.



Test complete.



No

C006A-49-MULTI-AXIS ACCELERATION SENSOR - INTERNAL ELECTRONIC FAILURE

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 71: Multi-Axis Acceleration Sensor Wiring Diagram Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article . NOTE:

The Electronic Stability Control (ESC) may also be referred to as Electronic Stability Program (ESP) depending on the vehicle model year and configuration. Certain components may also reference ESP, ESC, or use the traction control symbol.

WHEN MONITORED:

Ignition on. SET CONDITION:

Dynamic Sensor has indicated that it has detected an internal failure. POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes DYNAMICS SENSOR ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. VERIFY DTC IS ACTIVE 1. Perform any Technical Service Bulletins (TSBs) that may apply. 2. Ignition on, engine not running. 3. With the scan tool, read and record the ABS DTCs. 4. With the scan tool, read and record Environmental Data (EV Data). 5. With the scan tool, erase ABS DTCs. WARNING: To avoid possible serious or fatal injury, check brake capability is available before road testing. 6. Test drive the vehicle by turning the vehicle left or right in a curving manner at a velocity between 15 and 35 km/h (9 and 22 mph). 7. Park the vehicle on level ground. 8. With the scan tool, read the ABS DTCs. Is the DTC active at this time? Yes

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee



Go To 2.

No Perform the ABS-INTERMITTENT CONDITION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 2. ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE 1. Turn the ignition off to the lock position. 2. Replace the Dynamic Sensor in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to SENSOR, DYNAMICS , REMOVAL . 3. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 4. Test drive the vehicle by turning the vehicle left or right in a curving manner at a velocity between 15 and 35 km/h (9 and 22 mph). 5. With the scan tool, read the DTCs. 

Does the DTC remain active? Yes 



Replace the Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) Module in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to MODULE, ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM , REMOVAL . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No 

Test complete, the condition or conditions that originally set this DTC are not present at this time.

C006A-54-MULTI-AXIS ACCELERATION SENSOR - MISSING CALIBRATION

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 72: Multi-Axis Acceleration Sensor Wiring Diagram Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article . NOTE:

The Electronic Stability Control (ESC) may also be referred to as Electronic Stability Program (ESP) depending on the vehicle model year and configuration. Certain components may also reference ESP, ESC, or use the traction control symbol.

WHEN MONITORED:

Ignition on. SET CONDITION:

When the ABS Module detects that a new Dynamic Sensor has been placed on the vehicle, but it has not been calibrated. POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes DYNAMICS SENSOR NOT CALIBRATED DYNAMICS SENSOR ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. PERFORM ECU INITIALIZATION 1. Turn the ignition on. 2. With the scan tool, read and record the ABS DTCs. WARNING: To avoid possible serious or fatal injury, check brake capability is available before road testing. 3. Perform the ECU initialization with drive test and perform and the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. NOTE:

The ECU Initialization process must include driving the vehicle into a 90° turn.

4. Park the vehicle. Was the ECU initialization successful?

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Yes 

Go To 2.

No Perform the ECU Initialization routine again, if still unsuccessful.  Go To 3. 2. VERIFY IF DTC IS STILL ACTIVE 1. Turn the ignition on. 2. With the scan tool, erase the DTCs. 

WARNING: To avoid possible serious or fatal injury, check brake capability is available before road testing. 3. Test drive the vehicle by turning the vehicle left and right in a curving manner at a velocity between 15 and 35 km/h (9 and 22 mph). 4. Park the vehicle. 5. With the scan tool, read ABS DTCs. Is this DTC still active? Yes 

Go To 3.

No Test complete. 3. ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE 1. Turn the ignition off to the lock position. 2. Replace the Dynamic Sensor in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to SENSOR, DYNAMICS , REMOVAL . 3. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 4. Test drive the vehicle by turning the vehicle left and right in a curving manner at a velocity between 15 and 35 km/h (9 and 22 mph). 5. With the scan tool, read the DTCs. 

Does the DTC remain active? Yes 

Replace the Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) Module in accordance with the Service

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee



Information. Refer to MODULE, ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM , REMOVAL . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.



Test complete.

No

C006A-62-MULTI-AXIS ACCELERATION SENSOR - SIGNAL COMPARE FAILURE For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article . WHEN MONITORED:

When ignition is on and vehicle speed is above 15 km/h (9 mph). SET CONDITION:

When the ABS Module detects that one of the three Dynamic Sensor signals does not agree with the calculated value. POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes DYNAMICS SENSOR ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. VERIFY DTC IS ACTIVE 1. Turn the ignition on, engine not running. 2. With the scan tool, record and erase DTCs. WARNING: To avoid possible serious or fatal injury, check brake capability is available before road testing. 3. Test drive the vehicle by turning the vehicle left and right in a curving manner at a velocity between 15 and 35 km/h (9 and 22 mph). 4. Park the vehicle. 5. With the scan tool, read ABS DTCs. Is this DTC active? Yes 

Go To 2.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

No Perform the ABS-INTERMITTENT CONDITION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 2. ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE 1. Replace the Dynamic Sensor in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to SENSOR, DYNAMICS , REMOVAL . 2. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 3. Test drive the vehicle by turning the vehicle left and right in a curving manner at a velocity between 15 and 35 km/h (9 and 22 mph). 4. With the scan tool, read the DTCs. 

Is the DTC status still Active? Yes



Replace the Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) Module in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to MODULE, ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM , REMOVAL . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.



Test complete.



No

C006C-9A-STABILITY SYSTEM - COMPONENT OR SYSTEM OPERATING CONDITIONS For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article . NOTE:

The Electronic Stability Control (ESC) may also be referred to as Electronic Stability Program (ESP) depending on the vehicle model year and configuration. Certain components may also reference ESP, ESC, or use the traction control symbol.

WHEN MONITORED:

Ignition on, the first two minutes of driving above 40 km/h (25 mph). SET CONDITION:

If Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Module did not see the correct conditions to ensure proper system operation in the first two minutes of driving. POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE NOTE:

If any other DTCs are present, repair them first before continuing with this diagnostic procedure.

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. INITIALIZE ANTI-LOCK BRAKES SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE 1. Initialize the ABS Module, Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. Is the DTC status still Active? Yes 



Replace the Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) Module in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to MODULE, ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM , REMOVAL . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No NOTE:



This DTC may have been caused due to road conditions at start of drive.

Test complete, the condition or conditions that originally set this DTC are not present at this time.

C0078-86-TIRE DIAMETER - SIGNAL INVALID For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article . WHEN MONITORED:

With the ignition on. SET CONDITION:

The DTC will set if the stored tire size is out of range or has changed from the previous initialization. POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes INCORRECT TIRE SIZE PROGRAMMED INTO TOTALLY INTEGRATED POWER MODULE (TIPM) DIAGNOSTIC TEST

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

1. INCORRECT TIRES PROGRAMMED INTO TIPM TIRE SIZE

BODY STYLE

P245/70R 17 BSW ALL SEASON P245/70R 17 OWL ALL SEASON P265/60R 18 BSW ALL SEASON P265/60R 18 OWL ALL SEASON P265/50R 20 BSW ALL SEASON P265/60R 18 BSW ALL SEASON P265/50R 20 BSW ALL SEASON

ENGINE SIZE

SALES CODE

TIRE CIRCUMFERENCE

WK

ALL

TY8

2434

WK

ALL

TUW

2434

WK

ALL

TP5

2435

WK

ALL

TP6

2435

WK

ALL

TV9

2429

WK

ALL

TVM

2435

WK

ALL

TVE

2429

1. Inspect all four tires on the vehicle and note the size of each tire. NOTE:

A non-production size tire cannot be programmed into the TIPM. The production Powertrain, with the production size tires, is the only emissions certified configuration that is available for reprogramming.

2. Verify the correct Tire/wheel information is programmed in the TIPM. Is the correct value programmed in the TIPM according to the chart? Yes 

Go To 2.

No Program the correct Tire/Wheel information in the TIPM.  Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 2. PERFORM ABS MODULE INITIALIZATION 1. Turn the ignition on. 2. With the scan tool, read and record the ABS DTCs. 

WARNING: To avoid possible serious or fatal injury, check brake capability is available before road testing.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

3. Perform the ABS Module initialization, Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. NOTE:

The ABS Module Initialization process must include driving the vehicle into a 90° turn.

4. Park the vehicle. 5. With the scan tool, read the DTCs. Does the DTC remain active? Yes



Perform the ABS Module Initialization routine again, if still unsuccessful. Replace the Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) Module in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to MODULE, ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM , REMOVAL . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.



Test complete.

 

No

C107B-62-WHEEL SPEED COMPARATIVE PERFORMANCE-SIGNAL COMPARE FAILURE

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 73: Wheel Speed Sensor Wiring Diagram Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article . WHEN MONITORED:

With the ignition on and vehicle speed above 15 km/h (9 mph) driving straight with no braking.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

SET CONDITION:

This DTC will set when one or more wheel speed sensor speeds constantly shows a speed that is 25% lower then any of the other wheel speed sensor speeds. POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes IMPROPER LEFT FRONT TIRE PRESSURE/MISMATCHED TIRES WHEEL SPEED SENSOR (WSS) HUB AND WHEEL BEARING DAMAGED OR INSTALLED INCORRECTLY ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE NOTE:

Repair all other wheel speed sensor DTCs first before continuing with this diagnostic procedure.

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. VERIFY DTC IS ACTIVE NOTE:

Inspect the tires for improper air pressure and or mismatched tires before continuing, repair as necessary.

1. Turn the ignition on. 2. With the scan tool, record and erase DTCs. CAUTION: Make sure brake capability is available before road testing.

3. Road test the vehicle over 40 km/h (25 mph). 4. With the scan tool, read DTCs. Is the DTC active? Yes 

Go To 2.

No Perform the ABS-INTERMITTENT CONDITION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 2. CHECK WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNALS 1. Turn the ignition on. 

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

2. With the scan tool, monitor and graph ALL the Wheel Speed Sensors speeds and compare. 3. Slowly accelerate as straight as possible from a stop to 40 km/h (25 mph). Is one or more of the WSS speeds showing 0 km/h (0 mph) or not matching the other WSS speeds? Yes 

Go To 3.

No Perform the ABS-INTERMITTENT CONDITION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 3. INSPECT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR FOR DAMAGE 

NOTE:

Check all terminals for broken, bent, pushed out, or corroded terminals.

1. Turn the ignition off. 2. Inspect each WSS for looseness and or not properly fastened. Are any WSS loose or any of the wiring/connectors/terminals damaged? Yes  

Repair as necessary. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No Go To 4. 4. CHECK EACH HUB AND WHEEL BEARING FOR DAMAGE 1. Turn the ignition off. 2. Inspect each Hub and Wheel Bearing for damage, corrosion, cracks, looseness, or improper installation. 

Are any of the Hub and or Wheel Bearings damaged? Yes 



No

Replace the Hub and Wheel Bearing in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to HUB AND BEARING , REMOVAL . Refer to HUB AND BEARING , REMOVAL . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Go To 5. 5. ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE 1. Replace the Wheel Speed Sensor in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to SENSOR, WHEEL SPEED, FRONT , REMOVAL . 2. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 3. With the scan tool, monitor and graph ALL the Wheel Speed Sensors speeds and compare. 4. Slowly accelerate as straight as possible from a stop to 40 km/h (25 mph). 5. With the scan tool, read the DTCs. 

Does this DTC remain active? Yes



Replace the Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) Module in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to MODULE, ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM , REMOVAL . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.



Test complete.



No

C1082-02-VACUUM PRESSURE SENSOR - PERFORMANCE OR INCORRECT OPERATION

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 74: Vacuum Pressure Sensor Wiring Diagram

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article . WHEN MONITORED:

With the ignition on and engine running for 5 minutes. SET CONDITION:

When the Anti-Lock Brake Module detects that the vacuum sensor signal does not make sense based on other vehicle conditions. No signal change, signal rapid change, unexpected change. POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes PINCHED, CUT OR OPEN VACUUM SUPPLY LINE POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM) DTCS VACUUM PRESSURE SENSOR BRAKE VACUUM BOOSTER ELECTRIC VACUUM PUMP (3.6L) ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. CHECK IF PCM DTCS ARE PRESENT 1. With the scan tool, read the PCM DTCs. Are there any PCM DTCs present? Yes 

Perform the appropriate diagnostic procedures. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX 3.0L DIESEL or DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX - NGC .

No Go To 2. 2. CHECK FOR PINCHED VACUUM SUPPLY LINE 1. Turn the ignition off. 2. Check the vacuum supply line to brake booster for a pinched, cut or open hose. 

Were any problems found? Yes

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

 

Repair as necessary. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No Go To 3. 3. VACUUM PRESSURE SIGNAL 1. Start the engine. 2. With the scan tool, view and record the vacuum pressure signal with foot off the brake pedal. 3. With the scan tool, view the vacuum pressure signal while pressing the brake pedal several times. 4. Record the highest value. 

Without the brake pedal applied, was the vacuum pressure signal -400 mbar (-5.8 psi) Yes 

Go To 4.

No Replace the Power Brake Booster in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to BOOSTER, POWER BRAKE , REMOVAL .  Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 4. CHECK FOR VACUUM PRESSURE SIGNAL CHANGE 1. Turn the ignition on. 2. Remove the Vacuum Pressure Sensor from the Booster. 3. Connect a vacuum pump to the Vacuum Pressure Sensor. 4. Apply vacuum to the Vacuum Pressure Sensor and watch for signal change. 

Is the voltage signal changing on the scan tool as vacuum is being applied? Yes 

Go To 5.

No Replace the Power Brake Booster in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to BOOSTER, POWER BRAKE , REMOVAL .  Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 5. CHECK BRAKE BOOSTER CHECK VALVE 1. Remove the Brake Booster Check Valve. 2. Apply vacuum to the booster side of the check valve. 

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Is the Brake Booster Check Valve holding vacuum? Yes 

Go To 6.

No Replace the Power Brake Booster in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to BOOSTER, POWER BRAKE , REMOVAL .  Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 6. CHECK BRAKE BOOSTER 1. Reinstall the Brake Booster Check Valve. 2. Apply vacuum to the Brake Booster. 

Is the Brake Booster holding vacuum? Yes 

Go To 7.

No Replace the Power Brake Booster in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to BOOSTER, POWER BRAKE , REMOVAL .  Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 7. (3.6L) ENGINE WITH ELECTRIC VACUUM PUMP 1. Verify vehicle is equipped with a 3.6L engine and an electric vacuum pump. 

Is the vehicle is equipped with a 3.6L engine and an electric vacuum pump? Yes 

Go To 8.

No Go To 9. 8. ELECTRIC VACUUM PUMP (3.6L) 1. Turn the ignition on. 2. With the scan tool, under "Miscellaneous Functions" activate the Electronic Vacuum Pump. 

Did the Electric Vacuum Pump run? Yes

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee



Go To 9.

No Replace the Power Brake Booster in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to PUMP, ELECTRIC VACUUM , REMOVAL .  Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 9. ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) 1. Turn the ignition off to the lock position. 2. Perform any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. 3. Inspect the related wiring harness. Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. 4. Inspect the related wire harness connectors. Look for broken, bent, pushed out, or corroded terminals. 

Were any problems found? Yes  

Repair as necessary. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No 



Replace the Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Module in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to MODULE, ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM , REMOVAL . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

C1082-11-VACUUM PRESSURE SENSOR - CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 75: Vacuum Pressure Sensor Wiring Diagram

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article . WHEN MONITORED:

Continuous SET CONDITION:

The Vacuum Sensor Signal indicates that the voltage level is below 0.25 volts for more than 50msec. POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes (B31) VACUUM PRESSURE SENSOR SUPPLY CIRCUIT OPEN OR HIGH RESISTANCE (B32) VACUUM PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND (B32) VACUUM PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN OR HIGH RESISTANCE VACUUM PRESSURE SENSOR ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. VERIFY THE DTC IS ACTIVE 1. Perform any Technical Service Bulletins (TSBs) that may apply. 2. Ignition on, engine not running. 3. With the scan tool, record and erase the DTCs. 4. Cycle the ignition switch from off to on. 5. With the scan tool, read the DTCs. Is the DTC active at this time? Yes 

Go To 2.

No The condition that caused the symptom is currently not present. Inspect the related wiring for a possible intermittent condition. Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires.  Perform the ABS-INTERMITTENT CONDITION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 2. (B32) VACUUM PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND 

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 76: Checking Vacuum Pressure Sensor Signal Circuit For Short To Ground Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Turn ignition off to the lock position. 2. Disconnect the ABS Module harness connector. 3. Measure the resistance between ground and the (B32) Vacuum Pressure Sensor Signal circuit at the Vacuum Pressure Sensor harness connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 Ohms? Yes

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

 

Repair the (B32) Vacuum Pressure Sensor Signal circuit for a short to ground. Perform ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No Go To 3. 3. (B32) VACUUM PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN OR HIGH RESISTANCE 

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 77: Checking Vacuum Pressure Sensor Signal Circuit Open Or High Resistance Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

1. Turn ignition off to the lock position. 2. Disconnect the ABS Module harness connector. 3. Measure the resistance of the (B32) Vacuum Pressure Sensor Signal circuit between the Vacuum Pressure Sensor harness connector and the ABS Module harness connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 Ohms? Yes 

Go To 4.

No Repair the (B32) Vacuum Pressure Sensor Signal circuit for an open or high resistance.  Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 4. (B31) VACUUM PRESSURE SENSOR SUPPLY CIRCUIT OPEN OR HIGH RESISTANCE 

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 78: Checking Vacuum Pressure Sensor Supply Circuit Open Or High Resistance Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Turn ignition off to the lock position.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

2. Disconnect the ABS Module harness connector. 3. Measure the resistance of the (B31) Vacuum Pressure Sensor Supply circuit between the Vacuum Pressure Sensor harness connector and the ABS Module harness connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 Ohms? Yes 

Go To 5.

No Repair the (B31) Vacuum Pressure Sensor Supply circuit for an open or high resistance.  Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 5. ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE 1. Turn the ignition off to the lock position. 2. Replace the Vacuum Pressure Sensor. 3. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 4. With the scan tool, read the DTCs. 

Is the DTC still active? Yes



Replace the Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) Module in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to MODULE, ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM , REMOVAL . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.



Test complete.



No

C1082-12-VACUUM PRESSURE SENSOR - CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 79: Vacuum Pressure Sensor Wiring Diagram

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article . NOTE:

The Electronic Stability Control (ESC) may also be referred to as Electronic Stability Program (ESP) depending on the vehicle model year and configuration. Certain components may also reference ESP, ESC, or use the traction control symbol.

WHEN MONITORED:

Continuous SET CONDITION:

The Vacuum Sensor Signal indicates that the voltage level is above 4.7 volts for more than 50msec. POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes (B32) VACUUM PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE (B33) VACUUM PRESSURE SENSOR RETURN CIRCUIT OPEN OR HIGH RESISTANCE VACUUM PRESSURE SENSOR ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. VERIFY THE DTC IS ACTIVE 1. Perform any Technical Service Bulletins (TSBs) that may apply. 2. Ignition on, engine not running. 3. With the scan tool, record and erase the DTCs. 4. Cycle the ignition switch from off to on. 5. With the scan tool, read the DTCs. Is the DTC active at this time? Yes 

Go To 2.



The condition that caused the symptom is currently not present. Inspect the related wiring for a possible intermittent condition. Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires.

No

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Perform the ABS-INTERMITTENT CONDITION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 2. (B32) VACUUM PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE 

Fig. 80: Checking Vacuum Pressure Sensor Signal Circuit For Short To Voltage Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. 2. 3. 4.

Turn ignition off to the lock position. Disconnect the ABS Module harness connector. Disconnect the Vacuum Pressure Sensor harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

5. Measure the voltage between ground and the (B32) Vacuum Pressure Sensor Signal circuit at the Vacuum Pressure Sensor harness connector. Is there any voltage present? Yes  

Repair the (B32) Vacuum Pressure Sensor Signal circuit for a short to ground. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No Go To 3. 3. (B33) VACUUM PRESSURE SENSOR RETURN CIRCUIT OPEN OR HIGH RESISTANCE 

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 81: Checking Vacuum Pressure Sensor Return Circuit Open Or High Resistance Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

1. Turn ignition off to the lock position. 2. Measure the resistance of the (B33) Vacuum Pressure Sensor Return circuit between the Vacuum Pressure Sensor harness connector and the ABS Module harness connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 Ohms? Yes 

Go To 4.

No Repair the (B33) Vacuum Pressure Sensor Return circuit for an open or high resistance.  Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 4. ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE 1. Turn the ignition off to the lock position. 2. Replace the Vacuum Pressure Sensor. 3. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 4. With the scan tool, read the DTCs. 

Is the DTC still active? Yes



Replace the Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) Module in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to MODULE, ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM , REMOVAL . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.



Test complete.



No

C1082-2F-VACUUM PRESSURE SENSOR - SIGNAL ERRATIC

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 82: Vacuum Pressure Sensor Wiring Diagram

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article . WHEN MONITORED:

Ignition On, Continuous SET CONDITION:

The erratic vacuum pressure sensor fault is set when the ABS module detects multiple quick voltage transitions to faulted levels. POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes WIRING HARNESS, TERMINAL, CONNECTOR DAMAGE VACUUM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER BRAKE BOOSTER ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE NOTE:

If any other DTCs are present, repair them first before continuing with this diagnostic procedure.

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. VERIFY THE DTC IS ACTIVE 1. Perform any Technical Service Bulletins (TSBs) that may apply. 2. Ignition on, engine not running. 3. With the scan tool, erase DTCs. 4. Cycle the ignition switch from off to on. 5. With the scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC active at this time? Yes 

Go To 2.



The condition that caused the symptom is currently not present. Inspect the related wiring for a possible intermittent condition. Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Perform the ABS INTERMITTENT CONDITION TEST. Refer to STANDARD

No



2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

PROCEDURE. 2. INSPECT RELATED WIRING HARNESS, TERMINALS, AND CONNECTORS 1. Perform any Technical Service Bulletins (TSBs) that may apply. 2. Review the scan tool Environmental Data (EV Data). If possible, try to duplicate the conditions under which the DTC set. 3. Turn the ignition off. 4. Visually inspect the related wire harness. Disconnect all the related harness connectors. Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, or corroded terminals. 5. Wiggle the wires while checking for shorts and open circuits. 6. Inspect and clean all ABS, engine, and chassis grounds that are related to the most current DTC. Were any problems found? Yes  

Repair as necessary. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No Go To 3. 3. ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE 1. Turn the ignition off to the lock position. 2. Replace the Vacuum Pressure Sensor. 3. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 4. With the scan tool, read the DTCs. 

Is the DTC still active? Yes 



Replace the Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) Module in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to MODULE, ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM , REMOVAL . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No 

Test complete, the condition or conditions that originally set this DTC are not present at this time.

C1086-4B-ABS SYSTEM CONTROL TOO LONG-OVER TEMPERATURE For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article .

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

WHEN MONITORED:

With the ignition on. SET CONDITION:

When the Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Module calculated thermal model has determined that there has been excessive system activation. POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes ABS, TCS, ESP CONTROL TOO LONG OR TO FREQUENT ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) NOTE:

Check with customer on driving terrain (e.g. mud, snow, ice) for set condition.

1. Perform any related Technical Service Bulletins (TSBs) for this DTC. 2. Visually inspect the ABS Module wiring. 3. Visually inspect the braking system. Were any problems found? Yes  

Repair as necessary. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No 

Perform the ABS-INTERMITTENT CONDITION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

C121C-00-TORQUE REQUEST SIGNAL DENIED For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article . WHEN MONITORED:

With the ignition on, engine running.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

SET CONDITION:

When the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) has informed the Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Module that it can no longer allow the engine torque reduction requests. POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes EXCESSIVE LOAD ON ENGINE POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM) NOTE:

If any PCM DTCs are present, Perform the appropriate diagnostic procedure. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX - 3.0L DIESEL or DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX - NGC .

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. VERIFY DTC IS ACTIVE NOTE:

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

This DTC must be active for the results of this test to be valid and this DTC may set while driving under severe load conditions.

Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, read and record DTCs. With the scan tool, read and record Freeze Frame information. With the scan tool, erase DTCs. Cycle the ignition switch from off to on. Start the engine and raise the engine RPM to 2500. With the scan tool, read and record DTCs. Is this DTC active? Yes 

Go To 2.

No Perform the ABS-INTERMITTENT CONDITION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 2. CHECK ENGINE IDLE 1. Allow the engine to idle. 

Does the engine run rough at idle?

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Yes 



Replace the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to MODULE, POWERTRAIN CONTROL , REMOVAL . Perform the PCM Verification Test. Refer to POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST NGC or PCM VERIFICATION TEST - 3.0L DIESEL .

No 



Replace the Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) Module in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to MODULE, ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM , REMOVAL . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

C1234-00-DRIVE TEST: SENSOR CLUSTER INSTALLATION For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article . NOTE:

The Electronic Stability Control (ESC) may also be referred to as Electronic Stability Program (ESP) depending on the vehicle model year and configuration. Certain components may also reference ESP, ESC, or use the traction control symbol.

WHEN MONITORED:

During the Drive Test. SET CONDITION:

If the Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) Module detects implausible Dynamics Sensor data during an ABS verification drive test. POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes DYNAMICS SENSOR INSTALLATION DYNAMICS SENSOR ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. CHECK FOR A DTC C1234-00-DRIVE TEST: SENSOR CLUSTER INSTALLATION NOTE:

This DTC must be active for the results of this test to be valid.

1. Turn the ignition on. 2. With the scan tool, read and record DTCs.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

3. With the scan tool, read and record Freeze Frame information. 4. Perform the ECU initialization with drive test. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 5. Start the engine. 6. With the scan tool, read and record DTCs. Does the scan tool display: C1234-00-DRIVE TEST: SENSOR CLUSTER INSTALLATION? Yes 

Go To 2.

No Test complete, the condition or conditions that originally set this DTC are not present at this time. 2. CHECK THE DYNAMICS SENSOR INSTALLATION 

NOTE:

Dynamics Sensor installation and mounting bolt torque is crucial for proper operation.

1. Turn the ignition off. 2. Check the Dynamics Sensor for damaged, modified, and bent mounting brackets. 3. Check the Dynamics Sensor mounting bolts for a loose or over tightened condition. Were any problems found? Yes  

Repair as necessary. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No Go To 3. 3. REPLACE DYNAMICS SENSOR AND VERIFY IF DTC IS STILL ACTIVE 1. Replace the Dynamics Sensor in accordance with the Service Information. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 

WARNING: Make sure brake capability is available before road testing.

2. Park the vehicle.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

3. With the scan tool, read ABS DTCs. Does this DTC reset? Yes



Replace the Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) Module in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to MODULE, ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM , REMOVAL . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.



Test complete.



No

C1235-00-DRIVE TEST: TEST ACTIVE For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article . WHEN MONITORED:

With ignition on. SET CONDITION:

Drive test has been activated, but either it has not been run or conditions to run the test were not met. POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes DRIVE TEST ACTIVATED BUT NOT RUN STEERING COLUMN CONTROL MODULE (SCCM) ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE NOTE:

If any SCCM DTCs are present, Perform the appropriate diagnostic procedure. Refer to DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING .

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. VERIFY THE DTC IS ACTIVE NOTE:

This DTC must be active for the results of this test to be valid.

1. Turn the ignition on. 2. With the scan tool, read and record DTCs. 3. With the scan tool, read and record Freeze Frame information.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

4. Perform ABS initialization with drive test. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. NOTE:

Drive test must be performed correctly for ABS to initialize.

5. With the scan tool, erase DTCs. 6. Start the engine. 7. With the scan tool, read and record DTCs. Is the DTC active at this time? Yes 

Go To 2.

No Test complete, the condition or conditions that originally set this DTC are not present at this time. 2. STEERING COLUMN CONTROL MODULE (SCCM) 1. With scan tool, under "Data Display" in the SCCM monitor the Steering Angle. 2. Slowly rotate the steering wheel from lock to lock. 

Did the signal change properly? Yes 



Replace the Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) Module in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to MODULE, ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM , REMOVAL . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No 

Replace the Steering Column Control Module (SCCM) in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to MODULE, STEERING COLUMN , REMOVAL .

C1238-00-DRIVE TEST: UNSUCCESSFUL For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article . WHEN MONITORED:

During the Drive Test. SET CONDITION:

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

If the Anti-Lock Brakes System (ABS) Module detects a fault with the Steering Angle Sensor, the Pressure Sensor, or the Dynamics Sensor. POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE NOTE:

If any other DTCs are present, repair them first before continuing with this diagnostic procedure.

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. VERIFY THE DTC IS ACTIVE NOTE: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

This DTC must be active for the results of this test to be valid.

Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, read and record DTCs. With the scan tool, erase DTCs. Start the engine. With the scan tool, read and record DTCs. Is the DTC active at this time? Yes



Replace the Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) Module in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to MODULE, ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM , REMOVAL . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.



Test complete.



No

C1239-00-EMISSION ROLLS TEST ACTIVE For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article . NOTE:

The Electronic Stability Control (ESC) may also be referred to as Electronic Stability Program (ESP) depending on the vehicle model year and configuration. Certain components may also reference ESP, ESC, or use the traction control symbol.

WHEN MONITORED:

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Continuously with the ignition on and the Totally Integrated Power Module (TIPM) has the Emissions Test Mode bit set. SET CONDITION:

If the Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Module receives two messages in a row indicating that the Totally Integrated Power Module (TIPM) has been requested to activate the Emission Rolls Test. POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes EMISSION ROLLS TEST ENABLED ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE TOTALLY INTEGRATED POWER MODULE (TIPM) DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. VERIFY DTC IS ACTIVE 1. Turn the ignition on. 2. With the scan tool record and erase the DTCs. 3. Turn the ignition off. 4. Turn the ignition on. 5. Using the scan tool, read the DTCs. Is this DTC active? Yes 

Go To 2.

No Perform the ABS-INTERMITTENT CONDITION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 2. EMISSION ROLLS TEST ENABLED 1. Turn the ignition on. 2. Using the scan tool, under "Miscellaneous Functions" DISABLE the Emission Rolls Test in the TIPM. 3. With the scan tool, erase the DTCs. 4. Turn the ignition off and wait ten seconds. 5. Turn the ignition on. 6. Using the scan tool, the read DTCs in ABS. 

Is this DTC still active?

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Yes 

Go To 3.

No Test complete, the condition or conditions that originally set this DTC are not present at this time. 3. ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE 1. Turn the ignition off. 2. Replace the Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) Module in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to MODULE, ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM , REMOVAL . 3. Turn the ignition on. 4. Using the scan tool, read DTCs in the ABS. 

Is the DTC still remain active? Yes 

Replace the Totally Integrated Power Module (TIPM) in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to MODULE, TOTALLY INTEGRATED POWER (TIPM) , REMOVAL .



Test complete.

No

C123B-4B-ESP SYSTEM CONTROL TOO LONG - OVER TEMPERATURE For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article . NOTE:

The Electronic Stability Control (ESC) may also be referred to as Electronic Stability Program (ESP) depending on the vehicle model year and configuration. Certain components may also reference ESP, ESC, or use the traction control symbol.

WHEN MONITORED:

With the ignition on. SET CONDITION:

When the Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) Module indicates excessive valve control. POSSIBLE CAUSES

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Possible Causes ABS, TCS, ESP CONTROL TOO LONG OR TO FREQUENT ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE NOTE:

If any other DTCs are present, repair them first before continuing with this diagnostic procedure.

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) NOTE:

Check with customer on driving terrain (e.g. mud, snow, ice) for set condition.

1. Perform any related Technical Service Bulletins (TSBs) for this DTC. 2. Visually inspect the ABS Module wiring. 3. Visually inspect the braking system. Were any problems found? Yes  

Repair as necessary. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No 

Perform the ABS-INTERMITTENT CONDITION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

C1246-1C-VACUUM PRESSURE SENSOR SUPPLY - CIRCUIT VOLTAGE

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 83: Vacuum Pressure Sensor Wiring Diagram

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article . WHEN MONITORED:

Continuous SET CONDITION:

The Vacuum Sensor five volt supply voltage feedback indicates that the voltage level is less than 4.75 volts or greater than 5.25 volts for more than 50msec. POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes (B31) VACUUM PRESSURE SENSOR SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE (B31) VACUUM PRESSURE SENSOR SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND VACUUM PRESSURE SENSOR ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. VERIFY THE DTC IS ACTIVE 1. Ignition on, engine not running. 2. With the scan tool, record and erase the DTCs. 3. Cycle the ignition switch from off to on. 4. With the scan tool, read the DTCs. Is the DTC active at this time? Yes 

Go To 3.

No The condition that caused this DTC to set is currently not present. Inspect the related wiring for a possible intermittent condition. Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires.  Perform the ABS INTERMITTENT CONDITION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 2. (B31) VACUUM PRESSURE SENSOR SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE 

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 84: Checking Vacuum Pressure Sensor Supply Circuit For Short To Voltage Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Turn ignition off to the lock position. Disconnect the ABS Module harness connector. Disconnect the Vacuum Pressure Sensor harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. Measure the voltage of the (B31) Vacuum Pressure Sensor Supply circuit in the Vacuum Pressure Sensor harness connector.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Is the voltage above 5.25 volts? Yes  

Repair the (B31) Vacuum Pressure Sensor Supply circuit for a short to voltage. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No Go To 3. 3. (B31) VACUUM PRESSURE SENSOR SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND 

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 85: Checking Vacuum Pressure Sensor Supply Circuit For Short To Ground Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Turn ignition off to the lock position. 2. Measure the resistance between ground and the (B31) Vacuum Pressure Sensor Supply circuit at the Vacuum Pressure Sensor harness connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 Ohms? Yes  

Repair the (B31) Vacuum Pressure Sensor Supply circuit for a short to ground. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No Go To 4. 4. ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE 1. Turn the ignition off to the lock position. 2. Replace the Vacuum Pressure Sensor. 3. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 4. With the scan tool, read the DTCs. 

Is the DTC still active? Yes



Replace the Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) Module in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to MODULE, ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM , REMOVAL . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.



Test complete.



No

C124F-00-ESP REQUEST DENIED FROM ACC For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article . WHEN MONITORED:

Ignition On. SET CONDITION:

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

When the Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) Module detects has determined that there is a disagreement between what ACC is requesting and what ESP thinks it should be requesting. POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes ADAPTIVE CRUISE CONTROL (ACC) MODULE ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE NOTE:

If any ACC DTCs are present, repair them first before continuing with this diagnostic procedure.

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. VERIFY DTC IS ACTIVE NOTE: 1. 2. 3. 4.

This DTC must be active for the results of this test to be valid.

Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, record and erase DTCs. Cycle the ignition switch from off to on. With the scan tool, read DTCs. Is the DTC active at this time? Yes 

Go To 2.

No Perform the ABS-INTERMITTENT CONDITION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 2. CHECK FOR ANY ADAPTIVE CRUISE CONTROL (ACC) MODULE DTCs 1. Turn the ignition on. 2. With the scan tool, record and erase DTCs in the ACC. 3. Cycle the ignition switch from off to on. 4. With the scan tool, read DTCs in the ACC. 

Are there any ACC DTCs? Yes 

Perform the appropriate diagnostic procedure. Refer to DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING .

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

No 



Using the schematics as a guide, check the Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) Module pins, terminals, and connectors for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits. If no problems are found, replace the Anti-Lock Brake Module in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to MODULE, ANTILOCK BRAKE SYSTEM , REMOVAL . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

C1252-92-VACUUM PUMP CONTROL CIRCUIT - PERFORMANCE OR INCORRECT OPERATION For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article . WHEN MONITORED:

Continuously with the ignition on. SET CONDITION:

The Powertrain Control (PCM) has indicated that there is a Vacuum Pump failure. POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes ELECTRIC VACUUM PUMP (3.6L) ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM) NOTE:

If any PCM DTCs are present, repair them first before continuing with this diagnostic procedure.

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. CHECK FOR ANY ENGINE DTCs 1. Turn the ignition on. 2. With the scan tool, record and erase DTCs in the PCM. 3. Cycle the ignition switch from off to on. 4. With the scan tool, read DTCs in the PCM. Are there any PCM DTCs? Yes 

Perform the appropriate diagnostic procedure. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX -

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

3.0L DIESEL or DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX - NGC . No 



Using the schematics as a guide, check the Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) Module pins, terminals, and connectors for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits. If no problems are found, replace the Anti-Lock Brake Module in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to MODULE, ANTILOCK BRAKE SYSTEM , REMOVAL . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

C2100-16-BATTERY VOLTAGE LOW - CIRCUIT VOLTAGE BELOW THRESHOLD

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 86: ABS Pump Motor Control Wiring Diagram Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article . WHEN MONITORED:

Ignition on. SET CONDITION:

If the sensed ignition voltage drops below 9 volts with engine running or vehicle speed present for 100 msec or if voltage is below 7 volts the maturation time changes to 15 ms. POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes CHARGING SYSTEM POWER CIRCUITS OPEN OR HIGH RESISTANCE GROUND CIRCUITS OPEN OR HIGH RESISTANCE ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE NOTE:

If DTC C212A-16 is present, follow the diagnostic procedure for C212A-16 first before continuing with this test.

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. VERIFY THE DTC IS ACTIVE NOTE:

Diagnose and repair any Powertrain Charging system DTCs before continuing with this procedure.

NOTE:

Make sure the battery is fully charged.

1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Ignition on, engine not running. With the scan tool, record and erase DTCs. Turn ignition off to the lock position. Start the engine. With the scan tool, read DTCs. Is the DTC active at this time? Yes 

Go To 2.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

No Perform the ABS-INTERMITTENT CONDITION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 2. POWER CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN OR HIGH RESISTANCE 

Fig. 87: Checking Power Circuits For An Open Or High Resistance

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. 2. 3. 4.

Turn ignition off to the lock position. Disconnect the ABS Module harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. With a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the (A107) Fused B+, (A111) Fused B+ and (F941) Fused Ignition Switch Output circuits at the ABS harness connector. Does the test light illuminate brightly? Yes 

Go To 3.

No Repair the Power circuits for an open or high resistance.  Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 3. GROUND CIRCUITS OPEN OR HIGH RESISTANCE 

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 88: Checking Ground Circuit Open Or High Resistance Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Turn ignition off to the lock position. 2. With a test light connected to B+ check (Z907) and (Z908) Ground circuits at the ABS harness connector. Does the test light illuminate brightly?

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Yes 



Replace the Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Module in accordance with the service information. Refer to MODULE, ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM , REMOVAL . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No  

Repair the Ground circuits for an open or high resistance. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

C2101-17-BATTERY VOLTAGE HIGH - CIRCUIT VOLTAGE ABOVE THRESHOLD For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article . WHEN MONITORED:

Ignition on. SET CONDITION:

If the sensed ignition voltage is greater than 16.5 volts for 100 msec. POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM) CHARGING SYSTEM DTCS PRESENT ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE NOTE:

If DTC C212A-17 is present, follow the diagnostic procedure for C212A-17 first before continuing with this test.

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. CHARGING SYSTEM DTCS PRESENT NOTE:

Disconnect battery charger before continuing.

1. Start the engine. 2. With the scan tool, read DTCs in the PCM. Are there any Charging System or related voltage DTCs present? Yes 

Perform the appropriate diagnostic procedure. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX -

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

3.0L DIESEL or DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX - NGC . No Go To 2. 2. VERIFY THE DTC IS ACTIVE 1. Ignition on, engine not running. 2. With the scan tool, record and erase DTCs. 3. Turn ignition off to the lock position. 4. Start the engine. 5. With the scan tool, read DTCs. 

Is the DTC active at this time? Yes



Replace the Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Module in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to MODULE, ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM , REMOVAL . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.



Perform the ABS-INTERMITTENT TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.



No

C2104-13-ABS/ESC VALVE SUPPLY VOLTAGE - CIRCUIT OPEN

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 89: ABS Pump Motor Control Wiring Diagram Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article . NOTE:

The Electronic Stability Control (ESC) may also be referred to as Electronic Stability Program (ESP) depending on the vehicle model year and configuration. Certain components may also reference ESP, ESC, or use the traction control symbol.

WHEN MONITORED:

Continuous. SET CONDITION:

The Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Module has detected a low voltage on the Valve supply battery feed. POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes FUSE J7 POWER CIRCUITS OPEN OR HIGH RESISTANCE ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. VERIFY THE DTC IS ACTIVE 1. Turn the ignition on. 2. With the scan tool, read and record the ABS DTCs. 3. With the scan tool, read and record the Environmental Data to help identify the conditions in which the DTC was set. 4. With the scan tool, erase the ABS DTCs. 5. Cycle the ignition switch. 6. With the scan tool, read the ABS DTCs. Is the DTC active at this time? Yes 

Go To 2.



Perform the ABS-INTERMITTENT CONDITION TEST. Refer to STANDARD

No

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

PROCEDURE. 2. POWER CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN OR HIGH RESISTANCE

Fig. 90: Checking Power Circuits For An Open Or High Resistance Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Turn ignition off to the lock position.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

2. Disconnect the ABS Module harness connector. NOTE:

Check connector - Clean/repair as necessary.

3. Ignition on, engine not running. 4. With a test light connected to ground check (A107) Fused B+, (A111) Fused B+ and (F941) Fused ignition switch output circuits at the ABS harness connector. Does the test light illuminate brightly? Yes 



Replace the Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Module in accordance with the service information. Refer to MODULE, ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM , REMOVAL . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No  

Repair the Power circuits for an open or high resistance. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

C2114-16-DYNAMICS SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE - CIRCUIT VOLTAGE BELOW THRESHOLD

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 91: Multi-Axis Acceleration Sensor Wiring Diagram Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article . NOTE:

The Electronic Stability Control (ESC) may also be referred to as Electronic Stability Program (ESP) depending on the vehicle model year and configuration. Certain components may also reference ESP, ESC, or use the traction control symbol.

WHEN MONITORED:

With the ignition on. SET CONDITION:

The Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Module or the Dynamic Sensor has detected that the Dynamic Sensor Voltage is below 6.5 volts. POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes WIRING HARNESS, TERMINAL, CONNECTOR DAMAGE (G4) DYNAMICS SENSOR SUPPLY CIRCUIT VOLTAGE (G4) DYNAMICS SENSOR SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND (G4) DYNAMICS SENSOR SUPPLY CIRCUIT OPEN OR HIGH RESISTANCE (Z912) DYNAMICS SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN OR HIGH RESISTANCE DYNAMICS SENSOR ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. VERIFY THE DTC IS ACTIVE NOTE:

This DTC must be active for the results of this test to be valid.

1. Turn the ignition on. 2. With the scan tool, read and record the DTCs. 3. With the scan tool, read and record the Environmental Data to help identify the conditions in which the DTC was set. 4. With the scan tool, erase the DTCs. 5. Start the engine. 6. With the scan tool, read and record the DTCs.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Is the DTC active at this time? Yes 

Go To 2.

No Perform the ABS-INTERMITTENT CONDITION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 2. (G4) DYNAMICS SENSOR SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR VOLTAGE 

Fig. 92: Checking Dynamics Sensor Supply Circuit For Voltage Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Turn the ignition off to the lock position.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

2. Disconnect the Dynamics Sensor harness connector. 3. Turn the ignition on, engine not running. 4. Measure the voltage of the (G4) Dynamics Sensor Supply Circuit in the Dynamics Sensor harness connector. Is the voltage below 10 volts? Yes 

Go To 3.

No Go To 5. 3. (G4) DYNAMICS SENSOR SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND 

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 93: Checking Dynamics Sensor Supply Circuit For Short To Ground Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Turn the ignition off to the lock position. 2. Disconnect the ABS Module harness connector. 3. Measure the resistance between ground and the (G4) Dynamics Sensor Supply circuit at the Dynamics Sensor harness connector. Is the resistance above 5 Ohms? Yes 

No

Go To 4.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Repair the (G4) Dynamics Sensor Supply circuit for an open or high resistance.  Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 4. (G4) DYNAMICS SENSOR SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR HIGH RESISTANCE 

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 94: Checking Dynamics Sensor Supply Circuit For Open Or High Resistance Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Measure the resistance of the (G4) Dynamics Sensor Supply circuit between the ABS Module harness connector and the Dynamics Sensor harness connector. Is the resistance above 5 Ohms? Yes  

Repair the (G4) Dynamics Sensor Supply circuit for an open or high resistance. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No Replace the Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) Module in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to MODULE, ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM , REMOVAL .  Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 5. CHECK (Z912) DYNAMICS SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR HIGH RESISTANCE 

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 95: Checking Dynamics Sensor Ground Circuit For Open Or High Resistance Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Turn the ignition off to the lock position. 2. Using a 12-volt test light connected to B+, check the (Z912) Ground Circuit in the Dynamics Sensor harness connector. NOTE:

The test light should be illuminated and bright. Compare the brightness to that of a direct connection to the battery.

Does the test light illuminate brightly?

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Yes 



Replace the Dynamic Sensor in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to SENSOR, DYNAMICS , REMOVAL . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No  

Repair the (Z912) Dynamics Sensor Ground circuit for an open or high resistance. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

C2114-17-DYNAMICS SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE - CIRCUIT VOLTAGE ABOVE THRESHOLD

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 96: Multi-Axis Acceleration Sensor Wiring Diagram Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article . NOTE:

The Electronic Stability Control (ESC) may also be referred to as Electronic Stability Program (ESP) depending on the vehicle model year and configuration. Certain components may also reference ESP, ESC, or use the traction control symbol.

WHEN MONITORED:

Upon ignition on, after switching the (G4) Dynamics Sensor Supply circuit power on. SET CONDITION:

If the Dynamic Sensor has reported an event where it's voltage went above 18 volts. POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes (G4) DYNAMICS SENSOR SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE DYNAMICS SENSOR ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE NOTE:

If any other DTCs are present, repair them first before continuing with this diagnostic procedure.

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. VERIFY THE DTC IS ACTIVE NOTE:

This DTC must be active for the results of this test to be valid.

1. Turn the ignition on. 2. With the scan tool, read and record the DTCs. 3. With the scan tool, read and record the Environmental Data to help identify the conditions in which the DTC was set. 4. With the scan tool, erase the DTCs. 5. Start the engine. 6. With the scan tool, read and record the DTCs. Is the DTC active at this time? Yes

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee



Go To 2.

No Perform the ABS-INTERMITTENT CONDITION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 2. (G4) DYNAMICS SENSOR SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE 

Fig. 97: Checking Dynamics Sensor Supply Circuit For Short To Voltage Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

1. 2. 3. 4.

Disconnect the Dynamic Sensor harness connector. Disconnect the ABS Module harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. Measure the voltage between ground and the (G4) Dynamics Sensor Supply circuit in the Dynamics Sensor harness connector. Is there any voltage present? Yes  

Repair the (G4) Dynamics Sensor Supply circuit for a short. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No Go To 3. 3. DYNAMIC SENSOR 1. Replace the Dynamic Sensor in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to SENSOR, DYNAMICS , REMOVAL . 2. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 3. With the scan tool, read the DTCs. 

Is this DTC still active? Yes



Replace the Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) Module in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to MODULE, ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM , REMOVAL . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.



Test complete.



No

C211B-92-IGNITION RUN/START INPUT CIRCUIT PERFORMANCE - PERFORMANCE OR INCORRECT OPERATION

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 98: ABS Pump Motor Control Wiring Diagram Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article . WHEN MONITORED:

Continuous. SET CONDITION:

The Ignition Status reported on the CAN Bus does not match the state of the Ignition Input. POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes FUSE J37 (10A) (F941) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START) CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE POWER CIRCUITS OPEN OR HIGH RESISTANCE ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE INTERNAL NOTE:

If any other DTCs are present, repair them first before continuing with this diagnostic procedure.

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. VERIFY THE DTC IS ACTIVE NOTE: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

This DTC must be active for the results of this test to be valid.

Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, read and record the DTCs. With the scan tool, erase the DTCs. Start the engine. With the scan tool, read and record the DTCs. Is the DTC active at this time? Yes 

Go To 2.



Perform the ABS-INTERMITTENT CONDITION TEST. Refer to STANDARD

No

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

PROCEDURE. 2. CHECK THE FUSE 1. Ignition on, engine not running. 2. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the fuse for power. Is the fuse good? Yes 

Go To 3.

No If the related fuse is open, check the (F941) Fused Ignition Switch Output (RUN/START) circuit for a short to ground.  Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 3. (F941) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START) CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE 

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 99: Checking Fused Ignition Switch Output (Run-Start) Circuit Short To Voltage Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Turn ignition off to the lock position. 2. Disconnect the ABS Module harness connector. 3. With a test light connected to ground check the (F941) Fused Ignition Switch Output (RUN/START) circuit at the ABS harness connector. NOTE:

The test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to that of a direct connection to the battery.

Does the test light illuminate brightly? Yes

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee



Go To 4.

No Repair the Power circuits for an open or high resistance.  Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 4. POWER CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN OR HIGH RESISTANCE 

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 100: Checking Power Circuits For An Open Or High Resistance Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Ignition on, engine not running. 2. With a test light connected to ground check (A107) Fused B+, (A111) Fused B+ and (F941) Fused Ignition Switch Output (RUN/START) circuits at the ABS harness connector.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

NOTE:

The test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to that of a direct connection to the battery.

Does the test light illuminate brightly? Yes 



Replace the Anti-lock System Brake (ABS) Module in accordance with the service information. Refer to MODULE, ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM , REMOVAL . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No  

Repair the Power circuits for an open or high resistance. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

C212A-16-SYSTEM VOLTAGE LOW - CIRCUIT VOLTAGE BELOW THRESHOLD For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article . WHEN MONITORED:

Continuous. SET CONDITION:

The Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Module has detected a low voltage system error and the Totally Integrated Power Module (TIPM) battery voltage CAN message also indicates a low voltage condition. POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes CHARGING SYSTEM DTCS PRESENT BATTERY ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. CHARGING SYSTEM DTCS PRESENT 1. Ignition on, engine not running. 2. With the scan tool, read DTCs in the Powertrain Control Module. Are there any Charging System or related voltage DTCs present? Yes

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee



Perform the appropriate diagnostic procedure. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX 3.0L DIESEL or DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX - NGC .



Go To 2.

No

2. BATTERY NOTE:

Make sure the Battery is in good condition. Using the Midtronics Battery Tester or an equivalent Battery tester, test the Battery before continuing.

Does the Battery pass the load test for this specific application? Yes 

Go To 3.

No Replace the Battery in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to BATTERY, AGM , REMOVAL . 3. VERIFY THE DTC IS ACTIVE 

NOTE: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

This DTC must be active for the results of this test to be valid.

Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, read and record the DTCs. With the scan tool, erase the DTCs. Start the engine. With the scan tool, read and record the DTCs. Is the DTC active at this time? Yes 



Replace the Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Module in accordance with the service information. Refer to MODULE, ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM , REMOVAL . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No 

Perform the ABS-INTERMITTENT CONDITION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

C212A-17-SYSTEM VOLTAGE HIGH - CIRCUIT VOLTAGE ABOVE THRESHOLD For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article . WHEN MONITORED:

Continuous. SET CONDITION:

The Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Module has detected a high voltage system error and the Totally Integrated Power Module (TIPM) battery voltage CAN message also indicates a high voltage condition. POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes CHARGING SYSTEM DTCS PRESENT BATTERY ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. CHARGING SYSTEM DTCS PRESENT 1. Ignition on, engine not running. 2. With the scan tool, read DTCs in the Powertrain Control Module. Are there any Charging System or related voltage DTCs present? Yes 

Perform the appropriate diagnostic procedure. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX 3.0L DIESEL or DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX - NGC .



Go To 2.

No

2. BATTERY NOTE:

Make sure the Battery is in good condition. Using the Midtronics Battery Tester or an equivalent Battery tester, test the Battery before continuing.

Does the Battery pass the load test for this specific application? Yes 

Go To 3.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

No Replace the Battery in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to BATTERY, AGM , REMOVAL . 3. VERIFY THE DTC IS ACTIVE 

NOTE: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

This DTC must be active for the results of this test to be valid.

Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, read and record the DTCs. With the scan tool, erase the DTCs. Start the engine. With the scan tool, read and record the DTCs. Is the DTC active at this time? Yes 



Replace the Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Module in accordance with the service information. Refer to MODULE, ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM , REMOVAL . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No 

Perform the ABS-INTERMITTENT CONDITION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

C2200-41-ANTI-LOCK BRAKE MODULE INTERNAL - GENERAL CHECKSUM FAILURE For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article . WHEN MONITORED:

Ignition on. SET CONDITION:

The Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Module has detected an internal error. POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE DIAGNOSTIC TEST

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

1. ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE 1. The Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Module is reporting internal errors. NOTE:

Before continuing, check the Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Module harness connector terminals for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Repair as necessary.

2. Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wire harness and connectors. Pay particular attention to all Power and Ground circuits. 3. Perform any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found? Yes  

Repair as necessary. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No 



Replace the Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Module in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to MODULE, ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM , REMOVAL . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

C2200-44-ANTI-LOCK BRAKE MODULE INTERNAL - DATA MEMORY FAILURE For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article . WHEN MONITORED:

Ignition on. SET CONDITION:

The Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Module has detected an internal error. POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE INTERNAL CONDITION 1. The ABS Module is reporting internal errors.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

NOTE:

Before continuing, check the Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Module harness connector terminals for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Repair as necessary.

2. Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wire harness and connectors. Pay particular attention to all Power and Ground circuits. 3. Perform any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found? Yes  

Repair as necessary. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No 



Replace the Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Module in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to MODULE, ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM , REMOVAL . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

C2200-45-ANTI-LOCK BRAKE MODULE INTERNAL - PROGRAM MEMORY FAILURE For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article . WHEN MONITORED:

Ignition on. SET CONDITION:

The Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Module has detected an internal error. POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE INTERNAL CONDITION 1. The ABS Module is reporting internal errors. NOTE:

Before continuing, check the Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Module harness connector terminals for corrosion, damage, or terminal push

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

out. Repair as necessary. 2. Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wire harness and connectors. Pay particular attention to all Power and Ground circuits. 3. Perform any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found? Yes  

Repair as necessary. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No 



Replace the Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Module in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to MODULE, ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM , REMOVAL . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

C2200-46-ANTI-LOCK BRAKE MODULE INTERNAL - CALIBRATION / PARAMETER MEMORY FAILURE For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article . WHEN MONITORED:

Ignition on. SET CONDITION:

The Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Module has detected an internal error. POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE INTERNAL CONDITION 1. The ABS Module is reporting internal errors. NOTE:

Before continuing, check the Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Module harness connector terminals for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Repair as necessary.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

2. Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wire harness and connectors. Pay particular attention to all Power and Ground circuits. 3. Perform any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found? Yes  

Repair as necessary. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No 



Replace the Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Module in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to MODULE, ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM , REMOVAL . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

C2200-47-ANTI-LOCK BRAKE MODULE INTERNAL - WATCHDOG / SAFETY AUC FAILURE For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article . WHEN MONITORED:

Ignition on. SET CONDITION:

The Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Module has detected an internal error. POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE INTERNAL CONDITION 1. The ABS Module is reporting internal errors. NOTE:

Before continuing, check the Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Module harness connector terminals for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Repair as necessary.

2. Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wire harness and connectors. Pay particular attention to all Power and Ground circuits.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

3. Perform any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found? Yes  

Repair as necessary. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No 



Replace the Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Module in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to MODULE, ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM , REMOVAL . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

C2200-48-ANTI-LOCK BRAKE MODULE INTERNAL - SUPERVISION SOFTWARE FAILURE For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article . WHEN MONITORED:

Ignition on. SET CONDITION:

The Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Module has detected an internal error. POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE INTERNAL CONDITION 1. The ABS Module is reporting internal errors. NOTE:

Before continuing, check the Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Module harness connector terminals for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Repair as necessary.

2. Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wire harness and connectors. Pay particular attention to all Power and Ground circuits. 3. Perform any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Yes  

Repair as necessary. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No 



Replace the Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Module in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to MODULE, ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM , REMOVAL . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

C2200-49-ANTI-LOCK BRAKE MODULE INTERNAL - INTERNAL ELECTRONIC FAILURE For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article . WHEN MONITORED:

Ignition on. SET CONDITION:

The Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Module has detected an internal error. POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE INTERNAL CONDITION 1. The ABS Module is reporting internal errors. NOTE:

Before continuing, check the Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Module harness connector terminals for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Repair as necessary.

2. Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wire harness and connectors. Pay particular attention to all Power and Ground circuits. 3. Perform any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found? Yes 

Repair as necessary.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee



Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.



Replace the Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Module in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to MODULE, ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM , REMOVAL . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No



C2202-00-ORIGINAL VIN MISMATCH / MISSING For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article . WHEN MONITORED:

Ignition on. SET CONDITION:

This DTC will set if the current VIN does not match the broadcast VIN. POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE NOT INITIALIZED POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM) VIN NOT PROGRAMMED ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM) NOTE:

Diagnose and repair any Powertrain Control Module (PCM), VIN or Communication DTCs before continuing with this diagnostic procedure.

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. VERIFY THE DTC IS ACTIVE NOTE: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

This DTC must be active for the results of this test to be valid.

Ignition on, engine not running. With the scan tool, erase DTCs. Turn ignition off to the lock position. Ignition on, engine not running. Wait ten seconds. With the scan tool, read DTCs.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Is the DTC active at this time? Yes 

Go To 2.

No Perform the ABS-INTERMITTENT CONDITION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 2. WRONG VIN PROGRAMMED IN PCM 1. Ignition on, engine not running. 2. With the scan tool, read the VIN in the PCM. 3. Compare VIN in the PCM to the vehicle VIN. 

Is the correct VIN programmed in the PCM? Yes 

Go To 3.

No Program the correct VIN into the PCM. Follow the VIN programing procedure in the PCM/ECM reprogramming procedure. Refer to PCM/ECM REPROGRAMMING - GAS or PCM/ECM / TCM PROGRAMMING - DIESEL .  Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 3. INITIALIZE ABS MODULE 1. Perform any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. 2. With the scan tool, under "Miscellaneous Functions" run the ABS Initialization routine. 3. Turn ignition off to the lock position. 4. Cycle the ignition from off to on. 5. Wait ten seconds. 6. With the scan tool, read DTCs. 

Is the DTC still active? Yes 



No

Replace the Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Module in accordance with the service information. Refer to MODULE, ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM , REMOVAL . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee



Test complete, the condition or conditions that originally set this DTC are not present at this time.

C2206-00-VEHICLE CONFIGURATION MISMATCH For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article . NOTE:

The Electronic Stability Control (ESC) may also be referred to as Electronic Stability Program (ESP) depending on the vehicle model year and configuration. Certain components may also reference ESP, ESC, or use the traction control symbol.

WHEN MONITORED:

Ignition on. SET CONDITION:

This DTC will set if any of the learned Vehicle Configuration data from the CAN Bus has changed. POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE NOT INITIALIZED ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE NOTE:

If the TIPM has been serviced make sure that the Restore Vehicle Configuration is performed before continuing with this diagnostic procedure.

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. INITIALIZE ABS MODULE NOTE:

Diagnose and repair any Powertrain Control Module (PCM), VIN or Communication DTCs before continuing with this diagnostic procedure.

NOTE:

If C2202-00-Original VIN Mismatch / Missing is set along with this DTC, perform the diagnostic procedure for C2202-00 before continuing with this test.

1. 2. 3. 4.

Perform any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. With the scan tool, under "Miscellaneous Functions" run the ABS Initialization routine. Turn ignition off to the lock position. Cycle the ignition from off to on.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

5. Wait ten seconds. 6. With the scan tool, read DTCs. Is the DTC still active? Yes 



Replace the Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Module in accordance with the service information. Refer to MODULE, ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM , REMOVAL . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No 

Test complete, the condition or conditions that originally set this DTC are not present at this time.

U0002-88-CAN C BUS OFF PERFORMANCE-BUS OFF For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article . WHEN MONITORED:

Ignition on, battery voltage between 9 and 16 volts. SET CONDITION:

The Anti-lock Brake Module (ABS) Module has detected catastrophic failure on the CAN bus. POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes CAN BUS CIRCUITS OPEN OR SHORTED DTCS RELATED TO BATTERY VOLTAGE, IGNITION, OR VIN MESSAGES TOTALLY INTEGRATED POWER MODULE (TIPM) POWER AND GROUND TOTALLY INTEGRATED POWER MODULE (TIPM) NOT CONFIGURED CORRECTLY TOTALLY INTEGRATED POWER MODULE (TIPM) MODULE THAT SET THIS DTC DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. IS THE DTC ACTIVE 1. Ignition on, engine not running. 2. With the scan tool, select view DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Yes 

Diagnose the U0002-88-CAN C BUS OFF PERFORMANCE as the U0001-CAN C BUS CIRCUIT test. Refer to DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING and perform the U0001-CAN C Bus diagnostic procedure.



Refer to DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING and perform the Stored Lost Communication DTCs diagnostic procedure.

No

U0100-00-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH ECM/PCM For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article . WHEN MONITORED:

Ignition run time is greater than one second. Battery voltage between 9 and 16 volts. Engine run time greater than three seconds. SET CONDITION:

Bus messages not received from the Powertrain Control Module (ECM/PCM) for approximately two to five seconds. POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes CAN BUS CIRCUITS OPEN OR SHORTED DTCS RELATED TO BATTERY VOLTAGE, IGNITION, OR VIN MESSAGES POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE POWER AND GROUND TIPM NOT CONFIGURED CORRECTLY POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (ECM/PCM) MODULE THAT SET THIS DTC NOTE:

If present, diagnose and repair DTC U0002-88-CAN C BUS OFF PERFORMANCE- BUS OFF before diagnosing this DTC.

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. VERIFY DTC IS ACTIVE NOTE:

Make sure the IOD fuse is installed and the battery is fully charged before proceeding.

1. Turn the ignition on.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

2. With the scan tool, read the active DTCs. Is this DTC active? Yes 

Refer to DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING and perform the U0100-Lost Communication with ECM/PCM diagnostic procedure.



Refer to DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING and perform the Stored Lost Communication DTCs diagnostic procedure.

No

U0101-00-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH TCM For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article . WHEN MONITORED: SET CONDITION:

If the Anti-Lock Brakes System (ABS) Module fails to receive bus messages from the Transmission Control Module (TCM) for approximately 500 ms. POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes DTCs RELATED TO BATTERY VOLTAGE, IGNITION, OR VIN MESSAGES CAN C BUS CIRCUITS OPEN OR SHORTED TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (TCM) POWER AND GROUND POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM) DTCs PRESENT TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (TCM) ANTI-LOCK BRAKES SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE NOTE:

If present, diagnose and repair DTC U0002-88-CAN C BUS OFF PERFORMANCE- BUS OFF before diagnosing this DTC.

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. VERIFY THE DTC IS ACTIVE NOTE:

Verify the IOD fuse is installed and battery voltage is between 10 and 16 volts before proceeding.

1. Ignition on, engine not running.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

With the scan tool, read and record ABS DTCs. With the scan tool, read and record Environmental Data (EV Data). With the scan tool, erase ABS DTCs. Cycle the ignition switch. With the scan tool, read ABS DTCs. Is the DTC active at this time? Yes 

Go To 2.

No Perform the Stored Lost Communication DTCs diagnostic procedure. Refer to DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING .  Perform the BODY VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE . 2. CHECK FOR ANY OF THE FOLLOWING ACTIVE DTCs 1. With the scan tool, read all active DTCs from all CAN C Bus modules. 

NOTE:

Check for CAN C hardware electrical, VIN Missing/Mismatch, battery or ignition related DTCs.

Does the scan tool display any active DTCs related to the conditions listed above? Yes 

Diagnose and repair the DTCs. Go To the appropriate Diagnostic Information .

No Go To 3. 3. VERIFY THAT THE TCM IS ACTIVE ON THE BUS 1. With the scan tool, select ECU View. 

NOTE:

For 545RFE Transmission applications, the TCM is internal to the NGC4A.

2. Verify that the TCM is active on the bus. Is the TCM active on the bus? Yes

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee



Go To 4.

No Perform the Stored Lost Communication DTCs diagnostic procedure. Refer to DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING .  Perform the BODY VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE . 4. CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL COMMUNICATION RELATED DTCs 1. With the scan tool, select Network View and select Advanced. 

Is there more than one module with active DTCs "Logged Against" the TCM? Yes 



Replace/update the Transmission Control Module (TCM) in accordance with the service information. Refer to MODULE, TRANSMISSION CONTROL , REMOVAL . Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to 545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST .

No 



Replace the Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Module in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to MODULE, ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM , REMOVAL . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

U0102-00-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH TRANSFER CASE CONTROL MODULE / AWD For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article . WHEN MONITORED:

Ignition run time is greater than one second. Battery voltage between 9 and 16 volts. Engine run time greater than three seconds. SET CONDITION:

Bus messages not received from the Drive Train Control Module (DTCM) for approximately two to five seconds. POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes CAN BUS CIRCUITS OPEN OR SHORTED

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

DTCS RELATED TO BATTERY VOLTAGE, IGNITION, OR VIN MESSAGES TOTALLY INTEGRATED POWER MODULE POWER AND GROUND TIPM NOT CONFIGURED CORRECTLY TOTALLY INTEGRATED POWER MODULE (TIPM) MODULE THAT SET THIS DTC NOTE:

If present, diagnose and repair DTC U0002-88-CAN C BUS OFF PERFORMANCE- BUS OFF before diagnosing this DTC.

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. VERIFY THE DTC IS ACTIVE 1. Ignition on, engine not running. 2. With the scan tool, read and record the DTCs. 3. With the scan tool, erase the DTCs. 4. Cycle the ignition from off to on. 5. With the scan tool, read the DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time? Yes 

Refer to DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING and perform the U0102-Lost Communication with Transfer Case Control Module / AWD diagnostic procedure.



Refer to DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING and perform the Stored Lost Communication DTCs diagnostic procedure.

No

U0104-00- LOST COMMUNICATION WITH CRUISE CONTROL MODULE (ACC) For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article . WHEN MONITORED:

Ignition run time is greater than one second. Battery voltage between 9 and 16 volts. Engine run time greater than three seconds. SET CONDITION:

If the Anti-Lock Brakes System (ABS) Module fails to receive bus messages from the Adaptive Cruise Control

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

(ACC) Module for approximately 300 ms. POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes CAN B OR CAN C BUS CIRCUITS OPEN OR SHORTED DTCS RELATED TO BATTERY VOLTAGE, IGNITION, OR VIN MESSAGES ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE NOT CONFIGURED CORRECTLY ADAPTIVE CRUISE CONTROL (ACC) MODULE POWER AND GROUND ADAPTIVE CRUISE CONTROL (ACC) MODULE MODULE THAT SET THIS DTC NOTE:

If any other DTCs are present, repair them first before continuing with this diagnostic procedure.

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. VERIFY THE DTC IS ACTIVE NOTE:

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

Verify the IOD fuse is installed and battery voltage is between 10 and 16 volts before proceeding.

Ignition on, engine not running. With the scan tool, read and record the DTCs. With the scan tool, read and record Environmental Data. With the scan tool, erase DTCs. Cycle the ignition switch. With the scan tool, read the DTCs. Is the DTC active at this time? Yes 

Go To 2.

No Perform the Stored Lost Communication DTCs diagnostic procedure. Refer to DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING .  Perform the BODY VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE . 2. VERIFY THAT THE ADAPTIVE CRUISE CONTROL (ACC) MODULE IS ACTIVE ON THE BUS 1. Turn the ignition on. 

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

2. Using the scan tool, select Network Diagnostics. 3. Verify that the ACC Module is active on the bus. Is the ACC active on the bus? Yes 

Go To 3.

No Refer to DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING and perform the No Response from ACC diagnostic procedure. 3. ADAPTIVE CRUISE CONTROL (ACC) MODULE 1. Replace the Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) Module in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to SENSOR AND BRACKET, ADAPTIVE SPEED CONTROL , REMOVAL . 2. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 3. Using the scan tool, read ABS DTCs. 

Is the DTC U0104-00- LOST COMMUNICATION WITH CRUISE CONTROL MODULE still active? Yes 



Replace the Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Module in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to MODULE, ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM , REMOVAL . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No 

Test complete, the condition or conditions that originally set this DTC are not present at this time. Using the wiring diagrams as a guide, check all related splices and connectors for signs of water intrusion, corrosion, pushed out or bent terminals, and correct pin tension.

U0125-00-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH MULTI - AXIS ACCELERATION SENSOR MODULE

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 101: Multi-Axis Acceleration Sensor Wiring Diagram Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article . NOTE:

The Electronic Stability Control (ESC) may also be referred to as Electronic Stability Program (ESP) depending on the vehicle model year and configuration. Certain components may also reference ESP, ESC, or use the traction control symbol.

WHEN MONITORED:

With the ignition on. SET CONDITION:

If the Anti-Lock Brakes System (ABS) Module fails to receive bus messages from the Dynamics Sensor. POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes WIRING HARNESS, TERMINAL, CONNECTOR DAMAGE (G4) DYNAMICS SENSOR SUPPLY CIRCUIT OPEN OR HIGH RESISTANCE (Z912) GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN OR HIGH RESISTANCE (D465) DYNAMICS SENSOR HIGH DATA LINK CIRCUIT OPEN (D464) DYNAMICS SENSOR LOW DATA LINK CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE (D464) DYNAMICS SENSOR LOW DATA LINK CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND (D464) DYNAMICS SENSOR LOW DATA LINK CIRCUIT OPEN (D464) DYNAMICS SENSOR LOW DATA LINK CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (D465) DYNAMICS SENSOR HIGH DATA LINK CIRCUIT DYNAMICS SENSOR DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. VERIFY THE DTC IS ACTIVE NOTE:

1. 2. 3. 4.

If DTC C2114-16, C2114-17 or U1003-88 are present, perform the diagnostics for these DTCs before continuing with this diagnostic procedure.

Turn the ignition on. Using the scan tool, read and record ABS DTCs. Using the scan tool, read and record Environmental Data (EV Data). Using the scan tool, erase ABS DTCs.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

5. Cycle the ignition switch. 6. Using the scan tool, read ABS DTCs. Is the DTC active at this time? Yes 

Go To 2.

No Perform the ABS Intermittent Condition diagnostic procedure. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 2. INSPECT RELATED WIRING HARNESS, TERMINALS, AND CONNECTORS 1. Turn the ignition off to the lock position. 

WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury on vehicles equipped with airbags, disable the Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) before attempting any steering wheel, steering column, airbag, seat belt tensioner, impact sensor, or instrument panel component diagnosis or service. Disconnect and isolate the battery negative (ground) cable, then wait two minutes for the system capacitor to discharge before performing further diagnosis or service. This is the only sure way to disable the SRS. Failure to take the proper precautions could result in accidental airbag deployment. NOTE:

Proper Steering Angle Sensor installation is crucial for proper operation.

2. Visually inspect the related wiring harness. Look for any pinched, chafed, pierced, and partially broken wires. 3. Visually inspect the related wiring harness connectors. Look for broken, bent, pushed out, and corroded terminals. Were any problems found? Yes



Repair as necessary. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.



Go To 3.



No

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

3. (G4) DYNAMICS SENSOR SUPPLY CIRCUIT OPEN OR HIGH RESISTANCE

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 102: Checking Dynamics Sensor Supply Circuit Open Or High Resistance

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Disconnect the ABS Module harness connector. 2. Disconnect the Dynamics Sensor harness connector. 3. Measure the resistance of the (G4) Dynamics Sensor Supply circuit between the Dynamics Sensor harness connector and the Anti-Lock Brakes Module harness connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 Ohms? Yes 

Go To 4.

No Repair the (G4) Dynamics Sensor Supply circuit for an open.  Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 4. (Z912) GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN OR HIGH RESISTANCE 

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 103: Checking Dynamics Sensor Ground Circuit For Open Or High Resistance Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Using a 12-volt test light connected to B+, check the (Z912) Ground circuit at the Dynamics Sensor harness connector. NOTE:

The test light should be illuminated and bright. Compare the brightness to that of a direct connection to the battery.

Does the test light illuminate brightly? Yes

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee



Go To 5.

No Repair the (Z912) Ground circuit for an open or high resistance.  Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 5. CHECK THE (D465) DYNAMICS SENSOR HIGH DATA LINK CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE 

Fig. 104: Checking Dynamics Sensor High Data Link Circuit For Short To Voltage

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Turn the ignition on. 2. Measure the voltage of the (D465) Dynamics Sensor High Data Link circuit. Is there any voltage present? Yes  

Repair the (D465) Dynamics Sensor High Data Link circuit for a short to voltage. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No Go To 6. 6. CHECK THE (D465) DYNAMICS SENSOR HIGH DATA LINK CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND 

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 105: Checking Dynamics Sensor High Data Link Circuit For Short To Ground Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Turn the ignition off. 2. Measure the resistance of the (D465) Dynamics Sensor High Data Link circuit between ground and the Dynamics Sensor harness connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 Ohms? Yes

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

 

Repair the (D465) Dynamics Sensor High Data Link circuit for a short to ground. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No Go To 7. 7. CHECK THE (D465) DYNAMICS SENSOR HIGH DATA LINK CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN 

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 106: Checking Dynamics Sensor High Data Link Circuit For An Open Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Measure the resistance of the (D465) Dynamics Sensor High Data Link circuit between the Dynamics Sensor harness connector and the Anti-Lock Brakes Module harness connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 Ohms? Yes 

Go To 8.

No Repair the (D465) Dynamics Sensor High Data Link circuit for an open.  Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 8. CHECK THE (D464) DYNAMICS SENSOR LOW DATA LINK CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE 

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 107: Checking Dynamics Sensor Low Data Link Circuit For Short To Voltage Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Turn the ignition on. 2. Measure the voltage of the (D464) Dynamics Sensor Low Data Link circuit. Is there any voltage present? Yes  

No

Repair the (D464) Dynamics Sensor Low Data Link circuit for a short to voltage. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Go To 9. 9. CHECK THE (D464) DYNAMICS SENSOR LOW DATA LINK CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND 

Fig. 108: Checking Dynamics Sensor Low Data Link Circuit For Short To Ground Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Turn the ignition off. 2. Measure the resistance of the (D464) Dynamics Sensor Low Data Link circuit between ground and the Dynamics Sensor harness connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 Ohms?

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Yes  

Repair the (D464) Dynamics Sensor Low Data Link circuit for a short to ground. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No Go To 10. 10. CHECK THE (D464) DYNAMICS SENSOR LOW DATA LINK CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN 

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 109: Checking Dynamics Sensor Low Data Link Circuit For An Open Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Measure the resistance of the (D464) Dynamics Sensor Low Data Link circuit between the Dynamics Sensor harness connector and the ABS Module harness connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 Ohms? Yes 

Go To 11.

No Repair the (D464) Dynamics Sensor Low Data Link circuit for an open.  Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 11. (D465) DYNAMICS SENSOR HIGH DATA LINK CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (D464) DYNAMICS SENSOR LOW DATA LINK CIRCUIT 

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 110: Checking Dynamics Sensor High Data Link Circuit Shorted To The (D464) Dynamics Sensor Low Data Link Circuit Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Turn the ignition off. 2. Measure the resistance between the (D465) Dynamics Sensor High Data Link circuit and the (D464) Dynamics Sensor Low Data Link circuit at the ABS Module harness connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 Ohms? Yes

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee





Repair the (D464) Dynamics Sensor Low Data Link circuit for a short to (D465) Dynamics Sensor High Data Link circuit. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No Go To 12. 12. CHECK FOR DTC U0125-00-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH MULTI-AXIS ACCELERATION SENSOR MODULE 1. Replace the Dynamics Sensor in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to SENSOR, DYNAMICS , REMOVAL . 

Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, record and erase DTCs. Cycle the ignition switch from off to on. With the scan tool, read DTCs. Does the DTC reset? Yes



Replace the Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Module in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to MODULE, ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM , REMOVAL . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.



Test complete.



No

U0126-00-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH STEERING ANGLE SENSOR For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article . NOTE:

The Electronic Stability Control (ESC) may also be referred to as Electronic Stability Program (ESP) depending on the vehicle model year and configuration. Certain components may also reference ESP, ESC, or use the traction control symbol.

WHEN MONITORED: SET CONDITION:

If the Anti-Lock Brakes System (ABS) Module fails to receive bus messages from the Steering Angle Sensor

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

(SAS) for approximately 150 ms. POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes CAN B OR CAN C BUS CIRCUITS OPEN OR SHORTED DTCS RELATED TO BATTERY VOLTAGE, IGNITION, OR VIN MESSAGES STEERING ANGLE SENSOR (SAS) POWER AND GROUND CLOCKSPRING (SAS) MODULE THAT SET THIS DTC NOTE:

If present, diagnose and repair DTC U0002-88-CAN C BUS OFF PERFORMANCE- BUS OFF before diagnosing this DTC.

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. VERIFY THE DTC IS ACTIVE NOTE:

Make sure the IOD fuse is installed and battery voltage is between 10 and 16 Volts before proceeding.

1. Using the scan tool, read active DTCs. Is the DTC active at this time? Yes 

Go To 2.

No Refer to DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING and perform the No Response from SAS diagnostic procedure. 2. VERIFY THAT THE STEERING ANGLE SENSOR IS ACTIVE ON THE BUS 1. Turn the ignition on. 2. Using the scan tool, select Network Diagnostics. 3. Verify that the Steering Angle Sensor is active on the bus. 

Is the Steering Angle Sensor active on the bus? Yes 

No

Go To 3.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Refer to DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING and perform the U0212-Lost Communication with SCM diagnostic procedure. 3. ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE 

WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury on vehicles equipped with airbags, disable the Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) before attempting any steering wheel, steering column, airbag, seat belt tensioner, impact sensor, or instrument panel component diagnosis or service. Disconnect and isolate the battery negative (ground) cable, then wait two minutes for the system capacitor to discharge before performing further diagnosis or service. This is the only sure way to disable the SRS. Failure to take the proper precautions could result in accidental airbag deployment. 1. Replace the Anti-Lock Brakes System (ABS) Module in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to MODULE, ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM , REMOVAL . 2. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 3. Using the scan tool, read ABS DTCs. Is the DTC still active? Yes



Replace the Steering Column Control Module (SCCM) in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to MODULE, STEERING COLUMN , REMOVAL . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.



Test complete.



No

U0132-00-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH SUSPENSION CONTROL MODULE For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article . WHEN MONITORED: SET CONDITION:

If the Anti-Lock Brakes System (ABS) Module fails to receive bus messages from the Air Suspension Control Module (ASCM) for approximately 500 ms. POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes DTCs RELATED TO BATTERY VOLTAGE, IGNITION, OR VIN MESSAGES

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

CAN C BUS CIRCUITS OPEN OR SHORTED AIR SUSPENSION CONTROL MODULE (ASCM) POWER AND GROUND POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM) DTCs PRESENT AIR SUSPENSION CONTROL MODULE (ASCM) ANTI-LOCK BRAKES SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE NOTE:

If present, diagnose and repair DTC U0002-88-CAN C BUS OFF PERFORMANCE- BUS OFF before diagnosing this DTC.

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. VERIFY THE DTC IS ACTIVE 1. Ignition on, engine not running. 2. With the scan tool, read and record the DTCs. 3. With the scan tool, read and record Environmental Data (EV Data). 4. With the scan tool, erase the DTCs. 5. Cycle the ignition switch. 6. With the scan tool, read the DTCs. Is the DTC active at this time? Yes 

Go To 2.

No Perform the Stored Lost Communication DTCs diagnostic procedure. Refer to DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING .  Perform the BODY VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE . 2. VERIFY THAT THE ASCM IS ACTIVE ON THE BUS 1. With the scan tool, select ECU View. 2. Verify that the ACSM is active on the bus. 

Is the ASCM active on the bus? Yes 

Go To 3.



Perform the Stored Lost Communication DTCs diagnostic procedure. Refer to DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING .

No

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Perform the BODY VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE . 3. CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL COMMUNICATION RELATED DTCs 1. With the scan tool, select Network View and select Advanced. 

Is there more than one module with active DTCs "Logged Against" the ASCM? Yes 



Replace the Air Suspension Control Module (ASCM) in accordance with the service information. Refer to MODULE, AIR SUSPENSION CONTROL , REMOVAL . Perform the ASCM VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .

No 



Replace the Anti-Lock Brakes System (ABS) Module in accordance with the service information. Refer to MODULE, ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM , REMOVAL . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

U0140-00-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH BODY CONTROL MODULE (TIPM) For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article . WHEN MONITORED:

Ignition on, battery voltage between 9 and 16 volts. SET CONDITION:

Bus messages not received from the Totally Integrated Power Module (TIPM) for approximately two to five seconds. POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes CAN BUS CIRCUITS OPEN OR SHORTED DTCS RELATED TO BATTERY VOLTAGE, IGNITION, OR VIN MESSAGES TOTALLY INTEGRATED POWER MODULE POWER AND GROUND TIPM NOT CONFIGURED CORRECTLY TOTALLY INTEGRATED POWER MODULE (TIPM) MODULE THAT SET THIS DTC NOTE:

If present, diagnose and repair DTC U0002-88-CAN C BUS OFF PERFORMANCE- BUS OFF before diagnosing this DTC.

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

1. VERIFY THE DTC IS ACTIVE NOTE:

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

Make sure the IOD fuse is installed and the battery is fully charged before proceeding.

Ignition on, engine not running. With the scan tool, read and record the DTCs. With the scan tool, read and record Environmental Data (EV Data). With the scan tool, erase the DTCs. Cycle the ignition switch. With the scan tool, read the DTCs. Is the DTC active at this time? Yes 

Refer to DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING and perform the U0141-Lost Communication with Totally Integrated Power Module (TIPM) diagnostic procedure.



Refer to DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING and perform the Stored Lost Communication DTCs diagnostic procedure.

No

U0401-00-IMPLAUSIBLE DATA RECEIVED FROM ECM/PCM For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article . WHEN MONITORED:

Continuously with the ignition on, one valid CAN message received at least once, and no U0002-88-CAN C Bus Off Performance DTC present. SET CONDITION:

When the Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) Module detects an incorrect CAN message from the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE CAN BUS DTCS ENGINE DTCS TOTALLY INTEGRATED POWER MODULE (TIPM) CAN BUS DTCS ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

NOTE:

Check for DTCs in the associated module before continuing with this diagnostic procedure.

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. VERIFY THE DTC IS ACTIVE NOTE: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

This DTC must be active for the results of this test to be valid.

Perform any Technical Service Bulletins (TSBs) that may apply. Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, record and erase the DTCs. Cycle the ignition switch from off to on. With the scan tool, read the DTCs. Is the DTC active at this time? Yes 

Go To 2.

No Perform the ABS-INTERMITTENT CONDITION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 2. CHECK IF POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE DTCS ARE PRESENT 1. With the scan tool, read the PCM DTCs. 

Are there any PCM DTCs present? Yes 

Perform the appropriate diagnostic procedures. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX 3.0L DIESEL or DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX - NGC .

No Go To 3. 3. CHECK IF TOTALLY INTEGRATED POWER MODULE (TIPM) CAN BUS DTCS ARE PRESENT 1. With the scan tool, read the TIPM DTCs. 

Are there any TIPM CAN BUS DTCs present? Yes

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

 

Perform the appropriate diagnostic procedures. Refer to DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No 



Using the schematics as a guide, check the Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) Module pins, terminals, and connectors for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits. If no problems are found, replace the Anti-Lock Brake Module in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to MODULE, ANTILOCK BRAKE SYSTEM , REMOVAL . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

U0402-00-IMPLAUSIBLE DATA RECEIVED FROM TCM For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article . WHEN MONITORED:

Continuously with the ignition on, one valid CAN message received at least once, and no U0002-88-CAN C Bus Off Performance DTC present. SET CONDITION:

When the Anti-Lock Brake Module detects an incorrect CAN message from the Transmission Control Module (TCM). POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE CAN BUS DTCS TRANSMISSION DTCS TOTALLY INTEGRATED POWER MODULE (TIPM) CAN BUS DTCS ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE NOTE:

Check for DTCs in the associated module before continuing with this diagnostic procedure.

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. VERIFY DTC IS ACTIVE NOTE:

This DTC must be active for the results of this test to be valid.

1. Perform any Technical Service Bulletins (TSBs) that may apply. 2. Turn the ignition on.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

3. With the scan tool, record and erase the DTCs. 4. Cycle the ignition switch from off to on. 5. With the scan tool, read the DTCs. Is the DTC active at this time? Yes 

Go To 2.

No Perform the ABS-INTERMITTENT CONDITION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 2. CHECK IF TRANSMISSION DTCS ARE PRESENT 

NOTE:

For 545RFE Transmission applications, the TCM is internal to the NGC4A.

1. With the scan tool, read Transmission DTCs. Are there any Transmission DTCs present? Yes 

Perform the appropriate diagnostic procedures. Refer to DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING .

No Go To 3. 3. CHECK IF POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE DTCS ARE PRESENT 1. With the scan tool, read PCM DTCs. 

Are there any PCM DTCs present? Yes 

Perform the appropriate diagnostic procedures. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX 3.0L DIESEL or DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX - NGC .

No Go To 4. 4. CHECK IF TOTALLY INTEGRATED POWER MODULE (TIPM) CAN BUS DTCS ARE PRESENT 1. With the scan tool, read the TIPM DTCs. 

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Are there any TIPM CAN BUS DTCs present? Yes  

Perform the appropriate diagnostic procedures. Refer to DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No 



Using the schematics as a guide, check the Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) Module pins, terminals, and connectors for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits. If no problems are found, replace the Anti-Lock Brake Module in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to MODULE, ANTILOCK BRAKE SYSTEM , REMOVAL . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

U0403-00-IMPLAUSIBLE DATA RECEIVED FROM T-CASE For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article . WHEN MONITORED:

Continuously with the ignition on, one valid CAN message received at least once, and no U0002-88-CAN C Bus Off Performance DTC present. SET CONDITION:

When the Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) Module detects an incorrect CAN message from the Drive Train Control Module (DTCM). POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE CAN BUS DTCS DRIVE TRAIN CONTROL MODULE (DTCM) DTCS TOTALLY INTEGRATED POWER MODULE (TIPM) CAN BUS DTCS ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE NOTE:

Check for DTCs in the associated module before continuing with this diagnostic procedure.

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. VERIFY THE DTC IS ACTIVE NOTE:

This DTC must be active for the results of this test to be valid.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Perform any Technical Service Bulletins (TSBs) that may apply. Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, record and erase the DTCs. Cycle the ignition switch from off to on. With the scan tool, read the DTCs. Is the DTC active at this time? Yes 

Go To 2.

No Perform the ABS-INTERMITTENT CONDITION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 2. CHECK IF DTCM DTCS ARE PRESENT 1. With the scan tool, read the DTCM DTCs. 

Are there any DTCM DTCs present? Yes 

Perform the appropriate diagnostic procedures. Refer to DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING .

No Go To 3. 3. CHECK IF TOTALLY INTEGRATED POWER MODULE (TIPM) CAN BUS DTCS ARE PRESENT 1. With the scan tool, read the TIPM DTCs. 

Are there any TIPM CAN BUS DTCs present? Yes  

Perform the appropriate diagnostic procedures. Refer to DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No 

Using the schematics as a guide, check the Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) Module pins, terminals, and connectors for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits. If no problems are found, replace the Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) Module in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee



MODULE, ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM , REMOVAL . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

U0422-00-IMPLAUSIBLE DATA RECEIVED FROM BODY CONTROL MODULE For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article . WHEN MONITORED:

Continuously with the ignition on, one valid CAN message received at least once, and no U0002-88-CAN C Bus Off Performance DTC present. SET CONDITION:

When the Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) Module detects an incorrect CAN message from the Totally Integrated Power Module (TIPM). POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE CAN BUS DTCS TOTALLY INTEGRATED POWER MODULE (TIPM) DTCS POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM) DTCS ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE NOTE:

Check for DTC's in the associated module before continuing with this diagnostic procedure.

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. VERIFY THE DTC IS ACTIVE NOTE: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

This DTC must be active for the results of this test to be valid.

Perform any Technical Service Bulletins (TSBs) that may apply. Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, record and erase the DTCs. Cycle the ignition switch from off to on. With the scan tool, read the DTCs. Is the DTC active at this time? Yes 

Go To 2.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

No Perform the ABS-INTERMITTENT CONDITION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 2. CHECK IF TOTALLY INTEGRATED POWER MODULE (TIPM) CAN BUS DTCS ARE PRESENT 1. With the scan tool, read the TIPM DTCs. 

Are there any TIPM CAN BUS DTCs present? Yes  

Perform the appropriate diagnostic procedures. Refer to DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No 



Using the schematics as a guide, check the Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) Module pins, terminals, and connectors for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits. If no problems are found, replace the Anti-Lock Brake Module accordance with Service Information. Refer to MODULE, ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM , REMOVAL . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

U0429-00-IMPLAUSIBLE DATA RECEIVED FROM SCM For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article . WHEN MONITORED:

Continuously with the ignition on, one valid CAN message received at least once, and no U0002-88-CAN C Bus Off Performance DTC present. SET CONDITION:

When the Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) Module detects an incorrect CAN message from the Steering Control Module (SCM). POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE CAN BUS DTCS STEERING CONTROL MODULE (SCM) DTCS TOTALLY INTEGRATED POWER MODULE (TIPM) CAN BUS DTCS ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

NOTE:

Check for DTCs in the associated module before continuing with this diagnostic procedure.

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. VERIFY THE DTC IS ACTIVE NOTE: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

This DTC must be active for the results of this test to be valid.

Perform any Technical Service Bulletins (TSBs) that may apply. Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, record and erase the DTCs. Cycle the ignition switch from off to on. With the scan tool, read the DTCs. Is the DTC active at this time? Yes 

Go To 2.

No Perform the ABS-INTERMITTENT CONDITION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 2. CHECK IF STEERING COLUMN CONTROL MODULE (SCCM) DTCS ARE PRESENT 1. With the scan tool, read the DTCs. 

Are there any SCCM DTCs present? Yes 

Perform the appropriate diagnostic procedures. Refer to DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING .

No Go To 3. 3. CHECK IF TOTALLY INTEGRATED POWER MODULE (TIPM) CAN BUS DTCS ARE PRESENT 1. With the scan tool, read the TIPM DTCs. 

Are there any TIPM CAN BUS DTCs present? Yes

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

 

Perform the appropriate diagnostic procedures. Refer to DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No 



Using the schematics as a guide, check the Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) Module pins, terminals, and connectors for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits. If no problems are found, replace the Anti-Lock Brake Module in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to MODULE, ANTILOCK BRAKE SYSTEM , REMOVAL . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

U0432-00-INVALID DATA RECEIVED FROM MULTI - AXIS ACCELERATION SENSOR MODULE For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article . WHEN MONITORED:

Continuously with the ignition on, one valid CAN message received at least once. SET CONDITION:

When the Anti-Lock Brake system (ABS) Module detects an incorrect CAN message from the Dynamics Sensor. POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes DYNAMICS SENSOR ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE NOTE:

If present, diagnose and repair DTC C2114-16 or DTC C2114-17 before continuing with this diagnostic procedure.

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. VERIFY THE DTC IS ACTIVE NOTE: 1. 2. 3. 4.

This DTC must be active for the results of this test to be valid.

Perform any Technical Service Bulletins (TSBs) that may apply. Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, read and record the DTCs. With the scan tool, read and record the Environmental Data to help identify the conditions in which the DTC was set.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

5. With the scan tool, erase the DTCs. 6. Start the engine. 7. With the scan tool, read the DTCs. Is the DTC active at this time? Yes 

Go To 2.

No Perform the ABS-INTERMITTENT CONDITION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 2. ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE 1. Replace the Dynamics Sensor in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to SENSOR, DYNAMICS , REMOVAL . 

Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, record and erase DTCs. Cycle the ignition switch from off to on. With the scan tool, read DTCs. Is the DTC still active? Yes



Replace the Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Module in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to MODULE, ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM , REMOVAL . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.



Test complete.



No

U1003-88-ESP CAN C BUS PERFORMANCE - BUS OFF

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 111: Multi-Axis Acceleration Sensor Wiring Diagram Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article . WHEN MONITORED:

Continuously. SET CONDITION:

One of the CAN messages that is assigned to the basic CAN channel was missed by the CAN driver. This means that the whole system was very slow in responding to the CAN interrupts. POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes (D464) DYNAMICS SENSOR LOW DATA LINK CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE (D464) DYNAMICS SENSOR LOW DATA LINK CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND (D464) DYNAMICS SENSOR LOW DATA LINK CIRCUIT OPEN (D465) DYNAMICS SENSOR HIGH DATA LINK CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE (D465) DYNAMICS SENSOR HIGH DATA LINK CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND (D465) DYNAMICS SENSOR HIGH DATA LINK CIRCUIT OPEN (D464) DYNAMICS SENSOR LOW DATA LINK CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (D465) DYNAMICS SENSOR HIGH DATA LINK CIRCUIT DYNAMICS SENSOR ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE NOTE:

If present, diagnose and repair DTC C2114-16 or DTC C2114-17 before continuing with this diagnostic procedure.

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. VERIFY THE DTC IS ACTIVE NOTE:

This DTC must be active for the results of this test to be valid.

1. Turn the ignition on. 2. With the scan tool, read and record the DTCs. 3. With the scan tool, read and record the Environmental Data to help identify the conditions in which the DTC was set. 4. With the scan tool, erase the DTCs. 5. Start the engine. 6. With the scan tool, read the DTCs.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Is the DTC active at this time? Yes 

Go To 2.

No Perform the ABS-INTERMITTENT CONDITION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 2. (D464) DYNAMICS SENSOR LOW DATA LINK CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE 

Fig. 112: Checking Dynamics Sensor Low Data Link Circuit For Short To Voltage Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the ABS Module harness connector. Disconnect the Dynamics Sensor harness connector. Turn the ignition on. Measure the voltage of the (D464) Dynamics Sensor Low Data Link circuit. Is there any voltage present? Yes  

Repair the (D464) Dynamics Sensor Low Data Link circuit for a short to voltage. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No Go To 3. 3. (D464) DYNAMICS SENSOR LOW DATA LINK CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND 

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 113: Checking Dynamics Sensor Low Data Link Circuit For Short To Ground Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Turn the ignition off. 2. Measure the resistance of the (D464) Dynamics Sensor Low Data Link circuit between ground and the Dynamics Sensor harness connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 Ohms? Yes  

Repair the (D464) Dynamics Sensor Low Data Link circuit for a short to ground. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

No Go To 4. 4. (D464) DYNAMICS SENSOR LOW DATA LINK CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN 

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 114: Checking Dynamics Sensor Low Data Link Circuit For An Open Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Measure the resistance of the (D464) Dynamics Sensor Low Data Link circuit between the Dynamics Sensor harness connector and the Anti-Lock Brakes Module harness connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 Ohms? Yes 

Go To 5.

No Repair the (D464) Dynamics Sensor Low Data Link circuit for an open.  Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 5. (D465) DYNAMICS SENSOR HIGH DATA LINK CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE 

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 115: Checking Dynamics Sensor High Data Link Circuit For Short To Voltage Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Turn the ignition on. 2. Measure the voltage of the (D465) Dynamics Sensor High Data Link circuit. Is there any voltage present? Yes 

Repair the (D465) Dynamics Sensor High Data Link circuit for a short to voltage.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee



Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No Go To 6. 6. (D465) DYNAMICS SENSOR HIGH DATA LINK CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND 

Fig. 116: Checking Dynamics Sensor High Data Link Circuit For Short To Ground Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Turn the ignition off.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

2. Measure the resistance of the (D465) Dynamics Sensor High Data Link circuit between ground and the Dynamics Sensor harness connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 Ohms? Yes  

Repair the (D465) Dynamics Sensor High Data Link circuit for a short to ground. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No Go To 7. 7. (D465) DYNAMICS SENSOR HIGH DATA LINK CIRCUIT OPEN 

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 117: Checking Dynamics Sensor High Data Link Circuit For An Open Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Measure the resistance of the (D465) Dynamics Sensor High Data Link circuit between the Dynamics Sensor harness connector and the Anti-Lock Brakes Module harness connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 Ohms? Yes 

Go To 8.

No Repair the (D465) Dynamics Sensor High Data Link circuit for an open.  Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 8. (D464) DYNAMICS SENSOR LOW DATA LINK CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (D465) DYNAMICS SENSOR HIGH DATA LINK CIRCUIT 

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 118: Checking Dynamics Sensor High Data Link Circuit Shorted To The (D464) Dynamics Sensor Low Data Link Circuit Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Measure the resistance between the (D464) Dynamics Sensor Low Data Link circuit and the (D465) Dynamics Sensor High Data Link circuit at the ABS Module harness connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 Ohms? Yes

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee





Repair the (D464) Dynamics Sensor Low Data Link circuit for a short to the (D465) Dynamics Sensor High Data Link circuit. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No Go To 9. 9. ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE 1. Turn the ignition off to the lock position. 2. Replace the Dynamic Sensor in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to SENSOR, DYNAMICS , REMOVAL . 3. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 4. With the scan tool, read the DTCs. 

Does the DTC remain active? Yes



Using the schematics as a guide, check the Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) Module pins, terminals, and connectors for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits. If no problems are found, replace the Anti-Lock Brake Module in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to MODULE, ANTILOCK BRAKE SYSTEM , REMOVAL . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.



Test complete.



No

U140E-00-IMPLAUSIBLE VEHICLE CONFIGURATION DATA RECEIVED For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article . NOTE:

The Electronic Stability Control (ESC) may also be referred to as Electronic Stability Program (ESP) depending on the vehicle model year and configuration. Certain components may also reference ESP, ESC, or use the traction control symbol.

WHEN MONITORED:

Continuously. SET CONDITION:

The Totally Integrated Power Module (TIPM) Indicates that the Vehicle Configuration data has not been

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

programmed. POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes TOTALLY INTEGRATED POWER MODULE (TIPM) NOT CONFIGURED ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE NOTE:

If any other DTCs are present, repair them first before continuing with this diagnostic procedure.

NOTE:

If the TIPM has been replaced or is not configured address this issue first before continuing with this diagnostic procedure.

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. VERIFY THE DTC IS ACTIVE NOTE:

This DTC must be active for the results of this test to be valid.

1. Turn the ignition on. 2. With the scan tool, read and record the DTCs. 3. With the scan tool, read and record the Environmental Data to help identify the conditions in which the DTC was set. 4. With the scan tool, erase the DTCs. 5. Start the engine. 6. With the scan tool, read and record the DTCs. Is the DTC active at this time? Yes 

Go To 2.

No Perform the ABS-INTERMITTENT CONDITION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE. 2. VERIFY THE TIPM IS CONFIGURED CORRECTLY 1. With the scan tool, under TIPM enter program network configuration and program the TIPM to the vehicle configuration. 2. With the scan tool, erase the ABS DTCs. 3. Cycle the ignition switch from off to on, leaving the ignition on for a minimum of ten seconds. 

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

4. With the scan tool, read the ABS DTCs. Does the DTC remain active? Yes



Using the schematics as a guide, check the Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) Module pins, terminals, and connectors for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits. If no problems are found, replace the Anti-Lock Brake Module accordance with Service Information. Refer to MODULE, ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM , REMOVAL . Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.



Test complete.



No

STANDARD PROCEDURE ABS VERIFICATION TEST DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. ABS VERIFICATION TEST WARNING: To avoid possible serious or fatal injury, check brake capability is available before road testing. NOTE:

1. 2. 3. 4.

If the Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) Module, Steering Column Control Module (SCCM), or the Dynamics Sensor was replaced, the ABS Module must be initialized using the scan tool. If not initialized, the ABS indicator will flash continuously. If the ABS module or the Dynamic Sensor was replaced, there may be a Dynamic Sensor DTC active. There will be no indication if the SCCM is replaced, but the ABS initialization should be run to make sure there are no SCCM DTCs. To initialize the ABS Module and clear offsets have wheels pointing straight ahead and follow the directions on the scan tool. The drive test requires a 90° turn. If the Dynamics Sensor was replaced, test drive the vehicle by turning the vehicle left or right in a curving manner at a velocity between 10 and 25 km/h (6 and 15 mph).

Turn the ignition off. Connect all previously disconnected components and connectors. Verify all accessories are turned off and the battery is fully charged. Verify that the ignition is on, with the scan tool, erase all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) from All modules. Start the engine and allow it to run for two minutes and fully operate the system that

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

5. 6. 7.

8.

9. 10.

was indicating the failure. Turn the ignition off and wait five seconds. Turn the ignition on and using the scan tool, read DTCs from all modules. If any Diagnostic Trouble Codes are present, and perform the diagnostic procedure. Refer to DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING. NOTE: For Sensor Signal Plausibility and Pump Motor faults, the ABS Module must verify that the failure conditions are no longer present in the current ignition cycle before it can turn off the failure lamp(s). This may require the vehicle to be driven for several minutes above 15 k/mh (9 mph). Once it has been determined that the failure condition is no longer present the lamp(s) will be turned off. If there are no DTCs present after turning ignition on, road test the vehicle for at least five minutes.  Slowly turn the steering wheel from lock to lock.  Test drive the vehicle by turning the vehicle left or right in a curving manner at a speeds between 10 and 25 km/h (6 and 15 mph).  Perform several anti-lock braking stops. Again, with the scan tool read DTCs. If any DTCs are present, for the diagnostic procedure and troubleshoot the new or recurring DTC. Refer to DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING. If there are no Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) present, and the customer's concern can no longer be duplicated, the repair is complete. Are any DTCs present or is the original concern still present? Yes 

Repair is not complete, Perform the appropriate diagnostic procedure. Refer to DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING.



Repair is complete.

No

ABS INTERMITTENT CONDITION For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article . DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. PERFORM ABS INTERMITTENT CONDITION TEST NOTE:

The conditions that set the DTC are not present at this time. The following list may help in identifying the intermittent condition. WARNING: When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions may result in

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System - Electrical Diagnostics - Grand Cherokee

possible serious or fatal injury. 1. Perform any Technical Service Bulletins (TSBs) that may apply. 2. Review the scan tool Environmental Data (EV Data). If possible, try to duplicate the conditions under which the DTC set. 3. Turn the ignition off. 4. Visually inspect the related wire harness. Disconnect all the related harness connectors. Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, or corroded terminals. 5. Wiggle the wires while checking for shorts and open circuits. 6. Perform a voltage drop test on the related circuits between the suspected inoperative component and the Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) Module. 7. Inspect and clean all PCM, ABS, engine, and chassis grounds that are related to the most current DTC. 8. If numerous trouble codes were set, use a wire schematic and look for any common ground or supply circuits. 9. For any Relay DTCs, actuate the Relay with the scan tool and wiggle the related wire harness to try to interrupt the actuation. 10. Use the scan tool to perform a System Test if one applies to failing component. 11. A co-pilot, data recorder, or lab scope should be used to help diagnose intermittent conditions. 12. Test drive the vehicle over 15 km/h (9 mph). Were any problems found during the above inspections? Yes  

Perform the necessary repairs. Perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE.

No 

Test complete, the condition or conditions that originally set this DTC are not present at this time.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System (ABS) - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System (ABS) - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION NOTE:

The Electronic Stability Control (ESC) may also be referred to as Electronic Stability Program (ESP) depending on the vehicle model year and configuration. Certain components may also reference ESP, ESC, or use the traction control symbol.

Fig. 1: Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU), Primary And Secondary Brake Tubes, Chassis Lines & Antilock Brake System (ABS) Module Electrical Connector Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC The Antilock Brake System (ABS) is an electronically operated, four channel brake control system which is part of Electronic Stability Control (ESC) including Electronic Roll Mitigation (ERM). The vehicle also has Electronic Variable Brake Proportioning (EVBP) designed into the system which eliminates the combination/proportioning valve. The combined Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) and ABS module is located forward of the master cylinder, under the engine air box. The system is designed to prevent wheel lockup and maintain steering control during braking. Preventing lockup is accomplished by modulating fluid pressure to the wheel brake units. The hydraulic system is a four channel design. All wheel brakes are controlled individually. The ABS electrical system is separate from other electrical circuits in the vehicle. The ABS module operates the system components. ABS system major components include:

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System (ABS) - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

    



Antilock Brake Module (ABM) Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Wheel Speed Sensors (WSS) ABS Warning Light Dynamics Sensor - The Dynamics Sensor includes a yaw rate sensor, (The Dynamics Sensor is located under the center console near the center of the vehicle). Steering Angle Sensor (SAS) - The SAS is part of the Steering Control Module (SCM) in the steering column.

OPERATION OPERATION Battery voltage is supplied to the Antilock Brake System (ABS) module. The ABS module performs a system initialization procedure at start up along with an ABS motor check. Initialization consists of a static and dynamic self check of system electrical components. The static and dynamic checks occurs at ignition start up. During the dynamic check, the ABS module briefly cycles solenoids to verify operation. An audible noise may be heard during this self check. This noise should be considered normal. If an ABS component exhibits a fault during initialization, the ABS module illuminates the amber warning light and registers a fault code in the microprocessor memory. The ABS module monitors wheel speed sensor inputs continuously while the vehicle is in motion. However, the ABS module will not activate any ABS components as long as sensor inputs indicate normal braking. During normal braking, the master cylinder, power booster and wheel brake units all function as they would in a vehicle without ABS. The Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) components are not activated. The purpose of the antilock system is to prevent wheel lockup. Preventing lockup helps maintain vehicle braking action and steering control. The ABS module activates the system whenever sensor signals indicate periods of wheel slip. The antilock system prevents lockup during a wheel slip condition by modulating fluid apply pressure to the wheel brake units. Brake fluid apply pressure is modulated according to wheel speed, degree of slip and rate of deceleration. Sensors at each wheel convert wheel speed into electrical signals. These signals are transmitted to the ABS module for processing and determination of wheel slip and deceleration rate. The ABS system has four fluid pressure control channels. Each wheel brakes are controlled separately. A speed sensor input signal indicating a wheel slip condition activates the ABS module antilock program. There are Two solenoid valves (Isolation and Dump valve) which are used in each antilock control channel. The

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System (ABS) - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

valves are all located within the HCU valve body and work in pairs to either increase, hold, or decrease apply pressure as needed in the individual control channels. During an ABS stop the ISO valve is energized which acts to prevent further pressure build-up to the calipers. Then the Dump valve dumps off pressure until the wheel unlocks. This will continue until the wheels quit slipping altogether. ELECTRONIC ROLL MITIGATION (ERM)

This system anticipates the potential for wheel lift by monitoring the driver's steering wheel input and the speed of the vehicle. When ERM determines that the rate of change of the steering wheel angle and vehicles speed are sufficient to potentially cause wheel lift, it applies the appropriate brake and may reduce engine power to lessen the chance that wheel lift will occur. ERM will only intervene during very severe or evasive driving maneuvers. ERM can only reduce the chance of wheel lift occurring during severe or evasive driving maneuvers. It can not prevent wheel lift due to other factors such as road conditions, leaving the roadway or striking objects or other vehicles. READY ALERT BRAKING

Ready Alert Braking is a feature that applies very low brake pressure to all calipers after a rapid accelerator pedal release is detected. This feature provides a firm confident pedal feel and optimal stopping distance in the case of rapid accelerator release. RAIN BRAKE SUPPORT

The Rain Brake Support is a feature that removes the water film that builds up between the pads and the rotors when driving in wet conditions. When the windshield wipers are active, this feature applies a very low brake pressure to all calipers periodically. This maintains a firm, confident brake pedal feel and optimal stopping distance in wet conditions.

DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING ANTILOCK BRAKE SYSTEMS The ABS brake system performs several self-tests every time the ignition switch is turned on and the vehicle is driven. The ABM monitors the systems input and output circuits to verify the system is operating correctly. If the on board diagnostic system senses that a circuit is malfunctioning the system will set a trouble code in its memory. NOTE:

An audible noise may be heard during the self-test. This noise should be considered normal.

NOTE:

The scan tool is used to diagnose the ABS system. For additional information, refer to the appropriate Electrical Diagnostic article. For test procedures refer to the Chassis Diagnostic service information.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System (ABS) - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

STANDARD PROCEDURE ABS SYSTEM BLEEDING NOTE:

The ABS System Bleeding procedure is only necessary if the Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) is replaced.

The Antilock Brake System (ABS) bleeding requires performing a base pressure brake bleeding, followed by use of the scan tool to cycle and bleed the HCU pump and solenoids. 1. Perform the Pressure Bleeding procedure. Refer to PRESSURE BLEEDING . . 2. After the Pressure Bleeding procedure, connect scan tool to the Data Link Connector. 3. Select ANTILOCK BRAKES, followed by MISCELLANEOUS, then ABS BLEED BRAKES and follow the instructions displayed for the procedure. 4. Remove the pressure bleeder from the master cylinder and make sure the brake fluid is properly filled and capped. NOTE:

If the ABS module was not replaced, the ABS VERIFICATION TEST is not needed.

5. If the ABS module was replaced, perform the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE . 6. Verify proper brake operation before moving vehicle

SPECIFICATIONS TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS DESCRIPTION Dynamics Sensor Nuts ICU bracket fasteners to ICU Hydraulic Control Unit/Controller Antilock Brakes, Brake Lines Hydraulic Control Unit/Controller Antilock Brakes ABM Screws (Crisscross Pattern) Wheel Speed Sensors Front Sensor Bolt Wheel Speed Sensors Rear Sensor Bolt

N.m 9

Ft. Lbs. -

In. Lbs. 80

11

-

97

19

-

168

2.9

-

25.5

10.7

-

95

10.7

-

95

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System (ABS) - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

ELECTRICAL SENSOR, DYNAMICS DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION

Fig. 2: Dynamics Sensor, Electrical Connector & Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) module Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE:

If the dynamics sensor is replaced, it must be initialized using the scan tool.

The yaw rate, lateral acceleration and longitudinal acceleration sensors are housed into one unit known as the dynamics sensor (2). The sensor is used to measure vehicle rotational sensing (how fast the vehicle is turning yaw), side-to-side (lateral) motion and longitudinal acceleration (forward). The dynamics sensor (2) has one electrical connector (1) is located on the floor panel transmission tunnel under the center floor console, in front of the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) module (3). Yaw and Lateral Acceleration Sensors cannot be serviced separately. The entire Dynamics Sensor must be replaced when necessary. REMOVAL REMOVAL

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System (ABS) - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 3: Dynamics Sensor, Electrical Connector & Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) module Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE:

If the dynamics sensor is replaced, it must be initialized using the scan tool.

1. Disconnect and isolate the battery negative cable. Wait two minutes for the system capacitor to discharge before further service. 2. Remove the center console. Refer to CONSOLE, FLOOR , REMOVAL . 3. Disconnect electrical connector (1) from the dynamics sensor (2). 4. Remove the nuts (4) securing the sensor to the floor and remove the sensor. INSTALLATION INSTALLATION

Fig. 4: Dynamics Sensor, Electrical Connector & Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) module

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System (ABS) - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

If the dynamics sensor is replaced, it must be initialized using the scan tool.

Position the dynamics sensor (2). Install the retaining nuts (4) and tighten to 9 N.m (80 in. lbs.). Install the electrical connector (3) Install the floor console. Refer to CONSOLE, FLOOR , INSTALLATION . Connect the battery negative cable. Initialize the dynamics sensor by performing the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .

SENSOR, STEERING WHEEL ANGLE DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION

Fig. 5: Steering Column Shroud, Angle Sensor (SAS), Clockspring, Switch & Trim Cover Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC Under transient cornering conditions the lateral acceleration sensor does not measure the true side to side force on the car. In order to compensate for this the system uses the Steering Angle Sensor (SAS) (2) and vehicle speed to estimate the true sway force. This signal is matched with the lateral acceleration sensor signal to ensure a significantly-reduced transient side to side force of the vehicle body. The SAS is part of the Steering Control Module (SCM) and is not serviced separately from the SCM. For mor information on the SCM, refer to MODULE, STEERING COLUMN , DESCRIPTION . For replacement of the SAS (SCM), refer to MODULE, STEERING COLUMN , REMOVAL .

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System (ABS) - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

SENSOR, WHEEL SPEED, FRONT DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION

Fig. 6: Front Sensors & Steering Knuckles Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC A wheel speed sensor is used at each wheel. The front sensors (1) are mounted to the steering knuckles (4). OPERATION OPERATION

Wheel speed sensors convert wheel speed into an electrical signal. This signal and amperage is changed by magnetic induction when the magnet (internal to the hub/bearing) passes the wheel speed sensor. This signal is sent to the Antilock Brake System (ABS) module which measures the voltage and amperage of the digital signal for each wheel to determine wheel speed. The signal strength is affected by the distance between the sensor and the tone ring. If the "Air Gap" between the sensor and the magnet is too large, the signal can drop out at low speed, (below 40 mph) and can cause an ABS activation. No adjustment is available for the air gap. REMOVAL REMOVAL

NOTE:

Wheel removed for clarity.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System (ABS) - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 7: Wheel Speed Sensor Electrical Connector, Wheel Speed Sensor Wiring & Wheel Speed Sensor Wiring Routing Clips Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Raise and support the vehicle. Refer to JACKING AND HOISTING LIFT POINTS . NOTE:

The inner wheel well can be pulled slightly out for access to electrical connector without removing wheel well retainers.

2. Disconnect the wheel speed sensor electrical connector (1). 3. Disconnect the wheel speed sensor wiring routing clips (2, 3). 4. Remove the wheel speed sensor wiring (4) from the brake flex hose bracket.

Fig. 8: Front Sensors & Steering Knuckles Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System (ABS) - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

5. Disconnect the sensor wire routing clips from the brake hose. 6. Remove the wheel speed sensor wiring (3) from the knuckle (4). 7. Remove the front wheel sensor mounting bolt (2) and remove the sensor (1) from the knuckle (4). INSTALLATION INSTALLATION

NOTE:

Wheel removed for clarity.

Fig. 9: Front Sensors & Steering Knuckles Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Position the wheel speed sensor (1) in the knuckle (4), install the mounting bolt (2), and tighten to 10.7 N.m (95 in. lbs.). 2. Attach the sensor wire routing clips to the brake hose. 3. Attach the wheel speed sensor wiring (3) to the knuckle (4).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System (ABS) - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 10: Wheel Speed Sensor Electrical Connector, Wheel Speed Sensor Wiring & Wheel Speed Sensor Wiring Routing Clips Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 4. 5. 6. 7.

Connect the sensor electrical connector (1). Attach the wheel speed sensor wiring routing clips (2, 3) to the body. Attach the wheel speed sensor wiring (4) to the brake flex hose bracket. Remove the supports and lower vehicle.

SENSOR, WHEEL SPEED, REAR DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION

Fig. 11: Wheel Speed Sensor & Knuckles

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System (ABS) - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC A wheel speed sensor (2) is used at each wheel. The rear sensors (2) are mounted to the knuckles (4). OPERATION OPERATION

Wheel speed sensors convert wheel speed into an electrical signal. This signal and amperage is changed by magnetic induction when the magnet (internal to the hub) passes the wheel speed sensor. This signal is sent to the Antilock Brake System (ABS) module which measures the voltage and amperage of the digital signal for each wheel to determine wheel speed. The signal strength is affected by the distance between the sensor and the tone ring. If the "Air Gap" between the sensor and the magnet is too large, the signal can drop out at low speed, (below 40 mph) and can cause an ABS activation. No adjustment is available for the air gap. REMOVAL REMOVAL

Fig. 12: Wheel Speed Sensor Wiring Connector, Wiring Harness Connector & Cradle Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Raise and support the vehicle. Refer to JACKING AND HOISTING LIFT POINTS . 2. Disconnect the wheel speed sensor wiring connector (1) from the wiring harness connector (2). 3. Remove the wheel speed sensor (1) wiring routing clip (not shown in illustration) from the top of the cradle (3).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System (ABS) - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 13: Wheel Speed Sensor & Knuckles Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 4. Remove the wheel speed sensor wiring routing clips (1) from the camber link. 5. Remove the wheel speed sensor mounting bolt (3), and remove the sensor (2) from the knuckle (4). INSTALLATION INSTALLATION

Fig. 14: Wheel Speed Sensor Wiring Connector, Wiring Harness Connector & Cradle Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Route the wheel speed sensor and connect the wheel speed sensor wiring connector (1) to the wiring harness connector (2). 2. Attach the wheel speed sensor (1) wiring routing clip (not shown in illustration) to the top of the cradle

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System (ABS) - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

(3).

Fig. 15: Wheel Speed Sensor & Knuckles Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 3. Route and attach the wheel speed sensor wiring routing clips (1) to the camber link. 4. Install the wheel speed sensor (2), and mounting bolt (3), and tighten to 10.7 N.m (95 in. lbs.). 5. Remove the supports and lower the vehicle.

HYDRAULIC/MECHANICAL HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT (HCU) DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System (ABS) - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 16: Hydraulic Control Unit (Hcu), Primary And Secondary Brake Tubes, Chassis Lines & Antilock Brake System (ABS) Module Electrical Connector Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC The Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) (1) consists of a valve body, pump motor, and inlet/outlets for the brake lines. The combined HCU and Antilock Brake System (ABS) module is located forward of the master cylinder, under the engine air box. OPERATION OPERATION

Accumulators in the valve body store extra fluid released to the system for Antilock Brake System (ABS) mode operation. The pump is used to clear the accumulator of brake fluid and is operated by a DC type motor. The motor is controlled by the ABM. The valves modulate brake pressure during antilock braking and are controlled by the ABS module. The HCU provides four channel pressure control individually to each brake caliper. Each of the four channels control the rear and front wheel brakes individually. During antilock braking, the solenoid valves are opened and closed as needed. The valves are not static. They are cycled rapidly and continuously to modulate pressure and control wheel slip and deceleration. During normal braking, the HCU solenoid valves and pump are not activated. The master cylinder and power booster operate the same as a vehicle without ABS. During antilock braking, solenoid valve pressure modulation occurs in three stages, pressure increase, pressure hold, and pressure decrease. The valves are all contained in the valve body portion of the HCU. PRESSURE DECREASE

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System (ABS) - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

The outlet valve is opened and the inlet valve is closed during the pressure decrease cycle. A pressure decrease cycle is initiated when speed sensor signals indicate high wheel slip at one or more wheels. At this point, the ABS module closes the inlet then opens the outlet valve, which also opens the return circuit to the accumulators. Fluid pressure is allowed to bleed off (decrease) as needed to prevent wheel lock. Once the period of high wheel slip has ended, the ABS module closes the outlet valve and begins a pressure increase or hold cycle as needed. PRESSURE HOLD

Both solenoid valves are closed in the pressure hold cycle. Fluid apply pressure in the control channel is maintained at a constant rate. The ABS module maintains the hold cycle until sensor inputs indicate a pressure change is necessary. PRESSURE INCREASE

The inlet valve is open and the outlet valve is closed during the pressure increase cycle. The pressure increase cycle is used to counteract unequal wheel speeds. This cycle controls re-application of fluid apply pressure due to changing road surfaces or wheel speed. REMOVAL REMOVAL

1. Remove and isolate the negative battery cable from the battery. 2. Install prop rod on the brake pedal to keep pressure on the brake system. Holding the pedal in this position will isolate the master cylinder from the hydraulic brake system and will not allow brake fluid to drain out of the brake fluid reservoir while the brake lines are open. This will allow you to bleed out the area of repair instead of the entire system. 3. Siphon the master cylinder reservoir. 4. Remove the air cleaner body, refer to appropriate Engine Mechanical article.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System (ABS) - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 17: Hydraulic Control Unit (Hcu), Primary And Secondary Brake Tubes, Chassis Lines & Antilock Brake System (ABS) Module Electrical Connector Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE:

5. 6. 7. 8.

Mark the brake lines locations before removing to assist in proper installation.

Remove the primary and secondary brake tubes (2) at the Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) (1). Remove the chassis lines (4) at the HCU (1). Disconnect the Antilock Brake System (ABS) module electrical connector (3). Remove the Integrated Control Unit (ICU) (1) with the bracket (5) from the vehicle by firmly lifting the assembly from the push mount pins.

Fig. 18: Four ABS Module Screws & Module Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System (ABS) - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

CAUTION: When removing the ABS module from the HCU, be sure to completely separate the two components approximately 38 mm (1.5 in.) straight out before moving module to the side. Otherwise, damage to the pressure sensor or Pump Motor connection may result requiring HCU replacement. Do not to touch the sensor terminals on the module side or the contact pads on the HCU side as this may result in contamination and issues in the future. NOTE:

If replacing the ICU (HCU and ABS module together) then step 9 is not necessary.

9. If necessary, remove the four ABS module screws (2) securing the module (1) to the HCU and firmly pull straight apart. 10. Remove and transfer the bracket as necessary. INSTALLATION INSTALLATION

Fig. 19: Integrated Control Unit (ICU) Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC CAUTION: When installing the ABS module to the HCU, be sure to properly align the ABS module and the HCU so that sensor terminals or the contact pads do not touch other parts of the modules. Otherwise, damage to the pressure sensor or Pump Motor connection may result requiring HCU replacement. NOTE:

If replacing the Integrated Control Unit (ICU) steps 1 and 2 may not be necessary.

1. If necessary, align the ABS module contact tower (3) and the tower receiving hole (2) of the Hydraulic

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System (ABS) - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Control Unit (1) and put ABS module (4) and the HCU (1) together without touching the tower terminals to any solenoids.

Fig. 20: Four ABS Module Screws & Module Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE:

Tighten the ABS module screws (2) in a crisscross pattern.

2. If necessary, install the four ABS module screws (2) securing the module (1) to the HCU and tighten to 2.9 N.m (25.5 in. lbs.).

Fig. 21: Hydraulic Control Unit (Hcu), Primary And Secondary Brake Tubes, Chassis Lines & Antilock Brake System (ABS) Module Electrical Connector Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 3. Install the ICU (1) to the vehicle by firmly pushing the assembly onto the push mount pins.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 BRAKES Antilock Brake System (ABS) - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12.

Install the chassis lines (4) at the HCU (1). Install the primary and secondary brake lines (2) to the HCU (1) and tighten to 19 N.m (168 in. lbs.). Reconnect the HCU (1) electrical connector (3). Install negative battery cable to the battery. Install the air cleaner body, refer to appropriate Engine Mechanical article Remove the brake pedal prop rod. Pressure bleed the base brake system. Refer to PRESSURE BLEEDING . . Bleed the ABS system. Refer to ABS SYSTEM BLEEDING. . If the ABS module was replaced, connect the scan tool and initialize the ABS module by performing the ABS VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE . 13. Verify proper brake operation.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

DESCRIPTION 3.0L COMMON RAIL DIESEL ENGINE The 3.0L (183 C.I.D.) six - cylinder "common rail" direct injection engine is a 60° overhead valve design. The engine utilize a cast iron cylinder block. The engine has aluminum cross flow cylinder heads, four valves per cylinder, central injectors and dual overhead camshafts. The 3.0L is turbocharged, intercooled, and also equipped with a EGR cooler. Additional features are:      

Finger Follower Actuated Valves with Hydraulic Adjusters Turbocharger and intercooler Oil Jet Cooled Pistons Swirl Intake Ports Water cooled exhaust gas recirculation, Compliance with EURO V emission regulations Chain driven D.O.H.C. per bank of cylinders, with 4 valves per cylinder

The engine identification stamp (3) for the 3.0L is located on the right side of the engine block, by the generator behind its mounting bracket.

DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING COMPRESSION TEST

Fig. 1: Fuel Injector Clamp, Compression Test Adapter & Bolt

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

Warm up engine to operating temperature (approximately 80 °C, 176 °F). Shut off engine. Disable the low pressure fuel pump. Remove the fuel injector. Refer to INJECTOR(S), FUEL, REMOVAL . Crank engine several times with the starter to eliminate combustion residues in the cylinders. Insert the (special tool #VM.10357, Adapter, Compression Test) (3) into fuel injector hole of cylinder to be tested. Install fuel injector clamp (1), bolt (2) and securely tighten. 7. Test compression pressure by cranking engine with starter for at least 8 revolutions. Cylinder Compression Difference Between Cylinders 5 Bar (73 psi) 8. Carry out test procedure at the remaining cylinders in the same way. 9. Remove the (special tool #VM.10357, Adapter, Compression Test) from cylinder head. 10. Install the fuel injector. Refer to INJECTOR(S), FUEL, INSTALLATION . ENGINE DIAGNOSIS - MECHANICAL CONDITION LUBRICATING OIL PRESSURE LOW

POSSIBLE CAUSES 1. Low oil level.

CORRECTION 1. (a) Check and fill with clean engine oil. (b) Check for a severe oil leak, worn rings (burning oil), oil leaking from the turbocharger to the intake, or other root causes for low oil level. 2. Oil viscosity thin, diluted 2. (a) Verify the correct engine oil is or wrong specification. being used. (b) Look for reduced viscosity from fuel dilution. 3. Improperly operating 3. Verify the pressure switch is pressure switch/gauge. functioning correctly. If not, replace switch/gauge. 4. Relief valve stuck open. 4. Check/replace valve. 5. If cooler was replaced, 5. Check/remove shipping plugs. shipping plugs may have been left in cooler 6. Worn oil pump. 6. Check and replace oil pump. 7. Suction tube loose or seal 7. Check and replace seal. leaking. 8. Loose main bearing cap. 8. Check and install new bearing. Tighten cap to proper torque. 9. Worn bearings or wrong 9. Inspect and replace connecting rod or

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

bearings installed.

LUBRICATING OIL PRESSURE TOO HIGH

LUBRICATING OIL LOSS

COMPRESSION KNOCKS

EXCESSIVE VIBRATION

main bearings. Check and replace directed piston cooling nozzles. 10. Directed piston cooling 10. Check directed piston cooling nozzles under piston, bad fit nozzles position. into main carrier. 12. Loose directed piston 12. Tighten directed piston cooling cooling nozzle. nozzle. 1. Pressure switch/gauge not 1. Verify pressure switch is functioning operating properly. correctly. If not, replace switch/gauge. 2. Engine running too cold. 2. Coolant Temperature Below Normal 3. Oil viscosity too thick. 3. Make sure the correct oil is being used. 4. Oil pressure relief valve 4. Check and replace valve. stuck closed or binding 1. External leaks. 1. Visually inspect for oil leaks. Repair as required. 2. Crankcase overfilled. 2. Verify that the correct dipstick is being used. 3. Incorrect oil specification 3. (a) Make sure the correct oil is being or viscosity. used. (b) Look for reduced viscosity from dilution with fuel. (c) Review/reduce oil change intervals. 4. Oil cooler leak 4. Check and replace the oil cooler. 5. High blow-by forcing oil 5. Check the breather tube area for signs out the breather. of oil loss. Perform the required repairs. 6. Turbocharger leaking oil 6. Inspect the air ducts for evidence of oil to the air intake. transfer. Repair as required (slight oil residue is normal). 1. Air in the fuel system. 1. Identify location of air leak and repair. Do not bleed high pressure fuel system. 2. Poor quality fuel or 2. Verify by operating from a temporary water/gasoline contaminated tank with good fuel. Clean and flush the fuel. fuel tank. Replace fuel/water separator filter. 3. Engine overloaded. 3. Verify the engine load rating is not being exceeded. 4. Improperly operating 4. Check and replace injectors. misfiring/inoperative injectors. 1. Loose or broken engine 1. Replace engine mounts. mounts. 2. Damaged fan or 2. Check and replace the vibrating improperly operating components. accessories.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

3. Improperly operating vibration damper 4. Improperly operating balance shaft 5. Improperly operating electronically controlled viscous fan drive. 6. Worn or damaged generator bearing. 7. Flywheel housing misaligned. 8. Loose or broken power component. 9. Worn or unbalanced driveline components. EXCESSIVE ENGINE NOISES 1. Drive belt squeal, insufficient tension or abnormally high loading.

2. Intake air or exhaust leaks. 3. Excessive valve lash.

4. Turbocharger noise.

5. Gear train noise. 6. Power function knock.

3. Inspect/replace vibration damper. 4. Inspect/replace balance shaft. 5. Inspect/replace fan drive.

6. Check/replace generator. 7. Check/correct flywheel alignment. 8. Inspect the crankshaft and rods for damage that causes an unbalance condition. Repair/replace as required. 9. Check/repair driveline components. 1. Check the automatic tensioner and inspect the drive belt. Make sure water pump, tensioner pulley, fan hub, generator and power steering pump turn freely. 2. Refer to Excessive Exhaust Smoke. Refer to SMOKE DIAGNOSIS CHARTS. 3. Adjust valves. Make sure the rocker arms are not bent. Replace bent or severely worn components. 4. Check turbocharger impeller and turbine wheel for housing contact. Repair/replace as required. 5. Visually inspect and measure gear backlash. Replace gears as required. 6. Check/replace rod and main bearings.

SMOKE DIAGNOSIS CHARTS The following charts include possible causes and corrections for excess or abnormal exhaust smoke. Small amounts of exhaust smoke (at certain times) are to be considered normal for a diesel powered engine. EXCESSIVE BLACK SMOKE POSSIBLE CAUSE CORRECTION Air filter dirty or plugged. Check and replace the filter if necessary. Air intake system restricted. Check entire air intake system including all hoses and tubes for restrictions, collapsed parts or damage. Repair/replace as necessary.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Air Leak in Intake System.

Check entire air intake system including all hoses and tubes for collapse, cracks, loose clamps, or holes in rubber ducts. Also check intake manifold for loose mounting hardware. Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC's) active or Refer to 3.0L DIESEL - DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX . multiple, intermittent DTC's. Engine Control Module (ECM) has incorrect Refer to 3.0L DIESEL - DIAGNOSTIC CODE calibration. INDEX . Exhaust system restriction is above specifications. Check exhaust pipes for damage/restrictions. Repair as necessary. Fuel grade is not correct or fuel quality is poor. Temporarily change fuel brands and note condition. Change brand if necessary. Fuel injection pump malfunctioning. A DTC may have been set. If so, refer to 3.0L DIESEL - DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX . Fuel injector malfunctioning. A DTC may have been set. Perform "Injector Classification Programming" using scan tool. Also refer to 3.0L DIESEL - DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX and the Return Fuel Quantity Test. Fuel injector lower washer doubled or missing. Remove and inspect injector washer. Fuel return system restricted. Check fuel return lines for restriction. Intake manifold restricted. Remove restriction. Manifold Air Pressure (Boost) Sensor or sensor A DTC should have been set. Refer to 3.0L circuit malfunctioning. DIESEL - DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX . Turbocharger air intake restriction. Remove restriction. Turbocharger damaged. Refer to TURBOCHARGER, DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING. Turbocharger has excess build up on compressor Refer to TURBOCHARGER, DIAGNOSIS AND wheel or diffuser vanes. TESTING. Turbocharger wheel clearance out of specification. Refer to TURBOCHARGER, DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING. EXCESSIVE WHITE SMOKE POSSIBLE CAUSE CORRECTION Air in fuel supply: Possible leak in fuel supply side. Inspect fuel system Coolant leaking into combustion chamber. Perform pressure test of cooling system. Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC's) active or Refer to 3.0L DIESEL - DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX . multiple, intermittent DTC's. In very cold ambient temperatures, engine block Refer to HEATER, ENGINE BLOCK, DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING . heater is malfunctioning (if equipped). Engine coolant temperature sensor malfunctioning. A DTC should have been set. Refer to 3.0L DIESEL - DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX . Also check thermostat operation. Engine Control Module (ECM) has incorrect A DTC should have been set. Refer to 3.0L DIESEL - DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX . . calibration.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fuel filter plugged. Fuel grade not correct or fuel quality is poor. Fuel injector malfunctioning.

Fuel injector hold-down(s) loose. Fuel injector protrusion not correct. Fuel injection pump malfunctioning. Fuel supply side restriction. Intake manifold air temperature sensor malfunctioning. Intake manifold heater circuit not functioning correctly in cold weather. Intake manifold heater elements not functioning correctly in cold weather. Internal engine damage (scuffed cylinder). Restriction in fuel supply side of fuel system.

Refer to DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING . Temporarily change fuel brands and note condition. Change brand if necessary. A DTC should have been set. Perform "Injector Identification Programming" or "Cylinder Cutout Test" using scan tool to isolate individual cylinders. Also refer to 3.0L DIESEL - DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX . Replace the copper washer(s) (shim) and tighten to specifications. Check washer (shim) at bottom of fuel injector for correct thickness. A DTC should have been set. Refer to 3.0L DIESEL - DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX . For fuel system testing. Refer to DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING . A DTC should have been set. Refer to 3.0L DIESEL - DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX . A DTC should have been set. Refer to 3.0L DIESEL - DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX . Also check heater elements for correct operation. A DTC should have been set if heater elements are malfunctioning. Refer to 3.0L DIESEL DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX . Analyze engine oil and inspect oil filter to locate area of probable damage. For fuel system testing. Refer to DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING .

EXCESSIVE BLUE SMOKE POSSIBLE CAUSE Dirty air cleaner or restricted turbocharger intake duct. Air leak in boost system between turbocharger compressor outlet and intake manifold. Obstruction in exhaust manifold. Restricted turbocharger drain tube. Crankcase ventilation system plugged.

Valve seals are worn, brittle, or improperly installed. Valve stems or guides are worn.

CORRECTION Check Air Cleaner Housing for debris and replace filter as necessary Service charge air system. Remove exhaust manifold and inspect for blockage. Remove turbocharger drain tube and remove obstruction. Inspect oil separator system for function and clear drain back hole in cylinder head cover/intake manifold Replace valve stem oil seals Remove valves and inspect valves and guides.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Broken or Improperly installed piston rings. Excessive piston ring end gap. Excessive cylinder liner wear and taper. Cylinder damage.

Piston damage. Turbocharger failure.

Tear down engine and inspect piston rings. Remove pistons and measure piston ring end gap. Remove pistons and measure cylinder liner wear and taper. Remove pistons and inspect cylinder liner for cracks or porosity. Repair with new cylinder liner if necessary. Remove pistons and inspect for cracks, holes. Measure piston for out-of-round and taper. Refer to TURBOCHARGER, DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING.

STANDARD PROCEDURE DUST COVERS AND CAPS

Fig. 2: Covers/Caps Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC Due to the high amounts of failures cased by dust, dirt, moisture and other foreign debris being introduced to the engine during service. Covers or caps are needed to reduce the possible damage that can be caused or created.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 3: Opening Cover Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC Covers over openings will reduce any possibilities for foreign materials to enter the engine systems. Using miller tool (special tool #10368, Set, Universal Protective Cap), Select the appropriated cover needed to the procedure. ENGINE GASKET SURFACE PREPARATION

Fig. 4: Proper Tool Usage For Surface Preparation Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC To ensure engine gasket sealing, proper surface preparation must be performed, especially with the use of aluminum engine components and multi-layer steel cylinder head gaskets. Never use the following to clean gasket surfaces:

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

  

Metal scraper (1). Abrasive pad or paper to clean cylinder block and head. High speed power tool with an abrasive pad or a wire brush (2).

Fig. 5: Proper Tool Usage For Surface Preparation Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE:

Multi-Layer Steel (MLS) head gaskets require a scratch free sealing surface.

Only use the following for cleaning gasket surfaces:   

Solvent or a commercially available gasket remover Plastic or wood scraper (4). High speed power tool with a plastic bristle brush style disc.

Sealing surfaces must be free of grease or oil residue. Clean surfaces with Mopar® brake parts cleaner (or equivalent). FORM-IN-PLACE GASKETS AND SEALERS There are numerous places where form-in-place gaskets are used on the engine. Care must be taken when applying form-in-place gaskets to assure obtaining the desired results.Do not use form-in-place gasket material unless specified. Bead size, continuity, and location are of great importance. Too thin a bead can result in leakage while too much can result in spill-over which can break off and obstruct fluid feed lines. A continuous bead of the proper width is essential to obtain a leak-free gasket. There are numerous types of form-in-place gasket materials that are used in the engine area. Mopar® Engine RTV GEN II, Mopar® ATF-RTV, and Mopar® Gasket Maker gasket materials, each have different properties and can not be used in place of the other.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

MOPAR® ENGINE RTV GEN II Mopar® Engine RTV GEN II is used to seal components exposed to engine oil. This material is a specially designed black silicone rubber RTV that retains adhesion and sealing properties when exposed to engine oil. Moisture in the air causes the material to cure. This material is available in three ounce tubes and has a shelf life of one year. After one year this material will not properly cure. Always inspect the package for the expiration date before use. MOPAR® ATF RTV Mopar® ATF RTV is a specifically designed black silicone rubber RTV that retains adhesion and sealing properties to seal components exposed to automatic transmission fluid, engine coolants, and moisture. This material is available in three ounce tubes and has a shelf life of one year. After one year this material will not properly cure. Always inspect the package for the expiration date before use. MOPAR® GASKET MAKER Mopar® Gasket Maker is an anaerobic type gasket material. The material cures in the absence of air when squeezed between two metallic surfaces. It will not cure if left in the uncovered tube. The anaerobic material is for use between two machined surfaces. Do not use on flexible metal flanges. MOPAR® GASKET SEALANT Mopar® Gasket Sealant is a slow drying, permanently soft sealer. This material is recommended for sealing threaded fittings and gaskets against leakage of oil and coolant. Can be used on threaded and machined parts under all temperatures. This material is used on engines with multi-layer steel (MLS) cylinder head gaskets. This material also will prevent corrosion. Mopar® Gasket Sealant is available in a 13 oz. aerosol can or 4oz./16 oz. can with applicator. MOPAR® THREEBOND ENGINE RTV SEALANT MOPAR® THREEBOND ENGINE RTV SEALANT is a unique gasket material that is specially made to retain adhesion and sealing properties when used to seal components exposed to engine oil. FORM-IN-PLACE GASKET AND SEALER APPLICATION

Assembling parts using a form-in-place gasket requires care but it's easier than using precut gaskets. Mopar® Gasket Maker material should be applied sparingly 1 mm (0.040 in.) diameter or less of sealant to one gasket surface. Be certain the material surrounds each mounting hole. Excess material can easily be wiped off. Components should be torqued in place within 15 minutes. The use of a locating dowel is recommended during assembly to prevent smearing material off the location. Mopar® Engine RTV GEN II or ATF RTV gasket material should be applied in a continuous bead approximately 3 mm (0.120 in.) in diameter. All mounting holes must be circled. For corner sealing, a 3.17 or 6.35 mm (1/8 or 1/4 in.) drop is placed in the center of the gasket contact area. Uncured sealant may be removed with a shop towel. Components should be torqued in place while the sealant is still wet to the touch (within 10 minutes). The usage of a locating dowel is recommended during assembly to prevent smearing material off the

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

location. Mopar® Gasket Sealant in an aerosol can should be applied using a thin, even coat sprayed completely over both surfaces to be joined, and both sides of a gasket. Then proceed with assembly. Material in a can with applicator can be brushed on evenly over the sealing surfaces. Material in an aerosol can should be used on engines with multi-layer steel gaskets. REPAIR DAMAGED OR WORN THREADS CAUTION: Be sure that the tapped holes maintain the original center line.

Damaged or worn threads can be repaired. Essentially, this repair consists of:   

Drilling out worn or damaged threads. Tapping the hole with a special Heli-Coil Tap, or equivalent. Installing an insert into the tapped hole to bring the hole back to its original thread size.

HYDROSTATIC LOCK CAUTION: DO NOT use the starter motor to rotate the crankshaft. Severe damage could occur. When an engine is suspected of hydrostatic lock (regardless of what caused the problem), follow the steps below. 1. Disconnect the negative cable(s) from the battery. 2. Inspect air cleaner, induction system, and intake manifold to ensure system is dry and clear of foreign material. 3. Place a shop towel around the fuel injectors to catch any fluid that may possibly be under pressure in the cylinder head. Remove the fuel injectors. Refer to INJECTOR(S), FUEL, REMOVAL . CAUTION: DO NOT use the starter motor to rotate the crankshaft. Severe damage could occur. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.

With all injectors removed, rotate the crankshaft using the crankshaft. Identify the fluid in the cylinders (coolant, fuel, oil, etc.). Be sure all fluid has been removed from the cylinders. Repair engine or components as necessary to prevent this problem from occurring again. Squirt a small amount of engine oil into the cylinders to lubricate the walls. This will prevent damage on restart. 9. Install fuel injectors. Refer to INJECTOR(S), FUEL, INSTALLATION . 10. Drain engine oil. Remove and discard the oil filter.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

11. Install the drain plug. Tighten the plug to 50 N.m (37 ft. lbs.). 12. Install a new oil filter and tighten to 10 N.m 88 in. lbs.). 13. Fill engine crankcase with the specified amount and grade of oil. Refer to CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FLUIDS, SPECIFICATIONS . 14. Connect the negative cable(s) to the battery. 15. Start the engine, allow to warm, turn engine off and check for any leaks.

SPECIFICATIONS ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS GENERAL DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION Displacement 3.0L Bore Stroke Compression Ratio Valves Per Cylinder Weight Power Output Torque Idle Speed - Warm Max RPM in Gear Max RPM in Neutral Ribbed V-Belt Tension Thermostat Opening Cooling System Capacity Engine Oil Capacity Timing System Air Intake Fuel Supply Fuel System Combustion Cycle Cylinder Compression Difference Between Cylinders Cooling System Engine Pre Heat Glow Plug Type Glow Plug Voltage Emission Standards Injector Opening Pressure

SPECIFICATION 3.0L (2987 cc) (182 CID) 83 mm (3.26 in.) 92 mm (3.62) 16.5 :1 4 229Kg (505 lbs.) 176 Kw (240 CV) @ 4000 RPM 550 N.m (406 ft. lbs.) @ 1600 RPM 650 RPM 4200 4800 Automatic Belt Tensioner Roller 88°C (190°F) 4.6 Liters (4.9 Qt.) 9.2L (9.7 Qt.) W/Filter Change Chain Driven Dual Overhead Camshafts Dry Filter With Turbocharger and Charge Air Cooler Electric Pump In The Fuel Tank Direct Fuel Injection Common Rail System 4 Stroke Diesel 5 Bar (73 psi.) Water Cooling Glow Plug GPL2-4 4.4 Volts Euro 5 230 Bar (3, 335 psi)

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Injection Pressure Injection Pump Injection Order Injector Type Lubrication Oil Quantity with Filter Oil Pressure 80°C (176°F)

1800 Bar (26, 106 psi) Bosch CP4.2, 2000 Bar (29008 psi) 1-4-2-5-3-6 CRI 2-18 Pressure Lubricated By Rotary Pump 8.4 Liters (9 Quarts) 0.7 Bar (10 psi.) at Idle 2.5 Bar (36 psi) at 3800 RPM Clockwise Viewed From Front Cover

Engine Rotation CRANKSHAFT

CRANKSHAFT DESCRIPTION Crankshaft Journal Diameter Tolerance Class A Tolerance Class B Tolerance Class C Main Bearing Journal Diameter 1 4 Tolerance Class A Tolerance Class B Tolerance Class C Axial play of crankshaft

SPECIFICATION Metric

Standard

67.500 - 67.494 mm 67.494 - 67.488 mm 67.488 - 67.482 mm

2.6574 - 2.6572 in. 2.6572 - 2.657 in. 2.657 - 2.6567 in.

73.958 - 73.952 mm 73.952 - 73.946 mm 73.946 - 73.940 mm 0.12 - 0.31 mm

2.9117 - 2.9114 in. 2.9114 - 2.9112 in. 2.9112 - 2.9110 in. 0.004 - 0.0122 in.

CRANKSHAFT BEARINGS

CRANKSHAFT BEARINGS Crankshaft Block Cylinder Crankshaft Bearing Crankshaft Bearing Block Bearing Bearing diameter Crankshaft Bearing Shell Thickness Tolerance Bearing Tollerance Tolerance Diameter Class Diameter Class Class 73.958 2.9117 0.0780 0.0782 Red 1.982 - 1.988 A 73.952 2.9114 0.0780 Red 1.982 - 1.988 mm in. 0.0782 78.000 3.0708 73.952 2.9114 0.0780 A 0.0782 Red 1.982 1.988 78.006 B 3.0710 73.946 2.9112 0.0782 Blue 1.988 1.994 mm mm in. 0.0785 73.946 2.9112 -

Blue

1.988 - 1.994

0.0782 0.0785

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

C

A

B

78.006 3.0710 - 78.012 3.0713

B

C

A

C

78.012 3.0713 78.018 3.0715

B

C

73.940 2.9110 mm in. 73.958 2.9117 73.952 2.9114 mm in. 73.952 2.9114 73.946 2.9112 mm in. 73.952 2.9112 73.946 2.9110 mm in. 73.958 2.9117 73.952 2.9114 mm in. 73.952 2.9114 73.946 2.9112 mm in. 73.952 2.9112 73.946 2.9110 mm in.

Blue

1.988 - 1.994

Red Blue

1.982 - 1.988 1.988 - 1.994

Blue Blue

1.988 - 1.994 1.988 - 1.994

Blue Yellow

1.988 - 1.994 1.994 - 2.000

Blue Blue

1.988 - 1.994 1.988 - 1.994

Blue Yellow

1.988 - 1.994 1.994 - 2.000

Yellow Yellow

1.994 - 2.000 1.994 - 2.000

0.0782 0.0785 0.0780 0.0782 0.0782 0.0785 0.0782 0.0785 0.0782 0.0785 0.0782 0.0785 0.0785 0.0787 0.0782 0.0785 0.0782 0.0785 0.0782 0.0785 0.0785 0.0787 0.0785 0.0787 0.0785 0.0787

CYLINDER HEAD

CYLINDER HEAD DESCRIPTION Cylinder Head Height Cylinder Head Flatness deformation Tolerance Valve Seat Width in Cylinder Head Exhaust valve Intake valve Cylinder Head Bolts Thread Diameter HEAD GASKET SELECTION CHART

HEAD GASKET SELECTION CHART

SPECIFICATION Metric 133 ± 0.06 mm 0.1 - 0.04 mm

Standard 5.236 ± 0.002 in. 0.003 - 0.001 in.

0.7 - 1.1 mm 1.0 - 1.4 mm

0.0276 - 0.0434 in. 0.0394 - 0.0552 in.

14 x 1.5 mm

NA

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Millimeters PISTON 0.130 - 0.220 CLEARANCE CYLINDER HEAD GASKET 0.96 THICKNESS GASKET IDENTIFICATION

Inches 0.0051 - 0.0086 0.0377 NO HOLE

PISTON 0.221 - 0.310 CLEARANCE CYLINDER HEAD GASKET 1.06 THICKNESS GASKET IDENTIFICATION

0.0087 - 0.0122 0.0417 ONE HOLE

PISTON 0.311 - 0.402 CLEARANCE CYLINDER HEAD GASKET 1.16 THICKNESS GASKET IDENTIFICATION

0.0122 - 0.0158 0.0456 TWO HOLES

CYLINDER BORE

CYLINDER BORE DESCRIPTION Cylinder Bore Diameter Roundness Tolerance Honing angle

SPECIFICATION Metric 82.995 - 83.025 mm 0.006 mm 40 - 60°

Standard 3.267 - 3.268 in. 0.0002 in 40 - 60°

CAMSHAFT

CAMSHAFT DESCRIPTION Cylinder Head On Right Valve Timing At 2 mm Valve Lift And A New Timing Chain Inlet valve opens after TDC Inlet valve closes after BDC

SPECIFICATION Metric

Standard

19.6° 5.6°

19.6° 5.6°

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Outlet valve opens after TDC Outlet valve closes after BDC Cylinder Head On Right Valve Timing At 2 mm Valve Lift And Used Timing Chain Inlet valve opens after TDC Inlet valve closes after BDC Outlet valve opens after TDC Outlet valve closes after BDC Cylinder Head On Left Valve Timing At 2 mm Valve Lift And A New Timing Chain Inlet valve opens after TDC Inlet valve closes after BDC Outlet valve opens after TDC Outlet valve closes after BDC Cylinder Head On Left Valve Timing At 2 mm Valve Lift And Used Timing Chain Inlet valve opens after TDC Inlet valve closes after BDC Outlet valve opens after TDC Outlet valve closes after BDC

17.9° 27.9°

17.9° 27.9°

21.5° 3.7° 16.0° 26.0°

21.5° 3.7° 16.0° 26.0°

20.7° 4.5° 16.8° 26.8°

20.7° 4.5° 16.8° 26.8°

21.5° 3.7° 16.0° 26.0°

21.5° 3.7° 16.0° 26.0°

ENGINE VALVES

ENGINE VALVES DESCRIPTION

SPECIFICATION Metric

Standard

Exhaust Intake

25.3 - 25.5 mm 28.4 - 28.6 mm

0.9961 - 1.004 in. 1.1182 - 1.126 in.

Exhaust Intake

1.4 - 1.6 mm 1.3 - 1.5 mm

0.0552 - 0.063 in. 0.0512 - 0.0591

Exhaust Intake Valve Seat Back-cut Angle Exhaust Intake Valve Stem Diameter

45° (+ 0.5°) 45° (+ 0.5°)

45° (+ 0.5°) 45° (+ 0.5°)

30° (±15') 30° (±15')

30° (±15') 30° (±15')

Valve Disk Diameter

Height Of Valve Disk

Valve Seat Face Angle

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Exhaust Intake

5.945 - 5.975 mm 5.960 - 5.975 mm

0.2341 - 0.2353 in. 0.2347 - 0.2353 in.

Exhaust Intake

102.1 - 102.5 mm 102.1 - 102.5 mm

4.0197 - 4.0355 in. 4.0197 - 4.0355 in.

Length Of Valve

PISTONS

PISTONS DESCRIPTION

SPECIFICATION Metric

Standard

82.930 - 82.940 mm 82.940 - 82.950 mm 82.950 - 82.960 mm

3.2649 - 3.2653 in. 3.2653 - 3.2657 in. 3.2657 - 3.2661 in.

Piston Diameter Tolerance Class A Tolerance Class B Tolerance Class C PISTON RINGS

PISTON RINGS DESCRIPTION

SPECIFICATION Metric

Standard

Height Gap Vertical Play

2 -0.01 / -0.03 mm 0.32 - 0.45 mm 0.13 - 0.17 mm

-0.000 - -0.001 in. 0.01259 - 0.01771 in. 0.0051 - 0.0066 in.

Groove 1 Groove 2 Groove 3 Dimensions Of The Piston Rings Keystone ring Taper-faced ring Bevel-edged ring Piston Pin Diameter Bearing Play in Piston

0.12 - 0.16 mm 0.065 -- 0.110 mm 0.03 -- 0.07 mm

0.0048 - 0.0063 0.0026 - 0.0044 0.0012 - 0.0028

NA NA NA

NA NA NA

29.975 - 29.980 mm 0.013 - 0.023 mm

in.

No 1 Piston Ring

Piston Ring End Gap

CONNECTING RODS

CONNECTING RODS DESCRIPTION

SPECIFICATION Metric

Standard

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Connecting Rod Bolt Thread diameter Shank length when new Maximum shank length Distance From Center Of Connecting Rod Bearing Bore To Connecting Rod Bushing Bore Width Of Connecting Rod At Connecting Rod Bearing Bore Width Of Connecting Rod At Connecting Rod Bushing Bore Connecting Rod Bushing Inner Connecting Rod Bushing Outer Diameter Piston Pin Play In Connecting Rod Bushing Peak-To-Valley Height (Rz) Of Connecting Rod Bushing On Inside Connecting Rod Bearing Shell Basic Bore Permissible Out-Of-Roundness And Concentricity Of Basic Bore Permissible Twist Of Connecting Rod Bearing Bore To Connecting Rod Bush Bore Over A Length Of 100 mm Permissible Variation Of Axial Parallelism Of Connecting rod Bearing Bore To Connecting rod Bushing Bore Over A Length Of 100 mm Permissible Difference In Weight Of Complete Connecting Rod Of An Engine

8 mm 47 mm 48 mm

0.315 in. 1.8504 in. 1.8898 in.

167.97 - 168.03 mm

6.613 - 6.6154 in.

17.90 - 18.10 mm

0.7048 - 0.7126 in.

21.94 - 22.00 mm

0.8638 - 0.8662 in.

30.038 - 30.044 mm

1.1826 - 1.1829 in.

32.500 - 32.525 mm

1.2796 - 1.2806 in.

0.028 - 0.034 mm

0.0012 - 0.0014 in.

5 mm

0.1969 in.

67.600 - 67.614 mm

2.6615 - 2.662 in.

0.020 mm

0.0008 in.

0.1 mm

0.004 in.

0.045 mm

0.0018 in.

2 grams

0.07 oz.

TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS ENGINE BLOCK DESCRIPTIONS Bedplate Bolts Connecting Rod Dipstick Tube Bolt (head)

N.m

In. Lbs. Ft. Lbs. Refer to CRANKSHAFT, INSTALLATION. Refer to ROD, PISTON AND CONNECTING, INSTALLATION. 11

97

-

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Dipstick Tube Bolt (sump) Engine Block Timing Plug Lower Oil Pan Bolts Oil Cooler Bolts Oil Cooler/Oil Filter Housing Adapter Bolts Oil Drain Plug Oil Filter Cap Oil Filter Housing Bolts M6 Oil Filter Housing Bolts M8 Oil Filter Housing Bracket Bolts Oil Jet Bolt (piston) Oil Jet Bolt (timing chain) Oil Pickup Tube Bolts Oil Pressure Sensor Oil Pump Upper Oil Pan Bolts Timing Chain Slide Rail Bolts Timing Chain Tensioner Transmission to Engine Bolts Transmission to Oil Pan Bolts Windage Tray

11

97

-

30

-

-

Refer to PAN, OIL, INSTALLATION. 30

-

22

30

-

22

45 25

-

33 18

15

133

-

30

-

22

15

133

-

11

97

-

11

97

-

11

97

-

33

-

24

14

124

-

Refer to PAN, OIL, INSTALLATION. 30

-

22

14

124

-

39

-

29

39

-

29

11

97

-

CYLINDER HEAD DESCRIPTIONS Camshaft Bearing Cap Bolts Camshaft Drive Gear Bolt

N.m 11 100

In. Lbs. 97 -

Ft. Lbs. 74

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Coolant Tube-to-Fuel Line Bracket Bolt

Cylinder Head Bolts (M14)

Cylinder Head Cover Bolts EGR Air Flow Control Valve Bolts EGR Cooler Adapter Bolts EGR Cooler Coolant Feed Pipe Bolt EGR Support Bracket Bolt EGR Support Bracket Nut Exhaust Manifold Nut Fuel Injector Clamp Bolt Fuel Rail Bolts Fuel Tube Bracket Bolt Fuel Tubes Union Nut at Fuel Injector Fuel Tubes Union Nut at Fuel Injection Pump Fuel Tubes Union Nut at Fuel Rail Glow Plug Intake Manifold Bolt

25 18 30 22 Stage 2 Stage 2 Stage 2 - 75 - 75 - 75 Degrees Degrees Degrees Stage 3 Stage 3 Stage 3 - 75 - 75 - 75 Degrees Degrees Degrees Stage 4 Stage 4 Stage 4 - 75 - 75 - 75 Degrees Degrees Degrees 10 89 9 80 45 33 18 159 25 18 25 18 15 133 Stage 2 30 - 40 33 24 25 18 11 97 11 + 75° 11 + 75° 5 + 75° 11 97 12 106 -

FRONT ENGINE DESCRIPTIONS Camshaft Position Sensor Bolt Fuel Injection Pump Blocker Plate Bolts Fuel Injection Pump Bolts Oil Breather/Camshaft Seal Housing Bolts Serpentine Belt Tensioner Serpentine Belt Tensioner Bracket Bolts (M6) Serpentine Belt Tensioner Bracket Bolts (M10) Vacuum Pump

N.m

In. Lbs.

8 25 25 14 45 11 45 9

71 124 97 80

Ft. Lbs. 18 18 33 33 74 +

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Vibration Damper Bolt Vibration Damper Cover Bolts

100 + 125° 11

REAR ENGINE DESCRIPTION Crankshaft Position Sensor Crankshaft Position Sensor Bracket Flex Plate (ATX)

97

125° -

N.m

In. Lbs. Ft. Lbs. 6 53 8 71 Refer to FLEXPLATE, INSTALLATION.

TURBOCHARGER DESCRIPTION Turbocharger to Engine Block Bolt Turbocharger to Cylinder Head Bolt Turbocharger Heat Shield Bolt Turbocharger Oil Feed Line at Engine Block Banjo Bolt Turbocharger Oil Feed Line at Turbocharger Banjo Bolt Turbocharger Oil Return Line Bolts

N.m

In. Lbs.

55 25 11 35 25 15

97 133

Ft. Lbs. 41 18 26 18 -

ENGINE MOUNTING DESCRIPTION Engine Mount Bracket Bolts Engine Mount to Bracket Nut Engine Mount to Cradle Bolts Rear Mount Bracket Bolts Rear Mount Bolts

N.m

In. Lbs.

61 61 61 33 61

-

Ft. Lbs. 45 45 45 24 45

REMOVAL REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Disconnect the negative battery cable. Remove the hood. Refer to HOOD, REMOVAL . Remove the oil filter. Raise and support the vehicle. Refer to HOISTING, STANDARD PROCEDURE . Remove the front skid plate. Refer to PLATE, SKID, FRONT, REMOVAL , PLATE, SKID, FRONT SUSPENSION, REMOVAL , PLATE, SKID, FUEL TANK, REMOVAL , PLATE, SKID, TRANSMISSION, REMOVAL and PLATE, SKID, TRANSFER CASE, REMOVAL . 6. Remove the front suspension skid plate. Refer to PLATE, SKID, FRONT, REMOVAL , PLATE, SKID, FRONT SUSPENSION, REMOVAL , PLATE, SKID, FUEL TANK, REMOVAL , PLATE, SKID, TRANSMISSION, REMOVAL and PLATE, SKID, TRANSFER CASE, REMOVAL .

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

7. Remove the transmission skid plate. Refer to PLATE, SKID, FRONT, REMOVAL , PLATE, SKID, FRONT SUSPENSION, REMOVAL , PLATE, SKID, FUEL TANK, REMOVAL , PLATE, SKID, TRANSMISSION, REMOVAL and PLATE, SKID, TRANSFER CASE, REMOVAL . 8. Drain the cooling system. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE . 9. Drain the engine oil. Using a new sealing washer, install and tighten drain plug to 45 N.m (33 ft. lbs.). 10. Remove bolt securing the power steering supply line. 11. Remove the rear A/C compressor mounting bolt. 12. Lower the vehicle.

Fig. 6: Engine Cover Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 13. Remove the engine cover (1).

Fig. 7: Charge Air Hose, Clamps & Resonator

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 14. 15. 16. 17.

Disconnect the Charge Air Cooler (CAC) hose at resonator (3). Remove the CAC hose (2) from the turbocharger. Release clips (1) and remove the charge air resonator (3). Remove the charge air resonator mount bracket.

Fig. 8: Charge Air Cooler Hose Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 18. Disconnect the CAC hose (1) from the EGR air flow control valve.

Fig. 9: Coolant Bottle, Hoses & Fasteners Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 19. Remove the coolant recovery bottle. Refer to BOTTLE, COOLANT RECOVERY, REMOVAL .

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

20. Remove the cooling fan. Refer to FAN, COOLING, REMOVAL . 21. Remove the upper radiator hose. 22. Remove the lower radiator hose.

Fig. 10: Cowl Extension Silencer, Side Extensions & Fasteners Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 23. Remove the cowl extension (1) and the side extensions (2, 5). Refer to SILENCER, COWL EXTENSION, REMOVAL . 24. Remove air cleaner body and turbocharger inlet hose. Refer to BODY, AIR CLEANER, REMOVAL.

Fig. 11: High Pressure Pump Blocker Shield & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 25. Remove bolts (2) and the high pressure pump blocker shield (1).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 12: Return Line & Low Pressure Supply Line Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 26. Disconnect the low pressure supply (2) and return (1) lines from high pressure pump. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE - QUICK-CONNECT FITTINGS . 27. Disconnect the brake booster vacuum hose. 28. Disconnect the two heater hoses at bulk head.

Fig. 13: Ground Cable At Frame Rail Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 29. Remove nut and the ground cable at frame rail. 30. Remove the generator. Refer to GENERATOR, REMOVAL .

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 14: Oil Cooler Adapter Assembly Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 31. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36.

Remove the oil cooler adapter assembly. Refer to ADAPTER, OIL COOLER, REMOVAL. Remove the left exhaust manifold. Refer to MANIFOLD, EXHAUST, REMOVAL. Remove the starter. Refer to STARTER, REMOVAL . Paint mark the flex plate to torque converter relation and remove the torque converter bolts Remove the starter wire harness-to-oil pan retainers. Disconnect the engine wire harness connector to the Powertrain Control Module (PCM).

Fig. 15: Glow Plug Module & Connectors Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 37. Remove the glow plug module. Refer to MODULE, GLOW PLUG, 3.0L DIESEL, REMOVAL . 38. Disconnect the engine wire harness connector at right fenderwell.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

39. 40. 41. 42.

Disconnect the engine wire harness connector below right headlamp. Remove the engine wire harness chassis ground. Move engine wire harness and position aside. Raise the vehicle.

Fig. 16: Differential Pressure Sensor Tubing & Diesel Particulate Filter Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 43. Remove the diesel particulate filter. Refer to FILTER, DIESEL PARTICULATE, REMOVAL .

Fig. 17: Front Axle & Axle Bracket Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 44. On 4x4 models, remove the front axle (1). Refer to REMOVAL . 45. Remove transmission dipstick tube.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

46. 47. 48. 49. 50. 51.

Remove the upper five transmission-to-engine bolts. Remove the four transmission-to-oil pan bolts. Remove bolts and position aside the power steering pump. Remove bolts securing the transmission cooler liner to oil pan. Lower the vehicle. Position floor jack under the transmission and slightly raise.

Fig. 18: Engine Lifting Bracket & Bolts - Right Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 52. Install the (special tool #VM.10360-2, Bracket, Engine Lifting (Right)) (1) and securely tighten bolts (2).

Fig. 19: Engine Lifting Bracket & Bolts - Left Front Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

53. Install the (special tool #VM.10360-3, Bracket, Engine Lifting (Left Front)) (1) and securely tighten bolt (2).

Fig. 20: Engine Lifting Bracket & Bolts - Left Right Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 54. Install the (special tool #VM.10360-1, Bracket, Engine Lifting (Left Rear)) (1) and securely tighten bolts (2). 55. Position the engine hoist and connect engine lift chain to engine lift fixtures.

Fig. 21: Right Engine Mount Retaining Nut Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE:

Right side shown in illustration, left side similar.

56. Remove the right and left engine mount retaining nuts (1).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

57. Remove engine from vehicle.

INSTALLATION INSTALLATION

Fig. 22: Right Engine Mount Retaining Nut Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Carefully align the engine assembly in the engine bay area and align with the transmission, Do Not lower the engine. 2. Align the engine to transmission, and lower the engine mounts into position. NOTE:

Right side mount shown in illustration, left side similar.

3. Install the right and left engine mount retaining nuts (1) and tighten to 61 N.m (45 ft. lbs.). 4. Remove engine lifting device.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 23: Engine Lifting Bracket & Bolts - Left Right Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 5. Remove bolts (2) and the (special tool #VM.10360-1, Bracket, Engine Lifting (Left Rear)) (1).

Fig. 24: Engine Lifting Bracket & Bolts - Left Front Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 6. Remove bolt (2) and the (special tool #VM.10360-3, Bracket, Engine Lifting (Left Front)) (1).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 25: Engine Lifting Bracket & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14.

Remove bolts (2) and the (special tool #VM.10360-2, Bracket, Engine Lifting (Right)) (1). Remove floor jack from under transmission. Raise and support the vehicle. Refer to HOISTING, STANDARD PROCEDURE . Install the four transmission-to-oil pan bolts and tighten to 39 N.m (29 ft. lbs.). Install the upper five transmission-to-engine bolts and tighten to 39 N.m (29 ft. lbs.). Install bolts securing the transmission cooler liner to oil pan and securely tighten bolts. Position the EHPS pump, install the retaining bolts and tighten to 23 N.m (17 ft. lbs.). Install the transmission dipstick tube.

Fig. 26: Front Axle & Axle Bracket Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

15. On 4x4 models, Install the front axle (1). Refer to INSTALLATION .

Fig. 27: Differential Pressure Sensor Tubing & Diesel Particulate Filter Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 16. Install the diesel particulate filter. Refer to FILTER, DIESEL PARTICULATE, INSTALLATION .

Fig. 28: Glow Plug Module & Connectors Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 17. 18. 19. 20. 21.

Lower the vehicle. Position the engine wire harness over engine and connect wire harness connectors. Install the engine wire harness chassis ground. Connect the engine wire harness connector below right headlamp. Connect the engine wire harness connector at right fenderwell.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

22. Install the glow plug module. Refer to MODULE, GLOW PLUG, 3.0L DIESEL, INSTALLATION .

Fig. 29: Oil Cooler Adapter Assembly Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 23. 24. 25. 26. 27.

Connect the engine wire harness connector to Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Verify that the torque converter is pulled flush to the flexplate. Tighten bolts to 42 N.m (31 ft. lbs.). Install the starter. Refer to STARTER, INSTALLATION . Install the left exhaust manifold. Refer to MANIFOLD, EXHAUST, INSTALLATION. Install the oil cooler adapter assembly. Refer to ADAPTER, OIL COOLER, INSTALLATION.

Fig. 30: A/C Compressor Removal/Installation Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 28. Install the A/C compressor. Refer to COMPRESSOR, A/C, INSTALLATION .

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 31: Ground Cable At Frame Rail Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 29. Install the generator. Refer to GENERATOR, INSTALLATION . 30. Install the ground cable at frame rail and securely tighten nut.

Fig. 32: Return Line & Low Pressure Supply Line Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 31. Connect the two heater hoses at bulk head. 32. Connect the brake booster vacuum hose. 33. Connect the low pressure supply (2) and return (1) lines to the high pressure pump.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 33: High Pressure Pump Blocker Shield & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 34. Install the high pressure pump blocker shield. Tighten bolts to 25 N.m (18 ft. lbs.).

Fig. 34: Cowl Extension Silencer, Side Extensions & Fasteners Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 35. Install air cleaner body and turbocharger inlet hose. Refer to BODY, AIR CLEANER, INSTALLATION. 36. Install the cowl extension (1) and the side extensions (2, 5). Refer to SILENCER, COWL EXTENSION, INSTALLATION .

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 35: Coolant Bottle, Hoses & Fasteners Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 37. 38. 39. 40.

Install the lower radiator hose. Install the upper radiator hose. Install the cooling fan. Refer to FAN, COOLING, INSTALLATION . Install the coolant recovery bottle. Refer to BOTTLE, COOLANT RECOVERY, INSTALLATION .

Fig. 36: Charge Air Cooler Hose Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 41. Connect the Charge Air Cooler (CAC) hose (1) to the EGR air flow control valve.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 37: Charge Air Hose, Clamps & Resonator Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 42. 43. 44. 45. 46. 47. 48. 49.

50.

51.

52. 53. 54. 55. 56.

Install the charge air resonator mount bracket. Install the charge air resonator (3) and attach the clips (1). Install the CAC hose (2) to the turbocharger. Connect the CAC hose to resonator (3). Raise and support the vehicle. Refer to HOISTING, STANDARD PROCEDURE . Install the rear A/C compressor mounting bolt and tighten to bolt to 28 N.m (21 ft. lbs.). Install bolt securing the power steering supply line and securely tighten. Install the transmission skid plate. Refer to PLATE, SKID, FRONT, INSTALLATION , PLATE, SKID, FRONT SUSPENSION, INSTALLATION , PLATE, SKID, FUEL TANK, INSTALLATION , PLATE, SKID, TRANSMISSION, INSTALLATION and PLATE, SKID, TRANSFER CASE, INSTALLATION . Install the front suspension skid plate. Refer to PLATE, SKID, FRONT, INSTALLATION , PLATE, SKID, FRONT SUSPENSION, INSTALLATION , PLATE, SKID, FUEL TANK, INSTALLATION , PLATE, SKID, TRANSMISSION, INSTALLATION and PLATE, SKID, TRANSFER CASE, INSTALLATION . Install the front skid plate. Refer to PLATE, SKID, FRONT, INSTALLATION , PLATE, SKID, FRONT SUSPENSION, INSTALLATION , PLATE, SKID, FUEL TANK, INSTALLATION , PLATE, SKID, TRANSMISSION, INSTALLATION and PLATE, SKID, TRANSFER CASE, INSTALLATION . Lower the vehicle. Install a new oil filter. Fill engine with the recommended engine oil. Refer to CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FLUIDS, SPECIFICATIONS . Fill the cooling system. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE . Install the hood. Refer to HOOD, INSTALLATION .

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

57. Connect the negative battery cable. 58. Start engine, allow to warm, turn engine off and inspect for leaks.

Fig. 38: Engine Cover Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 59. Install the engine cover (1).

SPECIAL TOOLS SPECIAL TOOLS 10224 - Adapter, Valve Spring (Originally Shipped In Kit Number(s) 10223.) 10368 - Set, Universal Protective Cap 8534B - Support Fixture, Engine (Originally Shipped In Kit Number(s) 8534, 8534B, 8849, 9565.) C-3339A - Set, Dial Indicator (Originally Shipped In Kit Number(s) 9202.) C-3422-D - Compressor, Valve Spring VM.10338 - Tool, Camshaft Timing VM.10338-1 - Timing Tool, Camshaft (Right) VM.10338-2 - Timing Tool, Camshaft (Left) VM.10339 - Tool, Crankshaft Timing VM.10340-1 - Guide, Front Seal VM.10340-2 - Installer Tool, Front Seal VM.10341-1 - Guide, Rear Seal VM.10341-2 - Installer Tool, Rear Seal VM.10342 - Tool, Crankshaft Bearing Positioning VM.10343-1 - Alignment Tool, Cylinder Head (Right Intake)

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

VM.10343-2 - Alignment Tool, Cylinder Head (Left Intake) VM.10343-3 - Alignment Tool, Cylinder Head (Left Exhaust) VM.10343-4 - Alignment Tool, Cylinder Head (Right Exhaust) VM.10344 - Tool, Oil Separator Remover/Installer VM.10357 - Adapter, Compression Test VM.10359 - Pin, Tensioner VM.10360-1 - Bracket, Engine Lifting (Left Rear) VM.10360-2 - Bracket, Engine Lifting (Right) VM.10360-3 - Bracket, Engine Lifting (Left Front) VM.10362 - Removal Tool, Bedplate

COVER, ENGINE DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION

Fig. 39: Engine Cover Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC The insulated engine cover (1) is made of composite material and used cosmetically to cover the top of the engine and greatly reduce engine noise. Four brackets secure the cover to the engine. Also there is an insulated pad on each of the cylinder head covers to insulate the fuel injectors. REMOVAL REMOVAL

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 40: Engine Cover Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Pull upwards on the engine cover (1) to remove. INSTALLATION INSTALLATION

Fig. 41: Engine Cover Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Position engine cover (1) over mounting studs. 2. Seat the cover on the rear studs by pushing downwards. 3. Push downward on the front of the cover to seat the front studs.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

CYLINDER HEAD DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION

Fig. 42: Cylinder Head Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC The cylinder heads on the 3.0L V-6 are of a cross-flow design and have the following features:    

High-Strength Cast Aluminum Alloy Construction. Four Valves per Cylinder. Roller Finger Followers/Lifter Assemblies. Pressed-in Valve Guides and Valve Seats.

The 3.0L aluminum, overhead valve cylinder heads are made of high strength aluminum alloy and are each equipped with two camshafts, roller finger followers/lifter assemblies and four valve technology. The cylinder head can not be resurfaced. The cylinder head uses a Multi-layered Steel gasket for sealing. The valve seats and valve guides are not serviceable. REMOVAL LEFT CYLINDER HEAD

1. 2. 3. 4.

Remove the intake manifold. Refer to MANIFOLD, INTAKE, REMOVAL. Remove the glow plugs. Remove the left side intake and exhaust camshafts. Refer to CAMSHAFT, ENGINE, REMOVAL. Remove the followers and tappets and note their original position.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

5. Remove the water pump housing assembly. Refer to PUMP, WATER, REMOVAL .

Fig. 43: Cylinder Head, Head Gasket, Engine Block & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE:

Do Not store the cylinder head on the sealing surface.

6. Remove and discard bolts (1) and the cylinder head (2) from the engine block (5). 7. Remove and discard the head gasket (3). RIGHT CYLINDER HEAD

1. Remove the intake manifold. Refer to MANIFOLD, INTAKE, REMOVAL. 2. Remove the glow plugs. 3. Remove the right side intake and exhaust camshaft shafts. Refer to CAMSHAFT, ENGINE, REMOVAL. 4. Remove the followers and tappets and note their original position. 5. Remove the water pump housing assembly. Refer to PUMP, WATER, REMOVAL .

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 44: Cylinder Head, Head Gasket, Engine Block & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE:

Do Not store the cylinder head on the sealing surface.

6. Remove bolts (1) and the cylinder head (2) from the engine block (5). 7. Remove and discard the head gasket (3). CLEANING CLEANING

Thoroughly clean the engine cylinder head and cylinder block mating surfaces. Clean the intake and exhaust manifold and engine cylinder head mating surfaces. Clean the injector bores. Remove all gasket material and carbon. Refer to Engine - Standard Procedure. Check to ensure that no fuel injector washer seals are left in the injector bores. Check to ensure that no coolant or foreign material has fallen into the tappet bore area. Remove the carbon deposits from the combustion chambers and top of the pistons. INSPECTION INSPECTION

Use a straightedge and feeler gauge to check the flatness of the engine cylinder head and engine block mating surfaces. The cylinder head thickness is 133 ± 0.06 mm (5.2362 ± 0.0023 in.).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Cylinder head flatness tolerance 0.1 mm (0.0039 in.). INSTALLATION LEFT CYLINDER HEAD

Fig. 45: Crankshaft Timing Tool Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Clean and inspect gasket mating surfaces. Refer to Engine/Cylinder Head - Cleaning. 2. Remove the (special tool #VM.10339, Tool, Crankshaft Timing) (1).

Fig. 46: Setting Number One Piston At Top Dead Center Using Dial Indicator Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 3. Set the number one piston to top dead center (TDC).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

4. Using the (special tool #C-3339A, Set, Dial Indicator) (1), assemble as illustrated.

Fig. 47: Measuring Height Of The Piston At Top Dead Center Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 5. Zero the dial indicator on the top of the piston at location shown in illustration (1). 6. Use the dial indicator to measure the height of the piston at top dead center to the cylinder block and record measurements. 7. Zero the dial indicator on the top of the piston at location shown in illustration (2). 8. Use the dial indicator to measure the height of the piston at top dead center to cylinder block and record measurements. 9. Repeat the procedure for each cylinder. 10. Average the 3 piston protrusion readings to determine the required gasket thickness. HEAD GASKET SELECTION CHART Millimeters Inches PISTON 0.130 - 0.220 0.0051 - 0.0086 CLEARANCE CYLINDER 0.0377 HEAD GASKET 0.96 THICKNESS GASKET NO HOLE IDENTIFICATION PISTON CLEARANCE CYLINDER HEAD GASKET THICKNESS

0.221 - 0.310 0.0087 - 0.0122 1.06

0.0417

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

GASKET IDENTIFICATION

ONE HOLE

PISTON 0.311 - 0.402 0.0122 - 0.0158 CLEARANCE CYLINDER HEAD GASKET 1.16 0.0456 THICKNESS GASKET TWO HOLES IDENTIFICATION

Fig. 48: Cylinder Head Gasket Identification Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE:

The above illustration shows gasket identification marks.

11. Select the appropriate cylinder head gasket from the cylinder head gasket chart.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 49: Cylinder Head, Head Gasket, Engine Block & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 12. Install the head gasket (3) onto the engine block (5). Be sure the coolant passages align (part number should be facing up). 13. Install the cylinder head (2) onto the engine block (5) and install bolts (1) finger tight.

Fig. 50: Cylinder Head Alignment Tools & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 14. Install the intake side (special tool #VM.10343-2, Alignment Tool, Cylinder Head (Left Intake)) (1) an securely tighten bolts (2). 15. Install the exhaust side (special tool #VM.10343-3, Alignment Tool, Cylinder Head (Left Exhaust)) (3) an securely tighten bolts (4).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 51: Cylinder Head Bolts Tightening Sequence Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 16. Using the tighten sequence shown in illustration, tighten the cylinder head bolts to:  30 N.m (22 ft. lbs.).  Tighten bolts an additional 75° turn.  Tighten bolts an additional 75° turn.  Tighten bolts an additional 75° turn.

Fig. 52: Cylinder Head Alignment Tools & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 17. Remove bolts (2) and (special tool #VM.10343-3, Alignment Tool, Cylinder Head (Left Exhaust)) (1). 18. Remove bolts (4) and (special tool #VM.10343-2, Alignment Tool, Cylinder Head (Left Intake)) (3). 19. Install the water pump housing assembly. Refer to PUMP, WATER, INSTALLATION .

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

NOTE:

20. 21. 22. 23. 24.

Follower and tappet assemblies must be installed in same location as when removed.

Install the followers and tappets into their original position as noted during removal. Install the left side intake and exhaust camshafts. Refer to CAMSHAFT, ENGINE, INSTALLATION. Install the glow plugs and tighten to 11 N.m (97 in. lbs.). Install the oil cooler adapter. Refer to ADAPTER, OIL COOLER, INSTALLATION. Install the intake manifold (4). Refer to MANIFOLD, INTAKE, INSTALLATION.

RIGHT CYLINDER HEAD

Fig. 53: Crankshaft Timing Tool Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Clean and inspect gasket mating surfaces. Refer to Engine/Cylinder Head - Cleaning. 2. Remove the (special tool #VM.10339, Tool, Crankshaft Timing) (1).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 54: Setting Number One Piston At Top Dead Center Using Dial Indicator Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 3. Set the number one piston to top dead center (TDC). 4. Using the (special tool #C-3339A, Set, Dial Indicator) (1), assemble as illustrated.

Fig. 55: Measuring Height Of The Piston At Top Dead Center Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 5. Zero the dial indicator on the top of the piston at location shown in illustration (1). 6. Use the dial indicator to measure the height of the piston at top dead center to the cylinder block and record measurements. 7. Zero the dial indicator on the top of the piston at location shown in illustration (2). 8. Use the dial indicator to measure the height of the piston at top dead center to cylinder block and record measurements.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

9. Repeat the procedure for each cylinder. 10. Average the 3 pistons protrusion readings to determine the required gasket thickness. HEAD GASKET SELECTION CHART Millimeters Inches PISTON 0.130 - 0.220 0.0051 - 0.0086 CLEARANCE CYLINDER 0.0377 HEAD GASKET 0.96 THICKNESS GASKET NO HOLE IDENTIFICATION PISTON 0.221 - 0.310 0.0087 - 0.0122 CLEARANCE CYLINDER HEAD GASKET 1.06 0.0417 THICKNESS GASKET ONE HOLE IDENTIFICATION PISTON 0.311 - 0.402 0.0122 - 0.0158 CLEARANCE CYLINDER HEAD GASKET 1.16 0.0456 THICKNESS GASKET TWO HOLES IDENTIFICATION

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 56: Cylinder Head Gasket Identification Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE:

The above illustration shows gasket identification marks.

11. Select the appropriate cylinder head gasket from the cylinder head gasket chart.

Fig. 57: Cylinder Head, Head Gasket, Engine Block & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 12. Install the head gasket (3) onto the engine block (5). Be sure the coolant passages align (part number should be facing up). 13. Install the cylinder head (2) onto the engine block (5) and install bolts (1) finger tight.

Fig. 58: Cylinder Head Alignment Tools & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

14. Install the exhaust side (special tool #VM.10343-4, Alignment Tool, Cylinder Head (Right Exhaust)) (1) an securely tighten bolts (2). 15. Install the intake side (special tool #VM.10343-1, Alignment Tool, Cylinder Head (Right Intake)) (3) an securely tighten bolts (4).

Fig. 59: Cylinder Head Bolts Tightening Sequence Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 16. Using the tighten sequence shown in illustration, tighten the cylinder head bolts to:  30 N.m (22 ft. lbs.).  Tighten bolts an additional 75° turn.  Tighten bolts an additional 75° turn.  Tighten bolts an additional 75° turn.

Fig. 60: Cylinder Head Alignment Tools & Bolts

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 17. Remove bolts (4) and (special tool #VM.10343-4, Alignment Tool, Cylinder Head (Right Exhaust)) (4). 18. Remove bolts (2) and (special tool #VM.10343-1, Alignment Tool, Cylinder Head (Right Intake)) (1). 19. Install the water pump housing assembly. Refer to PUMP, WATER, INSTALLATION . NOTE:

20. 21. 22. 23.

Follower and tappet assemblies must be installed in same location as when removed.

Install the followers and tappets (2) into their original position as noted during removal. Install the right side intake and exhaust camshafts. Refer to CAMSHAFT, ENGINE, INSTALLATION. Install the glow plugs and tighten to 11 N.m (97 in. lbs.). Install the intake manifold. Refer to MANIFOLD, INTAKE, INSTALLATION.

CAMSHAFT, ENGINE DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION

The camshafts are multiple-piece components with six machined lobes that are mounted to a hollow shaft with an interference fit. The cam lobes are induction hardened. Each camshaft has four bearing journals except for the right-bank intake camshaft. Due to the longer length needed to accommodate the centrifugal oil separator, the right-bank intake camshaft has five bearing journals. The camshaft journals have the same diameter and are supplied with oil pressure through lubrication passages in the cylinder head journals. OPERATION OPERATION

Each cylinder has two intake and two exhaust valves, and one glow plug. Valve lash is controlled by hydraulic lifter/roller finger followers inside the cylinder head, in bores under the camshafts. The finger followers transfer the camshaft lobe movement into vertical valve movement. The valve moves by the lobe of the camshaft pressing down on the finger follower roller. The finger followers are located on top of the hydraulic lifters and the valves. The finger followers are not held rigidly into position; instead, they are held in position by resting on top of the valve and the hydraulic lifter pivoting ball. WARNING: When the hydraulic lash adjusters are removed from the engine, they must be stored upright and in clean conditions. Install the finger followers and hydraulic lifters in the same location as removed. WARNING: Replacement of the camshaft will also require replacement of the finger followers and hydraulic lifters.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

REMOVAL LEFT CAMSHAFT

Fig. 61: Camshaft Timing Tool & Sprockets Holes - Left Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. 2. 3. 4.

Disconnect the negative battery cable. Remove the timing chain and sprockets. Refer to CHAIN AND SPROCKETS, TIMING, REMOVAL. Remove bolts and the left (special tool #VM.10338-2, Timing Tool, Camshaft (Left)) (1). Check the camshafts end play using (special tool #C-3339A, Set, Dial Indicator). End play should be between 0.1 mm - 0.3 mm (0.003 in. - 0.011 in.). If the camshaft endplay is not within specification, replace the cylinder head.

Fig. 62: Left Side Intake & Exhaust Camshaft, Camshaft Bearing Caps & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

NOTE:

Make a reference in the order the camshaft bearing caps were removed.

5. Remove bolts (3) and the intake and exhaust camshaft bearing caps (2). 6. Remove the left side intake and exhaust camshaft (1). RIGHT CAMSHAFTS

Fig. 63: Camshaft Timing Tool & Sprockets Holes - Right Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Disconnect the negative battery cable. 2. Remove the right timing chain and sprocket. Refer to CHAIN AND SPROCKETS, TIMING, REMOVAL. 3. Remove bolts and the right (special tool #VM.10338-1, Timing Tool, Camshaft (Right)) (1). 4. Check the camshafts end play using (special tool #C-3339A, Set, Dial Indicator). End play should be between 0.1 mm - 0.3 mm (0.003 in. - 0.011 in.). If the camshaft endplay is not within specification, replace the cylinder head.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 64: Left Side Intake & Exhaust Camshaft, Camshaft Bearing Caps & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE:

Make a reference in the order the camshaft bearing caps were removed.

5. Remove bolts (3) and the intake and exhaust camshaft bearing caps (2). 6. Remove the right side intake and exhaust camshaft (1). INSTALLATION LEFT CAMSHAFT

Fig. 65: Left Side Intake & Exhaust Camshaft, Camshaft Bearing Caps & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Clean all gasket sealing and mating surfaces.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

2. Lubricate camshafts with Mopar® Engine Oil Supplement, or equivalent. Refer to CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FLUIDS, SPECIFICATIONS . 3. Carefully install camshafts (1) onto cylinder head journals.

Fig. 66: Intake Camshaft Gear Timing Mark & Exhaust Camshaft Timing Gear Mark Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 4. Set the intake camshaft gear timing mark (1) at the four O'clock position and the exhaust camshaft timing gear mark (2) to the seven O'clock position.

Fig. 67: Camshaft Bearing Cap Tightening Sequence - Left Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE:

When installing the bearing caps, be sure to install the "A" on the intake side and the "S" on the exhaust side in the rightful order.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

5. Install the camshaft bearing caps 1 through 12, 17 and 18 in the rightful order and tighten each retaining bolt finger tight. 6. Check the camshaft for proper timing. Refer to Engine/Valve Timing - Standard.

Fig. 68: Camshaft Bearing Cap Tightening Sequence - Left Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 7. Using the tightening sequence shown in illustration, tighten bolts to 11 N.m (97 in. lbs.). 8. Install the timing chain and sprocket. Refer to CHAIN AND SPROCKETS, TIMING, INSTALLATION. 9. Connect the negative battery cable. 10. Start engine, allow to warm, turn engine off and inspect for leaks. RIGHT CAMSHAFTS

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 69: Left Side Intake & Exhaust Camshaft, Camshaft Bearing Caps & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Clean all gasket and mating surfaces. 2. Lubricate camshafts with Mopar® Engine Oil Supplement, or equivalent. Refer to CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FLUIDS, SPECIFICATIONS . 3. Carefully install camshafts (1) onto cylinder head journals.

Fig. 70: Exhaust Camshaft Gear Timing Mark & Intake Camshaft Timing Gear Mark Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 4. Set the exhaust camshaft gear timing mark (1) at the four O'clock position and the intake camshaft timing gear mark (2) to the seven O'clock position.

Fig. 71: Camshaft Bearing Cap Tightening Sequence - Right Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

NOTE:

When installing the bearing caps, be sure to install the "A" on the intake side and the "S" on the exhaust side in the rightful order.

5. Install the camshaft bearing caps 1 through 12, in the rightful order and tighten each retaining bolt finger tight. 6. Check the camshaft for proper timing. Refer to Engine/Valve Timing - Standard.

Fig. 72: Camshaft Bearing Cap Tightening Sequence - Right Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 7. Using the tightening sequence shown in illustration, tighten bolts to 11 N.m (97 in. lbs.). 8. Install the right timing chain sprocket. Refer to CHAIN AND SPROCKETS, TIMING, INSTALLATION. 9. Connect the negative battery cable. 10. Start engine, allow to warm, turn engine off and inspect for leaks. COVER(S), CYLINDER HEAD DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 73: Cylinder Head Cover Gasket Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC The 3.0L cylinder head cover is made of an injection molded composite and is used to cover the camshafts, lifters and followers. The cylinder head cover gasket (1) is not serviceable, if the gasket is found to be defective then a new cylinder head cover must be installed. REMOVAL RIGHT BANK

1. Disconnect the negative battery cable. 2. Raise and support the vehicle. Refer to HOISTING, STANDARD PROCEDURE . 3. Remove the front skid plate. Refer to PLATE, SKID, FRONT, REMOVAL , PLATE, SKID, FRONT SUSPENSION, REMOVAL , PLATE, SKID, FUEL TANK, REMOVAL , PLATE, SKID, TRANSMISSION, REMOVAL and PLATE, SKID, TRANSFER CASE, REMOVAL . 4. Remove the front suspension skid plate. Refer to PLATE, SKID, FRONT, REMOVAL , PLATE, SKID, FRONT SUSPENSION, REMOVAL , PLATE, SKID, FUEL TANK, REMOVAL , PLATE, SKID, TRANSMISSION, REMOVAL and PLATE, SKID, TRANSFER CASE, REMOVAL . 5. Remove the lower engine oil dipstick bolt. 6. Drain the cooling system. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE . 7. Lower the vehicle.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 74: Engine Cover Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 8. Remove the engine cover (1).

Fig. 75: Charge Air Hose, Clamps & Resonator Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 9. Disconnect the Charge Air Cooler (CAC) hose at resonator (3) 10. Remove the CAC hose (2) from the turbocharger. 11. Release clips and remove the charge air resonator (3).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 76: Cowl Extension Silencer, Side Extensions & Fasteners Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 12. Remove the cowl extension (1) and the side extensions (2, 5). Refer to SILENCER, COWL EXTENSION, REMOVAL .

Fig. 77: Coolant Bottle, Hoses & Fasteners Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 13. Remove the coolant recovery bottle. Refer to BOTTLE, COOLANT RECOVERY, REMOVAL . 14. Remove the generator. Refer to GENERATOR, REMOVAL .

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 78: Air Inlet Duct, Dash Panel & Two Nuts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 15. Remove nuts and the HVAC air inlet housing (1).

Fig. 79: Oxygen Sensor Connector & Ball Stud Fastener Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 16. Disconnect and remove the oxygen sensor wiring harness connector (1) from bracket. 17. Remove the ball stud fastener (2) securing upper trans fill tube bracket. 18. Remove nut and the engine oil dip stick.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 80: Right Exhaust Manifold Heat Shield & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 19. Remove bolts (1) and the right exhaust manifold heat shield (2).

Fig. 81: EGR Valve, Bolts & Connector Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 20. Disconnect the EGR valve wire harness connector (2).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 82: EGR Cooler Vacuum Bypass Hose Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 21. Disconnect the EGR cooler vacuum bypass hose (1).

Fig. 83: EGR Tube & Clamps Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 22. Remove the EGR tube. Refer to TUBE, EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION (EGR), REMOVAL .

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 84: Turbocharger-To-EGR Cooler Tube Clamp Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 23. Remove the turbocharger-to-EGR cooler tube clamp (1).

Fig. 85: EGR Cooler Coolant Tube & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 24. Remove bolts (1 and 3) and the EGR cooler coolant tube (2).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 86: EGR Cooler Supply Hose Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 25. Disconnect the EGR cooler supply hose (1).

Fig. 87: Rear EGR Cooler Bypass Valve Support Bracket & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 26. Loosen bolt (1) securing EGR cooler bypass valve support bracket (2). 27. Remove bolt (3) at the rear EGR cooler bypass valve support bracket (2).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 88: Cooler Assembly Bracket & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 28. Remove bolts (2) and the EGR and cooler assembly bracket (1).

Fig. 89: Oxygen Sensor Harness Connector Bracket & Fasteners Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 29. Remove the engine cover ball stud bracket at front of right cylinder head cover. 30. Remove bolt (1), nut (3) and the oxygen sensor harness connector bracket (2).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 90: Fuel Injector, Hold Down Bolt, Washer & Retaining Claw Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 31. Remove the right side fuel injectors. Refer to INJECTOR(S), FUEL, REMOVAL .

Fig. 91: Turbocharger-To-EGR Supply Tube Heat Shield & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 32. Remove nuts (2) and the turbocharger-to-EGR supply tube heat shield (1).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 92: Cylinder Head Cover & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 33. Remove bolts (1) and the cylinder head cover (2). LEFT BANK

1. Disconnect the negative battery cable. 2. Raise and support the vehicle. Refer to HOISTING, STANDARD PROCEDURE . 3. Remove the front skid plate. Refer to PLATE, SKID, FRONT, REMOVAL , PLATE, SKID, FRONT SUSPENSION, REMOVAL , PLATE, SKID, FUEL TANK, REMOVAL , PLATE, SKID, TRANSMISSION, REMOVAL and PLATE, SKID, TRANSFER CASE, REMOVAL . 4. Remove the front suspension skid plate. Refer to PLATE, SKID, FRONT, REMOVAL , PLATE, SKID, FRONT SUSPENSION, REMOVAL , PLATE, SKID, FUEL TANK, REMOVAL , PLATE, SKID, TRANSMISSION, REMOVAL and PLATE, SKID, TRANSFER CASE, REMOVAL . 5. Drain the cooling system. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE . 6. Remove bolt securing the power steering supply line. 7. Lower the vehicle.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 93: Engine Cover Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 8. Remove the engine cover (1).

Fig. 94: Charge Air Hose, Clamps & Resonator Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 9. Disconnect the Charge Air Cooler (CAC) hose at resonator (3). 10. Remove the CAC hose (2) from the turbocharger. 11. Release clips (1) and remove the charge air resonator (3).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 95: Cowl Extension Silencer, Side Extensions & Fasteners Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 12. Remove the cowl extension (1) and the side extensions (2, 5). Refer to SILENCER, COWL EXTENSION, REMOVAL . 13. Remove air cleaner body and intake air tube. Refer to BODY, AIR CLEANER, REMOVAL.

Fig. 96: High Pressure Pump Blocker Shield & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 14. Remove bolts (2) and the high pressure pump blocker shield (1).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 97: Return Line & Low Pressure Supply Line Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 15. Disconnect the low pressure supply (2) and return (1) lines from high pressure pump. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE - QUICK-CONNECT FITTINGS . 16. Remove bolt securing the coolant tube-to fuel line bracket. 17. Remove nuts and the low pressure supply (2) and return (1) line bracket from cylinder head cover. 18. Disconnect the brake booster vacuum hose. 19. Disconnect the two heater hoses at bulk head.

Fig. 98: A/C Compressor Removal/Installation Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 20. Remove the serpentine belt. Refer to BELT, SERPENTINE, REMOVAL . 21. Raise and support the vehicle.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

NOTE:

22. 23. 24. 25.

Removal of the A/C compressor does not require the refrigerant to be evacuated.

Remove the bolts (2 and 5) that secure the A/C compressor (6) to the A/C compressor bracket (7). Lower the vehicle. Disconnect the engine wire harness from the A/C clutch electrical connector (1). Support the A/C compressor, remove the nut (4) and stud (3) that secures the A/C compressor to the bracket and position aside the compressor.

Fig. 99: Oil Cooler Adapter Assembly Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 26. Remove the oil cooler adapter assembly. Refer to ADAPTER, OIL COOLER, REMOVAL.

Fig. 100: Glow Plug Harness Connector

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 27. Disconnect glow plug wire harness connector (1).

Fig. 101: Camshaft Position Sensor, Connector & Bolt Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 28. Disconnect the Camshaft Position (CMP) sensor wire harness connector (3).

Fig. 102: Fuel Injector, Hold Down Bolt, Washer & Retaining Claw Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 29. Remove the fuel injectors. Refer to INJECTOR(S), FUEL, REMOVAL .

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 103: Left Cylinder Head Cover & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 30. Loosen bolts (1) and remove the left cylinder head cover (2). INSTALLATION RIGHT BANK

Fig. 104: RTV Sealant At The T-Joints Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE:

The cylinder head cover gasket is not serviceable, if the gasket is found to be defective then a new cylinder head cover must be installed.

1. Clean and inspect all sealing surfaces and the gasket for damage and replace the cylinder head cover with

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

a new one if the gasket is found to be defective. Refer to CLEANING. 2. Apply a 3 mm wide bead of Mopar® Threebond Engine RTV Sealant at the T-joint (1).

Fig. 105: Cylinder Head Cover & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 3. Install the cylinder head cover (2) and tighten bolts finger tight (1).

Fig. 106: Cylinder Head Cover Bolt Tightening Sequence - Right Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 4. Using the tightening sequence shown in illustration, tighten the bolts to 10 N.m (89 in. lbs.).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 107: Turbocharger-To-EGR Supply Tube Heat Shield & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 5. Install the turbocharger-to-EGR supply tube heat shield (1). Tighten nuts (2) to 11 N.m (97 in. lbs.).

Fig. 108: Fuel Injector, Hold Down Bolt, Washer & Retaining Claw Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 6. Install the fuel injector. Refer to INJECTOR(S), FUEL, INSTALLATION .

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 109: Oxygen Sensor Harness Connector Bracket & Fasteners Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 7. Install the oxygen sensor wire harness connector bracket (2). Tighten nut (3) and bolt (1) to 11 N.m (97 in. lbs.). 8. Install the engine cover ball stud bracket at front of right cylinder head cover and tighten to 11 N.m (97 in. lbs.).

Fig. 110: Cooler Assembly Bracket & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 9. Install the EGR and cooler assembly bracket (2). Tighten bolts to 45 N.m (33 ft. lbs.).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 111: Rear EGR Cooler Bypass Valve Support Bracket & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 10. Install bolt (3) at the rear EGR cooler bypass valve support bracket (2) and tighten to 25 N.m (18 ft. lbs.). 11. Tighten bolt (1) securing EGR cooler bypass valve support bracket (2) to 25 N.m (18 ft. lbs.).

Fig. 112: EGR Cooler Supply Hose Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 12. Connect the EGR cooler supply hose (1).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 113: EGR Cooler Coolant Tube & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 13. Using a new O-ring seal and gasket, install the EGR cooler coolant tube (2). Tighten bolts (1 and 3) to 18 N.m (159 in. lbs.).

Fig. 114: Turbocharger-To-EGR Cooler Tube Clamp Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 14. Using a new gasket, install the turbocharger-to-EGR cooler tube clamp (1) and securely tighten.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 115: EGR Tube & Clamps Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 15. Install the EGR tube (2). Refer to TUBE, EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION (EGR), INSTALLATION .

Fig. 116: EGR Cooler Vacuum Bypass Hose Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 16. Connect the EGR cooler vacuum bypass hose (1).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 117: EGR Valve, Bolts & Connector Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 17. Connect the EGR valve wire harness connector (3).

Fig. 118: Right Exhaust Manifold Heat Shield & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 18. Install the right exhaust manifold heat shield (2). Tighten bolts (1) to 15 N.m (133 in. lbs.).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 119: Oxygen Sensor Connector & Ball Stud Fastener Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 19. Install the engine oil dip stick. Tighten nut to 11 N.m (97 in. lbs.). 20. Install the ball stud fastener (2) securing upper trans fill tube and tighten to 11 N.m (97 in. lbs.). 21. Install and connect the oxygen sensor wiring harness connector (1).

Fig. 120: Air Inlet Duct, Dash Panel & Two Nuts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 22. Install the HVAC air inlet housing (1) and securely tighten nuts.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 121: Coolant Bottle, Hoses & Fasteners Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 23. Install the generator. Refer to GENERATOR, INSTALLATION . 24. Install the coolant recovery bottle. Refer to BOTTLE, COOLANT RECOVERY, INSTALLATION .

Fig. 122: Cowl Extension Silencer, Side Extensions & Fasteners Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 25. Install the cowl extension silencer. Refer to SILENCER, COWL EXTENSION, INSTALLATION .

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 123: Charge Air Hose, Clamps & Resonator Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31.

32.

33. 34. 35.

Install the charge air resonator (3). Install the Charge Air Cooler (CAC) hose (2) from the turbocharger. Connect the CAC hose at resonator (3). Raise and support the vehicle. Refer to HOISTING, STANDARD PROCEDURE . Install the lower engine oil dipstick bolt. Tighten bolt to 11 N.m (97 in. lbs.). Install the front suspension skid plate. Refer to PLATE, SKID, FRONT, INSTALLATION , PLATE, SKID, FRONT SUSPENSION, INSTALLATION , PLATE, SKID, FUEL TANK, INSTALLATION , PLATE, SKID, TRANSMISSION, INSTALLATION and PLATE, SKID, TRANSFER CASE, INSTALLATION . Install the front skid plate. Refer to PLATE, SKID, FRONT, INSTALLATION , PLATE, SKID, FRONT SUSPENSION, INSTALLATION , PLATE, SKID, FUEL TANK, INSTALLATION , PLATE, SKID, TRANSMISSION, INSTALLATION and PLATE, SKID, TRANSFER CASE, INSTALLATION . Lower the vehicle. Fill the cooling system. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE . Start the engine, allow to warm, turn engine off and inspect for leaks.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 124: Engine Cover Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 36. Install the engine cover (1). LEFT BANK

Fig. 125: Left Upper Timing Cover Excess RTV Sealant Locations Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE:

The cylinder head cover gasket is not serviceable, if the gasket is found to be defective then a new cylinder head cover must be installed.

1. Clean and inspect all sealing surfaces and the gasket for damage and replace the cylinder head cover with a new one if the gasket is found to be defective. Refer to CLEANING. 2. Apply a 3 mm wide bead of Mopar® Threebond Engine RTV Sealant at the T-joint (1).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 126: Left Cylinder Head Cover & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 3. Install the cylinder head cover (2) and tighten bolts (1) finger tight.

Fig. 127: Cylinder Head Cover Bolt Tightening Sequence - Left Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 4. Using the tightening sequence shown in illustration, tighten bolts to 10 N.m (89 in. lbs.).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 128: Fuel Injector, Hold Down Bolt, Washer & Retaining Claw Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 5. Install the fuel injector. Refer to INJECTOR(S), FUEL, INSTALLATION .

Fig. 129: Camshaft Position Sensor, Connector & Bolt Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 6. Connect the Camshaft Position (CMP) sensor wire harness connector (3).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 130: Glow Plug Harness Connector Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 7. Connect the glow plug wire harness connector (1).

Fig. 131: Oil Cooler Adapter Assembly Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 8. Install the oil cooler adapter assembly. Refer to ADAPTER, OIL COOLER, INSTALLATION.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 132: A/C Compressor Removal/Installation Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 9. Position the A/C compressor to the A/C compressor bracket (7) and install the stud (3). Tighten the stud to 10 N.m (89 in. lbs.). 10. Install and hand tighten the nut (4) that secures the A/C compressor to the bracket. 11. Raise and support the vehicle. Refer to HOISTING, STANDARD PROCEDURE . 12. Install and the two bolts (2 and 5) that secure A/C compressor to the bracket finger tighten. 13. Tighten the two bolts to 28 N.m (21 ft. lbs.) using the following sequence:  Bolt at rear of compressor.  Bolt at front of compressor. 14. Lower the vehicle. 15. Tighten the nut at the front of the A/C compressor to 28 N.m (21 ft. lbs.). 16. Connect the engine wire harness to the A/C clutch electrical connector (1). 17. Install the serpentine belt. Refer to BELT, SERPENTINE, INSTALLATION .

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 133: Return Line & Low Pressure Supply Line Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 18. Connect the two heater hoses at bulk head. 19. Connect the brake booster vacuum hose. 20. Install the low pressure supply (2) and return (1) line bracket to the cylinder head cover Tighten nuts to 11 N.m (97 in. lbs.). 21. Install bolt securing the coolant tube-to fuel line bracket and tighten to 25 N.m (18 ft. lbs.). 22. Connect the low pressure supply (2) and return (1) lines to the high pressure pump.

Fig. 134: High Pressure Pump Blocker Shield & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 23. Install the high pressure pump blocker shield. Tighten bolts to 25 N.m (18 ft. lbs.).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 135: Cowl Extension Silencer, Side Extensions & Fasteners Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 24. Install air cleaner body and turbocharger inlet hose. Refer to BODY, AIR CLEANER, INSTALLATION. 25. Install the cowl extension silencer (1) and the side extensions (2, 5). Refer to SILENCER, COWL EXTENSION, INSTALLATION .

Fig. 136: Charge Air Hose, Clamps & Resonator Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 26. 27. 28. 29.

Install the charge air resonator (3) and attach the clips (1). Install the CAC hose (2) from the turbocharger. Connect the CAC hose to resonator (3). Raise and support the vehicle.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

30. Install bolt securing the power steering supply line and securely tighten. 31. Install the front suspension skid plate. Refer to PLATE, SKID, FRONT, INSTALLATION , PLATE, SKID, FRONT SUSPENSION, INSTALLATION , PLATE, SKID, FUEL TANK, INSTALLATION , PLATE, SKID, TRANSMISSION, INSTALLATION and PLATE, SKID, TRANSFER CASE, INSTALLATION . 32. Install the front skid plate. Refer to PLATE, SKID, FRONT, INSTALLATION , PLATE, SKID, FRONT SUSPENSION, INSTALLATION , PLATE, SKID, FUEL TANK, INSTALLATION , PLATE, SKID, TRANSMISSION, INSTALLATION and PLATE, SKID, TRANSFER CASE, INSTALLATION . 33. Lower the vehicle. 34. Fill the cooling system. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE . 35. Connect the negative battery cable. 36. Start the engine, run until warm, turn engine off and inspect for leaks.

Fig. 137: Engine Cover Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 37. Install the engine cover (1). LIFTER(S), HYDRAULIC DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 138: Rocker Arms & Hydraulic Lifters Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC Valve lash is controlled by hydraulic lifters located inside the cylinder head, in tappet bores below the camshafts. REMOVAL REMOVAL

Fig. 139: Rocker Arms & Hydraulic Lifters Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Remove the appropriate camshafts. Refer to CAMSHAFT, ENGINE, REMOVAL. NOTE:

When the lifters are removed from the engine, they must be stored upright

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

and in clean conditions. 2. Remove the rocker arm (1) and lifter (2) assembly. INSPECTION INSPECTION

Fig. 140: Rocker Arms & Hydraulic Lifters Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Clean each lifter assembly in cleaning solvent to remove all varnish and sludge deposits. Inspect for indications of scuffing on the side and base of each lifter body (2). 2. Squeeze the lifter and be sure that the spring returns the lifter to its correct position. 3. Inspect the rocker arm (1) roller for damage or excessive wear. 4. Replace any worn or damaged components. INSTALLATION INSTALLATION

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 141: Rocker Arms & Hydraulic Lifters Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC CAUTION: When the lifters are removed from the engine, they must be stored upright and in clean conditions. Install the rocker arms and lifters in the same location as when removed. CAUTION: Replacement of the camshaft will also require replacement of the rocker arms and lifters. NOTE:

Rocker arms and lifters must be installed in the same location as when removed.

1. Install the lifter (2) and the rocker arm (1) in the same location as noted during removal. 2. Install the camshaft(s). Refer to CAMSHAFT, ENGINE, INSTALLATION. ROCKER ARM, VALVE DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 142: Rocker Arms & Hydraulic Lifters Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC The rocker arms (1) are located on the top of the hydraulic lifters (2) and the valves. The rocker arms are held in position by resting on top of the valve and the hydraulic lifter pivoting ball. There is a spring clip that holds the rocker arm to the hydraulic lifters pivoting ball. OPERATION OPERATION

The rocker arms are used as a link between the camshaft and valves. As the camshaft rotates, the lobes of the camshafts apply downward pressure on the rocker arms. This pressure is then transmitted to the valves which causes the valves to open. REMOVAL REMOVAL

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 143: Rocker Arms & Hydraulic Lifters Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Remove the appropriate camshafts. Refer to CAMSHAFT, ENGINE, REMOVAL. NOTE:

Rocker arms and lifters must be installed in the same location as when removed and stored in the up right position.

2. Remove the rocker arm (1) and lifter (2) assembly. INSTALLATION INSTALLATION

Fig. 144: Rocker Arms & Hydraulic Lifters Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

NOTE:

Rocker arms and lifters must be installed in the same location as when removed.

1. Install the rocker arm (1) and lifter (2) assembly in the same location as noted during removal. 2. Install the camshaft. Refer to CAMSHAFT, ENGINE, INSTALLATION. SEAL(S), CAMSHAFT REMOVAL REMOVAL

Fig. 145: Charge Air Hose, Clamps & Resonator Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Remove the engine cover. 2. Remove the CAC hose (2) from the resonator (3) and position aside.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 146: CCV Hose Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 3. Disconnect the CCV hose (1) from oil breather/camshaft seal housing.

Fig. 147: Oil Breather/Camshaft Seal Housing, Gasket & Bolt Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 4. Remove bolts (1) and the oil breather/camshaft seal housing (2). 5. Remove and discard gasket (3).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 148: Oil Breather/Camshaft Seal Housing & Camshaft Seals Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 6. Using a suitable tool remove the camshaft oil seal (2). INSTALLATION INSTALLATION

Fig. 149: Oil Breather/Camshaft Seal Housing & Camshaft Seals Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Clean all gasket sealing mating surfaces. 2. Install the camshaft seals (2) into oil breather/camshaft seal housing (1).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 150: Oil Breather/Camshaft Seal Housing, Gasket & Bolt Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 3. Using a new gasket (3), install the oil breather/camshaft seal housing (2). Tighten bolts (1) to 14 Nm (124 in. lbs.).

Fig. 151: CCV Hose Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 4. Connect the CCV hose from oil breather/camshaft seal housing.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 152: Charge Air Hose, Clamps & Resonator Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 5. Connect the CAC hose (2) to resonator (3). 6. Install the engine cover. VALVES, INTAKE AND EXHAUST STANDARD PROCEDURE VALVE SEALS

1. Disconnect the negative battery cable. 2. Remove the cylinder head and place on work bench. Refer to CYLINDER HEAD, REMOVAL.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 153: Valve Seal Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 3. Use Valve Spring Compressor Tool (special tool #C-3422-D, Compressor, Valve Spring) and Valve Spring Compressor Adapter (special tool #10224, Adapter, Valve Spring) and compress each valve spring. 4. Remove the valve locks, retainers, and springs. 5. Remove the valve seal (1). 6. Repeat this procedure for all cylinders. VALVE SERVICE

This procedure is done with the engine cylinder head removed from the block. DISASSEMBLY

1. Remove the engine cylinder head from the cylinder block. Refer to CYLINDER HEAD, REMOVAL. 2. Use Valve Spring Compressor Tool (special tool #C-3422-D, Compressor, Valve Spring) and Valve Spring Compressor Adapter (special tool #10224, Adapter, Valve Spring) and compress each valve spring. 3. Remove the valve locks, retainers, and springs. 4. Use a smooth stone or a jewelers file to remove any burrs on the top of the valve stem, especially around the groove for the locks. 5. Remove the valves, and place them in a rack in the same order as removed. VALVE CLEANING

1. Clean all carbon deposits from the combustion chambers, valve ports, valve stems, valve stem guides and head. 2. Clean all residue and gasket material from the engine cylinder head machined gasket surface. INSPECTION

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 154: Valve Spring Chart Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

Inspect for cracks in the combustion chambers and valve ports. Inspect for cracks on the exhaust seat. Inspect for cracks in the gasket surface at each coolant passage. Inspect valves for burned, cracked or warped heads. Inspect for scuffed or bent valve stems. Replace valves displaying any damage. Check valve spring height. Free length: 44.1 mm (1.736 in.); Closed valve: 34 mm (1.338 in.); Valve open 25.5 mm (1.003 in.).

VALVE SEAT REFACING

1. Install a pilot of the correct size in the valve guide bore. Reface the valve seat to the specified angle with a good dressing stone. Remove only enough metal to provide a smooth finish. 2. Use tapered stones to obtain the specified seat width when required. VALVE GUIDES

Valve Guides Stem Clearance Intake Valve Guide Stem Clearance Exhaust Valve Guide Stem Clearance VALVE STEM-TO-GUIDE CLEARANCE MEASUREMENT

Min 0.382 mm (0.150 in.) 0.382 mm (0.150 in.)

Max 0.6 mm (0.023 in.) 0.6 mm (0.023 in.)

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

1. Measure and record internal diameter of valve guides. Valve guide internal diameter is 6.0 to 6.012 mm (0.2362 to 0.2366 in.). 2. Measure valve stems and record diameters. Intake valve stem diameter 5 mm (0.1968 in.). Exhaust valve stem diameter 5 mm (0.1968 in.). 3. Subtract diameter of valve stem from internal diameter of its respective valve guide to obtain valve stem clearance in valve guide. Clearance of inlet valve stem in valve guide is 0.03 to 0.06 mm (.0011 to.0023 in). Clearance of exhaust valve stem in valve guide is 0.04 to 0.07 mm (.0015 to.0027 in). 4. If valve stem clearance in valve guide exceeds tolerances, new valve guides must be installed.

ENGINE BLOCK DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION

Fig. 155: 3.0L Engine Block Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC The 3.0L engine utilizes a cast Iron cylinder block (1) with a bedplate design. The cylinder angle is 60 degrees V block design. The cylinder block has increased rigidity that reduces structural flexing, plus a fractured connecting rod cap design that can not distort connecting rod cap fit.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 156: Arrow Stamped On Piston Crown Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC Cylinders are numbered front to back, beginning with the right bank. The right bank cylinders are numbered 1, 2, 3. The left bank cylinders 4, 5, 6. The injection order of the engine is 1-4-2-5-3-6. STANDARD PROCEDURE STANDARD PROCEDURE - BEARING SELECTION CHARTS

CONNECTING ROD BEARINGS - LARGE END Connecting Bearing Half Rod Journal Connecting Rod Journal Diameter - Crankshaft Diameter Connecting Rod Large End A B C 67.500 - 67.494 67.494 - 67.488 67.488 - 67.482 A Upper Bearing Shell Red Red Blue 71.000 Lower Bearing Shell Red Blue Blue 71.006 B 71.006 71.012 C 71.012 71.018

Upper Bearing Shell

Red

Blue

Blue

Lower Bearing Shell

Blue

Blue

Yellow

Upper Bearing Shell

Blue

Blue

Yellow

Lower Bearing Shell

Blue

Yellow

Yellow

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

CRANKSHAFT BEARINGS Cylinder Block Seat Diameter (Bed Plate)

Bearing Half

A 78.000 - 78.006

Upper Bearing Shell Lower Bearing Shell

B 78.006 - 78.012

Upper Bearing Shell Lower Bearing Shell

C 78.012 - 78.018

Upper Bearing Shell Lower Bearing Shell

Crankshaft Main Journal Diameter A 73.958 73.952

B 73.952 73.946

C 73.946 73.940

Red

Red

Blue

Red

Blue

Blue

Red

Blue

Blue

Blue

Blue

Yellow

Blue

Blue

Yellow

Blue

Yellow

Yellow

BEARING(S), CRANKSHAFT, MAIN DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION

The bottom of the cylinder block has provisions for mounting the bedplate and the oil jets. The bedplate houses the other half of the main bearing shell. The bedplate is made of cast iron and bolts to the cylinder block. There is twenty six M12 mounting bolts, and three M8 mounting bolts. The number four main bearing serves as the thrust washer location. The upper main bearings have a oil supply holes and center grooves for lubrication of the main journals. The lower main bearings provide strength where it is needed. The upper main bearings are available in three different thicknesses bearings. A color coded mark on the side of the bearing is used to identify it's thickness. Each color coded bearing is matched to it's respective journal. The select fit is obtained by matching the color coded bearings to grade identification marks on the cylinder block and crankshaft. Letters marked on the cylinder block identify the color of each upper-half main bearing, while letters marked on the front end of the crankshaft indicate the color of each lower half main bearing. REMOVAL REMOVAL

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 157: Crankshaft, Bearings, Thrust Bearing & Engine Block Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Remove the crankshaft (2). Refer to CRANKSHAFT, REMOVAL. INSTALLATION INSTALLATION

Fig. 158: Crankshaft, Bearings, Thrust Bearing & Engine Block Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Install the crankshaft (2). Refer to CRANKSHAFT, INSTALLATION. BEARING(S), CONNECTING ROD REMOVAL

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

REMOVAL

1. Disconnect negative battery cable. 2. Remove the engine from vehicle. Refer to REMOVAL. 3. Remove the oil pump pickup tube. Refer to PICK-UP, OIL PUMP, REMOVAL.

Fig. 159: Windage Tray & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 4. Remove bolts (1) and the windage tray (2).

Fig. 160: Connecting Rod, Bearings & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 5. Remove the connecting rod bearing caps one at a time and discard bolts (2). 6. Carefully remove the upper half and lower bearing half (3) from the connecting rod.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

INSTALLATION INSTALLATION

Fig. 161: Connecting Rod Shaft & Class Identification Mark Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE:

If the connecting rod has to be replaced only use connecting rod of the same weight, recognizable by a letter stamped on connecting rod shaft (1).

1. Each connecting rod has its own letter class identification mark (2) on connecting rod for bearing selection.

Fig. 162: Letters Stamped Into Crankshaft Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

2. Letter class identification mark on crankshaft (1). Cylinder 123 4 5 6 No. Crankshaft CBBBBB Letter Connecting BBAAAA Rod Letter 3. Choose the correct connecting rod bearings size from the above table. To determine the correct bearing size for each cylinder, each conrod "letter class" (letter stamped on each conrod) must be matched with crankshaft "letter class" (6 digits letters stamped on the first crankshaft counter weight). The letters stamped on the crankshaft are in the same orders as the cylinders. The first letter correspond to the first cylinder (timing system side), the second letter to the second one, etc. See bearing selection chart. Refer to Engine/Engine Block - Standard Procedure.

Fig. 163: Connecting Rod, Bearings & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 4. Assemble connecting rod bearings (3) and bearing caps to their respective connecting rods (2) ensuring that the serrations on the cap and reference marks are aligned. 5. Using new bolts, tighten the connecting rod cap bolts to:  Step 1: Tighten to 10 N.m (88 in. lbs.).  Step 2: Tighten each bolt to 25 N.m (18 ft. lbs.).  Step 3: Tighten each bolt an additional 75 degrees turn.  Step 4: With the torque wrench set at 50 N.m (37 ft. lbs.) to check the tightening of each bolt.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 164: Windage Tray & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 6. 7. 8. 9.

Install the windage tray (2). Tighten bolts (1) to 11 N.m (97 in. lbs.). Install the oil pump pickup tube. Refer to PICK-UP, OIL PUMP, INSTALLATION. Install the engine into vehicle. Refer to INSTALLATION. Connect the negative battery cable.

CRANKSHAFT DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION

Fig. 165: Crankshaft, Bearings, Thrust Bearing & Engine Block Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

The crankshaft (1) for the 3.0L is a forged steel type design with four main bearing journals. The fourth crankshaft support controls crankshaft thrust.

Fig. 166: Bearing Identification & Letters Stamped Into Crankshaft Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC The bearing identification for the upper crankshaft main journals is etched into the lower right side of engine block and the proper lower bearing selection can be found etched in the front of the crankshaft (1). OPERATION OPERATION

The crankshaft transfers force generated by combustion within the cylinder bores to the flexibility. The crankshaft has six separate throws arranged at different angles (splayed) to reduce second order free movements of inertia. Following the injection order 1-4-2-5-3-6, the crankshaft throw angles alternate between 46°. STANDARD PROCEDURE MEASURE CRANKSHAFT AND BLOCK JOURNALS

NOTE:

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

After any bearing damage occurred, remove all debris which is present in the main oil gallery, connecting rod bores, and in the crankshaft and oil galleries.

Remove crankshaft. Clean all engine parts thoroughly. Inspect crankshaft, replace as necessary. Inspect crankcase for damage. Inspect crankshaft main bearing bedplate for damage. Install the crankshaft main bearing caps and check for out of round. Replace as necessary. Remove the main bearing caps and install the crankshaft with the correct selected bearings.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

NOTE:

Radial mounting of the main bearings of standard size crankshaft is possible by assigning the color-coded bearing shells. The upper main bearings can be identified by the four digit mark etched on the engine block below the high pressure pump. The lower main bearings can be identified by the code etched on the front of the crankshaft hub.

ASSIGNING CRANKSHAFT MAIN BEARING SHELLS

Fig. 167: Upper Main Bearing Identification Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC The upper main bearings can be identified by the four digit mark etched in the block (1) next to the oil pump.

Fig. 168: Bearing Identification & Letters Stamped Into Crankshaft Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

The lower main bearings can be identified by the code etched on the front of the crankshaft counter weight (1). This color code indicates which bearing shell halves are to be used. 8. Select the correct bearing shells based upon the crankcase and crankshaft identification marks. 9. Mount crankshaft axially using the thinnest thrust washer. 10. Inspect crankshaft end play. If the crankshaft end play is out of specification, remove the crankshaft and install the larger thrust shim. repeat the procedure until crankshaft end play is within specification. 11. Mount the crankshaft axially again and check each main bearing oil clearance with plasti-gauge. For bearing clearance specifications, refer to Engine - Specifications. CHECKING CRANKSHAFT END PLAY

1. Mount a dial indicator to a stationary point at rear of engine. Locate the probe perpendicular against the rear of the crankshaft. 2. Move the crankshaft all the way to the front of its travel. 3. Zero the dial indicator. 4. Move the crankshaft all the way to the rear of it's travel and record the reading on the dial indicator. For crankshaft end play clearances, refer to the engine specification chart. Refer to Engine - Specifications. REMOVAL REMOVAL

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

Remove the engine from the vehicle. Refer to REMOVAL. Mount the engine to a suitable engine stand. Remove both cylinder heads. Refer to CYLINDER HEAD, REMOVAL. Remove the flywheel. Refer to FLEXPLATE, REMOVAL. Check the crankshaft end play. Refer to Engine/Engine Block/CRANKSHAFT - Standard Procedure. Remove the oil pump. Refer to PUMP, ENGINE OIL, REMOVAL.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 169: Windage Tray & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 7. Remove bolts (1) and the windage tray (2).

Fig. 170: Crankshaft Position Sensor & Bolt Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 8. Remove bolt (1) and the Crankshaft Position Sensor (CKP) (2).

Fig. 171: Crankshaft Timing Tool Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 9. Remove the (special tool #VM.10339, Tool, Crankshaft Timing) (1).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 172: Bed Plate & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 10. Remove bolts (1) securing the bed plate (2) to engine block.

Fig. 173: Bed Plate Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 11. Install two bed plate bolts (1) finger tight.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 174: Bedplate Removal Tools & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 12. 13. 14. 15.

Install the (special tool #VM.10362, Tool, Bedplate Removal) (4) and securely tighten bolts (2). Loosen bolts (1 and 3) in half turn increments until seal is broken. Removal bolts (2) and the (special tool #VM.10362, Tool, Bedplate Removal) (4). Remove bolts (1 and 3) and the bed plate.

Fig. 175: Connecting Rods Bearing Cap & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC CAUTION: Do not allow the connecting rods to nick or score the crankshaft during assembly or disassembly. CAUTION: Do not allow the connecting rod to bend or dent the oil jet. Serious

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

engine damage may result from a misaligned oil jet. 16. Remove bolts (1) and the connecting rods bearing cap (2).

Fig. 176: Crankshaft, Bearings, Thrust Bearing & Engine Block Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 17. Remove the crankshaft (2). 18. Remove the thrust washer (3). 19. Remove the crankshaft bearings (1). INSTALLATION INSTALLATION

Fig. 177: Bearing Identification & Letters Stamped Into Crankshaft

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Clean all sealing and mating surfaces. Be sure that the sealing and mating surfaces are free of oil and debris. Refer to CLEANING. NOTE:

If any bearing damage has occurred, remove all debris from the connecting rod bores, crankshaft, and oil galleries. Remove the steel ball from the main oil gallery before cleaning.

2. Clean and inspect the crankshaft and bearings journals. Replace the bearings as necessary. 3. Locate the crankshaft journal letter class (1) stamp on the crankshaft weight.

Fig. 178: Upper Main Bearing Identification Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 4. Locate the engine block crankshaft journal letter class stamp on the engine block (1).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 179: Crankshaft, Bearings, Thrust Bearing & Engine Block Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 5. To determine the correct crankshaft journal letter class, each cylinder block seat diameter letter class must be matched with the crankshaft main journal diameter letter class. Both letter classes stamped on the cylinder block as well as on the crankshaft weight are in a progressive order starting from the front of the engine. The first letter corresponds to the first cylinder, the second to the second, etc. Use the crankshaft bearing selection chart to determine the half shell color. Refer to Engine/Engine Block/CRANKSHAFT - Standard Procedure. 6. Select the correct and install top half of the crankshaft bearings (1) and the top half of the crankshaft thrust bearing (3) into engine block (4). 7. Using the bearing selection chart from step five, select the correct bearing and install lower half of the crankshaft bearings (1) and the lower half of the crankshaft thrust bearing (3) into bed plate.

Fig. 180: Thrust Bearings & Oil Discharge Groves Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

8. When installing the thrust bearings (1) in the engine block and bed plate, make sure the oil discharge groves (2) face towards the crankshaft.

Fig. 181: Crankshaft Bearing Positioning Tool & Main Bearing Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 9. Using the (special tool #VM.10342, Tool, Crankshaft Bearing Positioning) (1) check the alignment of the first three main bearings (2) in engine block and bed plate.

Fig. 182: Crankshaft & Engine Block Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC CAUTION: Do not allow the connecting rods to nick or score the crankshaft during assembly or disassembly.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

10. Set the crankshaft (2) into the engine block.

Fig. 183: Connecting Rods Bearing Cap & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC CAUTION: Do not allow the connecting rod to bend or dent the oil jet. Serious engine damage may result from a misaligned oil jet. 11. Using new connecting rod bearings and bolts (1), install the connecting rod bearing caps (2). Refer to BEARING(S), CONNECTING ROD, INSTALLATION. 12. Install the lower half of the crankshaft bearings and the lower half of the crankshaft thrust bearing into bed plate.

Fig. 184: RTV Sealant Compound On Bed Plate Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

13. Clean the gasket sealing surfaces. Refer to CLEANING. NOTE:

Do not let the bed plate sit for longer then 10 minutes after applying sealing compound.

14. Using Mopar® Threebond Engine RTV Sealant, apply a 1.5 mm thick bead of sealing compound to bedplate as illustrated (1) and DO NOT spread the sealing bead.

Fig. 185: Bed Plate Onto Engine Block Tightening Sequence Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 15. Install the bed plate onto the engine block. 16. Using new bolts, install the twenty six M12 bolts (1 - 26) and the three M8 bolts finger tight. 17. Using the tightening shown in illustration, tighten all M12 bolts to 45 N.m (33 ft. lbs.).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 186: Bed Plate Tightening Sequence Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 18. Using the tighten sequence shown in illustration to the following torque values:  Step 1: Using a torque angle gauge, tight the internal bed plate bolts (1 - 16) an additional 110 degrees turn.  Step 2: Tight the external bed plate bolts (17 - 26) to 120 N.m (89 ft. lbs.).  Step 3: Tighten the three M8 bolts (27 - 29) to 30 N.m 22 ft. lbs.).  Step 4: Check the torque of the M12 bolts (1 - 26) in a counterclockwise direction with the torque wrench set at 115 N.m (85 ft. lbs.). 19. The crankshaft should turn freely. If the crankshaft does not turn freely loosen and re-torque the bearing caps.

Fig. 187: RTV Sealant Excess Locations Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 20. Remove any excess Mopar® Threebond Engine RTV Sealant (1) that may have squeezed out in the front of engine.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 188: Rear Oil Seal Excess RTV Sealant Locations Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 21. Remove any excess Mopar® Threebond Engine RTV Sealant (1) that may have squeezed out in rear oil seal bay. 22. Check the crankshaft end play. Refer to Engine/Engine Block/CRANKSHAFT - Standard Procedure.

Fig. 189: Rear Seal Guide, Rear Oil Seal & Crankshaft Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 23. Install the (special tool #VM.10341-1, Guide, Rear Seal) (3) and slide the rear oil seal (2) onto the crankshaft. 24. Remove the (special tool #VM.10341-1, Guide, Rear Seal).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 190: Rear Seal Installer & Crankshaft Position Sensor (CKP) Boss Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE:

Position the flat portion of the Rear Seal Installer should be facing down giving you clearance by the Crankshaft Position Sensor (CKP) boss.

25. Using the (special tool #VM.10341-2, Installer Tool, Rear Seal) (1) install the rear main oil seal into the engine block.

Fig. 191: Crankshaft Position Sensor & Bolt Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 26. Install the Crankshaft Position Sensor (CKP) (2). Tighten bolt (1) to 6 N.m (53 in. lbs.).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 192: Windage Tray & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 27. Install the windage tray (2). Tighten bolts (1) to 11 N.m (97 in. lbs.). 28. Install the oil pump. Refer to PUMP, ENGINE OIL, INSTALLATION.

Fig. 193: Flex Plate, Counter Weight, Tone Wheel & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 29. Install the tone wheel (5), counter weight (4), and the flex plate (3). Refer to FLEXPLATE, INSTALLATION. 30. Install both cylinder heads. Refer to CYLINDER HEAD, INSTALLATION. 31. Install the engine into vehicle. Refer to INSTALLATION. DAMPER, VIBRATION

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

REMOVAL REMOVAL

Fig. 194: Charge Air Cooler Hose Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Disconnect negative battery cable. 2. Disconnect the CAC hose (1) from the EGR air flow control valve and position aside.

Fig. 195: Charge Air Hose, Clamps & Resonator Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 3. Disconnect the Charge Air Cooler (CAC) hose at resonator (3). 4. Release clips (1) and remove the charge air resonator (3) and position aside.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 196: Vibration Damper Cover & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 5. Remove bolts (1) and the vibration damper cover (2).

Fig. 197: Pulleys, Tensioner & Drive Belt Routing 3.0L Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 6. Remove the accessory drive belt. Refer to BELT, SERPENTINE, REMOVAL . 7. Raise and support the vehicle. Refer to HOISTING, STANDARD PROCEDURE . 8. Remove the front skid plate. Refer to PLATE, SKID, FRONT, REMOVAL , PLATE, SKID, FRONT SUSPENSION, REMOVAL , PLATE, SKID, FUEL TANK, REMOVAL , PLATE, SKID, TRANSMISSION, REMOVAL and PLATE, SKID, TRANSFER CASE, REMOVAL . 9. Remove the front suspension skid plate. Refer to PLATE, SKID, FRONT, REMOVAL , PLATE, SKID, FRONT SUSPENSION, REMOVAL , PLATE, SKID, FUEL TANK, REMOVAL , PLATE, SKID, TRANSMISSION, REMOVAL and PLATE, SKID, TRANSFER CASE, REMOVAL .

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

10. Lock the engine 30 degrees ATDC. Refer to Engine/Valve Timing - Standard.

Fig. 198: Vibration Damper & Bolt Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 11. Lower the vehicle. NOTE:

The crankshaft damper bolt is a left hand thread.

12. Remove bolt (1) and the vibration damper (2). INSTALLATION INSTALLATION

Fig. 199: Vibration Damper & Bolt

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE:

The crankshaft damper bolt is a left hand thread.

1. Install the vibration damper (2). Tighten bolt (1) to 100 N.m (74 ft. lbs.) plus an additional 125 degrees turn.

Fig. 200: Crankshaft Timing Tool Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 2. Raise and support the vehicle. Refer to HOISTING, STANDARD PROCEDURE . 3. Remove Crankshaft Locking Tool (special tool #VM.10339, Tool, Crankshaft Timing) (1).

Fig. 201: Engine Block Plug Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

4. Install engine block plug (1). Tighten 30 N.m (22 ft. lbs.). 5. Install the front suspension skid plate. Refer to PLATE, SKID, FRONT, INSTALLATION , PLATE, SKID, FRONT SUSPENSION, INSTALLATION , PLATE, SKID, FUEL TANK, INSTALLATION , PLATE, SKID, TRANSMISSION, INSTALLATION and PLATE, SKID, TRANSFER CASE, INSTALLATION . Install the front skid plate. Refer to PLATE, SKID, FRONT, INSTALLATION , PLATE, SKID, FRONT SUSPENSION, INSTALLATION , PLATE, SKID, FUEL TANK, INSTALLATION , PLATE, SKID, TRANSMISSION, INSTALLATION and PLATE, SKID, TRANSFER CASE, INSTALLATION . 6. Lower the vehicle.

Fig. 202: Pulleys, Tensioner & Drive Belt Routing 3.0L Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 7. Installed the accessory drive belt. Refer to BELT, SERPENTINE, INSTALLATION .

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 203: Vibration Damper Cover & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 8. Install the vibration damper cover (2). Tighten bolts (1) to 11 N.m (97 in. lbs.).

Fig. 204: Charge Air Hose, Clamps & Resonator Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 9. Install the charge air resonator (3) and attach the clips (1). 10. Connect the CAC hose to resonator (3).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 205: Charge Air Cooler Hose Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 11. Connect the Charge Air Cooler (CAC) hose (1) to the EGR air flow control valve. 12. Connect negative battery cable. FLEXPLATE DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION

Fig. 206: Flex Plate, Counter Weight, Tone Wheel & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC The flex plate is fastened to the crankshaft and can only be installed one way. The crankshaft has a dowel

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

locating pin that is used to align the magnetic tone wheel and the counter weight. The stamped-steel flex plate has a segment ring to provide engine speed and crankshaft position information to the Power Control Module (PCM). The crankshaft position sensor is mounted next to the segment ring and sends electrical pulses to the PCM. REMOVAL REMOVAL

Fig. 207: Flex Plate, Counter Weight, Tone Wheel & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Remove the transmission. Refer to REMOVAL . Paint mark the flex plate hub to flex plate relation. Remove bolts (1) and flex plate (3). If necessary, remove the counter weight (4) and tone wheel (5). Inspect flex plate for damage.

INSTALLATION INSTALLATION

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 208: Flex Plate, Counter Weight, Tone Wheel & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE:

Do Not lubricate new bolts as they are already coated with an anti-scuff treatment. Align the flex plate to hub paint marks, where applicable.

NOTE:

Always use new flex plate bolts when ever the existing bolts have been removed

1. If removed, install the tone wheel (5) and counter weight (4). 2. Install the flex plate (3). NOTE:

With clean engine oil, lubricate the bolt side of backing plate (2).

3. Lubricate and install the backing plate (2) and tighten bolts (1) finger tight.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 209: Flex Plate Tightening Sequence Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 4. Using the tightening sequence shown in illustration, Tighten bolts to:  Tighten bolts 50 N.m (37 ft. lbs.).  Loosen one bolt at a time and retighten bolt in a clockwise cross pattern to 125 N.m (92 ft. lbs.).  Using a torque angle gauge, tighten each bolt an additional 30 degrees in a clockwise cross pattern. 5. Install the transmission. Refer to INSTALLATION . PUMP, VACUUM DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION

Fig. 210: Vacuum Pump & Bolts

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC The vacuum pump is a constant displacement, vane-type pump. Vacuum is generated by vanes mounted in the pump rotor. The rotor is located in the pump housing and is pressed onto the pump shaft. The vacuum pump operates by a slotted extension attached to the vacuum pump shaft. The vacuum pump shaft slotted extension fits into, and is driven by, the intake camshaft gear. The vacuum pump rotating components are internally lubricated and the vacuum pump has no serviceable parts. Do not disassemble or attempt to repair the pump. OPERATION OPERATION

Fig. 211: Vacuum Pump & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC Vacuum pump output is transmitted to the EGR vacuum bypass solenoid and brake vacuum booster, systems through a supply hose. The hose is connected to an outlet port on the pump housing and uses an in-line check valve to retain system vacuum when vehicle is not running. Pump output ranges from a minimum of 8.5 to 25 inches vacuum. The pump rotor and vanes are rotated by the slotted pump drive gear which fits into the camshaft drive gear. DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING - VACUUM PUMP

1. Connect a vacuum gauge to the booster check valve with a short length of hose and T-fitting. 2. Start the engine allowing the engine to run for 30 seconds. Vacuum should be 18 inches HG (609

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

millibars). Verify the vacuum line is not leaking. If no leak is present replace vacuum pump. Refer to PUMP, VACUUM, REMOVAL. Refer to PUMP, VACUUM, INSTALLATION. REMOVAL REMOVAL

Fig. 212: Vacuum Pump & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Disconnect negative battery cable. 2. Remove the vacuum line at vacuum pump. NOTE:

Observe position of driver on rear of pump upon removal.

3. Remove bolts (1) and the vacuum pump (2). INSTALLATION INSTALLATION

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 213: Vacuum Pump & O-Ring Seals Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Clean all sealing surfaces. 2. Install new O-ring seals (1) onto the vacuum pump (2).

Fig. 214: Vacuum Pump & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 3. 4. 5. 6.

Position driver on rear of pump and install vacuum pump (2). Tighten bolts (1) to 30 N.m (22 ft. lbs.). Install vacuum line onto the vacuum pump. Connect the negative battery cable. Start the engine and inspect for leaks.

ROD, PISTON AND CONNECTING

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION

Fig. 215: Piston & Connecting Rod Components Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC CAUTION: If the connecting rod bolts are ever loosened, replace all of the connecting rods. The pistons (1) are made of a high strength Aluminum Alloy B2+Phosphate and Graphite Coating. Conventional Cooling Gallery. Insert Ring + Parallel Type Groove. The piston crown consists of a combustion bowl and four recesses machined for the valves. Circlips (3) secure a full floating piston pin (2). The pistons have a phosphate surface treatment and the piston skirts have a graphite treatment for scuff resistance. The piston skirts have notches to provide the necessary clearance for the oil jets when the pistons are at BDC. The connecting rod (5) that are forged steel I-shaped with a diagonal slit and a tapered faced small end. The connecting rod (5) is a fracture split type rod. REMOVAL REMOVAL

1. Disconnect the negative battery cable. 2. Remove the engine from the vehicle. Refer to REMOVAL. 3. Remove both cylinder heads. Refer to CYLINDER HEAD, REMOVAL.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 216: Oil Pump Pickup Tube & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 4. Remove the oil pump and pickup tube (2). Refer to PUMP, ENGINE OIL, REMOVAL.

Fig. 217: Windage Tray & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 5. Remove bolts (1) and the windage tray (2). CAUTION: To prevent damage to the oil jets, remove the oil jets before removing the pistons. CAUTION: Use caution when removing and installing oil jets. Damage to oil jet nozzle could cause severe engine damage. Care must be taken not to

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

damage the crankshaft tone ring when removing cylinder number four oil jet.

Fig. 218: Oil Jet & Retaining Bolt Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 6. Remove the appropriate oil jet retaining bolt (2) and remove oil jet (1) from the engine block. NOTE:

The piston and connecting rod assembly must be removed through the top of cylinder block.

7. Remove the ridge from the top of the cylinder bores with a ridge reamer before removing pistons from cylinder block. Be sure to keep the top of pistons covered during this operation. 8. Rotate the crankshaft so the connecting rod is centered in the cylinder bore. 9. Remove the connecting rod cap bolts and remove the fracture-split rod cap. NOTE:

Use care not to nick or scratch the crankshaft journal or cylinder bore during removal.

10. Carefully remove the piston and connecting rod assembly out through the top of the cylinder block. 11. Mark the pistons with the matching cylinder number after removal. 12. Repeat this procedure for the remaining pistons and connecting rod assemblies. PISTON PIN

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 219: Piston & Connecting Rod Components Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

Secure the connecting rod (5) in a soft jawed vice. Remove the two snap rings (3) securing the piston pin (2). Push the piston pin (2) out of the piston (1) and the connecting rod (5). Remove the piston (1) from the connecting rod (5). Measure the diameter of the piston pin in the center and on both ends. Refer to Engine - Specifications. Repeat this procedure for the remaining pistons and connecting rod assemblies.

PISTON RING

Fig. 220: Piston Rings - Removal/Installation Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. The ID mark on the face of the top and second piston rings must point toward the piston crown.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

2. Using a suitable ring expander, remove the top and second piston rings. 3. Remove the upper oil ring side rail, lower oil ring side rail and then the oil expander from the piston. 4. Carefully clean carbon from the piston crowns, skirts and ring grooves ensuring the 4 oil holes in the oil control ring groove are clear. 5. Repeat this procedure for the remaining pistons and connecting rod assemblies. INSPECTION INSPECTION PISTONS

1. Check piston pin bores in piston for roundness. Make 3 checks at 120° intervals. Maximum out of roundness.020 mm (.0008 in.). 2. The piston diameter should be measured approximately 10 mm (.394 in.) up from the base. 3. Skirt wear should not exceed 0.1 mm (.00039 in.). PISTON PINS

1. Measure the diameter of piston pin in the center and both ends. Refer to the engine specification chart. Refer to Engine - Specifications. CONNECTING RODS

CAUTION: Connecting rods must be replaced once the end caps are loosened. All six must have the same weight and the same number. Replacement connecting rods will only be supplied in sets of six. When assembling the connecting rod, be sure to paint mark or scribe mark each of the connecting rods and caps before installation, for alignment purposes later. NOTE:

Do Not lubricate the new connecting rod bolts. They are already coated with a anti scuff treatment.

Connecting rods are supplied in sets of six since they all must be of the same weight category. 1. Assemble bearing shells and bearing caps to their respective connecting rods ensuring that the serrations on the cap and reference marks are aligned. 2. Using new bolts, tighten the connecting rod cap bolts to:  Step 1: Tighten to 10 N.m (88 in. lbs.).  Step 2: Tighten each bolt to 25 N.m (18 ft. lbs.).  Step 3: Tighten each bolt an additional 75 degrees turn.  Step 4: With the torque wrench set at 50 N.m (37 ft. lbs.) to check the tightening of each bolt. INSTALLATION

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

INSTALLATION

WARNING: All six connecting rods must have the same weight and letter classification. The connecting rod bolts are a one time use, and must be replaced every time they are loosened or removed.

Fig. 221: Connecting Rod Shaft & Class Identification Mark Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC Each connecting rod has its own letter weight class identification mark (1) on connecting rod. Only use connecting rods that are of the same weight class. (R = Rosso, V = Verde) PISTON PIN

Fig. 222: Piston Crown & Connecting Rod Cap Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

NOTE:

During piston assembly with the conrod pay attention concerning the arrow position on the piston crown (1) and the stamping on the connecting rod cap (2): the arrow and the stamping must oppose one another and cannot be on the same side.

Fig. 223: Piston & Connecting Rod Components Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

Secure connecting rod (5) in soft jawed vice. Lubricate piston pin (2) and piston (1) with clean engine oil. Position piston (1) on connecting rod (5). Install piston pin (2). Install snap ring (3) in piston (1) to retain piston pin (2). Remove connecting rod (5) from vice.

PISTON RINGS

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 224: Piston Rings - Removal/Installation Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Install rings on the pistons using a suitable ring expander.

Fig. 225: Piston Ring Gap Location Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1 - SECOND COMPRESSION RING GAP POSITION 2 - OIL CONTROL RING GAP POSITION 3 - TOP COMPRESSION RING GAP POSITION 2. Top compression ring is tapered and chromium plated. The second ring is of the scraper type and must be installed with scraping edge facing bottom of the piston. The third is an oil control ring. Ring gaps must be positioned, before inserting piston into the liners, as follows. 3. Top ring gap must be positioned at the No. 3 position (looking at the piston crown from above). 4. Second piston ring gap should be positioned at the No. 1 position. 5. Oil control ring gap should be positioned at the No. 2 position. PISTON

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 226: Cylinder Location Identification Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Identify the correct piston to cylinder location on left front of engine block.

Fig. 227: Piston Lettering Identification Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 2. Identify the piston by the lettering shown in illustration on piston crown. 3. Using the reference table below select the correct piston to location. NOTE:

The first letter correspond to the first cylinder, the second letter to the second one etc.

Piston Letter On Crown A A B B C C

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Cylinder Piston Location 1 2 3 4 5 6 4. Before installing the Piston Installer, make sure the oil ring expander ends are butted together. 5. Immerse the piston head and rings in clean engine oil, slide the piston installer over the piston and tighten. Ensure position of rings does not change during this operation .

Fig. 228: Arrow Stamped On Piston Crown Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 6. When installing the pistons and connecting rod assembly, making sure that the arrow stamped on the piston crown (1) is turned toward the back side of the engine (flywheel side) for the right bank pistons 1 2 3 and toward the front side of the engine (timing chain side) for the left bank pistons 4 5 6.

Fig. 229: Connecting Rod Shaft & Class Identification Mark Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

7. Each connecting rod has its own letter class identification mark (2) on connecting rod for bearing selection.

Fig. 230: Letters Stamped Into Crankshaft Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 8. To determine the correct bearing size for each cylinder. Each connecting rod letter class must be matched with the crankshaft letter class (1) with the bearing selection chart to determine the correct bearing color for each cylinder. The letters stamped into the crankshaft (1) are in the same order as the cylinders. The first letter corresponds to the first cylinder, the second to the second, etc. See bearing selection chart. Refer to Engine/Engine Block - Standard Procedure. CAUTION: Care must be taken not to nick the crankshaft journal or cylinder bore when installing the pistons. 9. Rotate crankshaft so that the connecting rod journal is on the center of the cylinder bore. Insert rod and piston into cylinder bore and guide rod over the crankshaft journal. 10. Guide the piston down in cylinder bore, using a hammer handle. At the same time, guide connecting rod into position on connecting rod journal.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 231: Connecting Rod, Bearings & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 11. Assemble connecting rod bearings (3) and bearing caps to their respective connecting rods (2) ensuring that the serrations on the cap and reference marks are aligned. NOTE:

The connecting rod bolts must be replaced every time they are loosened or removed.

12. Using new bolts, tighten the connecting rod cap bolts to:  Step 1: Tighten to 10 N.m (88 in. lbs.).  Step 2: Tighten each bolt to 25 N.m (18 ft. lbs.).  Step 3: Tighten each bolt an additional 75 degrees turn.  Step 4: With the torque wrench set at 50 N.m (37 ft. lbs.) to check the tightening of each bolt.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 232: Oil Jet & Retaining Bolt Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 13. Install the oil jets. Refer to JET, PISTON OIL COOLER, INSTALLATION.

Fig. 233: Windage Tray & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 14. Install the windage tray (2). Tighten bolts (1) to 11 N.m (97 in. lbs.).

Fig. 234: Oil Pump Pickup Tube & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 15. Install the oil pump pickup tube. Refer to PICK-UP, OIL PUMP, INSTALLATION. 16. Install both cylinder head. Refer to CYLINDER HEAD, INSTALLATION. 17. Connect negative battery cable.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

SEAL, CRANKSHAFT OIL, FRONT REMOVAL REMOVAL

Fig. 235: Vibration Damper & Bolt Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Disconnect the negative battery cable. 2. Remove the vibration damper. Refer to DAMPER, VIBRATION, REMOVAL. CAUTION: Care must be taken when removing the crankshaft seal. DO NOT damage or gouge the timing chain cover. 3. Using suitable seal puller, remove the front crankshaft seal. INSTALLATION INSTALLATION

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 236: Front Seal Guide & Oil Seal Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Clean timing chain cover seal surface. NOTE:

Install the front oil seal so the lip of seal face away from the engine.

2. Install the (special tool #VM.10340-1, Guide, Front Seal) (1) and position the front seal (2) in place. 3. Remove the (special tool #VM.10340-1, Guide, Front Seal) (1).

Fig. 237: Front Seal Installer Tool & Vibration Damper Bolt Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 4. Using the (special tool #VM.10340-2, Installer Tool, Front Seal) (2), install the front crankshaft oil seal using the vibration damper bolt (3) to draw the seal in place. 5. Remove bolt (3) and the (special tool #VM.10340-2, Installer Tool, Front Seal) (2).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 238: Vibration Damper & Bolt Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 6. Install the vibration damper. Refer to DAMPER, VIBRATION, INSTALLATION. 7. Connect the negative battery cable. SEAL, CRANKSHAFT OIL, REAR REMOVAL REMOVAL

Fig. 239: Flex Plate, Counter Weight, Tone Wheel & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Remove the flex plate (3), counter weight, and tone wheel. Refer to FLEXPLATE, REMOVAL.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 240: Rear Main Oil Seal, Crankshaft Position Sensor (CKP) & Bolt Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 2. Remove bolt (2) and the Crankshaft Position Sensor (CKP) (3). NOTE:

Use care not to damage the rear main oil seal sealing surface.

3. Using suitable seal puller, remove the rear main oil seal (1). INSTALLATION INSTALLATION

Fig. 241: Rear Seal Guide, Rear Oil Seal & Crankshaft Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

1. Clean around seal surface area. NOTE:

Install the rear oil seal so that the lip of seal faces away from the engine.

2. Install the (special tool #VM.10341-1, Guide, Rear Seal) (3) and slide the rear oil seal (2) onto the crankshaft. 3. Remove the (special tool #VM.10341-1, Guide, Rear Seal) (3).

Fig. 242: Rear Seal Installer & Crankshaft Position Sensor (CKP) Boss Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE:

Position the flat portion of the Rear Seal Installer should be facing down giving you clearance by the Crankshaft Position Sensor (CKP) boss.

4. Using the (special tool #VM.10341-2, Installer Tool, Rear Seal) (1) install the rear main oil seal into the engine block.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 243: Crankshaft Position Sensor & Bolt Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 5. Clean the area and bore around CKP. 6. Install the CKP (2). Tighten bolt (1) to 6 N.m (53 in. lbs.).

Fig. 244: Flex Plate, Counter Weight, Tone Wheel & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 7. Install the tone wheel (3), counter weight, and flex plate. Refer to FLEXPLATE, INSTALLATION.

ENGINE MOUNTING INSULATOR, ENGINE MOUNT, LEFT REMOVAL

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

REMOVAL

1. Disconnect the negative battery cable. 2. Remove the engine cover (1). 3. Remove the air cleaner body. Refer to BODY, AIR CLEANER, REMOVAL.

Fig. 245: Engine Mount Retaining Nut Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 4. Remove the left and right engine mount retaining nut (1). 5. Using Engine Support Fixture (special tool #8534B, Support Fixture, Engine), lift engine enough to gain access to the engine mount without damaging the turbocharger.

Fig. 246: Left Engine Mount & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

6. Raise and support the vehicle. Refer to HOISTING, STANDARD PROCEDURE . 7. Removed the belly pan. 8. Remove bolts (2) and the left engine mount (1).

Fig. 247: Left Engine Mount Bracket & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 9. If necessary, remove bolts (2) and the left engine mount bracket (1). INSTALLATION INSTALLATION

Fig. 248: Left Engine Mount Bracket & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

1. If necessary, Install the left engine mount bracket (1). Tighten Bolts (2) to 61 N.m (45 ft. lbs).

Fig. 249: Left Engine Mount & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 2. 3. 4. 5.

Install the left engine mount (1). Tighten bolts (2) to 61 N.m (45 ft. lbs.). Install the belly pan. Lower the vehicle. Lower the engine into position and remove Engine Support Fixture (special tool #8534B, Support Fixture, Engine).

Fig. 250: Engine Mount Retaining Nut Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 6. Install the left and right engine mount retaining nuts (1) and tighten to 61 N.m (45 ft. lbs.).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

7. Install the air cleaner body. Refer to BODY, AIR CLEANER, INSTALLATION. 8. Install the engine cover. 9. Connect the negative battery cable. INSULATOR, ENGINE MOUNT, RIGHT REMOVAL REMOVAL

1. Disconnect the negative battery cable. 2. Remove the engine cover. 3. Remove the generator. Refer to GENERATOR, REMOVAL .

Fig. 251: Right Engine Mount Retaining Nut Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 4. Remove the right and left engine mount retaining nut (1). 5. Using Engine Support Fixture (special tool #8534B, Support Fixture, Engine), lift engine enough to gain access to the engine mount.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 252: Right Engine Mount & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 6. Raise and support the vehicle. Refer to HOISTING, STANDARD PROCEDURE . 7. Removed the belly pan. 8. Remove bolts (2) and the right engine mount (1).

Fig. 253: Right Engine Mount Bracket & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 9. If necessary, remove bolts (2) and the engine mount bracket (1). INSTALLATION INSTALLATION

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 254: Right Engine Mount Bracket & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. If necessary, Install the engine mount bracket (1). Tighten bolts (2) to 61 N.m (45 ft. lbs.).

Fig. 255: Right Engine Mount & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 2. Install the right engine mount (1). Tighten bolts (2) to 61 N.m (45 ft. lbs.).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 256: Right Engine Mount Retaining Nut Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 3. Lower the vehicle. 4. Lower the engine into position and remove Engine Support Fixture (special tool #8534B, Support Fixture, Engine). 5. Install the right and left engine mount retaining nuts (1) and tighten to 61 N.m (45 ft. lbs.). 6. Install the generator. Refer to GENERATOR, INSTALLATION . 7. Install the engine cover. 8. Connect the negative battery cable. INSULATOR, ENGINE MOUNT, REAR MOUNT REMOVAL REMOVAL

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 257: Left & Right Crossmember Brace With Fasteners Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Raise and support the vehicle. Refer to HOISTING, STANDARD PROCEDURE . 2. Remove the skid plate, if equipped. Refer to PLATE, SKID, FRONT, REMOVAL , PLATE, SKID, FRONT SUSPENSION, REMOVAL , PLATE, SKID, FUEL TANK, REMOVAL , PLATE, SKID, TRANSMISSION, REMOVAL and PLATE, SKID, TRANSFER CASE, REMOVAL . NOTE:

Gas engine shown in illustration Diesel engine similar.

3. Remove four bolts (2) and the left crossmember brace (1). 4. Remove two bolts (3) and the right crossmember brace (4).

Fig. 258: Crossmember & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

NOTE:

Gas engine shown in illustration Diesel engine similar.

5. Remove the two bolts (2) from the rear engine mount isolator. 6. Using a suitable transmission jack and a block of wood positioned under the transmission oil pan, raise the transmission until the weight is off of the isolator (approximately 5 mm). 7. Remove six bolts (3) and the crossmember (1).

Fig. 259: Rear Engine Mount Isolator & Bolts (4x4) Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 8. On 4x4 vehicles, remove three bolts (2) and the rear engine mount isolator (1).

Fig. 260: Rear Engine Mount Isolator & Bolts (4x2) Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

9. On 4x2 vehicles, remove three bolts (2) and the rear engine mount isolator (1).

Fig. 261: Rear Engine Mount Bracket & Bolts (4x2) Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 10. On 4x2 vehicles if required, remove four bolts (1) and the rear engine mount bracket (2). INSTALLATION INSTALLATION

Fig. 262: Rear Engine Mount Bracket & Bolts (4x2) Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. On 4x2 vehicles if removed, install the rear engine mount bracket (2) with four bolts (1) tightened to 33 N.m (24 ft. lbs.).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 263: Rear Engine Mount Isolator & Bolts (4x2) Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 2. On 4x2 vehicles, install the rear engine mount isolator (1) with three bolts (2) tightened to 61 N.m (45 ft. lbs.).

Fig. 264: Rear Engine Mount Isolator & Bolts (4x4) Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 3. On 4x4 vehicles, install the rear engine mount isolator (1) with three bolts (2) tightened to 61 N.m (45 ft. lbs.).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 265: Crossmember & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE:

Gas engine shown in illustration Diesel engine similar.

4. Install the crossmember (1) with six bolts (3) tightened to 55 N.m (41 ft. lbs.). 5. Lower the transmission so the weight is resting on the isolator. 6. Install two bolts (2) to the rear engine mount isolator and tighten to 61 N.m (45 ft. lbs.).

Fig. 266: Left & Right Crossmember Brace With Fasteners Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE:

Gas engine shown in illustration Diesel engine similar.

7. Install the left crossmember brace (1) with four bolts (2) tightened to 55 N.m (41 ft. lbs.).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

8. Install the right crossmember brace (4) with two bolts (3) tightened to 55 N.m (41 ft. lbs.). 9. Install the skid plate, if equipped. Refer to PLATE, SKID, FRONT, INSTALLATION , PLATE, SKID, FRONT SUSPENSION, INSTALLATION , PLATE, SKID, FUEL TANK, INSTALLATION , PLATE, SKID, TRANSMISSION, INSTALLATION and PLATE, SKID, TRANSFER CASE, INSTALLATION . 10. Lower the vehicle.

LUBRICATION COOLER, OIL DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION

Engine coolant is used to cool the oil. A plate-style external heat exchanger is located on the left side of the engine block. A single O-ring style gaskets seal the oil cooler to the oil cooler adapter. Replace the O-ring style gaskets whenever the oil cooler is removed or replaced. The oil is fed to the oil cooler through the oil filter. After the oil cooler, the oil is fed back to the main oil gallery of the cylinder block. The oil cooler and adapter is located on the left side of the engine block. REMOVAL REMOVAL

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

Disconnect the negative battery cable. Remove the engine cover. Raise and support the vehicle. Refer to HOISTING, STANDARD PROCEDURE . Remove the front skid plate. Remove the belly pan. Drain the cooling system. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE . Drain the engine oil. Using a new sealing washer, install and tighten drain plug to 45 N.m (33 ft. lbs.). Lower the vehicle. Remove the air cleaner body. Refer to BODY, AIR CLEANER, REMOVAL. Remove the serpentine drive belt. Refer to BELT, SERPENTINE, REMOVAL .

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 267: Oil Cooler & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 11. Remove bolts (1) and the engine oil cooler (2). INSTALLATION INSTALLATION

Fig. 268: Oil Cooler Adapter O-Ring Seal Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Clean all engine mating surfaces. 2. Install a new O-ring seal onto the oil cooler adapter.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 269: Oil Cooler & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

Install the engine oil cooler. Tighten bolts to 30 N.m (22 ft. lbs.). Install the serpentine drive belt. Refer to BELT, SERPENTINE, INSTALLATION . Install the air cleaner body. Refer to BODY, AIR CLEANER, INSTALLATION. Raise and support the vehicle. Refer to HOISTING, STANDARD PROCEDURE . Install the belly pan. Install the front skid plate. Lower the vehicle. Change the oil filter and fill the engine with recommended engine oil. Refer to CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FLUIDS, SPECIFICATIONS . 11. Fill the cooling system. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE . 12. Connect the negative battery cable. ADAPTER, OIL COOLER REMOVAL REMOVAL

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 270: Engine Cover Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Disconnect the negative battery cable. 2. Remove the engine cover (1).

Fig. 271: Cowl Extension Silencer, Side Extensions & Fasteners Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 3. Remove the cowl extension (1) and the side extensions (2, 5). Refer to SILENCER, COWL EXTENSION, REMOVAL . 4. Remove the air cleaner body and air tube. Refer to BODY, AIR CLEANER, REMOVAL. 5. Raise and support the vehicle. Refer to HOISTING, STANDARD PROCEDURE . 6. Remove the front skid plate. Refer to PLATE, SKID, FRONT, REMOVAL , PLATE, SKID, FRONT SUSPENSION, REMOVAL , PLATE, SKID, FUEL TANK, REMOVAL , PLATE, SKID,

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

TRANSMISSION, REMOVAL and PLATE, SKID, TRANSFER CASE, REMOVAL . 7. Drain the cooling system. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE . 8. Drain the engine oil. Using a new sealing washer, install and tighten drain plug to 45 N.m (33 ft. lbs.).

Fig. 272: Coolant Hose & Oil Pressure Sensor Wire Harness Connector Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 9. Lower the vehicle. 10. Disconnect the coolant hose (1) from oil cooler adapter. 11. Disconnect the oil pressure sensor wire harness connector (2).

Fig. 273: A/C Compressor Removal/Installation Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE:

Removal of the A/C compressor does not require the refrigerant to be

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

evacuated. 12. Remove the A/C compressor and position aside. Refer to COMPRESSOR, A/C, REMOVAL .

Fig. 274: A/C Compressor Bracket & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 13. Remove bolts (2), and the A/C compressor bracket (1).

Fig. 275: Oil Cooler Adapter Assembly Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 14. Remove bolts (2) and the oil cooler adapter (1). INSTALLATION

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

INSTALLATION

Fig. 276: Oil Cooler Adapter O-Ring Seal Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Clean the gasket sealing surfaces. Refer to CLEANING. 2. Install a new O-ring seal (1).

Fig. 277: Oil Cooler Adapter Assembly Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 3. Install the oil cooler adapter (1). Tighten bolts (2) 30 N.m (22 ft. lbs.).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 278: A/C Compressor Bracket & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 4. Install the A/C compressor bracket (1). Tighten bolts (2) 45 N.m (33 ft. lbs.).

Fig. 279: A/C Compressor Removal/Installation Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 5. Install the A/C compressor. Refer to COMPRESSOR, A/C, INSTALLATION .

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 280: Coolant Hose & Oil Pressure Sensor Wire Harness Connector Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 6. 7. 8. 9.

10. 11. 12. 13.

Connect the oil pressure sensor wire harness connector (2). Connect the coolant hose (1) from oil cooler adapter. Raise and support the vehicle. Refer to HOISTING, STANDARD PROCEDURE . Install the front skid plate. Refer to PLATE, SKID, FRONT, INSTALLATION , PLATE, SKID, FRONT SUSPENSION, INSTALLATION , PLATE, SKID, FUEL TANK, INSTALLATION , PLATE, SKID, TRANSMISSION, INSTALLATION and PLATE, SKID, TRANSFER CASE, INSTALLATION . Lower the vehicle. Fill the cooling system. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE . Change the oil filter and fill the engine with recommended engine oil. Refer to CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FLUIDS, SPECIFICATIONS . Install the air cleaner body and air tube. Refer to AIR CLEANER, INSTALLATION.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 281: Cowl Extension Silencer, Side Extensions & Fasteners Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 14. Install the cowl extension silencer (1) and the side extensions (2, 5). Refer to SILENCER, COWL EXTENSION, INSTALLATION . 15. Connect the negative battery cable. 16. Start the engine and check for leaks.

Fig. 282: Engine Cover Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 17. Install the engine cover (1). FILTER, ENGINE OIL

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

REMOVAL REMOVAL

Fig. 283: Oil Filter Housing Bleeder Screw Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Open the vent screw on top of oil cap. 2. Open the bleeder screw (1) and drain the oil filter housing and securely tighten bleeder screw. 3. Remove the oil filter cap.

Fig. 284: Oil Filter Cover, O-Ring Gasket, Oil Filter & Base Oil Filter Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 4. While holding the oil filter cover (1), pushdown on base oil filter (4) to separate from cover and remove the oil filter (3).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

5. Remove and discard O-ring gasket (2). Clean and inspect cap. INSTALLATION INSTALLATION

Fig. 285: Oil Filter Cover, O-Ring Gasket, Oil Filter & Base Oil Filter Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Lubricate and install the new oil filter cap O-ring gasket (2). Make sure the oil filter cap O-ring is in the correct location. 2. Install the oil filter (3) into oil filter cap (1). 3. Install oil filter cap (1) and tighten to 25 N.m (18 ft. lbs.). 4. Securely tighten the vent screw on top of the oil filter cap. HOUSING, OIL FILTER REMOVAL REMOVAL

1. Disconnect negative battery cable. 2. Remove the oil cooler adapter. Refer to ADAPTER, OIL COOLER, REMOVAL.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 286: Upper Oil Filter Housing Bolt Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE:

Oil filter housing support bracket removed for clarity.

3. Remove the upper oil filter housing bolt (1).

Fig. 287: Oil Filter Housing & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 4. Remove bolts (2) and the oil filter housing (1). INSTALLATION INSTALLATION

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 288: Oil Filter Housing & O-Ring Seal Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Clean the gasket sealing surfaces. 2. Install new O-ring seal (1) onto the oil filter housing (2).

Fig. 289: Oil Filter Housing & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE:

Oil filter housing support bracket removed for clarity.

3. Install oil filter housing (1). Tighten bolts (2) to 30 N.m (22 ft. lbs.).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 290: Upper Oil Filter Housing Bolt Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 4. Install the front oil filter housing bolt and tighten to 15 N.m (133 in. lbs.). 5. Install the oil cooler adapter. Refer to ADAPTER, OIL COOLER, INSTALLATION. 6. Connect negative battery cable. JET, PISTON OIL COOLER DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION

Fig. 291: Oil Jet & Retaining Bolt Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Three dual-nozzle oil jets (1) are bolted to the cylinder block underneath the main oil gallery. The jets connect with an oil-tight fit to the main gallery through lubrication passages. Each oil jet helps cool two opposite pistons. Proper oil jet alignment is important. Each nozzle is designed to alternatively spray oil through both cooling galleries within the piston. The oil spray is aimed at one of the cooling galleries as the piston approaches TDC. As the piston approaches BDC, the oil spray is aimed at the adjacent cooling gallery. REMOVAL REMOVAL

CAUTION: Use caution when removing and installing oil jets. Damage to oil jet nozzle could cause severe engine damage.

Fig. 292: Oil Jet & Retaining Bolt Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Disconnect negative battery cable. 2. Remove the crankshaft. Refer to CRANKSHAFT, REMOVAL. 3. Remove bolt (2) and oil jet (1) from engine block. INSTALLATION INSTALLATION

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 293: Oil Jet & Retaining Bolt Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC CAUTION: Use caution when removing and installing oil jets. Damage to oil jet nozzle could cause severe engine damage. 1. Install oil jet (1) in engine block. Tighten bolt (2) to 11 N.m (97 in. lbs.). 2. Install the crankshaft. Refer to CRANKSHAFT, INSTALLATION. 3. Connect negative battery cable. JET, TIMING CHAIN OIL REMOVAL REMOVAL

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 294: Timing Chain Oil Jet & Bolt Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE: 1. 2. 3. 4.

Right side shown in illustration, left side similar.

Disconnect negative battery cable. Remove the upper timing cover. Refer to COVER(S), ENGINE TIMING, REMOVAL. Remove bolt (1) and the timing chain oil jet (2). Remove and discard O-ring seal.

INSTALLATION INSTALLATION

Fig. 295: Timing Chain Oil Jet & O-Ring Seal Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Install a new O-ring seal (1) onto the timing chain oil jet (2).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 296: Timing Chain Oil Jet & Bolt Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE: 2. 3. 4. 5.

Right side shown in illustration, left side similar.

Install the timing chain oil jet (2). Tighten bolt (1) to 11 N.m (97 in. lbs.). Install the upper timing cover. Refer to COVER(S), ENGINE TIMING, INSTALLATION. Fill engine oil to proper level. Connect negative battery cable.

OIL DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION

for oil specifications. Refer to CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FLUIDS, SPECIFICATIONS . STANDARD PROCEDURE STANDARD PROCEDURE - ENGINE OIL AND FILTER CHANGE

WARNING: New or used engine oil can be irritating to the skin. Avoid prolonged or repeated skin contact with engine oil. Contaminants in used engine oil, caused by internal combustion, can be hazardous to your health. Thoroughly wash exposed skin with soap and water. Do not wash skin with gasoline, diesel fuel, thinner, or solvents, health problems can result. Do not pollute, dispose of used engine oil properly. Contact your dealer or government agency for location of collection center in your area. Change the engine oil and filter at mileage and time intervals described in the Maintenance Schedule. Refer to

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

MAINTENANCE SCHEDULES, DESCRIPTION .

Fig. 297: Engine Cover Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Run the engine until achieving normal operating temperature. 2. Position the vehicle on a level surface and turn the engine off. 3. Remove the engine cover (1).

Fig. 298: Oil Filter Housing Bleeder Screw Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 4. Open the vent screw on top of oil cap. 5. Place an oil absorbent cloth around the oil filter housing at the base. 6. Open the bleeder screw (1) and drain the oil filter housing and securely tighten bleeder screw.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

7. Rotate the oil filter cap (1) counterclockwise and remove the oil filter and cap.

Fig. 299: Oil Filter Cover, O-Ring Gasket, Oil Filter & Base Oil Filter Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC CAUTION: When performing an engine oil change, the oil filter cap must be removed. Removing the oil filter cap releases oil held within the oil filter cavity and allows it to drain into the sump. Failure to remove the cap prior to reinstallation of the drain plug will not allow complete draining of the used engine oil. NOTE:

The oil filter (3) is attached to the oil filter cap (1).

8. While holding the oil filter cover (1), pushdown on base oil filter (4) to separate from cover and remove the oil filter (3). 9. Remove and discard O-ring gasket (2). Clean and inspect cap.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 300: Crankcase Drain Plug Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 10. Raise and support the vehicle. Refer to HOISTING, STANDARD PROCEDURE . 11. Place a suitable drain pan under the crankcase drain plug (1). 12. Drain the engine oil. Inspect the drain plug threads for stretching or other damage. Replace the drain plug (1) if damaged. 13. Using a new sealing washer, install and tighten the drain plug (1) to 45 N.m (33 ft. lbs.).

Fig. 301: Oil Filter Cover, O-Ring Gasket, Oil Filter & Base Oil Filter Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 14. Lower the vehicle. NOTE:

It is not necessary to pre-oil the oil filter or fill the oil filter housing.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

15. Lubricate and install the new oil filter cap O-ring gasket (2). Make sure the oil filter cap O-ring is in the correct location. 16. Install the oil filter (3) into oil filter cap (1). 17. Install oil filter cap (1) and tighten to 25 N.m (18 ft. lbs.). 18. Securely tighten the vent screw on top of the oil filter cap. 19. Fill the crankcase with the specified type and amount of engine oil. Refer to CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FLUIDS, SPECIFICATIONS .

Fig. 302: Engine Cover Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 20. Start the engine and inspect for leaks. 21. Stop the engine and check the oil level. 22. Install the engine cover (1). OIL FILTER SPECIFICATION

All engines are equipped with a high quality full-flow, disposable type oil filter. When replacing oil filter, use a Mopar® filter or equivalent. USED ENGINE OIL DISPOSAL

Care should be exercised when disposing of used engine oil after it has been drained from a vehicle engine. Refer to the WARNING listed above. PAN, OIL REMOVAL UPPER OIL PAN

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

1. Disconnect the negative battery cable. 2. Remove bolts and the oil level indicator tube. 3. Remove the front skid plate. Refer to PLATE, SKID, FRONT, REMOVAL , PLATE, SKID, FRONT SUSPENSION, REMOVAL , PLATE, SKID, FUEL TANK, REMOVAL , PLATE, SKID, TRANSMISSION, REMOVAL and PLATE, SKID, TRANSFER CASE, REMOVAL . 4. Remove the front suspension skid plate. Refer to PLATE, SKID, FRONT, REMOVAL , PLATE, SKID, FRONT SUSPENSION, REMOVAL , PLATE, SKID, FUEL TANK, REMOVAL , PLATE, SKID, TRANSMISSION, REMOVAL and PLATE, SKID, TRANSFER CASE, REMOVAL . 5. Remove bolt securing the power steering supply line. 6. Remove the rear A/C compressor mounting bolt. 7. Lower the vehicle.

Fig. 303: Engine Cover Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 8. Remove the engine cover (1). 9. Remove air cleaner body. Refer to BODY, AIR CLEANER, REMOVAL.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 304: Vibration Damper Cover & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 10. Remove bolts (1) and the vibration damper cover (2).

Fig. 305: Pulleys, Tensioner & Drive Belt Routing 3.0L Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 11. Remove the accessory drive belt (2). Refer to BELT, SERPENTINE, REMOVAL .

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 306: A/C Compressor Removal/Installation Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 12. Disconnect the A/C clutch wire harness connector (1). 13. Support the A/C compressor, remove the nut (4), stud (3), and bolt (2) that secures the A/C compressor to the bracket and position aside the compressor. 14. Remove the upper oil dip stick tube bolt.

Fig. 307: Front Axle & Axle Bracket Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 15. Remove the lower oil pan. Refer to PAN, OIL, REMOVAL. 16. If equipped with AWD, remove the front axle (1). Refer to REMOVAL .

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 308: Steering Gear & Knuckle/Rotor Assembly Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 17. Remove the steering gear (1). Refer to GEAR, REMOVAL .

Fig. 309: Crankshaft Position Sensor Connector Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 18. 19. 20. 21. 22.

Remove the four transmission-to-oil pan bolts. Remove bolts securing the transmission cooler liner to oil pan. Remove bolts and position aside the EHPS pump. Detach the starter wire harness to upper oil pan. Disconnect the Crankshaft Position Sensor (CKP) wire harness connector (1).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 310: Crankshaft Position Sensor Wiring Harness Bracket & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 23. Remove bolts attaching the CKP harness connector bracket to oil pan.

Fig. 311: Upper Oil Pan, Oil Pump Pick-Up Tube, Gasket & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 24. Remove the oil pump pick-up tube bolt (2). 25. Remove bolts (1) and the upper oil pan (3). 26. Remove and discard gasket (4). LOWER OIL PAN

1. Raise and support the vehicle. Refer to HOISTING, STANDARD PROCEDURE . 2. Remove the front suspension skid plate. Refer to PLATE, SKID, FRONT, REMOVAL , PLATE,

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

SKID, FRONT SUSPENSION, REMOVAL , PLATE, SKID, FUEL TANK, REMOVAL , PLATE, SKID, TRANSMISSION, REMOVAL and PLATE, SKID, TRANSFER CASE, REMOVAL . 3. Drain the engine oil. Using a new sealing washer, install and tighten drain plug to 45 N.m (33 ft. lbs.).

Fig. 312: Lower Oil Pan & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 4. Remove bolts (1) and the lower oil pan (2). INSTALLATION UPPER OIL PAN

Fig. 313: RTV Sealant To Timing Cover To Engine Block T-Joints Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

1. Clean and gasket sealing surfaces. Refer to CLEANING. NOTE:

Clean the oil pan sealing surfaces with isopropyl alcohol in preparation for sealant application.

2. Apply a 3 mm wide bead of Mopar® Threebond Engine RTV Sealant to the timing cover to engine block T-joints (1).

Fig. 314: Upper Oil Pan, Oil Pump Pick-Up Tube, Gasket & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 3. Install a new oil pan gasket (3).

Fig. 315: Upper Oil Pan Tightening Sequence Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

NOTE:

Bolts in the following positions are stud bolts (4, 14, 17, 19, 21, and 23).

4. Install the upper oil pan and tighten bolts finger tight:  Using the tightening sequence shown in illustration, tighten bolts to 15 N.m (133 in. lbs.).  Loosen each bolt one at a time 90 degrees, then using the tightening sequence shown in illustration tighten bolts to 15 N.m (133 in. lbs.).

Fig. 316: Upper Oil Pan, Oil Pump Pick-Up Tube, Gasket & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 5. Install the upper oil pump pick-up tube bolt (2) and tighten to 11 N.m (97 in. lbs.).

Fig. 317: Crankshaft Position Sensor Wiring Harness Bracket & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 6. Install bolts (1) attaching the Crankshaft Position Sensor (CKP) harness connector bracket (2) to oil pan

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

and tighten to 8 N.m (71 in. lbs.).

Fig. 318: Crankshaft Position Sensor Connector Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 7. 8. 9. 10. 11.

Connect the CKP wire harness connector (1). Attach the starter wire harness to upper oil pan. Position the EHPS pump, install the retaining bolts and tighten to 23 N.m (17 ft. lbs.). Install bolts securing the transmission cooler liner to oil pan and securely tighten bolts. Install the four transmission-to-oil pan bolts and tighten to 39 N.m (29 ft.lbs.).

Fig. 319: Steering Gear & Knuckle/Rotor Assembly Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 12. Install the steering gear (1). Refer to GEAR, INSTALLATION .

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 320: Front Axle & Axle Bracket Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 13. If equipped with AWD, install the front axle (1). Refer to INSTALLATION . 14. Install the lower oil pan. Refer to PAN, OIL, INSTALLATION.

Fig. 321: A/C Compressor Removal/Installation Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 15. Install the upper oil dip stick tube bolt and tighten to 11 N.m (97 in. lbs.). 16. Position the A/C compressor to the A/C compressor bracket (7) and install the stud (3). Tighten the stud (3) to 10 N.m (89 in. lbs.). 17. Install and hand tighten the nut (4) that secures the A/C compressor to the bracket. 18. Tighten the two bolts to 28 N.m (21 ft. lbs.) using the following sequence:  Bolt (2) at rear of compressor.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Bolt (5) at front of compressor. 19. Tighten the nut (4) at the front of the A/C compressor to 28 N.m (21 ft. lbs.). 20. Connect the A/C clutch wire harness connector (1). 

Fig. 322: Pulleys, Tensioner & Drive Belt Routing 3.0L Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 21. Install the accessory drive belt (2). Refer to BELT, SERPENTINE, INSTALLATION .

Fig. 323: Engine Cover Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 22. Install the air cleaner body. Refer to BODY, AIR CLEANER, INSTALLATION. 23. Remove the engine cover (1). 24. Install the front suspension skid plate. Refer to PLATE, SKID, FRONT, INSTALLATION , PLATE,

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

25.

26. 27. 28.

SKID, FRONT SUSPENSION, INSTALLATION , PLATE, SKID, FUEL TANK, INSTALLATION , PLATE, SKID, TRANSMISSION, INSTALLATION and PLATE, SKID, TRANSFER CASE, INSTALLATION . Install the front skid plate. Refer to PLATE, SKID, FRONT, INSTALLATION , PLATE, SKID, FRONT SUSPENSION, INSTALLATION , PLATE, SKID, FUEL TANK, INSTALLATION , PLATE, SKID, TRANSMISSION, INSTALLATION and PLATE, SKID, TRANSFER CASE, INSTALLATION . Install the oil level indicator tube. Tighten bolts to 11 N.m (97 in. lbs.). Replace the oil filter and fill the engine with recommended engine oil. Refer to CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FLUIDS, SPECIFICATIONS . Connect the negative battery cable.

LOWER OIL PAN

Fig. 324: Lower Oil Pan Gasket Sealing Surfaces Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Clean and gasket sealing surfaces. Refer to CLEANING. CAUTION: Engine assembly requires the use of a unique sealant that is compatible with engine oil. Using a sealant other than Mopar® Threebond Engine RTV Sealant may result in engine fluid leakage. CAUTION: Following the application of Mopar® Threebond Engine RTV Sealant to the gasket surfaces, the components must be assembled within 20 minutes and the attaching fasteners must be tightened to specification within 45 minutes. Prolonged exposure to the air prior to assembly may result in engine fluid leakage. NOTE:

Sealing surfaces must be free of a gasket material and oil residue. Clean

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

the oil pan sealing surfaces with isopropyl alcohol in preparation for sealant application. 2. Apply a 3 mm wide bead of Mopar® Threebond Engine RTV Sealant to the lower oil pan as shown in illustration (1).

Fig. 325: Lower Oil Pan Tightening Sequence Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 3. Position the lower oil pan and install the bolts finger tight.  Using the tightening sequence shown in illustration, tighten the oil pan bolts to 15 N.m (133 in. lbs.).  Loosen each bolt one at a time 90 degrees, then using the tightening sequence shown in illustration tighten bolts to 15 N.m (133 in. lbs.). 4. Install the front suspension skid plate. Refer to PLATE, SKID, FRONT, INSTALLATION , PLATE, SKID, FRONT SUSPENSION, INSTALLATION , PLATE, SKID, FUEL TANK, INSTALLATION , PLATE, SKID, TRANSMISSION, INSTALLATION and PLATE, SKID, TRANSFER CASE, INSTALLATION . 5. Lower the vehicle. 6. Fill the engine with recommended engine oil. Refer to CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FLUIDS, SPECIFICATIONS . PICK-UP, OIL PUMP REMOVAL REMOVAL

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 326: Oil Pump Pickup Tube & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Disconnect the negative battery cable. 2. Remove the upper oil pan. Refer to PAN, OIL, REMOVAL. 3. Remove bolts (1) and the oil pump pickup tube (2) from oil pump.

Fig. 327: Oil Pump Pickup Tube & O-Ring Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 4. Remove and discard O-ring (2). INSTALLATION INSTALLATION

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 328: Oil Pump Pickup Tube & O-Ring Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Lubricate and install a new O-ring (2) on oil pump pickup tube (1).

Fig. 329: Oil Pump Pickup Tube & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 2. Install pickup tube (2) into oil pump. Tighten bolts (1) to 11 N.m. (97 in. lbs.). 3. Install the upper oil pan. Refer to PAN, OIL, INSTALLATION. 4. Fill the engine to proper level with recommended engine oil. Refer to CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FLUIDS, SPECIFICATIONS . 5. Connect the negative battery cable. PUMP, ENGINE OIL

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

REMOVAL REMOVAL

1. Remove the oil pump pick-up tube. Refer to PICK-UP, OIL PUMP, REMOVAL. 2. Remove the lower timing cover. Refer to COVER(S), ENGINE TIMING, REMOVAL.

Fig. 330: Engine Oil Pump & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 3. Remove bolts and the engine oil pump (1). INSTALLATION INSTALLATION

Fig. 331: Engine Oil Pump O-Ring Gasket

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Clean the gasket sealing surfaces. Refer to CLEANING. 2. Install a new O-ring gasket (1) onto the oil pump.

Fig. 332: Engine Oil Pump & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 3. Install the oil pump. Tighten bolts to 14 N.m (124 in. lbs.). 4. Install the lower timing cover. Refer to COVER(S), ENGINE TIMING, INSTALLATION. 5. Install oil pump pick-up tube. Refer to PICK-UP, OIL PUMP, INSTALLATION. SENSOR, OIL PRESSURE DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 333: Engine Oil Pressure Sensor & Connector Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC The engine oil pressure sensor (1) is mounted on the oil cooler adapter housing. The sensor provides an output voltage to the PCM that corresponds to the engine oil pressure. Under certain operating conditions, for example low oil pressure, it may be necessary for the PCM to increase the engine idle speed to ensue adequate engine lubrication. The engine oil pressure sensor (1) is a single wire sensor with a threaded pressure port. The pressure port is mounted to the oil cooler adapter housing through an access hole. An aluminum seal ring seals the engine oil pressure sensor to the oil cooler adapter housing. OPERATION OPERATION

The engine oil pressure sensor receives a 5- volt reference from the PCM. The sensor ground is also provided by the PCM. The sensor output voltage varies from 0.5 to 4.5 volts depending on engine oil pressure. REMOVAL REMOVAL

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 334: Engine Oil Pressure Sensor & Connector Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. 2. 3. 4.

Disconnect negative battery cable. Remove the engine cover. Disconnect engine oil pressure sensor harness connector (2). Remove engine oil pressure sensor (1).

INSTALLATION INSTALLATION

Fig. 335: Engine Oil Pressure Sensor & Connector Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Install the engine oil pressure sensor (1). Tighten sensor (1) to 33 N.m (24 ft. lbs.).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

2. 3. 4. 5.

Connect engine oil pressure sensor harness connector (2). Install the engine cover Connect the negative battery cable. Start vehicle and inspect for leaks.

MANIFOLDS ACTUATOR, SWIRL VALVE DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION

Fig. 336: Swirl Valve Actuator, Connector & Fasteners Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC The intake manifolds feature swirl intake ports to reduce particulates at low engine speeds. Each cylinder incorporates one swirl port and one charge port. The swirl ports can be closed by the swirl valves. The valves are connected together via a linkage which is operated by the swirl valve actuator (3). The swirl valves are normally open by spring tension. The spring is integral with the swirl valve actuator. In the lower engine speed and load range, the swirl valves are closed by the swirl valve actuator (3). The entire air mass flows through the charge ports only, which results in greater swirling. The increased swirling produces uniform combustion for better engine performance and reduction of particulates. As rotational speed and load increases, the swirl valves open, so that optimal swirling and the required air mass are provided for the current operating conditions. REMOVAL REMOVAL

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 337: Swirl Valve Actuator, Connector & Fasteners Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. 2. 3. 4.

Disconnect the negative battery cable. Remove the intake manifold. Refer to MANIFOLD, INTAKE, REMOVAL. Disconnect the swirl valve actuator harness connector (1). Remove fasteners (2) and the swirl valve actuator (3).

INSTALLATION INSTALLATION

Fig. 338: Swirl Valve Gear Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Inspect the swirl valve gear (1) for damage.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 339: Swirl Valve Actuator, Connector & Fasteners Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 2. 3. 4. 5.

Install the swirl valve actuator (3) and securely tighten fasteners (2). Connect the swirl valve harness connector (1). Install the intake manifold. Refer to MANIFOLD, INTAKE, INSTALLATION. Connect the negative battery cable.

MANIFOLD, EXHAUST REMOVAL RIGHT BANK

WARNING: The normal operating temperature of the exhaust system is very high. Therefore, never work around or attempt to service any part of the exhaust system until it has cooled. Special care should be taken when working near the catalytic converter. The temperature of the converter rises to a high level after a short period of engine operation time. 1. Disconnect the negative battery cable. 2. Raise and support the vehicle. Refer to HOISTING, STANDARD PROCEDURE . 3. Remove the front skid plate. Refer to PLATE, SKID, FRONT, REMOVAL , PLATE, SKID, FRONT SUSPENSION, REMOVAL , PLATE, SKID, FUEL TANK, REMOVAL , PLATE, SKID, TRANSMISSION, REMOVAL and PLATE, SKID, TRANSFER CASE, REMOVAL . 4. Remove the front suspension skid plate. Refer to PLATE, SKID, FRONT, REMOVAL , PLATE, SKID, FRONT SUSPENSION, REMOVAL , PLATE, SKID, FUEL TANK, REMOVAL , PLATE, SKID, TRANSMISSION, REMOVAL and PLATE, SKID, TRANSFER CASE, REMOVAL . 5. Remove the lower oil dipstick tube bolt. 6. Drain the cooling system. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

7. Lower the vehicle.

Fig. 340: Engine Cover Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 8. Remove the engine cover (1).

Fig. 341: Charge Air Hose, Clamps & Resonator Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 9. Disconnect the CAC hose at resonator. 10. Remove the charge air hose (2) to the turbo. 11. Remove the charge air resonator (3).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 342: Charge Air Cooler Hose Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 12. Disconnect the CAC hose (1) from the EGR air flow control valve.

Fig. 343: Cowl Extension Silencer, Side Extensions & Fasteners Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 13. Remove the cowl extension silencer. Refer to SILENCER, COWL EXTENSION, REMOVAL .

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 344: Coolant Bottle, Hoses & Fasteners Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 14. Remove the coolant recovery bottle. Refer to BOTTLE, COOLANT RECOVERY, REMOVAL . 15. Remove the generator. Refer to GENERATOR, REMOVAL .

Fig. 345: Air Inlet Duct, Dash Panel & Two Nuts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 16. Remove nuts and the HVAC air inlet housing (1).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 346: Oxygen Sensor Connector & Ball Stud Fastener Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 17. Disconnect the oxygen sensor wire harness connector (1). 18. Disconnect the exhaust gas temperature sensor wire harness connector. 19. Remove nut and the engine oil dip stick.

Fig. 347: Right Exhaust Manifold Heat Shield & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 20. Remove bolts (1) and the right exhaust manifold heat shield (2).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 348: EGR Valve, Bolts & Connector Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 21. Disconnect the EGR valve wire harness connector (2).

Fig. 349: EGR Cooler Vacuum Bypass Hose Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 22. Disconnect the EGR cooler vacuum bypass hose (1).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 350: EGR Tube & Clamps Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 23. Remove the EGR tube. Refer to TUBE, EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION (EGR), REMOVAL .

Fig. 351: Turbocharger-To-EGR Cooler Tube Clamp Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 24. Remove the turbocharger-to-EGR cooler tube clamp (1).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 352: EGR Cooler Coolant Tube & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 25. Remove bolts (1 and 3) and the EGR cooler coolant tube (2).

Fig. 353: EGR Cooler Supply Hose Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 26. Disconnect the EGR cooler supply hose (1).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 354: Rear EGR Cooler Bypass Valve Support Bracket & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 27. Remove bolt (3) at the rear EGR cooler bypass valve support bracket (2).

Fig. 355: Cooler Assembly Bracket & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 28. Remove bolts (2) and the EGR and cooler assembly bracket (1).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 356: Right Exhaust Manifold To Turbocharger Retaining Nuts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 29. Disconnect the exhaust gas temperature sensor wire harness connector. 30. Remove the right exhaust manifold to turbocharger retaining nuts (1).

Fig. 357: Right Exhaust Manifold & Nuts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 31. Remove the nuts (1) and right exhaust manifold (2). LEFT BANK

WARNING: The normal operating temperature of the exhaust system is very high. Therefore, never work around or attempt to service any part of the exhaust system until it has cooled. Special care should be taken when

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

working near the catalytic converter. The temperature of the converter rises to a high level after a short period of engine operation time. 1. 2. 3. 4.

5.

6. 7. 8. 9.

Disconnect the negative battery cable. Remove the hood. Refer to HOOD, REMOVAL . Raise and support the vehicle. Refer to HOISTING, STANDARD PROCEDURE . Remove the front skid plate. Refer to PLATE, SKID, FRONT, REMOVAL , PLATE, SKID, FRONT SUSPENSION, REMOVAL , PLATE, SKID, FUEL TANK, REMOVAL , PLATE, SKID, TRANSMISSION, REMOVAL and PLATE, SKID, TRANSFER CASE, REMOVAL . Remove the front suspension skid plate. Refer to PLATE, SKID, FRONT, REMOVAL , PLATE, SKID, FRONT SUSPENSION, REMOVAL , PLATE, SKID, FUEL TANK, REMOVAL , PLATE, SKID, TRANSMISSION, REMOVAL and PLATE, SKID, TRANSFER CASE, REMOVAL . Drain the cooling system. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE . Remove bolt securing the power steering supply line. Remove the rear A/C compressor mounting bolt. Lower the vehicle.

Fig. 358: Engine Cover Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 10. Remove the engine cover (1).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 359: Charge Air Hose, Clamps & Resonator Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 11. 12. 13. 14.

Disconnect the Charge Air Cooler (CAC) hose at resonator (3). Remove the CAC hose (2) from the turbocharger. Release clips (1) and remove the charge air resonator (3). Remove the charge air resonator mount bracket.

Fig. 360: Charge Air Cooler Hose Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 15. Disconnect the CAC hose (1) from the EGR air flow control valve.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 361: Cowl Extension Silencer, Side Extensions & Fasteners Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 16. Remove the cowl extension (1) and the side extensions (2, 5). Refer to SILENCER, COWL EXTENSION, REMOVAL . 17. Remove the air cleaner body and intake air tube. Refer to BODY, AIR CLEANER, REMOVAL.

Fig. 362: High Pressure Pump Blocker Shield & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 18. Remove bolts (2) and the high pressure pump blocker shield (1).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 363: Return Line & Low Pressure Supply Line Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 19. Disconnect the low pressure supply (2) and return (1) lines from high pressure pump. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE - QUICK-CONNECT FITTINGS . 20. Disconnect the brake booster vacuum hose.

Fig. 364: Oil Cooler Adapter Assembly Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 21. Remove the oil cooler adapter. Refer to ADAPTER, OIL COOLER, REMOVAL.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 365: Left Exhaust Manifold Heat Shield & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 22. Remove bolts (1) and the left exhaust manifold heat shield (2).

Fig. 366: Exhaust Manifold Pipe To Turbocharger Heat Shield & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 23. Remove bolts (2) and the exhaust manifold pipe to turbocharger heat shield (1). 24. Remove the turbocharger-to-cowl extension heat shield.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 367: Exhaust Manifold Pipe To Turbocharger Nuts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 25. Remove the three nuts (1) from exhaust manifold pipe to turbocharger.

Fig. 368: Left Exhausts Manifold & Nuts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 26. Remove nuts (1) and the left exhausts manifold (2). 27. Remove and discard gaskets. INSTALLATION RIGHT BANK

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 369: Exhaust Manifold, Gaskets, Turbocharger, Cylinder Head & Fasteners Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Clean the cylinder head, exhaust manifold and turbocharger sealing surfaces. Refer to CLEANING. 2. Install new exhaust manifold gaskets (2 and 4) to turbocharger (1) and the cylinder head (3). 3. Install the exhaust manifold (5) and the retaining nuts (6) finger tight.

Fig. 370: Right Bank Exhaust Manifold Tightening Sequence Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 4. Using the tightening sequence shown in illustration tighten nuts to:  Tighten nuts to 15 N.m (133 in. lbs.).  Tighten nuts to 40 N.m (30 ft. lbs.).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 371: Cooler Assembly Bracket & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 5. Install the EGR and cooler assembly bracket (2). Tighten bolts to 45 N.m (33 ft. lbs.).

Fig. 372: Rear EGR Cooler Bypass Valve Support Bracket & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 6. Install bolt (3) at the rear EGR cooler bypass valve support bracket (2) and tighten to 25 N.m (18 ft. lbs.).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 373: EGR Cooler Supply Hose Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 7. Connect the EGR cooler supply hose (1).

Fig. 374: EGR Cooler Coolant Tube & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 8. Using a new O-ring seal and gasket install the EGR cooler coolant tube (2). Tighten bolts (1 and 3) to 18 N.m (159 in. lbs.).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 375: Turbocharger-To-EGR Cooler Tube Clamp Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 9. Using a new gasket, install the turbocharger-to-EGR cooler tube clamp (1) and securely tighten.

Fig. 376: EGR Tube & Clamps Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 10. Install the EGR tube. Refer to TUBE, EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION (EGR), INSTALLATION .

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 377: EGR Cooler Vacuum Bypass Hose Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 11. Disconnect the EGR cooler vacuum bypass hose (1).

Fig. 378: EGR Valve, Bolts & Connector Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 12. Connect the EGR valve harness connector (2).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 379: Right Exhaust Manifold Heat Shield & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 13. Install the right exhaust manifold heat shield (2). Tighten bolts (1) to 15 N.m (133 in. lbs.).

Fig. 380: Oxygen Sensor Connector & Ball Stud Fastener Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 14. Using a new O-ring seal, install the oil dipstick tube. Tighten upper nut to 11 N.m (97 in. lbs.). 15. Connect the exhaust gas temperature sensor wire harness connector. 16. Connect the oxygen sensor wire harness connector (1).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 381: Air Inlet Duct, Dash Panel & Two Nuts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 17. Install the HVAC air inlet housing (1) and securely tighten nuts.

Fig. 382: Coolant Bottle, Hoses & Fasteners Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 18. Install the generator. Refer to GENERATOR, INSTALLATION . 19. Install the coolant recovery bottle. Refer to BOTTLE, COOLANT RECOVERY, INSTALLATION .

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 383: Cowl Extension Silencer, Side Extensions & Fasteners Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 20. Install the cowl extension silencer. Refer to SILENCER, COWL EXTENSION, INSTALLATION .

Fig. 384: Charge Air Cooler Hose Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 21. Connect the CAC hose (1) from the EGR air flow control valve.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 385: Charge Air Hose, Clamps & Resonator Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27.

Install the charge air resonator (3). Install the charge air hose (2) to the turbo. Connect the CAC hose at resonator. Raise and support the vehicle. Refer to HOISTING, STANDARD PROCEDURE . Install the lower oil dipstick tube bolt. Tighten bolt to 11 N.m (97 in. lbs.). Install the front suspension skid plate. Refer to PLATE, SKID, FRONT, INSTALLATION , PLATE, SKID, FRONT SUSPENSION, INSTALLATION , PLATE, SKID, FUEL TANK, INSTALLATION , PLATE, SKID, TRANSMISSION, INSTALLATION and PLATE, SKID, TRANSFER CASE, INSTALLATION . 28. Install the front skid plate. Refer to PLATE, SKID, FRONT, INSTALLATION , PLATE, SKID, FRONT SUSPENSION, INSTALLATION , PLATE, SKID, FUEL TANK, INSTALLATION , PLATE, SKID, TRANSMISSION, INSTALLATION and PLATE, SKID, TRANSFER CASE, INSTALLATION . 29. Lower the vehicle. 30. Fill the cooling system. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 386: Engine Cover Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 31. Install the engine cover (1). 32. Connect the negative battery cable. 33. Start the engine and check for leaks. LEFT BANK

Fig. 387: Exhaust Manifold, Gaskets, Turbocharger, Cylinder Head & Fasteners Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Clean the cylinder head and exhaust manifold sealing surfaces. Refer to CLEANING. 2. Install new exhaust manifold gaskets (1 and 4), to the cylinder head (2) and the turbocharger (3). 3. Install the exhaust manifold (6) and the retaining nuts (5 and 7) finger tight.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 388: Left Bank Exhaust Manifold Tightening Sequence Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 4. Using the tightening sequence shown in illustration tighten nuts to:  Step 1: tighten nuts to 15 N.m (133 in. lbs.).  Step 2: Tighten nuts to 40 N.m (30 ft. lbs.).

Fig. 389: Exhaust Manifold Pipe To Turbocharger Heat Shield & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 5. Install the turbocharger-to-cowl extension heat shield. 6. Install the exhaust heat shield (1). Tighten bolt (2) to 15 N.m (133 in. lbs.).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 390: Left Exhaust Manifold Heat Shield & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 7. Install the left exhaust manifold heat shield (2). Tighten bolts (1) to 15 N.m (133 in. lbs.).

Fig. 391: Oil Cooler Adapter Assembly Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 8. Install the oil cooler adapter. Refer to ADAPTER, OIL COOLER, INSTALLATION.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 392: Return Line & Low Pressure Supply Line Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 9. Connect the brake booster vacuum hose. 10. Connect the low pressure supply (2) and return (1) lines to the high pressure pump.

Fig. 393: High Pressure Pump Blocker Shield & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 11. Install the high pressure pump blocker shield. Tighten bolts to 25 N.m (18 ft. lbs.).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 394: Cowl Extension Silencer, Side Extensions & Fasteners Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 12. Install the air cleaner body and intake air tube. Refer to BODY, AIR CLEANER, INSTALLATION. 13. Install the cowl extension silencer (1) and the side extensions (2, 5). Refer to SILENCER, COWL EXTENSION, INSTALLATION .

Fig. 395: Charge Air Cooler Hose Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 14. Connect the Charge Air Cooler (CAC) hose (1) to the EGR air flow control valve.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 396: Charge Air Hose, Clamps & Resonator Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22.

23.

24. 25. 26.

Install the charge air resonator mount bracket. Install the charge air resonator (3) and attach the clips (1). Install the CAC hose (2) from the turbocharger. Connect the CAC hose to resonator (3). Raise and support the vehicle. Refer to HOISTING, STANDARD PROCEDURE . Install the rear A/C compressor mounting bolt and tighten to bolt to 28 N.m (21 ft. lbs.). Install bolt securing the power steering supply line and securely tighten. Install the front skid plate. Refer to PLATE, SKID, FRONT, INSTALLATION , PLATE, SKID, FRONT SUSPENSION, INSTALLATION , PLATE, SKID, FUEL TANK, INSTALLATION , PLATE, SKID, TRANSMISSION, INSTALLATION and PLATE, SKID, TRANSFER CASE, INSTALLATION . Install the front suspension skid plate. Refer to PLATE, SKID, FRONT, INSTALLATION , PLATE, SKID, FRONT SUSPENSION, INSTALLATION , PLATE, SKID, FUEL TANK, INSTALLATION , PLATE, SKID, TRANSMISSION, INSTALLATION and PLATE, SKID, TRANSFER CASE, INSTALLATION . Lower the vehicle. Fill the cooling system. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE . Install the hood. Refer to HOOD, INSTALLATION .

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 397: Engine Cover Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 27. Connect the negative battery cable. 28. Start the engine and check for leaks. 29. Install the engine cover (1). MANIFOLD, INTAKE REMOVAL REMOVAL

1. Disconnect the negative battery cable. 2. Remove the turbocharger. Refer to TURBOCHARGER, REMOVAL.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 398: (EGR) Air Flow Control Valve Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 3. Remove the EGR air flow control valve (2). Refer to VALVE, EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION (EGR) AIRFLOW CONTROL, REMOVAL . 4. Disconnect the EGR solenoid vacuum lines. 5. Detach the vacuum brake booster tube from top of intake manifold. 6. Remove the engine wiring harness and position aside.

Fig. 399: High Pressure Pump Blocker Shield & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 7. Remove bolts (2) and the high pressure pump blocker shield (1).

Fig. 400: Right & Left High Pressure Fuel Tubes & Union Nuts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

8. Remove the left side high pressure feed tube (11). 9. Detach the fuel injector return line from top of intake manifold.

Fig. 401: Glow Plugs & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC CAUTION: Do Not rest the intake manifold on the swirl valve actuator. Care must be taken when handling the swirl valve assembly. 10. Remove bolts (1) and the intake manifold. 11. Remove and discard gasket. INSTALLATION INSTALLATION

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 402: Intake Manifold Gasket Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Clean the gasket sealing surfaces. Refer to CLEANING. 2. Install a new intake manifold gasket (1).

Fig. 403: Glow Plugs & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 3. Install the intake manifold and tighten bolts finger tight.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 404: Intake Manifold Tightening Sequence Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 4. Using the tightening sequence shown in illustration, tighten bolts to 12 N.m (106 in. lbs.).

Fig. 405: Right & Left High Pressure Fuel Tubes & Union Nuts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE:

Fuel tubes are a one time only use and must be replaced anytime they have been removed.

5. Attach the fuel injector return line to the top of intake manifold. 6. Install the new left high pressure fuel tube (11) and tighten union nuts (10, 12) finger tight:  Tighten union nut (10) to 5 N.m (44 in. lbs.) plus an additional 75 degrees turn.  Tighten union nut (12) to 11 N.m (97 in. lbs.) plus an additional 75 degrees turn.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 406: High Pressure Pump Blocker Shield & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 7. Install the high pressure pump blocker shield. Tighten bolts to 25 N.m (18 ft. lbs.).

Fig. 407: (EGR) Air Flow Control Valve Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 8. 9. 10. 11.

Position and properly route and install the engine wiring harness. Attach the vacuum brake booster tube to the top of intake manifold. Connect the EGR solenoid vacuum lines. Install the EGR air flow control valve (2). Refer to VALVE, EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION (EGR) AIRFLOW CONTROL, INSTALLATION . 12. Install the turbocharger. Refer to TURBOCHARGER, INSTALLATION. 13. Connect the negative battery cable.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

14. Start the engine, allow to warm, turn the engine off and inspect for leaks.

TURBOCHARGER SYSTEM ACTUATOR, TURBOCHARGER DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION

The turbocharger boost pressure servomotor is bolted to the side of the turbocharger housing and is responsible for controlling turbocharger boost pressure. It controls the boost pressure by varying the position of the guide vanes. The servomotor operates in response to a PWM signal from the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). The turbocharger boost pressure servomotor is serviced with the turbocharger and is not serviceable separately. To replace the servomotor, replace the turbocharger. Refer to TURBOCHARGER, REMOVAL. COOLER AND HOSES, CHARGE AIR DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION

The charge air system consists of a inlet air compressor which is part of the turbocharger housing, charge air cooler locate in front of the radiator, and charge air cooler plumbing. The is also a electronic control valve placed after the charge air cooler, inline, that assists with air flow during the EGR operating mode. The charge air cooler is a heat exchanger that uses air flow from vehicle motion to dissipate heat from the intake air. As the turbocharger increases air pressure, the air temperature increases. Lowering the intake air temperature increases engine efficiency and power. REMOVAL REMOVAL

WARNING: If the engine was just turned off, the air intake system tubes may be hot.

NOTE:

Note the location of the rubber air charge cooler to A/C condenser and air charger cooler to radiator air seals. The seals are use to prevent overheating and improve charge air and A/C efficiency.

1. Disconnect the battery negative cable. 2. Raise and support the vehicle.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 408: Front Bumper Fascia Assembly, Fog Lamp Connectors & Lower Retainers Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 3. Remove the front bumper fascia. Refer to FASCIA, FRONT, REMOVAL .

Fig. 409: Front Grill, Horns, Center Supports & Fasteners Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 4. Remove the grille (3). Refer to GRILLE, REMOVAL . 5. Remove the horns (2). 6. Remove the center supports (5).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 410: Charge Air Cooler Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 7. Remove the hoses from the charge air cooler (1). NOTE:

Care must be taken not to damage the charge air cooler fins and the fins of other ancillary cooler components.

8. Remove the charge air cooler (1). INSPECTION INSPECTION

Visually inspect the charge air cooler and plumbing for cracks, holes, loose clamps, or damage. Inspect the tubes, fins, and welds for tears, breaks, or other damage. Replace the charge air cooler if damage is found. INSTALLATION INSTALLATION

NOTE:

Note the location of the rubber air charge cooler to A/C condenser and air charger cooler to radiator air seals. The seals are use to prevent overheating and improve charge air and A/C efficiency.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 411: Charge Air Cooler Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Position the charge air cooler (1) into the vehicle. 2. Press the charge air cooler to the radiator support till it clicks into place. 3. Install the hoses to the charge air cooler with the clamps in position. Tighten the clamps to 11 N.m (95 in. lbs.)

Fig. 412: Front Grill, Horns, Center Supports & Fasteners Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 4. Install the center supports (5). Tighten upper bolts to 20 N.m (15 ft. lbs.). Tighten lower bolts to 15 N.m (11 ft. lbs.). 5. Install the horns (2). 6. Install the front grille. Refer to GRILLE, INSTALLATION .

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 413: Front Bumper Fascia Assembly, Fog Lamp Connectors & Lower Retainers Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 7. 8. 9. 10.

Install the front bumper fascia. Refer to FASCIA, FRONT, INSTALLATION . Lower the vehicle. Connect the battery negative cable. Start engine and check for leaks.

TURBOCHARGER DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION

CAUTION: The turbocharger is a performance part and must not be tampered with. The actuator bracket is an integral part of the turbocharger. Tampering with the actuator or other components can reduce durability by increasing cylinder pressure and thermal loading due to incorrect inlet and exhaust manifold pressure. Poor fuel economy and failure to meet regulatory emissions laws may result. Increasing the turbocharger boost WILL NOT increase engine power. The turbocharger used on this vehicle is of the variable turbine type. These turbochargers use the entire exhaust energy to boost efficiency of the turbocharger and the engine. The advantages of a turbocharger with variable turbine geometry are:  

Higher charge pressure already in the lower and in upper engine speed ranges. Higher torque as a result of improved cylinder charge.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

 

Reduction in exhaust emissions as a result of an improvement in the air supply of the engine. Increased power output as a result of the higher charge pressure combined with a reduced exhaust back pressure and thus improved charge cycle.

OPERATION OPERATION

Fig. 414: Turbocharger Components Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1 - COMPRESSOR HOUSING 2 - GUIDE VANE 3 - GUIDE STUD OF GUIDE VANE 4 - GUIDE STUD OF CONTROL LINKAGE 5- ADJUSTING RING 6 - TURBINE HOUSING 7 - TURBINE WHEEL A - TURBO INLET (FRESH AIR) B - TURBO OUTLET (COMPRESSED AIR) C - EXHAUST GASES TO TURBINE WHEEL D - EXHAUST OUTLET The exhaust gases of the engine are directed through the exhaust manifold into the turbine housing (6) onto the turbine wheel (7). The flow energy of the exhaust gases cause the turbine wheel (7) to rotate. Consequently, the compressor wheel, which is connected through the turbine shaft with the turbine wheel (7), is driven at the same speed. The fresh air (A) inducted by the compressor wheel is compressed and passed to the engine. The charge pressure is controlled by varying the position of the guide vanes (2). The guide stud (3) of the

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

control linkage of the boost pressure actuator turns the adjusting ring (5) in the turbine housing (6). As a result, all the guide vanes (3) whose guide studs (4) likewise mesh into the adjusting ring (5), are also turned. At low speeds, the flow cross-section is reduced by closing the guide vanes (2). Consequently the speed at which the exhaust gas impacts on the turbine wheel (7) is increased, as a result of which the speed of the turbocharger and thus the charge pressure rises. At high engine speeds the guide vanes (2) are increasingly opened and the flow cross-section is thus enlarged, as a result of which the speed of the turbocharger reduces and the charge pressure drops. The turbocharger guide vanes are controlled by the electronic actuator. The Powertrain Control Module (PCM) monitors the boost and charge air changes to the turbocharger system during operation. The PCM sends a PWM signal to the actuator. The actuator will then respond to the signal adjusting the guide vanes. DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING - TURBOCHARGER

The turbocharger, charge air cooler and exhaust gas recirculation systems operate with one another and must be tested as a complete system. It is important that all components of the air intake system be thoroughly tested any time a symptom is present for one of these components. It is typical to notice a small amount of engine oil in the air intake system. This comes from the crankcase ventilation and may weep out of hose connections that are not clamped properly. This does not mean that the turbocharger requires replacement. If DTC's or the performance of the vehicle lead to the determination that the boost pressure and/or mass air flow values are out of range, the systems listed below should be inspected. If a DTC for the inlet or intake air temperature has been stored, refer to the appropriate diagnostics. NOTE:

Also a continuous air leak may result in an intermittent symptom. The Powertrain Control Module (PCM) monitors the sensor readings continuously but only sets a DTC or reduces the engine torque when these readings are outside of the tolerances, which may occur under certain driving conditions.

Inspect the following: 



 

Air intake system plumbing: Loose or broken hoses or fittings may create an air leak resulting in a loss of pressure and mass air flow. (A smoke machine does not create enough pressure to find a leak in the air intake system). Turbo Resonator: Inspect the resonator (muffler, connected to the turbocharger) for air leaks at the seam between the two shells. Charge Air Cooler: A charge air cooler damaged by tools or external debris may leak air. Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve: A sticking EGR valve influences the mass air flow causing implausibility with MAF, which displays one or more DTC's. Don't replace the EGR valve if no DTC's are present. Use the actuator test in the scan tool to move the EGR valve at idle speed. The MAF value should alternate between 500 to 600 mg/strk at 5% ratio (almost closed) and 200 to 300 mg/strk at 95%

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee







ratio (almost opened) when the "EGR Positioner" is being actuated by the scan tool. Mass Air Flow Sensor (MAF): The mass air flow, measured and provided by the MAF is critical for calculations performed by the PCM and may result in several DTC's related to the air intake system if not accurate. Boost Pressure Sensor: Make sure that the correct part number, or superseding part number, is installed. Refer to MOPAR® for the correct part number information. Turbocharger: See TURBOCHARGER DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE. Consider that an operating turbocharger creates a flow sound, which is normal and does not require replacement. Other sounds like whistling are potentially caused by the resonator or improper line connections.

TURBOCHARGER DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE

1. Visually inspect all the blades of the turbocharger compressor and turbine wheel for damage which may have been caused by foreign particles. For example if the air filter was improperly installed or an incorrect air filter was installed. CAUTION: Do NOT try to move the actuator mechanism by pushing or pulling the connecting rod. There is a worm gear attached to the actuator mechanism, which doesn't allow any movement from its output side. 2. If the actuator mechanism doesn't move at all check power and ground supply of the actuator. 3. If the actuator mechanism doesn't move even though the electrical connection has been verified or moves erratically the turbocharger assembly is defective and must be replaced. REMOVAL REMOVAL

1. Disconnect the negative battery. 2. Remove the air intake to the turbo.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 415: Charge Air Hose, Clamps & Resonator Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 3. Remove the CAC at the resonator. 4. Remove the CAH from the turbocharger (2) to the resonator. 5. Remove the resonator (3).

Fig. 416: Hood, Hinges & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 6. Remove the hood (1) at the hinges (2). Refer to HOOD, REMOVAL . 7. Raise vehicle.

Fig. 417: Skid Plate & Fasteners

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 8. If equipped, remove the transmission skid plate (1). Refer to PLATE, SKID, FRONT, REMOVAL , PLATE, SKID, FRONT SUSPENSION, REMOVAL , PLATE, SKID, FUEL TANK, REMOVAL , PLATE, SKID, TRANSMISSION, REMOVAL and PLATE, SKID, TRANSFER CASE, REMOVAL . 9. Drain the coolant. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .

Fig. 418: Transmission Crossmember & Fasteners Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 10. Remove the transmission mount nuts (4) at the transmission crossmember (2). 11. Remove the lower transmission oil indicator tube bolt. 12. Lower vehicle.

Fig. 419: Left Exhausts Manifold & Nuts

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 13. Remove the left side exhaust manifold. Refer to MANIFOLD, EXHAUST, REMOVAL.

Fig. 420: Oxygen Sensor Connector & Ball Stud Fastener Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 14. Disconnect the O2 sensor wiring harness connector (1). 15. Remove the upper transmission indicator tube ball stud fastener (2). 16. Remove the transmission oil indicator tube mounting bracket.

Fig. 421: Wiring Harness Connectors & Fasteners Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 17. Remove the wiring harness loom ball stud fastener (2) and the bolt (6).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 422: Fuel Rail Cross-Over Line & Bolt Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE:

The crossover fuel line is a one time use only. The fuel line must be discarded and a new line must be installed.

18. Remove the bolt (2) that secures the cross-over line to the intake manifold. 19. Remove the fuel rail cross-over line (1) and discard the line.

Fig. 423: Turbocharger Outlet, Exhaust Down Pipe & Clamps Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 20. Disconnect the turbocharger actuator connector. 21. Loosen the clamp (2) for the exhaust down pipe (3) from the turbocharger outlet (1) and separate the downpipe from the outlet flange.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 424: Right Exhaust Manifold & Nuts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 22. Remove the right side exhaust manifold (2). Refer to MANIFOLD, EXHAUST, REMOVAL.

Fig. 425: Dash Extension Heat Shield & Fasteners Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 23. Using a suitable jack. Raise the rear of the transmission to allow the engine to tilt forward. 24. Remove the fasteners (2) to the dash extension heat shield (3).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 426: Upper Banjo Bolt & Turbocharger Supply Lines Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 25. Remove the banjo bolt (2) at the engine block for the turbocharger supply line (3).

Fig. 427: Actuator, Turbo, Heat Shield & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 26. Remove the turbo mounting bolts (3). NOTE:

The turbocharger oil return line is fitted into a rubber grommet on the engine block. Care must be used when removing the turbocharger, that the return line is not damaged.

27. With care, lift the turbo upwards and away from the engine block, to remove the turbocharger oil return tube from the engine block.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

28. If needed, remove the heat shield (4). 29. If needed, remove the actuator (1).

Fig. 428: Upper Turbocharger Supply Line Banjo Bolt & Copper Washers Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 30. Remove the upper turbocharger supply line banjo bolt (1). 31. Remove the supply line from the turbocharger. INSPECTION INSPECTION

Fig. 429: Inspect Compressor Housing For Impeller Rubbing Condition Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC Visually inspect the turbocharger and exhaust manifold gasket surfaces. Replace stripped or eroded mounting studs.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

1. Visually inspect the turbocharger for cracks. The following cracks are NOT acceptable:  Cracks in the turbine and compressor housing that go completely through.  Cracks in the mounting flange that are longer than 15 mm (0.6 in.).  Cracks in the mounting flange that intersect bolt through-holes.  Two (2) Cracks in the mounting flange that are closer than 6.4 mm (0.25 in.) together. 2. Visually inspect the impeller and compressor wheel fins for nicks, cracks, or chips. Note: Some impellers may have a factory placed paint mark which, after normal operation, appears to be a crack. Remove this mark with a suitable solvent to verify that it is not a crack. 3. Visually inspect the turbocharger compressor housing for an impeller rubbing condition. Replace the turbocharger if the condition exists.

Fig. 430: Measuring Turbocharger End Play Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1 - DIAL INDICATOR 4. Measure the turbocharger end play: 1. Install a dial indicator (1) as shown in illustration. Zero the indicator at one end of travel. 2. Move the impeller shaft fore and aft and record the measurement. Allowable end play is 0.026 mm (0.0001 in.) MIN. and 0.127 mm (0.005 in.) MAX. If the recorded measurement falls outside these parameters, replace the turbocharger assembly.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 431: Measuring Turbocharger Radial Bearing Clearance Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1 - FEELER GAGE 5. Measure the turbocharger bearing radial clearance: 1. Insert a narrow blade or wire style feeler gauge (1) between the compressor wheel and the housing. 2. Gently push the compressor wheel toward the housing and record the clearance. 3. With the feeler gauge in the same location, gently push the compressor wheel away from the housing and again record the clearance. 4. Subtract the smaller clearance from the larger clearance. This is the radial bearing clearance. 5. Allowable radial bearing clearance is 0.076 mm (0.003 in.) MIN. and 0.102 mm (0.040 in.) MAX. If the recorded measurement falls outside these specifications, replace the turbocharger assembly. INSTALLATION INSTALLATION

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 432: Upper Turbocharger Supply Line Banjo Bolt & Copper Washers Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Install new copper washers (2) for the oil supply line at the turbocharger. Loosely install the banjo bolt. NOTE:

Do to tight clearances. To aid in installation. Use a petroleum based gel to hold a new copper washer to the engine block to allow installation of the oil supply line banjo bolt when the turbocharger is positioned into place.

2. Using a new copper washer for the oil supply line. Apply a petroleum base gel to one side of the washer and press it into the engine block side of the turbocharger supply port.

Fig. 433: Actuator, Turbo, Heat Shield & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 3. Install new oil return line grommet into the engine block.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

4. Using care, position the turbo on to the engine block while guiding the oil return tube into the grommet. 5. Install the M10 mounting bolts to the engine block. Tighten M10 bolts to 55 N.m (41 ft. lbs.). 6. Install the M8 mounting bolt to the cylinder head. Tighten M8 bolts to 25 N.m (18 ft. lbs.).

Fig. 434: Upper Banjo Bolt & Turbocharger Supply Lines Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 7. Install a new copper washer onto the supply line banjo bolt (2). 8. Tighten the oil supply line banjo bolt (2) at the engine block to 35 N.m (26 ft. lbs.). 9. Tighten the upper banjo bolt (1) to 25 N.m (18 ft. lbs.).

Fig. 435: Dash Extension Heat Shield & Fasteners Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 10. Install the dash extension heat shield (3). Tighten the nuts (2) to 3 N.m (27 in. lbs.).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

11. Slowly lower the jack. 12. Raise the vehicle.

Fig. 436: Transmission Crossmember & Fasteners Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 13. Install the transmission mount nuts (4). Tighten to 61 N.m (45 ft. lbs.). 14. Reposition the transmission indicator tube into position. 15. Install the lower transmission oil indicator tube bolt.

Fig. 437: Skid Plate & Fasteners Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 16. If equipped, install the transmission skid plate (1). Refer to PLATE, SKID, FRONT,

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

INSTALLATION , PLATE, SKID, FRONT SUSPENSION, INSTALLATION , PLATE, SKID, FUEL TANK, INSTALLATION , PLATE, SKID, TRANSMISSION, INSTALLATION and PLATE, SKID, TRANSFER CASE, INSTALLATION . 17. Lower vehicle.

Fig. 438: Turbocharger Outlet, Exhaust Down Pipe & Clamps Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 18. Position the exhaust downpipe (3) onto the turbocharger outlet nozzle (1) and tighten the clamp (2) to 25 N.m (18 ft. lbs.).

Fig. 439: Fuel Rail Cross-Over Line & Bolt Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE:

The crossover fuel line is a one time use only. The fuel line must be discarded and a new line must be installed.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

19. Install a new fuel cross over line (1). Tighten the bolt (2) to 15 N.m (11 ft. lbs.).

Fig. 440: Wiring Harness Connectors & Fasteners Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 20. Install the wiring loom (2) to the intake manifold. Tighten the Ball stud (2) and the bolt (6) to 15 N.m (11 ft. lbs.).

Fig. 441: Oxygen Sensor Connector & Ball Stud Fastener Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 21. Install the upper transmission indicator tube bracket. Tighten the stud (2) to 15 N.m (11 ft. lbs.). 22. Connect the O2 sensor wiring harness connector (1) and install it into the bracket.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 442: Right Exhaust Manifold & Nuts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 23. Install the right side exhaust manifold. Refer to MANIFOLD, EXHAUST, INSTALLATION.

Fig. 443: Left Exhausts Manifold & Nuts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 24. Install the left side exhaust manifold. Refer to MANIFOLD, EXHAUST, INSTALLATION.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 444: Hood, Hinges & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 25. Install the hood. Refer to HOOD, INSTALLATION .

Fig. 445: Charge Air Hose, Clamps & Resonator Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31.

Install the resonator (3). Install the CAC to the resonator. Install the CAH (2) from the turbocharger to the resonator. Tighten the CAH mounting nut to 25 N.m (18 ft. lbs.). Connect the negative battery cable. Install the engine cover.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

VALVE TIMING STANDARD PROCEDURE CAMSHAFT TIMING LEFT CAMSHAFT

Fig. 446: Intake Camshaft Gear Timing Mark & Exhaust Camshaft Timing Gear Mark Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. The intake camshaft gear timing mark (1) should be at the four O'clock position and the exhaust camshaft timing gear mark (2) should be at the seven O'clock position.

Fig. 447: Left Camshaft Gear Dots Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

2. Rotate the camshafts to line up the three camshaft gear dots and install the (special tool #VM.10338-2, Timing Tool, Camshaft (Left)) (1).

Fig. 448: Camshaft Timing Tool & Sprockets Holes - Left Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 3. If the (special tool #VM.10338-2, Timing Tool, Camshaft (Left)) (1) locking pins don't align up and fit into the holes (2) on the camshaft gears then the camshafts are not timed properly. RIGHT CAMSHAFT

Fig. 449: Exhaust Camshaft Gear Timing Mark & Intake Camshaft Timing Gear Mark Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. The exhaust camshaft gear timing mark (1) should be at the four O'clock position and the intake camshaft timing gear mark (2) should be at the seven O'clock position.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 450: Right Camshaft Gear Dots Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 2. Rotate the camshafts to line up the three camshaft gear dots and install the (special tool #VM.10338-1, Timing Tool, Camshaft (Right)) (1).

Fig. 451: Camshaft Timing Tool & Sprockets Holes - Right Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 3. If the (special tool #VM.10338-1, Timing Tool, Camshaft (Right)) (1) locking pins don't align up and fit into the holes (2) on the camshaft gears then the camshafts are not timed properly. LOCKING ENGINE 30 DEGREES AFTER TDC

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 452: Crankshaft At 12 O'clock Position Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Disconnect negative battery cable. 2. Rotate the engine until timing mark (1) on the crankshaft is at the 12 O'clock position, (this is 30° ATDC).

Fig. 453: Engine Block Plug Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 3. Remove the engine block plug (1).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 454: Crankshaft Timing Tool Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 4. Install the (special tool #VM.10339, Tool, Crankshaft Timing) (1) into the starter side of the engine block. If the (special tool #VM.10339, Tool, Crankshaft Timing) does not fully go into the engine block and stops short, the engine is not properly set to 30° ATDC. Rotate the engine so the Crankshaft Locking Tool (special tool #VM.10339, Tool, Crankshaft Timing) fully engages into engine block and crankshaft. Once full engaged thread tool into engine block and install the bolt. The crankshaft is now set at 30° ATDC. CHAIN AND SPROCKETS, TIMING REMOVAL REMOVAL

Fig. 455: Engine Cover

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. 2. 3. 4.

Disconnect negative battery cable. Remove the engine cover (1). Remove the lower timing cover. Refer to COVER(S), ENGINE TIMING, REMOVAL. Lock the engine to 30 degrees ATDC. Refer to Engine/Valve Timing - Standard.

Fig. 456: Camshaft Timing Tool & Sprockets Holes - Right Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 5. Install the (special tool #VM.10338-1, Timing Tool, Camshaft (Right)) (1) and securely tighten bolts.

Fig. 457: Camshaft Timing Tool & Sprockets Holes - Left Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 6. Install the (special tool #VM.10338-2, Timing Tool, Camshaft (Left)) (1) and securely tighten bolts.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 458: Pin, Right Timing Chain Tensioner & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 7. Install the (special tool #VM.10359, Pin, Tensioner) (2) into timing chain tensioner (3). 8. Remove bolts (1) and the right timing chain tensioner (3).

Fig. 459: Right Outer Timing Chain Guide & Bolt Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 9. Remove bolt (1) and the right outer timing chain guide (2).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 460: Right Inner Timing Chain Guide & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 10. If necessary, remove bolt (1 and 3) and the right inner timing chain guide (2).

Fig. 461: High Pressure Pump Drive Gear, Right Timing Chain Sprocket, Timing Chain & Bolt Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 11. Remove bolt (1) and the high pressure pump drive gear (2). 12. Remove the right timing chain sprocket (4) and timing chain (3).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 462: Oil Separator & Oil Separator Remover/Installer Tool Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 13. Using the (special tool #VM.10344, Tool, Oil Separator Remover/Installer) (2), remove the oil separator (1) from the left intake camshaft.

Fig. 463: Left Timing Chain Tensioner, Pin & Bolt Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 14. Install the (special tool #VM.10359, Pin, Tensioner) (2) into the timing chain tensioner (3). 15. Remove bolts (1) and the left timing chain tensioner (3).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 464: Left Inner Timing Chain Guide & Bolt Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 16. Remove bolt (1), and the left inner timing chain guide (2).

Fig. 465: Camshaft Position Sensor (CMP) Reluctor Wheel, Left Camshaft Timing Chain Sprocket, Timing Chain & Bolt Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 17. Remove bolt (1) and the Camshaft Position Sensor (CMP) reluctor wheel (2). 18. Remove the left camshaft timing chain sprocket (3) and timing chain (4).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 466: Left Outer Timing Chain Guide & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 19. If necessary, remove bolts (1) and the left outer timing chain guide (2). 20. If necessary, remove the crankshaft timing chain sprocket. INSPECTION INSPECTION

Inspect the following valve timing components: 

 





Sprockets for excessive tooth wear. Some tooth markings are normal and not a cause for sprocket replacement. Idler sprocket assembly bushing and shaft for excessive wear. Chain guides and tensioner arms. Replace these parts if grooving in plastic face is more than 1 mm (0.039 in.) deep. Secondary chain tensioner piston and ratcheting device. Inspect for evidence of heavy contact between tensioner piston and tensioner arm. If this condition exist the tensioner arm and chain should be replaced. Primary chain tensioner plastic faces. Replace as required.

INSTALLATION INSTALLATION

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 467: Left Outer Timing Chain Guide & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE:

Camshafts should already be timed with dots facing each other and (special tool #VM.10338, Tool, Camshaft Timing) installed.

1. If removed, install the left outer timing chain guide (2). Tighten bolts (1) to 30 N.m (22 ft. lbs.).

Fig. 468: Crankshaft Timing Chain Sprocket With Beveled Edge Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE:

The crankshaft timing chain sprocket bevel edge which should be facing the engine.

2. If removed, install the crankshaft timing chain sprocket with beveled edge (1) facing the engine.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 469: Camshaft Position Sensor (CMP) Reluctor Wheel, Left Camshaft Timing Chain Sprocket, Timing Chain & Bolt Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 3. Install the left timing chain (3) and camshaft timing chain sprocket (4). 4. Install the reluctor wheel (2). Tighten bolt (1) finger tight.

Fig. 470: Left Inner Timing Chain Guide & Bolt Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 5. Install the left inner timing chain guide (2). Tighten bolt (1) to 30 N.m (22 ft. lbs.).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 471: Left Timing Chain Tensioner, Pin & Bolt Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 6. Install the left timing chain tensioner (3). Tighten bolts (1) to 14 N.m (124 in. lbs.). 7. Remove the (special tool #VM.10359, Pin, Tensioner) (2) from timing chain tensioner (3).

Fig. 472: Camshaft Position Sensor (CMP) Reluctor Wheel, Left Camshaft Timing Chain Sprocket, Timing Chain & Bolt Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 8. Tighten the reluctor wheel (2) bolt (1) to 100 N.m (74 ft. lbs.).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 473: Oil Separator & Oil Separator Remover/Installer Tool Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 9. (1). Using the (special tool #VM.10344, Tool, Oil Separator Remover/Installer) (2), install the oil separator and tighten to 30 N.m (22 ft. lbs.).

Fig. 474: Camshaft Timing Tool & Sprockets Holes - Left Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 10. Remove the (special tool #VM.10338-2, Timing Tool, Camshaft (Left)) (1).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 475: Camshaft Bearing Cap Tightening Sequence - Left Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 11. Install the left camshaft bearing caps 13 through 16 and tighten bolts to 11 N.m (97 in. lbs.).

Fig. 476: High Pressure Pump Drive Gear, Right Timing Chain Sprocket, Timing Chain & Bolt Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 12. Install the right timing chain (4) and timing chain sprocket (3). 13. Install the high pressure pump drive gear (2). Tighten bolt (1) finger tight.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 477: Right Inner Timing Chain Guide & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 14. If removed install the right inner timing chain guide (2). Tighten bolts (1 and 3) to 30 N.m (22 ft. lbs.).

Fig. 478: Right Outer Timing Chain Guide & Bolt Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 15. Install the right outer timing chain guide (2). Tighten bolt (1) to 30 N.m (22 ft. lbs.).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 479: Pin, Right Timing Chain Tensioner & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 16. Install the right timing chain tensioner (3). Tighten bolts (1) to 14 N.m (124 in. lbs.). 17. Remove (special tool #VM.10359, Pin, Tensioner) (2) from timing chain tensioner (3).

Fig. 480: High Pressure Pump Drive Gear, Right Timing Chain Sprocket, Timing Chain & Bolt Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 18. Tighten the high pressure pump drive gear (2) bolt (1) to 100 N.m (74 ft. lbs.).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 481: Camshaft Timing Tool & Sprockets Holes - Right Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 19. Remove the (special tool #VM.10338-1, Timing Tool, Camshaft (Right)) (1).

Fig. 482: Camshaft Bearing Cap Tightening Sequence - Right Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 20. Install the right camshaft bearing caps 13 through 16 and tighten bolts to 11 N.m (97 in. lbs.).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 483: Crankshaft Timing Tool Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 21. Remove the (special tool #VM.10339, Tool, Crankshaft Timing) (1).

Fig. 484: Engine Block Plug Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 22. Install engine block plug (1). Tighten 30 N.m (22 ft. lbs.). 23. Install the lower timing cover. Refer to COVER(S), ENGINE TIMING, INSTALLATION.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 485: Engine Cover Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 24. Connect negative battery cable. 25. Start engine and inspect for leaks. Care must be taken to observe the fuel system warnings. 26. Install engine cover (1). COVER(S), ENGINE TIMING REMOVAL UPPER TIMING COVER

Fig. 486: Engine Cover Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

1. 2. 3. 4.

5.

6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13.

Disconnect the negative battery cable. Remove the engine cover (1). Raise and support the vehicle. Refer to HOISTING, STANDARD PROCEDURE . Remove the front skid plate. Refer to PLATE, SKID, FRONT, REMOVAL , PLATE, SKID, FRONT SUSPENSION, REMOVAL , PLATE, SKID, FUEL TANK, REMOVAL , PLATE, SKID, TRANSMISSION, REMOVAL and PLATE, SKID, TRANSFER CASE, REMOVAL . Remove the front suspension skid plate. Refer to PLATE, SKID, FRONT, REMOVAL , PLATE, SKID, FRONT SUSPENSION, REMOVAL , PLATE, SKID, FUEL TANK, REMOVAL , PLATE, SKID, TRANSMISSION, REMOVAL and PLATE, SKID, TRANSFER CASE, REMOVAL . Drain the cooling system. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE . Lower the vehicle. Remove the air cleaner body. Refer to BODY, AIR CLEANER, REMOVAL. Remove the charge air outlet tube. Remove the upper and lower radiator hoses. Remove the high pressure fuel injection pump. Refer to PUMP, FUEL INJECTION, HIGH PRESSURE, REMOVAL . Remove the vacuum pump. Refer to PUMP, VACUUM, REMOVAL. Remove the right and left cylinder head covers. Refer to COVER(S), CYLINDER HEAD, REMOVAL.

Fig. 487: Belt Wear Indicator (Measurement A) Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 14. Remove the serpentine belt tensioner. Refer to TENSIONER, BELT, REMOVAL .

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 488: Serpentine Belt Tensioner Bracket & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 15. Remove bolts (2 and 3) and the serpentine belt tensioner bracket (1).

Fig. 489: A/C Compressor Removal/Installation Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE:

Removal of the A/C compressor does not require the refrigerant to be evacuated.

16. Remove the A/C compressor and position aside.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 490: A/C Compressor Mounting Bracket & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 17. Remove bolts (2) and the A/C compressor mounting bracket (1).

Fig. 491: CCV Hose Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 18. Disconnect the breather hose from left timing cover (1).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 492: Left Timing Cover & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 19. Remove bolts (2) and the left timing cover (1).

Fig. 493: Right Upper Cover & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 20. Remove bolts (2) and the right upper cover (1). LOWER TIMING CHAIN COVER

1. Disconnect the negative battery cable. 2. Remove the right and left upper timing chain cover. Refer to COVER(S), ENGINE TIMING, REMOVAL.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 494: Vibration Damper & Bolt Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE:

The crankshaft damper bolt is a left hand thread.

3. Remove the vibration damper (2). Refer to DAMPER, VIBRATION, REMOVAL.

Fig. 495: Generator Mounting Bracket & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 4. Remove the generator. Refer to GENERATOR, REMOVAL . 5. Remove bolts (2) and the generator mounting bracket (1).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 496: Lower Timing Chain Cover & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 6. Remove the five oil pan-to-lower timing chain cover bolts. 7. Remove bolts (1 and 3) and the lower timing chain cover (2). INSTALLATION UPPER TIMING COVER

Fig. 497: RTV Sealant Locations To Right Upper Timing Cover Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Clean and gasket sealing surfaces. Refer to CLEANING. CAUTION: Engine assembly requires the use of a unique sealant that is

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

compatible with engine oil. Using a sealant other than Mopar® Threebond Engine RTV Sealant may result in engine fluid leakage. CAUTION: Following the application of Mopar® Threebond Engine RTV Sealant to the gasket surfaces, the components must be assembled within 20 minutes and the attaching fasteners must be tightened to specification within 45 minutes. Prolonged exposure to the air prior to assembly may result in engine fluid leakage. NOTE:

Sealing surfaces must be free of a gasket material and oil residue. Clean the oil pan sealing surfaces with isopropyl alcohol in preparation for sealant application.

2. Apply a 3 mm wide bead of Mopar® Threebond Engine RTV Sealant to locations 1 and 2 of the right upper timing cover. 3. Install the right upper timing cover and tighten bolts finger tight.

Fig. 498: RTV Sealant Locations To Left Upper Timing Cover Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE:

Sealing surfaces must be free of a gasket material and oil residue. Clean the oil pan sealing surfaces with isopropyl alcohol in preparation for sealant application.

4. Apply a 3 mm wide bead of Mopar® Threebond Engine RTV Sealant to locations 1 and 2 of the left upper timing cover. 5. Install the left upper timing cover and tighten bolts finger tight.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 499: Left & Right Upper Timing Cover Tightening Sequence Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 6. Using the sequence shown in illustration, tighten right and left side bolts to:  M10 to 25 N.m (18 ft. lbs.).  M6 to 9 N.m (80 in. lbs.).  Loosen M10 bolt 60 degrees and retighten to 45 N.m (33 ft. lbs.).  Loosen M6 bolts 60 degrees and retighten to 15 N.m (133 in. lbs.).

Fig. 500: RTV Sealant At The T-Joints Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 7. Remove any of Mopar® Threebond Engine RTV Sealant that may have squeezed out of the right upper timing cover T-joint (1).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 501: Left Upper Timing Cover Excess RTV Sealant Locations Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 8. Remove any of Mopar® Threebond Engine RTV Sealant that may have squeezed out of the left upper timing cover T-joint (1).

Fig. 502: A/C Compressor Mounting Bracket & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 9. Install the A/C compressor mounting bracket (1). Tighten bolts (2) to 45 N.m (33 ft. lbs.). 10. Install the A/C compressor and tighten fasteners using the following sequence to:  Bolt at the rear of compressor to 28 N.m (21 ft. lbs.).  Bolt at the front of compressor to 28 N.m (21 ft. lbs.).  Nut at the front of the compressor to 28 N.m (21 ft. lbs.).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 503: Serpentine Belt Tensioner Bracket & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 11. Install the serpentine belt tensioner bracket (1) and tighten bolts to:  M10 bolts to 45 N.m (33 ft. lbs.).  M6 bolt to 11 N.m (97 in. lbs.).

Fig. 504: Belt Wear Indicator (Measurement A) Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 12. Install the serpentine belt tensioner. Refer to TENSIONER, BELT, INSTALLATION . 13. Install the right and left cylinder head covers. Refer to COVER(S), CYLINDER HEAD, INSTALLATION. 14. Install the vacuum pump. Refer to PUMP, VACUUM, INSTALLATION. 15. Install the lower and upper radiator hoses.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21.

Install the charge air outlet tube. Install the air cleaner body. Refer to BODY, AIR CLEANER, INSTALLATION. Raise and support the vehicle. Refer to HOISTING, STANDARD PROCEDURE . Install the belly pan. Lower the vehicle. Fill the cooling system. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .

Fig. 505: Engine Cover Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 22. Connect the negative battery cable. 23. Start the engine and check for leaks. 24. Install the engine cover (1). LOWER TIMING CHAIN COVER

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 506: Lower Timing Chain Cover RTV Sealant Locations Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Clean the oil pan sealing surfaces with isopropyl alcohol in preparation for sealant application. Refer to CLEANING. CAUTION: Engine assembly requires the use of a unique sealant that is compatible with engine oil. Using a sealant other than Mopar® Threebond Engine RTV Sealant may result in engine fluid leakage. CAUTION: Following the application of Mopar® Threebond Engine RTV Sealant to the gasket surfaces, the components must be assembled within 20 minutes and the attaching fasteners must be tightened to specification within 45 minutes. Prolonged exposure to the air prior to assembly may result in engine fluid leakage. 2. Apply a 3 mm wide bead of Mopar® Threebond Engine RTV Sealant to the following locations (1).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 507: Lower Timing Chain Cover RTV Sealant T-Joint Locations Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 3. Apply a 3 mm wide bead of Mopar® Threebond Engine RTV Sealant at the T-joint (1).

Fig. 508: Lower Timing Chain Cover & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 4. Install the timing chain cover (2) and tighten bolts (1 and 3) finger tight.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 509: Lower Timing Chain Cover Tightening Sequence Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 5. Using the sequence shown in illustration, tighten bolts to:  M10 bolts (1) 25 N.m (18 ft. lbs.).  M6 to 9 N.m (80 in. lbs.).  Loosen M10 bolt 60 degrees and retighten to 45 N.m (33 ft. lbs.).  Loosen M6 bolts 60 degrees and retighten to 15 N.m (133 in. lbs.). 6. Install the five oil pan-to-lower chain cover bolts and tighten bolts finger tight:  Tighten bolts to 15 N.m (133 in. lbs.).  Loosen each bolt 90° one at a time and retighten to 15 N.m (133 in. lbs.).

Fig. 510: Lower Timing Cover Excess RTV Sealant Locations Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

7. Remove any of Mopar® Threebond Engine RTV Sealant that may have squeezed out of the lower timing cover joints (1).

Fig. 511: Generator Mounting Bracket & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 8. Install the generator mounting bracket (1). Tighten bolts (2) to 45 N.m (33 ft. lbs.). 9. Install the generator. Refer to GENERATOR, INSTALLATION .

Fig. 512: Vibration Damper & Bolt Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE:

The crankshaft damper bolt is a left hand thread.

10. Install the vibration damper. Refer to DAMPER, VIBRATION, INSTALLATION.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

11. Install the left and right upper timing chain cover. Refer to COVER(S), ENGINE TIMING, INSTALLATION. 12. Connect the negative battery cable. TENSIONER, ENGINE TIMING DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION

Both timing chain tensioner is located on the engine block. The tensioner is hydraulically operated with the adjusting portion riding on the right timing chain guide. Hydraulic support for the tensioner is supplied by forward oil passages in the engine block. REMOVAL REMOVAL

1. Disconnect the negative battery cable. 2. Remove the lower timing cover. Refer to COVER(S), ENGINE TIMING, REMOVAL.

Fig. 513: Pin, Right Timing Chain Tensioner & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 3. Pushing back the tensioner piston, and install Tensioner Pin (special tool #VM.10359, Pin, Tensioner) (2). 4. Remove bolts (1) and the right timing chain tensioner (3).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 514: Left Timing Chain Tensioner, Pin & Bolt Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 5. Pushing back the piston, and install Tensioner Pin (special tool #VM.10359, Pin, Tensioner) (2). 6. Remove bolts (1) and the left timing chain tensioner (3). INSTALLATION INSTALLATION

Fig. 515: Left Timing Chain Tensioner, Pin & Bolt Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Install the left timing chain tensioner (3). Tighten bolts (1) to 11 N.m (97 in. lbs.).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 516: Pin, Right Timing Chain Tensioner & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

Install the right timing chain tensioner (3). Tighten bolts (1) to 11 N.m (97 in. lbs.). Remove both Tensioner Pins (special tool #VM.10359, Pin, Tensioner) (2). Install the lower timing cover. Refer to COVER(S), ENGINE TIMING, INSTALLATION. Connect the negative battery cable. Start the engine and inspect for leaks.

AIR INTAKE SYSTEM AIR CLEANER REMOVAL REMOVAL

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 517: Air Cleaner Housing Cover & Clips Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE:

Housing removal is not necessary for element (filter) replacement.

1. Release the three spring clips (1) from front of housing cover (2) and remove the cover.

Fig. 518: Air Cleaner Element Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 2. Remove air cleaner element (1) from housing. INSTALLATION INSTALLATION

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 519: Air Cleaner Element Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. If necessary, clean out the air cleaner body. 2. Install the air cleaner element (1) into housing.

Fig. 520: Housing Cover Locating Tabs Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 3. Position housing cover locating tabs (1) into rear housing and seat cover onto housing.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 521: Air Cleaner Housing Cover & Clips Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 4. Lock the spring clips (1) to housing cover (2). BODY, AIR CLEANER REMOVAL REMOVAL

Fig. 522: Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Harness Connectors, Air Cleaner Body, Clamp & Fasteners Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Disconnect the negative battery cable. 2. Detach weather strip seal at air inlet snorkel.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

3. 4. 5. 6.

Disconnect the Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor harness connectors (2). Loosen screw clamp (1) and remove the air outlet tube from the MAF sensor. Remove fastener (4) securing the air inlet duct. Pulling upward, remove the air cleaner body (3).

INTAKE AIR TUBE

Fig. 523: Engine Cover Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Disconnect the negative battery cable. 2. Remove the engine cover (1).

Fig. 524: CCV Hose Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

3. Remove the CCV hose (1) from upper timing cover. (During removal of the CCV hose do NOT disconnect CCV hose at the Air Tube.)

Fig. 525: Crankcase Vent Heater, Air Inlet Hose, Breather Hose & Connector Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 4. Disconnect the CCV hose heater harness connector (4). 5. Loosen clamp and remove intake air tube from air cleaner body.

Fig. 526: Cowl Extension Silencer, Side Extensions & Fasteners Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 6. Remove the cowl extension silencer (1) and the side extensions (2, 5). Refer to SILENCER, COWL EXTENSION, REMOVAL . 7. Loosen clamp and remove intake air tube from turbocharger.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

INSTALLATION INSTALLATION

Fig. 527: Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Harness Connectors, Air Cleaner Body, Clamp & Fasteners Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

Position the air cleaner body (3) and push down to lock in place. Position the air inlet duct and install the fastener (4). Install the air outlet tube (1) onto Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor and securely tighten screw clamp. Connect the MAF sensor harness connectors (2). Attach weather strip seal at air inlet snorkel. Connect the negative battery cable.

INTAKE AIR TUBE

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 528: Cowl Extension Silencer, Side Extensions & Fasteners Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Install the intake air tube to turbocharger and securely tighten clamp. 2. Install the cowl extension silencer (1) and the side extensions (2, 5). Refer to SILENCER, COWL EXTENSION, INSTALLATION .

Fig. 529: CCV Hose, Harness Connector & Intake Air Tube Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 3. Install the intake air tube to air cleaner body and securely tighten clamp. 4. Connect the CCV hose heater wire harness connector (1).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.0L Turbo Diesel - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 530: CCV Hose Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 5. Install the CCV hose (1) to upper timing cover.

Fig. 531: Engine Cover Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 6. Install the engine cover (1). 7. Connect the negative battery cable.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION

Fig. 1: 3.6L (219.7 CID) Flexible Fuel V-6 Engine Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC The 3.6 liter (219.7 CID) flexible fuel V-6 engine features Variable Valve Timing (VVT), Dual Overhead Camshafts (DOHC) and a high-pressure die-cast aluminum cylinder block with steel liners in a 60° configuration. The 3.6 liter engine has a chain driven variable discharge oil pump with a two-stage pressure regulator for improved fuel economy. The exhaust manifolds are integrated into the cylinder heads for reduced weight. The cylinders are numbered from front to rear. The right bank is numbered 1, 3, 5 and the left bank is numbered 2, 4, 6. The firing order is 1-2-3-4-5-6. The engine serial number is located on the left side of the cylinder block at the transmission flange.

DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING ENGINE DIAGNOSIS - INTRODUCTION Engine diagnosis is helpful in determining the causes of malfunctions not detected and remedied by routine maintenance.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

These malfunctions may be classified as either performance (e.g., engine idles rough and stalls) or mechanical (e.g., a strange noise). Refer to ENGINE PERFORMANCE DIAGNOSTIC TABLE and ENGINE MECHANICAL DIAGNOSTIC TABLE for possible causes and corrections of malfunctions. Refer to FUEL SYSTEM article, for the fuel system diagnosis. Additional tests and diagnostic procedures may be necessary for specific engine malfunctions that can not be isolated with the Service Diagnosis charts. Information concerning additional tests and diagnosis is provided within the following diagnosis: 



 

Cylinder Compression Pressure Test. Refer to CYLINDER COMPRESSION PRESSURE LEAKAGE. Cylinder Combustion Pressure Leakage Test. Refer to CYLINDER COMBUSTION PRESSURE LEAKAGE. Engine Cylinder Head Gasket Failure Diagnosis. Refer to CYLINDER HEAD GASKET. Intake Manifold Leakage Diagnosis. Refer to DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING - INTAKE MANIFOLD LEAKS.

ENGINE PERFORMANCE DIAGNOSTIC TABLE CONDITION ENGINE WILL NOT START

ENGINE STALLS OR

POSSIBLE CAUSE CORRECTION 1. Weak battery 1. Charge or replace as necessary. Refer to BATTERY, AGM, DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING . 2. Corroded or loose 2. Clean and tighten battery connections. Refer to battery connections. CLEANING . 3. Faulty engine starting 3. Diagnose engine starting system. Refer to system. DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING . 4. Faulty coil or control 4. Replace ignition coil. Refer to COIL, IGNITION, REMOVAL . unit. 5. Incorrect spark plug 5. Correct as necessary. gap. 6. Incorrect cam timing. 6. Verify cam timing. Refer to Engine/Valve Timing - Standard Procedure. 7. Dirt or water in fuel 7. Clean fuel system. system. 8. Faulty fuel pump or 8. Repair or replace as necessary. wiring. 9. Faulty Camshaft 9. Replace sensor. Refer to SENSOR, Position (CMP) sensor. CAMSHAFT POSITION, REMOVAL . 10. Faulty Crankshaft 10. Replace sensor. Refer to SENSOR, Position (CKP) sensor. CRANKSHAFT POSITION, REMOVAL . 1. Vacuum leak. 1. Inspect intake manifold and vacuum hoses, repair

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

ROUGH IDLE

ENGINE LOSS OF POWER

ENGINE MISSES ON ACCELERATION

ENGINE MISSES AT HIGH SPEED

or replace as necessary. 2. Faulty Crankshaft 2. Replace sensor. Refer to SENSOR, Position (CKP) sensor. CRANKSHAFT POSITION, REMOVAL . 3. Faulty ignition coil. 3. Replace ignition coil. Refer to COIL, IGNITION, REMOVAL . 4. Incorrect cam timing. 4. Verify cam timing. Refer to Engine/Valve Timing - Standard Procedure. 1. Dirty or incorrectly 1. Correct as necessary. Refer to SPARK PLUG, REMOVAL . gapped spark plugs. 2. Dirt or water in fuel 2. Clean fuel system. system. 3. Faulty fuel pump. 3. Replace fuel pump. Refer to MODULE, FUEL PUMP, REMOVAL . 4. Leaking cylinder 4. Replace cylinder head gasket. Refer to head gasket. CYLINDER HEAD, REMOVAL. 5. Low compression. 5. Determine the cause and repair as necessary. Refer to CYLINDER COMPRESSION PRESSURE LEAKAGE. 6. Burned, warped or 6. Replace as necessary. Refer to VALVES, pitted valves. INTAKE AND EXHAUST, REMOVAL. 7. Plugged or restricted 7. Inspect and replace as necessary. exhaust system. 8. Faulty ignition coil. 8. Replace ignition coil. Refer to COIL, IGNITION, REMOVAL . 9. Incorrect cam timing. 9. Verify cam timing. Refer to Engine/Valve Timing - Standard Procedure. 1. Dirty or incorrectly 1. Correct as necessary. Refer to SPARK PLUG, gapped spark plugs. REMOVAL . 2. Dirt in fuel system. 2. Clean fuel system. 3. Burned, warped or 3. Replace as necessary. Refer to VALVES, pitted valves. INTAKE AND EXHAUST, REMOVAL. 4. Faulty ignition coil. 4. Replace ignition coil. Refer to COIL, IGNITION, REMOVAL . 1. Dirty or incorrectly 1. Correct as necessary. Refer to SPARK PLUG, gapped spark plugs. REMOVAL . 4. Faulty ignition coil. 2. Replace ignition coil. Refer to COIL, IGNITION, REMOVAL . 3. Dirt or water in fuel 3. Clean fuel system. system.

ENGINE MECHANICAL DIAGNOSTIC TABLE CONDITION NOISY VALVES

POSSIBLE CAUSES 1. High or low oil level in

CORRECTIONS 1. Refer to Engine/Lubrication/OIL -

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

crankcase. 2. Thin or diluted oil. 3. Low oil pressure.

Standard Procedure. 2. Change oil and filter. 3. Check oil pump, if Ok, check rod and main bearings for excessive wear. 4. Dirt in lash adjusters. 4. Replace as necessary. 5. Worn rocker arms. 5. Replace as necessary. 6. Worn lash adjusters 6. Replace as necessary. 7. Worn valve guides. 7. Inspect the valve guides for wear, cracks or looseness. If either condition exists, replace the cylinder head. Refer to CYLINDER HEAD, REMOVAL. 8. Excessive runout of valve 8. Refer to Engine/Cylinder Head/VALVES, Intake and Exhaust seats on valve faces. Standard Procedure. CONNECTING ROD NOISE 1. Insufficient oil supply. 1. Refer to Engine/Lubrication/OIL Standard Procedure. 2. Low oil pressure. 2. Check oil pump, if OK, check rod and main bearings for excessive wear. 3. Thin or diluted oil. 3. Change oil and filter. 4. Excessive bearing clearance. 4. Replace as necessary. 5. Connecting rod journal out- 5. Service or replace crankshaft. of-round. 6. Misaligned connecting rods. 6. Replace bent connecting rods. MAIN BEARING NOISE 1. Insufficient oil supply. 1. Refer to Engine/Lubrication/OIL Standard Procedure. 2. Low oil pressure. 2. Check oil pump, if OK, check rod and main bearings for excessive wear. 3. Thin or diluted oil. 3. Change oil and filter. 4. Excessive bearing clearance. 4. Replace as necessary. 5. Excessive end play. 5. Check thrust washers for wear. 6. Crankshaft journal out-of 6. Service or replace crankshaft. round. 7. Loose flywheel or torque 7. Tighten to correct torque converter. CYLINDER COMPRESSION PRESSURE LEAKAGE NOTE:

The results of a cylinder compression pressure test can be utilized to diagnose several engine malfunctions.

NOTE:

Ensure the battery is completely charged and the engine starter motor is in good operating condition. Otherwise the indicated compression pressures may not be valid for diagnosis purposes.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

1. 2. 3. 4.

Clean the spark plug recesses with compressed air. Remove the spark plugs and record the cylinder number of each spark plug for future reference. Inspect the spark plug electrodes for abnormal firing indicators such as fouled, hot, oily, etc. Disable the fuel system and perform the fuel system pressure release procedure. Refer to FUEL SYSTEM PRESSURE RELEASE . 5. Insert a compression pressure gauge and rotate the engine with the engine starter motor for three revolutions. 6. Record the compression pressure on the 3rd revolution. Continue the test for the remaining cylinders. NOTE:

The recommended compression pressures are to be used only as a guide to diagnosing engine problems. An engine should not be disassembled to determine the cause of low compression unless some malfunction is present.

7. Compression should not be less than 689 kPa (100 psi) and not vary more than 25 percent from cylinder to cylinder. 8. If one or more cylinders have abnormally low compression pressures, repeat the compression test. NOTE:

If the same cylinder or cylinders repeat an abnormally low reading on the second compression test, it could indicate the existence of a problem in the cylinder in question.

9. If one or more cylinders continue to have abnormally low compression pressures, perform the cylinder combustion pressure leakage test. Refer to CYLINDER COMBUSTION PRESSURE LEAKAGE. CYLINDER COMBUSTION PRESSURE LEAKAGE The combustion pressure leakage test provides an accurate means for determining engine condition. Combustion pressure leakage testing will detect:   

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

Exhaust and intake valve leaks (improper seating). Leaks between adjacent cylinders or into water jacket. Any causes for combustion/compression pressure loss.

Check the coolant level and fill as required. DO NOT install the radiator cap. Start and operate the engine until it attains normal operating temperature, then turn the engine OFF. Remove the spark plugs. Remove the oil filler cap. Remove the air cleaner hose. Calibrate the tester according to the manufacturer's instructions. The shop air source for testing should maintain 483 kPa (70 psi) minimum, 1, 379 kPa (200 psi) maximum and 552 kPa (80 psi) recommended. 7. Perform the test procedures on each cylinder according to the tester manufacturer's instructions. Set

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

piston of cylinder to be tested at TDC compression. While testing, listen for pressurized air escaping through the throttle body, tailpipe and oil filler cap opening. Check for bubbles in the radiator coolant. All gauge pressure indications should be equal, with no more than 25% leakage. FOR EXAMPLE: At 552 kPa (80 psi) input pressure, a minimum of 414 kPa (60 psi) should be maintained in the cylinder. Refer to CYLINDER COMBUSTION PRESSURE LEAKAGE DIAGNOSIS CHART. CYLINDER COMBUSTION PRESSURE LEAKAGE DIAGNOSIS CHART CONDITION POSSIBLE CAUSE CORRECTION AIR ESCAPES THROUGH Intake valve bent, burnt, or not Inspect valve and valve seat. THROTTLE BODY seated properly Reface or replace, as necessary. Inspect valve springs. Replace as necessary. AIR ESCAPES THROUGH Exhaust valve bent, burnt, or not Inspect valve and valve seat. TAILPIPE seated properly Reface or replace, as necessary. Inspect valve springs. Replace as necessary. AIR ESCAPES THROUGH Head gasket leaking or cracked Remove cylinder head and RADIATOR cylinder head or block inspect. Replace defective part MORE THAN 50% LEAKAGE Head gasket leaking or crack in Remove cylinder head and FROM ADJACENT cylinder head or block between inspect. Replace gasket, head, or CYLINDERS adjacent cylinders block as necessary MORE THAN 25% LEAKAGE Stuck or broken piston rings; Inspect for broken rings or piston. AND AIR ESCAPES THROUGH cracked piston; worn rings and/or Measure ring gap and cylinder OIL FILLER CAP OPENING cylinder wall diameter, taper and out-of-round. ONLY Replace defective part as necessary OIL CONSUMPTION TEST AND DIAGNOSIS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURES

The following diagnostic procedures are used to determine the source of excessive internal oil Consumption, these procedures and tests apply to vehicles with 50, 000 miles or less. NOTE:

Engine oil consumption may be greater than normal during engine break-in. Repairs should be delayed until vehicle has been driven at least 7, 500 miles.

Severe service (high ambient temperature, short trips, heavy loading, trailer towing, taxi, off-road, or law enforcement use) may result in greater oil consumption than normal. Sustained high speed driving and high engine RPM operation may result in increased oil consumption.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Failure to comply with the recommended oil type and viscosity rating, as outlined in the owner's manual, may impact oil economy as well as fuel economy. Oil consumption may increase with vehicle age and mileage due to normal engine wear. NOTE:



 

Because a few drops of external oil leakage per mile can quickly account for the loss of one quart of oil in a few hundred miles, ensure no external engine oil leaks are present.

Oil leakage is not the same as oil consumption and all external leakage must be eliminated before any action can be taken to verify and/or correct oil consumption complaints. Verify that the engine has the correct oil level dipstick and dipstick tube installed. Verify that the engine is not being run in an overfilled condition. Check the oil level 15 minutes after a hot shutdown with the vehicle parked on a level surface. In no case should the level be above MAX or the FULL mark on the dipstick.

OIL CONSUMPTION TEST

1. Check the oil level at least 15 minutes after a hot shutdown. 2. If the oil level is low, top off with the proper viscosity and API service level engine oil. Add one bottle of MOPAR® 4-In-1 Leak Detection Dye into the engine oil. 3. Tamper proof the oil pan drain plug, oil filter, dipstick and oil fill cap. 4. Record the vehicle mileage. 5. Instruct the customer to drive the vehicle as usual. 6. Ask the customer to return to the servicing dealer after accumulating 500 miles, Check the oil level at least 15 minutes after a hot shutdown. If the oil level is half way between the "FULL" and "ADD" mark continue with the next step. 7. Using a black light, re-check for any external engine oil leaks, repair as necessary, if no external engine oil leaks are present, continue with oil consumption diagnosis. OIL CONSUMPTION DIAGNOSIS

1. Check the positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) system. Make sure the system is not restricted and the PCV valve has the correct part number and correct vacuum source (18-20 in. Hg at idle below 3000 ft. above sea level is considered normal). 2. Perform a CYLINDER COMPRESSION PRESSURE LEAKAGE test and CYLINDER-TOCYLINDER LEAKAGE TEST using the standard leak down gauge following manufacturers suggested best practices. NOTE:

Verify the spark plugs are not oil saturated. If the spark plugs are oil saturated and compression is good it can be assumed the valve seals or valve guides are at fault.

3. If one or more cylinders have more than 15% leak down further engine tear down and inspection will be required.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

TOP 19 REASONS THAT MAY LEAD TO ENGINE OIL CONSUMPTION

1. Tapered and Out-of-Round Cylinders The increased piston clearances permit the pistons to rock in the worn cylinders. While tilted momentarily, an abnormally large volume of oil is permitted to enter on one side of the piston. The rings, also tilted in the cylinder, permit oil to enter on one side. Upon reversal of the piston on each stroke, some of this oil is passed into the combustion chamber. 2. Distorted Cylinders This may be caused by unequal heat distribution or unequal tightening of cylinder head bolts. This condition presents a surface which the rings may not be able to follow completely. In this case, there may be areas where the rings will not remove all of the excess oil. When combustion takes place, this oil will be burned and cause high oil consumption. 3. Improper operation of "PCV "system The main purpose of the Positive Crankcase Ventilation (PCV) valve is to recirculate blow-by gases back from the crankcase area through the engine to consume unburned hydrocarbons. The PCV system usually has a one way check valve and a make up air source. The system uses rubber hoses that route crankcase blow by gases to the intake manifold. Vacuum within the engine intake manifold pulls the blow by gases out of the crankcase into the combustion chamber along with the regular intake air and fuel mixture. The PCV system can become clogged with sludge and varnish deposits and trap blow by gases in the crankcase. This degrades the oil, promoting additional formation of deposit material. If left uncorrected, the result is plugged oil rings, oil consumption, rapid ring wear due to sludge buildup, ruptured gaskets and seals due to crankcase pressurization. 4. Worn Piston Ring Grooves For piston rings to form a good seal, the sides of the ring grooves must be true and flat - not flared or shouldered. Piston rings in tapered or irregular grooves will not seal properly and, consequently, oil will pass around behind the rings into the combustion chamber. 5. Worn, Broken or Stuck Piston Rings When piston rings are broken, worn or stuck to such an extent that the correct tension and clearances are not maintained, this will allow oil to be drawn into the combustion chamber on the intake stroke and hot gases of combustion to be blown down the cylinder past the piston on the power stroke. All of these conditions will result in burning and carbon build up of the oil on the cylinders, pistons and rings. 6. Cracked or Broken Ring Lands Cracked or broken ring lands prevent the rings from seating completely on their sides and cause oil pumping. This condition will lead to serious damage to the cylinders as well as complete destruction of the pistons and rings. Cracked or broken ring lands cannot be corrected by any means other than piston replacement.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

7. Worn Valve Stems and Guides When wear has taken place on valve stems and valve guides, the vacuum in the intake manifold will draw oil and oil vapor between the intake valve stems and guides into the intake manifold and then into the cylinder where it will be burned. 8. Bent or Misaligned Connecting Rods Bent or misaligned connecting rods will not allow the pistons to ride straight in the cylinders. This will prevent the pistons and rings from forming a proper seal with the cylinder walls and promote oil consumption. In addition, it is possible that a bearing in a bent connect rod will not have uniform clearance on the connecting rod wrist pin. Under these conditions, the bearing will wear rapidly and throw off an excessive amount of oil into the cylinder. 9. Fuel Dilution If raw fuel is allowed to enter the lubrication system, the oil will become thinner and more volatile and will result in higher oil consumption. The following conditions will lead to higher oil consumption; Excess fuel can enter and mix with the oil via a leaking fuel injector  Gasoline contaminated with diesel fuel  Restricted air intake  Excessive idling 10. Contaminated Cooling Systems 

Corrosion, rust, scale, sediment or other formations in the water jacket and radiator will prevent a cooling system from extracting heat efficiently. This is likely to cause cylinder distortion thus leading to higher oil consumption. 11. Oil Viscosity The use of oil with a viscosity that is too light may result in high oil consumption. Refer to the vehicle owner's manual for the proper oil viscosity to be used under specific driving conditions and/or ambient temperatures. 12. Dirty Engine Oil Failure to change the oil and filter at proper intervals may cause the oil to be so dirty that it will promote accumulation of sludge and varnish and restrict oil passages in the piston rings and pistons. This will increase oil consumption; dirty oil by nature is also consumed at a higher rate than clean oil. 13. Crankcase Overfull Due to an error in inserting the oil dip stick so that it does not come to a seat on its shoulder, a low reading may be obtained. Additional oil may be added to make the reading appear normal with the stick in this incorrect position which will actually make the oil level too high. If the oil level is so high that the

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

lower ends of the connecting rods touch the oil in the oil pan excessive quantities of oil will be thrown on the cylinder walls and some of it will work its way up into the combustion chamber. 14. Excessively High Oil Pressure A faulty oil pressure relief valve may cause the oil pressure to be too high. The result will be that the engine will be flooded with an abnormally large amount of oil in a manner similar to that which occurs with worn bearings. This condition may also cause the oil filter to burst. 15. Aftermarket Performance Chips and Modification Increasing performance through the use of performance/power enhancement products to a stock or factory engine will increase the chance of excessive oil consumption. 16. Lugging Engine Lugging is running the engine at a lower RPM in a condition where a higher RPM (more power/torque) should be implemented. Especially susceptible on vehicles equipped with a manual transmission. This driving habit causes more stress loading on the piston and can lead to increases in engine oil consumption. 17. Turbocharged Engines There is a possibility for PCV "push-over" due to higher crankcase pressure (as compared to naturally aspirated engines) which is normal for turbocharged engines. This condition causes varying amounts of engine oil to enter the intake manifold, charge air cooler and associated plumbing to and from the charge air cooler, also a leaking turbocharger seal will draw oil into the combustion chamber where it will burn (blue smoke from tail pipe may be present) and form carbon deposits which contribute to further oil consumption as they interfere with proper engine function. 18. Restricted Air Intake Excessive restriction in the air intake system will increase engine vacuum and can increase oil consumption, an extremely dirty air filter would be one example of this situation. 19. Intake Manifold port seals Engines that have a "V" configuration and a "wet valley" (3.3/3.8L) could draw oil into the intake ports due to improper sealing between the intake manifold ports and cylinder head. Causes may include improper torque of intake manifold bolts, corrosion (aluminum intake manifold) and or warped sealing surface. ENGINE LUBRICATION DIAGNOSTIC TABLE CONDITION OIL LEAKS

POSSIBLE CAUSES 1. Gaskets and O-rings. Misaligned or damaged.

CORRECTION 1. Replace as necessary.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

(a) Loose fasteners, broken or porous metal parts. 2. Crankshaft rear oil seal.

3. Crankshaft seal flange. Scratched, nicked or grooved. 4. Oil pan flange cracked. 5. Engine timing cover seal, damaged or misaligned.

OIL PRESSURE DROP

OIL PUMPING AT RINGS; SPARK PLUGS FOULING

6. Scratched or damaged vibration damper hub. 1. Low oil level. 2. Faulty oil pressure sensor.

(a) Tighten fasteners, Repair or replace metal parts. 2. Replace rear crankshaft oil seal. Refer to SEAL, CRANKSHAFT OIL, REAR, REMOVAL. 3. Polish or replace crankshaft. 4. Replace oil pan. Refer to PAN, OIL, REMOVAL. 5. Replace seal. Refer to SEAL, CRANKSHAFT OIL, FRONT, REMOVAL. 6. Polish or replace damper.

1. Check and correct oil level. 2. Replace sensor. Refer to SENSOR, OIL PRESSURE, REMOVAL. 3. Low oil pressure. 3. Check main bearing clearance. Refer to Engine/Engine Block/BEARING (S), Crankshaft - Standard Procedure. 3. Check rod bearing clearance. Refer to BEARING(S), CONNECTING ROD, STANDARD PROCEDURE. 4. Clogged oil filter. 4. Replace oil filter. Refer to FILTER, ENGINE OIL, REMOVAL. 5. Worn oil pump. 5. Replace oil pump. Refer to PUMP, ENGINE OIL, REMOVAL. 6. Thin or diluted oil. 6. Change oil and filter. Refer to Engine/Lubrication/OIL - Standard Procedure. 7. Excessive bearing clearance. 7. Replace crankshaft bearings. Refer to Engine/Engine Block/BEARING(S), Crankshaft - Standard Procedure. 7. Replace rod bearings. Refer to BEARING(S), CONNECTING ROD, STANDARD PROCEDURE. 8. Oil pump relief valve stuck. 8. Replace oil pump. Refer to PUMP, ENGINE OIL, REMOVAL. 9. Oil pump pick-up tube loose, 9. Replace oil pump pick-up. Refer to damaged or clogged. PICK-UP, OIL PUMP, REMOVAL. 1. Worn or damaged rings. 1. Hone cylinder bores and replace rings. Refer to Engine/Engine Block/RING(S), Piston - Standard Procedure.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

2. Carbon in oil ring slots.

3. Worn valve guides. 4. Leaking valve guide seals.

2. Replace rings. Refer to ROD, PISTON AND CONNECTING, REMOVAL. 3. Replace cylinder heads. Refer to CYLINDER HEAD, REMOVAL. 4. Replace valve guide seals. Refer to SEAL(S), VALVE GUIDE, REMOVAL.

STANDARD PROCEDURE DUST COVERS AND CAPS

Fig. 2: Covers/Caps Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC Due to the high amounts of failures cased by dust, dirt, moisture and other foreign debris being introduced to the engine during service. Covers or caps are needed to reduce the possible damage that can be caused or created.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 3: Opening Cover Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC Covers over openings will reduce any possibilities for foreign materials to enter the engine systems. Using miller tool (special tool #10368, Set, Universal Protective Cap), Select the appropriated cover needed to the procedure. REPAIR DAMAGED OR WORN THREADS CAUTION: Be sure that the tapped holes maintain the original center line.

Damaged or worn threads can be repaired. Essentially, this repair consists of:   

Drilling out worn or damaged threads. Tapping the hole with a special Heli-Coil Tap, or equivalent. Installing an insert into the tapped hole to bring the hole back to its original thread size.

FORM-IN-PLACE GASKETS AND SEALERS NOTE:

All of the sealants mentioned below are not used on every engine, they are listed as a general reference guide. See service information for specific sealer usage.

There are numerous places where form-in-place gaskets are used on the engine. Care must be taken when applying form-in-place gaskets to assure obtaining the desired results.Do not use form-in-place gasket material unless specified. Bead size, continuity, and location are of great importance. Too thin a bead can result in leakage while too much can result in spill-over which can break off and obstruct fluid feed lines. A continuous bead of the proper width is essential to obtain a leak-free gasket. All sealing surfaces that use formin-place gaskets and sealers must free of grease or oil. Surfaces should be cleaned with Mopar® brake parts

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

cleaner prior to sealer application. After the sealer is applied, the parts should be assembled in no more than 10 minutes. There are numerous types of form-in-place gasket materials that are used in the engine area. Mopar® Engine RTV GEN II, Mopar® ATF-RTV, and Mopar® Gasket Maker gasket materials, each have different properties and can not be used in place of the other. MOPAR® ENGINE RTV GEN II is used to seal components exposed to engine oil. This material is a specially designed black silicone rubber RTV that retains adhesion and sealing properties when exposed to engine oil. Moisture in the air causes the material to cure. This material is available in three ounce tubes and has a shelf life of one year. After one year this material will not properly cure. Always inspect the package for the expiration date before use. MOPAR® ATF RTV is a specifically designed black silicone rubber RTV that retains adhesion and sealing properties to seal components exposed to automatic transmission fluid, engine coolants, and moisture. This material is available in three ounce tubes and has a shelf life of one year. After one year this material will not properly cure. Always inspect the package for the expiration date before use. MOPAR® GASKET MAKER is an anaerobic type gasket material. The material cures in the absence of air when squeezed between two metallic surfaces. It will not cure if left in the uncovered tube. The anaerobic material is for use between two machined surfaces. Do not use on flexible metal flanges. MOPAR® BED PLATE SEALANT is a unique (green-in-color) anaerobic type gasket material that is specially made to seal the area between the bed plate and cylinder block without disturbing the bearing clearance or alignment of these components. The material cures slowly in the absence of air when torqued between two metallic surfaces, and will rapidly cure when heat is applied. MOPAR® THREEBOND ENGINE RTV SEALANT is a unique gasket material that is specially made to retain adhesion and sealing properties when used to seal components exposed to engine oil. SEALER APPLICATION

Mopar® Gasket Maker material should be applied sparingly 1 mm (0.040 in.) diameter or less of sealant to one gasket surface. Be certain the material surrounds each mounting hole. Excess material can easily be wiped off. Components should be torqued in place within 15 minutes. The use of a locating dowel is recommended during assembly to prevent smearing material off the location. Mopar® Engine RTV GEN II or ATF RTV gasket material should be applied in a continuous bead approximately 3 mm (0.120 in.) in diameter. All mounting holes must be circled. For corner sealing and "T" joint locations, a 3.17 or 6.35 mm (1/8 or 1/4 in.) drop is placed in the center of the gasket contact area. Uncured sealant may be removed with a shop towel. Components should be torqued in place while the sealant is still wet to the touch (within 10 minutes). The usage of a locating dowel is recommended during assembly to prevent smearing material off the location. Mopar® Threebond Engine RTV Sealant gasket material should be applied in a continuous bead approximately 3 mm (0.120 in.) in diameter. The gasket surfaces should be cleaned with isopropyl alcohol wipes in preparation for sealant application. All mounting holes must be circled. For corner sealing and "T" joint locations, a 3.17 or 6.35 mm (1/8 or 1/4 in.) drop is placed in the center of the gasket contact area. Uncured sealant may be removed

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

with a shop towel. Components should be assembled within 20 minutes and torqued in place within 45 minutes. The usage of a locating dowel is recommended during assembly to prevent smearing material off the location. ENGINE GASKET SURFACE PREPARATION

Fig. 4: Engine Gasket Surface Preparation Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1 - ABRASIVE PAD 2 - 3M ROLOC™ BRISTLE DISC 3 - PLASTIC/WOOD SCRAPER To ensure engine gasket sealing, proper surface preparation must be performed, especially with the use of aluminum engine components and multi-layer steel cylinder head gaskets. Never use the following to clean gasket surfaces:   

Metal scraper. Abrasive pad or paper to clean cylinder block and head. High speed power tool with an abrasive pad or a wire brush (1).

NOTE:

Multi-Layer Steel (MLS) head gaskets require a scratch free sealing surface.

Only use the following for cleaning gasket surfaces:   

Solvent or a commercially available gasket remover Plastic or wood scraper (3). Drill motor with 3M Roloc™ Bristle Disc (white or yellow) (2).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

CAUTION: Excessive pressure or high RPM (beyond the recommended speed), can damage the sealing surfaces. The mild (white, 120 grit) bristle disc is recommended. If necessary, the medium (yellow, 80 grit) bristle disc may be used on cast iron surfaces with care.

SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS DESCRIPTION Type Compression Ratio Lead Cylinder Firing Order Displacement Bore and Stroke

SPECIFICATION 60° DOHC V-6 24-Valve 10.2:1 #1 Right Bank 1-2-3-4-5-6 Metric Standard 3.6 Liters 220 Cubic Inches 96.0 x 83.0 mm 3.779 in. x 3.268 in.

CYLINDER BLOCK Description Cylinder Bore Diameter - Grade 1 Cylinder Bore Diameter - Grade 2 Cylinder Bore Out-of-Round (Max.) Cylinder Bore Cylindricity Crankshaft Bore Taper* (Max.) *Measured over length of bulkhead

Specification Metric 95.995 mm ± 0.005 mm 96.005 mm ± 0.005 mm 0.009 mm 0.014 mm 0.006 mm

Standard 3.7793 in. ± 0.0002 in. 3.7797 in. ± 0.0002 in. 0.00035 in. 0.0006 in. 0.0002 in.

PISTONS Description Material Piston Diameter (Metal to Metal) Grade 1 Piston Diameter (Metal to Metal) Grade 2 Piston Diameter (Metal to Coating) - Grade 1 Piston Diameter (Metal to Coating) - Grade 2 Clearance at Size Location (Metal to Metal)

Specification Metric

Standard Cast Aluminum Alloy

95.955 mm ± 0.005 mm

3.7778 in. ± 0.0002 in.

95.965 mm ± 0.005 mm

3.7781 in. ± 0.0002 in.

95.970 - 96.000 mm

3.7783 - 3.7795 in.

95.980 - 96.010 mm

3.7787 - 3.7835 in.

0.030 - 0.050 mm

0.0012 - 0.0020 in.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Clearance at Size Location (Metal to Coating) Piston Weight Piston Pin Offset Piston Ring Groove Diameter No. 1 Piston Ring Groove Diameter No. 2 Piston Ring Groove Diameter No. 3

0.010 - 0.030 mm

0.0004 - 0.0012 in.

354 - 364 grams 0.8 mm

12.487 - 12.840 oz. 0.031 in.

88.24 - 88.44 mm

3.474 - 3.482 in.

86.54 - 86.74 mm

3.407 - 3.415 in.

89.16 - 89.36 mm

3.510 - 3.518 in.

PISTON PINS Description Type Pin Diameter Clearance in Piston Clearance in Rod

Specification Metric

Standard Full Floating

21.9985 ± 0.0015 mm 0.002 - 0.011 mm 0.011 - 0.024 mm

0.86608 ± 0.00006 in. 0.0001 - 0.0004 in. 0.0004 - 0.0009 in.

PISTON RINGS Description Ring Gap - Number 1 Ring (Top) Ring Gap - Number 2 Ring (Center) Ring Gap - Oil Control Ring (Steel Rails)

Specification Metric 0.25 - 0.40 mm 0.30 - 0.45 mm 0.15 - 0.66 mm

Standard 0.010 - 0.016 in. 0.012 - 0.018 in. 0.006 - 0.026 in.

PISTON RING SIDE CLEARANCE Description Number 1 Ring (Top) Number 2 Ring (Center) Oil Control Ring (Steel Rails)

Specification Metric 0.025 - 0.083 mm 0.030 - 0.078 mm 0.007 - 0.173 mm

Standard 0.0010 - 0.0033 in. 0.0012 - 0.0031 in. 0.0003 - 0.0068 in.

PISTON RING WIDTH Description Number 1 Ring (Top) Number 2 Ring (Center) Oil Control Ring (Steel Rails)

Specification Metric 3.00 - 3.20 mm 3.59 - 3.85 mm 1.930 - 2.083 mm

Standard 0.118 - 0.126 in. 0.141 - 0.152 in. 0.076 - 0.082 in.

CONNECTING RODS Description

Specification

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Bearing Clearance (With Crush) Side Clearance Side Clearance (Max.) Piston Pin Bore Diameter Bearing Bore Out of Round (Max.) Total Weight (Less Bearing)

Metric 0.023 - 0.064 mm 0.070 - 0.370 mm 0.370 mm 22.016 ± 0.005 mm 0.008 mm 546.7 ± 8 grams

Standard 0.0009 - 0.0025 in. 0.0028 - 0.0146 in. 0.0146 in. 0.8668 ± 0.0002 in. 0.0003 in. 19.28 ± 0.28 oz.

CRANKSHAFT MAIN BEARING JOURNALS Description Diameter Bearing Clearance Bearing Clearance (Max.) Out of Round (Max.) Taper (Max.) End Play End Play (Max.)

Specification Metric 71.996 ± 0.009 mm 0.024 - 0.050 mm 0.050 mm 0.005 mm 0.005 mm 0.050 - 0.290 mm 0.290 mm

Standard 2.8345 ± 0.0035 in. 0.0009 - 0.0020 in. 0.0020 in. 0.0002 in. 0.0002 in. 0.0020 - 0.0114 in. 0.0114 in.

CONNECTING ROD JOURNALS Description Diameter Bearing Clearance Out of Round (Max.) Taper (Max.)

Specification Metric 59.0 ± 0.009 mm 0.023 - 0.064 mm 0.005 mm 0.005 mm

Standard 2.3228 ± 0.0035 in. 0.0009 - 0.0025 in. 0.0002 in. 0.0002 in.

CAMSHAFT Description Bore Diameter - No. 1 Cam Towers Bore Diameter - No. 2, 3, 4 Cam Towers Bearing Journal Diameter - No. 1 Bearing Journal Diameter - No. 2, 3, 4 Bearing Clearance - No. 1 Bearing Clearance - No. 2, 3, 4 End Play VALVE TIMING-INTAKE VALVES Description Opens

Specification Metric 32.020 - 32.041 mm 24.020 - 24.041 mm 31.976 - 31.995 mm 23.977 - 23.996 0.025 - 0.065 mm 0.024 - 0.064 mm 0.075 - 0.251 mm

Specification 2° (ATDC)

Standard 1.2606 - 1.2615 in. 0.9457 - 0.9465 in. 1.2589 - 1.2596 in. 0.9440 - 0.9447 in. 0.00010 - 0.0026 in. 0.0009 - 0.0025 in. 0.003 - 0.010 in.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Closes 82° (ABDC) or 262° (ATDC) Duration 260° Centerline 128° Note: Units are in crank degrees, using 0.1524 mm (0.006 in.) valve lift as the threshold. VALVE TIMING-EXHAUST VALVES Description Specification Opens 59° (BBDC) or 239° (BTDC) Closes 12° (ATDC) Duration 251° Valve Overlap 10° Note: Units are in crank degrees, using 0.1524 mm (0.006 in.) valve lift as the threshold. CYLINDER HEAD Description

Specification Metric Standard 0.48 - 0.60 mm 0.019 - 0.024 in. 0.09 mm 0.0035 in. 44.75° ± 0.25° from the valve guide axis

Gasket Thickness* (Compressed) Flatness (Head Gasket Surface) Valve Seat Angle Valve Seat Runout (relative to the valve guide 0.050 mm 0.002 in. axis) - Intake and Exhaust Intake Valve Seat Width 1.0 - 1.2 mm 0.04 - 0.05 in. Exhaust Valve Seat Width 1.41 - 1.61 mm 0.055 - 0.063 in. Guide Bore Diameter (Std.) 6.00 - 6.02 mm 0.236 - 0.237 in. Valve Guide Height** - Intake and Exhaust 16.05 - 16.55 mm 0.632 - 0.652 in. *Measured at the fire ring, not at the outer edge **Measured from cylinder head valve spring seat surface to top of guide VALVES Description Face Angle Head Diameter - Intake Head Diameter - Exhaust Length-Intake (Overall) Length-Exhaust (Overall) Stem Diameter - Intake Stem Diameter - Exhaust Stem-to-Guide Clearance - Intake (New) Stem-to-Guide Clearance - Exhaust (New) Stem-to-Guide Clearance-Intake (Max., Rocking Method)

Specification Metric 39.0 ± 0.100 mm 30.0 ± 0.100 mm 116.54 ± 0.23 mm 115.6 ± 0.23 mm 5.968 ± 0.009 mm 5.961± 0.009 mm 0.023 - 0.061 mm 0.030 - 0.068 mm 0.29 mm

Standard 45.25° ± 0.25° 1.535 ± 0.004 in. 1.181 ± 0.004 in. 4.588 ± 0.009 in. 4.551 ± 0.009 in. 0.2350 ± 0.0004 in. 0.2347 ± 0.0004 in. 0.0009 - 0.0024 in. 0.0012 - 0.0027 in. 0.011 in.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Stem-to-Guide Clearance - Exhaust (Max., Rocking Method) Valve Lift-Intake (Zero Lash) Valve Lift-Exhaust (Zero Lash) Valve Stem Tip Height* - Intake Valve Stem Tip Height* - Exhaust *Valve tip to aluminum spring seat boss

0.37 mm

0.015 in.

10.3 mm 10.0 mm 52.4 - 53.5 mm 51.8 - 52.9 mm

0.406 in. 0.394 in. 2.063 - 2.106 in. 2.039 - 2.083 in.

VALVE SPRING Specification

Description Free Length - Intake AND Exhaust (Approx.) Spring Force - Intake AND Exhaust (Valve Closed) Spring Force - Intake (Valve Open) Spring Force - Exhaust (Valve Open) Number of Coils - Intake AND Exhaust Wire Diameter - Intake AND Exhaust Installed Height - Intake AND Exhaust (Spring seat top to bottom of retainer)

Metric

Standard

52.5 mm

2.067 in.

295 ± 13 N @ 40.0 mm

66 ± 3 lbs. @ 1.57 in.

688 ± 31 N @ 10.3 mm 676 ± 30 N @ 10.0 mm 3.18 x 3.99 mm (ovate)

155 ± 7 lbs. @ 0.4055 in. 152 ± 6 lbs. @ 0.3937 in. 9.35 0.125 x 0.157 in. (ovate)

40.0 mm

1.575 in.

OIL PRESSURE Specification

Description

Metric Standard (NOTE: At Normal Operating Temperatures) Pressure @ Curb Idle Speed* 34.7 kPa Min. 5 psi Min. Pressure @ 600 - 1200 RPM 34.7 (warm) - 958.0 (cold) kPa 5 (warm) - 139 (cold) psi Pressure @ 1201 - 3500 RPM 206.8 (warm) - 958.0 (cold) kPa 30 (warm) - 139 (cold) psi Pressure @ 3501 - 6400 RPM 427.0 (warm) - 958.0 (cold) kPa 62 (warm) - 139 (cold) psi *CAUTION: If oil pressure is zero at idle, DO NOT run engine at 3000 RPM. TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS DESCRIPTION Air Inlet Hose Band Clamps A/C Compressor to Engine - M8 Bolts Camshaft Chain Tensioner (Primary) - M6

N.m

Ft. Lbs.

In. Lbs.

4

-

35

25

18

-

12

-

106

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

T30 Camshaft Chain Guide (Primary) - M6 T30 Camshaft Chain Idler Sprocket M8 T45 Camshaft Chain LH Tensioner (Secondary) M6 T30 Camshaft Chain LH Guide (Secondary) M6 T30 Camshaft Chain RH Tensioner (Secondary) M6 T30 Camshaft Chain RH Guide (Secondary) M6 T30 Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor to Cylinder Head 6M T30 Camshaft Bearing Cap M6 T30 Connecting Rod Cap - M9 Bolts Coolant Pump to Engine Timing Cover - M6 Bolts Coolant Crossover Housing to Engine Timing Cover - M6 Bolts Coolant Pump to Engine Timing Cover - M10

12

-

106

25

18

-

12

-

106

12

-

106

12

-

106

12

-

106

9

-

80

9.5

-

84

20 + 90° Turn

15 + 90° Turn

-

12

-

106

12

-

106

55

40

-

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Bolt Crankshaft Target Wheel to Counterweight M6 T30 Crankshaft Outer Main Bearing Cap and Windage Tray M8 Bolts Crankshaft Inner Main Bearing Cap - M11 Bolts Crankshaft Side Main Bearing Cap (Tie Bolt) M8 Bolts Crankshaft Vibration Damper - M16 Bolt Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor to Engine Block - M6 Bolt Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal Retainer - M6 T30 Cylinder Head Oil Restrictor M8 Plug Cylinder Head to Engine Block M12 Bolts in Sequence Cylinder Head Cover - M6 Bolts Catalytic Converter to Cylinder Head M8 Bolts Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Engine Block

10

-

89

21 + 90° Turn

16 + 90° Turn

-

20 + 90° Turn

15 + 90° Turn

-

28

-

250

40 + 105° Turn

30 + 105° Turn

-

12

-

106

12

-

106

15

-

133

See INSTALLATION Procedure 12

-

106

23

17

-

11

-

97

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Heater - M6 Bolt Left/Right Engine Mount Bracket to Engine Block M10 Bolts Left/Right Engine Mount Isolator to Engine Mount Bracket - M10 Nuts Left/Right Engine Mount Heatshield to Engine Mount Bracket - M6 Bolts Left/Right Engine Mount Isolator to Frame - M10 Bolts Flexplate to Crankshaft M10 Bolts Fuel Rail to Lower Intake Manifold - M6 Bolts Generator - M8 Bolts Heater Core Supply Tube to Cylinder Head M8 Bolt Idler Pulley to Engine Timing Cover Accessory Drive M8 Bolt Ignition Capacitor to Cylinder Head M6 Bolts

12 61

45

106 -

61

45

-

12

-

106

61

45

-

95

70

-

7

-

62

25

18

-

12

-

106

25

18

-

10

-

89

Ignition Coil to Cylinder Head

8

-

71

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Cover - M6 Bolts Intake Manifold (Upper) - M6 Bolts Intake Manifold (Lower) - M6 Bolts Knock Sensor to Engine Block M8 T40 Negative Battery Cable to Battery Engine Block Oil Gallery M24 Plugs Oil Control Valve - Cam Phaser M18 Upper Oil Pan to Engine Block M8 Bolts Transmission to Upper Oil Pan M10 Bolts Transmission to Starter - M10 Bolts Torque Converter Dust Shield - M8 Bolt Oil Cooler to Oil Filter Housing Screws Upper Oil Pan to Rear Seal Retainer - M6 Bolts Oil Pan Drain Plug M14 Oil Pressure Sensor to Oil Filter Housing Oil Temperature Sensor to Oil

8

-

71

8

-

71

22

16

-

5

-

45

10 + 1250° Turn

-

89 + 1250° Turn

150

111

-

25

18

-

55

41

-

55

41

-

12

-

106

4

-

35

12

-

106

27

20

-

20

-

177

20

-

177

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Filter Housing Lower Oil Pan to Upper Oil Pan M6 Bolts Piston Oil Cooler Jet to Engine Block M5 Oil Filter Housing/Oil Cooler to Engine Block - M6 Bolts Oil Filter Housing Cap Oil Pump to Block - M6 Bolts Oil Level Indicator to Engine Block M10 Bolt Oil Level Indicator to Cylinder Head M6 Bolt Oil Pump Sprocket - M8 T45 Oil Pump Pick Up Tube Bracket to Windage Tray - M6 Bolt Oil Pump Pick Up Tube to Oil Pump - M6 Bolt Oxygen Sensor to Exhaust Pipe M18 PCV Valve - M5 T25 Power Steering Pump to Bracket - M8 Bolts Power Steering Pump Bracket to

10.5

-

93

6

-

53

12

-

106

25

18

-

12

-

106

35

26

-

12

-

106

25

18

-

12

-

106

12

-

106

50

37

-

4

-

35

25

18

-

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Engine - M8 Bolts Spark Plug to Cylinder Head M12 Starter Mounting - M10 Bolts Tensioner to Engine Timing Cover Accessory Drive M10 Bolt Thermostat Housing to Coolant Crossover - M6 Bolts Throttle Body M6 Bolts Engine Timing Cover - M6 Bolts Engine Timing Cover - M8 Bolt Engine Timing Cover - M10 Bolts Transmission to Engine Block M10 Bolts Transmission Fluid Indicator to Transmission - M6 Bolt Torque Converter - M8 Bolts Upper Intake Manifold Support Bracket to Cylinder Head - M8 Bolt Upper Intake Manifold Support Bracket to Upper Intake

25

18

-

17.5

13

-

55

41

-

55

41

-

12

-

106

7

-

62

12

-

106

25

18

-

55

41

-

55

41

-

12

-

106

42

31

-

20

-

177

10

-

89

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Manifold - M6 Nuts Variable Valve Timing Solenoid to Cylinder Head Cover - M5 T25 Wire Harness Retainer Bracket to LH Cylinder Head - M6 T30 Rear Engine Mount Bracket to Transmission - M8 Bolts Rear Engine Mount Isolator to Rear Engine Mount Bracket M10 Bolts Rear Engine Mount Crossmember to Frame - M10 Bolts Rear Engine Mount Isolator to Crossmember - M10 Bolts Left/Right Crossmember Brace to Crossmember M8 Bolts Left/Right Crossmember Brace to Frame M8 Bolts

REMOVAL REMOVAL - 3.6L ENGINE

4

-

35

12

-

106

33

24

-

61

45

-

55

41

-

61

45

-

55

41

-

55

41

-

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 5: Engine Cover Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. 2. 3. 4.

Perform the fuel pressure release procedure. Refer to FUEL SYSTEM PRESSURE RELEASE . Disconnect and isolate the negative battery cable. Remove the hood. Refer to HOOD, REMOVAL . Remove the engine cover (1).

Fig. 6: Air Inlet Hose, Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector & Clamps Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 5. Remove the air inlet hose (3) and the air cleaner body. Refer to BODY, AIR CLEANER, REMOVAL.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 7: Mounting Bracket, Bolts, Electrical Connector, Vacuum Pump, Locking Tab & QuickConnect Type End Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 6. Remove the electric vacuum pump (4) and mounting bracket (1). Refer to PUMP, ELECTRIC VACUUM, REMOVAL .

Fig. 8: Heater Core Return Tube, Nut & Bolt Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE:

Power steering pump not shown in illustration.

7. Raise and support the vehicle. Refer to JACKING AND HOISTING LIFT POINTS . 8. If equipped, remove the front skid plate, the front suspension skid plate, the transmission skid plate and the transfer case skid plate. Refer to UNDER BODY PROTECTION . 9. Drain the cooling system. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

10. Drain the engine oil. Refer to Engine/Lubrication/OIL - Standard Procedure. 11. Remove the nut (1) and bolt (4) from the support brackets of the heater core return tube (3). 12. Remove the A/C compressor mounting stud (2).

Fig. 9: Heater Core Return Hose, Heater Core Return Tube & Nut Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 13. Lower the vehicle. 14. Remove the nut (2) from the support bracket of the heater core return tube (3) and reposition the tube.

Fig. 10: Vapor Purge Tube & Fuel Purge Solenoid Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 15. Remove the vapor purge tube (1) from the fuel purge solenoid (2). Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE - QUICK-CONNECT FITTINGS .

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 11: PCV Hose & PCV Valve Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 16. Remove the PCV hose (1) from the PCV valve (2).

Fig. 12: Upper Intake Manifold & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 17. Remove the upper intake manifold (2) and insulator. Refer to MANIFOLD, INTAKE, REMOVAL.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 13: Transmission Breather Hose, Make-Up Air Tube & Clips Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 18. Disengage the clips (1), remove the make-up air tube (3) from the left cylinder head cover and reposition the transmission breather hose (2).

Fig. 14: Fuel Supply Hose At Underbody Fuel Supply Tube Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 19. Disconnect the fuel supply hose (1) from the underbody fuel tube (2). Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE - QUICK-CONNECT FITTINGS .

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 15: Cooling Fan Module Components Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 20. Remove the cooling fan module. Refer to FAN, COOLING, REMOVAL .

Fig. 16: Drive Belt Tensioners & Accessory Drive Belt Routing Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 21. Remove the accessory drive belt (4). Refer to BELT, SERPENTINE, REMOVAL . 22. Remove the generator (8). Refer to GENERATOR, REMOVAL .

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 17: Right Upstream Oxygen Electrical Sensor Connector, Down Pipe Flanges & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE:

Right catalytic converter shown in illustration, left catalytic converter similar.

23. Disconnect the right and left upstream oxygen sensor connectors (4) from the main wire harness. 24. Loosen the lower catalytic converter flange bolts (3). 25. Remove the upper catalytic converter flange bolts (1) and reposition the right and left catalytic converters (2).

Fig. 18: Engine Mount Heatshield & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE:

Left engine mount shown in illustration, right engine mount similar.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

26. Remove the bolts (1) and the engine mount heatshield (2) from both the left and right engine mounts.

Fig. 19: Variable Valve Timing Solenoid Connectors & Harness Retainers Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE:

Mark the variable valve timing solenoid connectors (2) with a paint pen or equivalent so that they may be reinstalled in their original locations.

27. Disconnect the electrical connectors (2) from the variable valve timing solenoids on the right cylinder head. 28. Disengage the starter harness to main harness retainer (3). 29. Disengage two starter wire harness retainers (1) from the right cylinder head cover.

Fig. 20: Main Wire Harness Retainer & Connector Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

30. Disconnect the electrical connector (1) from the right Camshaft Position (CMP) sensor. 31. Disengage the main wire harness retainer (2) from the right cylinder head cover mounting stud.

Fig. 21: Main Wire Harness Retainers At Right Cylinder Head Cover Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 32. Disengage four main wire harness retainers (1) from the right cylinder head cover.

Fig. 22: Wire Harness Retainers, Oil Pump Solenoid Electrical Connector & Ground Strap Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 33. Disconnect the oil pump solenoid electrical connector (2). 34. Disengage four wire harness retainers (1). 35. Remove the ground strap (3) from the right engine mount bracket.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 23: Variable Valve Timing Solenoid Connectors & Wire Harness Retainers Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE:

Mark the variable valve timing solenoid connectors (2) with a paint pen or equivalent so that they may be reinstalled in their original locations.

36. Disconnect the electrical connectors (2) from the left variable valve timing solenoids. 37. Disengage two starter wire harness retainers (1) from the left cylinder head cover.

Fig. 24: A/C Compressor Electrical Connector & Wire Harness Retainer Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 38. Disconnect the A/C compressor electrical connector (1) and disengage the wire harness retainer (2) from the A/C compressor discharge line.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 25: Starter Wire Harness Retainers, Main Wire Harness Retainer & Manifold Support Bracket Retainers Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 39. Disengage two starter wire harness retainers (1) from the upper intake manifold support brackets. 40. Disengage one main wire harness retainer (3) from the left cylinder head cover and two retainers (2) from the upper intake manifold support brackets.

Fig. 26: ECT Sensor Connector, CMP Sensor & Main Wire Harness Retainers Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 41. Disconnect the Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) sensor connector (3). 42. Disconnect the left Camshaft Position (CMP) sensor (5). 43. Disengage one main wire harness retainer (2) from the cylinder head cover and one main wire harness retainer (4) from the cylinder head cover mounting stud.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

44. Disengage the main wire harness retainer (1) form the rear of the lower intake manifold.

Fig. 27: A/C Compressor, Nut, Stud & Three Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 45. Remove the remaining three bolts (1) and reposition the A/C compressor (2).

Fig. 28: Upper Radiator Hose Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 46. Remove the upper radiator hose (1) from the engine thermostat housing.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 29: Lower Radiator Hose Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 47. Remove the lower radiator hose (1) from the engine coolant pump housing.

Fig. 30: Heater Core Return Hose, Heater Core Return Tube & Nut Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 48. Disconnect the heater core return hose (1).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 31: Power Steering Pump Mounting Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE:

Only two power steering pump mounting bolts are shown in illustration. Another bolt is on the lower end of the pump near the pulley.

49. Remove the three power steering pump mounting bolts (1) and reposition the power steering pump.

Fig. 32: Front Axle & Axle Bracket Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 50. Raise and support the vehicle. Refer to JACKING AND HOISTING LIFT POINTS . 51. If equipped with AWD, remove the front axle (1). Refer to REMOVAL .

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 33: Wire Harness Retainers Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 52. Remove the starter. Refer to STARTER, REMOVAL . 53. Disengage the starter wire harness retainer (2) and the main wire harness retainer (1) from the engine block.

Fig. 34: Engine Mount Isolator, Left Engine Mount Bracket & Retaining Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 54. Reinstall the left engine mount bracket (1) and isolator (4) assembly with four bolts (5) and two bolts (3). Tighten all bolts to 61 N.m (45 ft. lbs.).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 35: Transmission Cooler Line Retainer Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 55. Unclip the transmission cooler line retainer (1) from the upper oil pan flange.

Fig. 36: CKP Sensor Heat Shield Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 56. Push back the heatshield (1) from the crankshaft position (CKP) sensor.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 37: Main Wire Harness Retainers & CKP Sensor Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 57. Disconnect the main wire harness from the Crankshaft Position (CKP) sensor (3). 58. Disengage one main wire harness retainer (1) from the engine block and one main wire harness retainer (2) from the right engine mounting bracket. 59. Disconnect and reposition the power cord from the engine block heater (if equipped).

Fig. 38: Torque Converter Bolt Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 60. Rotate the crankshaft in a clockwise direction until the torque converter bolts (1) are accessible through the starter mounting. Remove the six torque converter bolts (1).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 39: Crossmember Brace & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE:

If equipped with AWD, the rear of the engine must be lowered in order to access the upper transmission to engine bolts.

61. If equipped with AWD, support the transmission with a suitable jack, remove three crossmember brace bolts (1), six crossmember bolts (2) and adjust the jack to lower the rear of the engine.

Fig. 40: Transmission Fluid Level Indicator Tube & Bolt Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 62. Loosen the bolt (1) securing the transmission fluid level indicator tube (2) to the transmission housing.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 41: Upper Transmission Engine Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 63. Remove four upper transmission to engine bolts (1).

Fig. 42: Engine Injection/Ignition Harness & Engine Oil Pressure/Temperature Harness Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 64. Disconnect the main harness from the engine injection/ignition harness (1) at the rear of the left cylinder head. 65. Disconnect the main harness from the engine oil pressure/temperature harness (2) at the rear of the left cylinder head.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 43: Crossmember Brace & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 66. If equipped with AWD, raise the rear of the engine, reinstall six crossmember bolts (2) and three crossmember brace bolts (1). Tighten all bolts to 55 N.m (41 ft. lbs.).

Fig. 44: Side Engine-To-Transmission Bolt, Transmission Dust Shield Retaining Bolt & Dust Shield Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 67. Remove the bolt (2) and the torque converter dust shield (3). 68. Remove the side engine to transmission bolt (1).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 45: Rubber Plugs Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 69. Remove two rubber plugs (1) covering the rear oil seal retainer flange bolts.

Fig. 46: Transmission-To-Engine Oil Pan Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 70. Remove four transmission to the engine oil pan bolts (1).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 47: Oil Level Indicator & Retaining Bolt Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 71. Lower the vehicle. 72. Remove the bolt (1) and remove the oil level indicator (2).

Fig. 48: Heater Core Supply Tube Support Bracket & Retaining Bolt Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 73. Remove the bolt (2) and the heater core supply tube (1).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 49: Transfer Case Vent Hose Retainer & Upper Intake Manifold Support Bracket Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 74. If equipped with AWD, disengage the transfer case vent hose retainer (1) from the upper intake manifold support bracket (2).

Fig. 50: Left Intake Manifold Support Brackets & Retaining Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 75. Remove the bolts (2) and remove the LH upper intake manifold support brackets (1).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 51: Driver Side Engine Lifting Bracket & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 76. Install the Driver Side Engine Lifting Bracket (special tool #10242-1, Brackets, Engine Lifting, Left Side) (1) on the LH cylinder head with bolts (2) provided with the Engine Lifting Bracket. Tighten the bolts to 21 N.m (15 ft. lbs.).

Fig. 52: Passenger Side Engine Lifting Bracket & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 77. Install the Passenger Side Engine Lifting Bracket (special tool #10242-2, Brackets, Engine Lifting, Right Side) (1) on the RH cylinder head with bolts (2) from the Engine Lifting Bracket. Tighten the bolts to 21 N.m (15 ft. lbs.).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 53: Lifting Sling, Engine Lifting Brackets & Engine Hoist Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 78. Reposition the starter wire harness and the main wire harness to the rear of the engine compartment. 79. Position a load-leveling lifting sling (2), such as OTC® 4305 Engine Load Leveler or equivalent, between the engine lifting brackets (3) and an engine hoist (1).

Fig. 54: Left Engine Mount Isolator & Upper Retaining Nut Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE:

Left engine mount shown in illustration, right engine mount similar.

80. Support the transmission with a suitable jack. 81. Remove both the left and right engine mount nuts (1).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

CAUTION: While slowly separating the engine from the vehicle, constant checks must be made to assure proper positioning and that no damage to other components or wiring harnesses occur during separation. 82. Carefully remove the engine from the engine bay area. 83. If required, remove the following components for installation on the replacement engine:      

LH engine mount bracket RH engine mount bracket Accessory drive belt tensioner Upper intake manifold support bracket Heater core return tube Block heater (if equipped)

INSTALLATION INSTALLATION - 3.6L ENGINE

Fig. 55: Upper Intake Manifold & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE:

If installing a replacement engine, transfer components such as engine mount brackets, block heater, accessories, heater hoses and tubes to the replacement engine.

1. If required, remove the upper intake manifold. Refer to MANIFOLD, INTAKE, REMOVAL.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 56: Driver Side Engine Lifting Bracket & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 2. Install the Driver Side Engine Lifting Bracket (special tool #10242-1, Brackets, Engine Lifting, Left Side) (1) on the LH cylinder head with bolts (2) provided with the Engine Lifting Bracket. Tighten the bolts to 21 N.m (15 ft. lbs.).

Fig. 57: Passenger Side Engine Lifting Bracket & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 3. Install the Passenger Side Engine Lifting Bracket (special tool #10242-2, Brackets, Engine Lifting, Right Side) (1) on the RH cylinder head with bolts (2) from the Engine Lifting Bracket. Tighten the bolts to 21 N.m (15 ft. lbs.).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 58: Lifting Sling, Engine Lifting Brackets & Engine Hoist Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 4. Position a load-leveling lifting sling (2), such as OTC® 4305 Engine Load Leveler or equivalent, between the engine lifting brackets (3) and an engine hoist (1). 5. Reposition the starter wire harness and the main wire harness to the rear of the engine compartment.

Fig. 59: Left Engine Mount Isolator & Upper Retaining Nut Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE:

Left engine mount shown in illustration, right engine mount similar.

6. Position the engine in the vehicle while aligning the two locator dowels into the transmission housing. 7. Align the tab on the isolators (3) with the notch in the engine mount brackets (2) and lower the engine so the weight is resting on the isolators.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

8. Install the left and right engine mount nuts (1) and tighten to 61 N.m (45 ft.lbs.).

Fig. 60: Left Intake Manifold Support Brackets & Retaining Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 9. Remove the engine lifting brackets and install the LH upper intake manifold support brackets (1). Loosely install the studbolts (2).

Fig. 61: Starter Wire Harness Retainers, Main Wire Harness Retainer & Manifold Support Bracket Retainers Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 10. Route the main wire harness and starter wire harness on the engine. 11. Engage two starter wire harness retainers (1) to the upper intake manifold support brackets. 12. Engage one main wire harness retainer (3) to the left cylinder head cover and two retainers (2) to the upper intake manifold support brackets.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 62: ECT Sensor Connector, CMP Sensor & Main Wire Harness Retainers Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 13. Connect the Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) sensor connector (3). 14. Connect the left Camshaft Position (CMP) sensor (5). 15. Engage one main wire harness retainer (2) to the cylinder head cover and one main wire harness retainer (4) to the cylinder head cover mounting stud. 16. Engage the main wire harness retainer (1) to the rear of the lower intake manifold.

Fig. 63: Main Wire Harness Retainer & Connector Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 17. Connect the electrical connector (1) to the right Camshaft Position (CMP) sensor. 18. Engage the main wire harness retainer (2) to the right cylinder head cover mounting stud.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 64: Main Wire Harness Retainers At Right Cylinder Head Cover Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 19. Engage four main wire harness retainers (1) to the right cylinder head cover.

Fig. 65: Variable Valve Timing Solenoid Connectors & Harness Retainers Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 20. Connect the electrical connectors (2) to the variable valve timing solenoids on the right cylinder head. 21. Engage two starter wire harness retainers (1) to the right cylinder head cover. 22. Engage the starter harness to main harness retainer (3).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 66: Wire Harness Retainers, Oil Pump Solenoid Electrical Connector & Ground Strap Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 23. Connect the oil pump solenoid electrical connector (2). 24. Engage four wire harness retainers (1). 25. Install the ground strap (3) to the right engine mount bracket.

Fig. 67: Transmission-To-Engine Oil Pan Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 26. Raise and support the vehicle. Refer to JACKING AND HOISTING LIFT POINTS . 27. Install the four transmission to the engine oil pan bolts (1). Tighten the bolts to 55 N.m (41 ft. lbs.).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 68: Rubber Plugs Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 28. Install two rubber plugs (1) covering the rear oil seal retainer flange bolts.

Fig. 69: Side Engine-To-Transmission Bolt, Transmission Dust Shield Retaining Bolt & Dust Shield Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 29. Install the side engine to transmission bolt (1). Tighten the bolt to 55 N.m (41 ft. lbs.). 30. Install the torque converter dust shield (3) with the bolt (2). Tighten the bolt to 12 N.m (106 in. lbs.).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 70: Crossmember Brace & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE:

If equipped with AWD, the rear of the engine must be lowered in order to access the upper transmission to engine bolts.

31. If equipped with AWD, support the transmission with a suitable jack, remove three crossmember brace bolts (1), six crossmember bolts (2) and adjust the jack to lower the rear of the engine.

Fig. 71: Upper Transmission Engine Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 32. Install the four upper transmission to engine bolts (1). Tighten the bolts to 55 N.m (41 ft. lbs.).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 72: Transmission Fluid Level Indicator Tube & Bolt Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 33. Install the bolt (1) securing the transmission fluid level indicator tube (2) to the transmission housing and tighten to 12 N.m (106 in. lbs.).

Fig. 73: Engine Injection/Ignition Harness & Engine Oil Pressure/Temperature Harness Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 34. Connect the main harness to the engine injection/ignition harness (1) at the rear of the left cylinder head. 35. Connect the main harness to the engine oil pressure/temperature harness (2) at the rear of the left cylinder head.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 74: Crossmember Brace & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 36. If equipped with AWD, raise the rear of the engine, reinstall six crossmember bolts (2) and three crossmember brace bolts (1). Tighten all bolts to 55 N.m (41 ft. lbs.).

Fig. 75: Torque Converter Bolt Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 37. Rotate the crankshaft in a clockwise direction and install the six torque converter bolts (1) through the starter mounting. Tighten the bolts to 42 N.m (31 ft. lbs.).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 76: Transmission Cooler Line Retainer Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 38. Clip the transmission cooler line retainer (1) to the oil pan flange.

Fig. 77: Wire Harness Retainers Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 39. Engage the starter wire harness retainer (2) and the main wire harness retainer (1) to the engine block. 40. Install the starter. Refer to STARTER, INSTALLATION .

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 78: Main Wire Harness Retainers & CKP Sensor Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 41. Connect the power cord to the engine block heater (if equipped). 42. Connect the main wire harness to the Crankshaft Position (CKP) sensor (3). 43. Engage one main wire harness retainer (1) to the engine block and one main wire harness retainer (2) to the right engine mounting bracket.

Fig. 79: CKP Sensor Heat Shield Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 44. Position the heatshield (1) over the crankshaft position (CKP) sensor.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 80: Front Axle & Axle Bracket Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 45. If equipped with AWD, install the front axle (1). Refer to INSTALLATION .

Fig. 81: Transfer Case Vent Hose Retainer & Upper Intake Manifold Support Bracket Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 46. Lower the vehicle. 47. If equipped with AWD, engage the transfer case vent hose retainer (1) to the upper intake manifold support bracket (2).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 82: Heater Core Supply Tube Support Bracket & Retaining Bolt Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 48. Install the heater core supply tube (1) with one bolt (2) tightened to 12 N.m (106 in. lbs.).

Fig. 83: Oil Level Indicator & Retaining Bolt Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 49. Install the oil level indicator (2) with bolt (1) tightened 12 N.m (106 in. lbs.).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 84: Power Steering Pump Mounting Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE:

Only two power steering pump mounting bolts are shown in illustration. Another bolt is on the lower end of the pump near the pulley.

50. Position the power steering pump (4) to the mounting bracket. Install the three pump mounting bolts (1) and tighten to 25 N.m (18 ft. lbs.).

Fig. 85: A/C Compressor, Nut, Stud & Three Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 51. Install the A/C compressor (2) with three bolts (1) tightened to 25 N.m (18 ft. lbs.).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 86: Heater Core Return Hose, Heater Core Return Tube & Nut Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 52. Connect the heater core return hose (1).

Fig. 87: Lower Radiator Hose Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 53. Install the lower radiator hose (1) to the engine coolant pump housing.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 88: Upper Radiator Hose Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 54. Install the upper radiator hose (1) to the engine thermostat housing.

Fig. 89: Variable Valve Timing Solenoid Connectors & Wire Harness Retainers Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 55. Connect the electrical connectors (2) to the left variable valve timing solenoids. 56. Engage two starter wire harness retainers (1) to the left cylinder head cover.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 90: A/C Compressor Electrical Connector & Wire Harness Retainer Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 57. Connect the A/C compressor electrical connector (1) and Engage the wire harness retainer (2) to the A/C compressor discharge line.

Fig. 91: Engine Mount Heatshield & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE:

Left engine mount shown in illustration, right engine mount similar.

58. Install the engine mount heatshield (2) to both the left and right engine mounts with two bolts (1) tightened to 12 N.m (106 in. lbs.).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 92: Right Upstream Oxygen Electrical Sensor Connector, Down Pipe Flanges & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE:

Right catalytic converter shown in illustration, left catalytic converter similar.

59. Install the right and left catalytic converters (2) onto the partially installed lower catalytic converter flange bolts (3). 60. Install the upper catalytic converter flange bolts (1) and tighten all M8 bolts to 23 N.m (17 ft. lbs.). 61. Connect the right and left upstream oxygen sensor connectors (4) to the main wire harness.

Fig. 93: Drive Belt Tensioners & Accessory Drive Belt Routing Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 62. Install the generator (8). Refer to GENERATOR, INSTALLATION .

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

63. Install the accessory drive belt (4). Refer to BELT, SERPENTINE, INSTALLATION .

Fig. 94: Cooling Fan Module Components Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 64. Install the cooling fan module. Refer to FAN, COOLING, INSTALLATION .

Fig. 95: Fuel Supply Hose At Underbody Fuel Supply Tube Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 65. Connect the fuel supply hose (1) to the underbody fuel tube (2). Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE QUICK-CONNECT FITTINGS .

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 96: Transmission Breather Hose, Make-Up Air Tube & Clips Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 66. Install the make-up air tube (3) to the left cylinder head cover and engage the clips (1) to the transmission breather hose (2).

Fig. 97: Upper Intake Manifold Bolt Tightening Sequence Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 67. Install the upper intake manifold and insulator. Refer to MANIFOLD, INTAKE, INSTALLATION.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 98: PCV Hose & PCV Valve Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 68. Install the PCV hose (1) to the PCV valve (2).

Fig. 99: Vapor Purge Tube & Fuel Purge Solenoid Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 69. Install the vapor purge tube (1) to the fuel purge solenoid (2). Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE QUICK-CONNECT FITTINGS .

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 100: Heater Core Return Hose, Heater Core Return Tube & Nut Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 70. Install the nut (2) to the support bracket of the heater core return tube (3) and tighten to 12 N.m (106 in. lbs.).

Fig. 101: Heater Core Return Tube, Nut & Bolt Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE:

Power steering pump not shown in illustration.

71. Raise and support the vehicle. Refer to JACKING AND HOISTING LIFT POINTS . 72. Install the A/C compressor mounting stud (2) and tighten to 25 N.m (18 ft. lbs.). 73. Install the nut (1) and bolt (4) to the support brackets of the heater core return tube (3). Tighten to 12 N.m (106 in. lbs.).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

74. If equipped, install the transfer case skid plate, the transmission skid plate, the front suspension skid plate and the front skid plate. Refer to UNDER BODY PROTECTION .

Fig. 102: Mounting Bracket, Bolts, Electrical Connector, Vacuum Pump, Locking Tab & QuickConnect Type End Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 75. Lower the vehicle. 76. Install the electric vacuum pump (4) and mounting bracket (1). Refer to PUMP, ELECTRIC VACUUM, INSTALLATION .

Fig. 103: Air Inlet Hose, Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector & Clamps Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 77. Install the air inlet hose (3) and the air cleaner body. Refer to BODY, AIR CLEANER, INSTALLATION.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 104: Engine Cover Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 78. If removed, install the oil filter and fill the engine crankcase with the proper oil to the correct level. Refer to Engine/Lubrication/OIL - Standard Procedure. 79. Fill the cooling system. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE . 80. Install the engine cover (1). 81. Install the hood. Refer to HOOD, INSTALLATION . 82. Connect the negative battery cable and tighten nut to 5 N.m (45 in. lbs.). 83. Run the engine until it reaches normal operating temperature. Check cooling system for correct fluid level. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE . NOTE:

The Cam/Crank Variation Relearn procedure must be performed using the scan tool anytime there has been a repair/replacement made to a powertrain system, for example: flywheel, valvetrain, camshaft and/or crankshaft sensors or components.

SPECIAL TOOLS SPECIAL TOOLS 10198 - Holder, Vibration Dampener (Originally Shipped In Kit Number(s) 10223.) 10199 - Installer, Front Crankshaft Oil Seal (Originally Shipped In Kit Number(s) 10223.) 10200-1 - Holder, Timing Chain, Left Side 10200-2 - Holder, Timing Chain, Right Side 10200-3 - Pin 10202 - Locks, Camshaft/Phaser

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

10202-1 - Lock, Camshaft/Phaser, Right Side 10202-2 - Lock, Camshaft/Phaser, Left Side 10224 - Adapter, Valve Spring (Originally Shipped In Kit Number(s) 10223.) 10242-1 - Brackets, Engine Lifting, Left Side (Originally Shipped In Kit Number(s) 10223.) 10242-2 - Brackets, Engine Lifting, Right Side (Originally Shipped In Kit Number(s) 10223.) 10255 - Installer, Spark Plug Tube 10256 - Installer, Cam Installer, Cam Sensor/ Spark Plug Tube Seal (Originally Shipped In Kit Number(s) 10256.) 10368 - Set, Universal Protective Cap 10369 - Holder, Timing Chain 7700-A - Tester, Cooling System 8189 - Guide Pins (Originally Shipped In Kit Number(s) 8180, 8180CC, 8263, 8263CC.) 8511 - Remover, Seal (Originally Shipped In Kit Number(s) 8283, 8283CC, 8527, 8527CC, 8575, 8575CC, 9975.) 8514 - Pins, Tensioner (Originally Shipped In Kit Number(s) 8283, 8283CC, 8527, 8527CC, 8575, 8575CC, 9975.) 8534B - Support Fixture, Engine (Originally Shipped In Kit Number(s) 8534, 8534B, 8849, 9565.) C-119 - Cylinder Indicator C-3292A - Gauge, Pressure C-3339A - Set, Dial Indicator (Originally Shipped In Kit Number(s) 9202.) C-3422-D - Compressor, Valve Spring C-3685-A - Bloc-Chek Kit C-385 - Compressor, Piston MD998772A - Compressor, Valve Spring (Originally Shipped In Kit Number(s) 8678, 8853, 8854.)

AIR INTAKE SYSTEM AIR CLEANER REMOVAL REMOVAL - AIR CLEANER

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 105: Air Cleaner Housing Cover Latches Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Release the air cleaner housing cover latches (1).

Fig. 106: Air Cleaner Housing Cover, Tabs & Air Cleaner Element Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 2. Lift the cover (1) and release the cover to housing alignment tabs (2). 3. Remove the air cleaner element (3). CAUTION: Do not use compressed air to clean out the air cleaner housing without first covering the air inlet to the throttle body. Dirt or foreign objects could enter the intake manifold causing engine damage. 4. Remove any dirt or debris from the bottom of the air cleaner housing.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

INSTALLATION INSTALLATION - AIR CLEANER

Fig. 107: Air Cleaner Housing Cover, Tabs & Air Cleaner Element Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Install the air cleaner element (3) into the air cleaner housing. 2. Position the cover (1) so that the alignment tabs insert into the lower housing (2).

Fig. 108: Air Cleaner Housing Cover Latches Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 3. Seat the cover onto the housing and secure the housing cover latches (1). BODY, AIR CLEANER

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

REMOVAL REMOVAL - AIR CLEANER BODY

Fig. 109: Engine Cover Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Disconnect and isolate the negative battery cable. 2. Remove the engine cover (1).

Fig. 110: Air Inlet Hose, Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector & Clamps Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 3. Disconnect the electrical connector (2) from the Inlet Air Temperature (IAT) sensor. 4. Loosen the clamp (1) at the throttle body. 5. Loosen the clamp (4) at the air cleaner body.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

6. Remove the air inlet hose (3).

Fig. 111: Air Cleaner Body, Hood Seal, Push Pin, Air Makeup Hose & Hose Retainer Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 7. 8. 9. 10.

Disconnect the fresh air makeup hose (4) from the air cleaner body. Disengage the hose retainer (5) from the air cleaner body. Remove the push pin (3). Reposition the hood seal (2) and pull the air cleaner body (1) straight up off of the locating pins.

INSTALLATION INSTALLATION - AIR CLEANER BODY

Fig. 112: Air Cleaner Body, Hood Seal, Push Pin, Air Makeup Hose & Hose Retainer Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

1. Install the air cleaner body (1) straight down on the locating pins while routing the air inlet under the hood seal (2). 2. Install the push pin (3). 3. Engage the hose retainer (5) to the air cleaner body. 4. Install the fresh air makeup hose (4) to the air cleaner body.

Fig. 113: Air Inlet Hose, Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector & Clamps Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 5. Install the air inlet hose (3) to the air cleaner body and the throttle body. Tighten the clamps (1) and (4) to 4 N.m (35 in. lbs.). 6. Connect the electrical connector (2) to the Inlet Air Temperature (IAT) sensor.

Fig. 114: Engine Cover Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

7. Install the engine cover (1). 8. Connect the negative battery cable and tighten nut to 5 N.m (45 in. lbs.).

CYLINDER HEAD DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION

Fig. 115: Aluminum Cylinder Head Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC The 3.6L aluminum cylinder heads are a unique design with left and right castings. The exhaust manifolds are integrated into the cylinder heads. The cylinder head features four valves per cylinder with pressed in powdered metal valve guides. The valve guides are not serviceable. The DOHC valvetrain uses roller rocker arms with hydraulic lifters. The cylinder head's camshaft bearing caps are made of powdered metal and the location and direction of each cap is marked on the side of the caps. The spark plug tubes are pressed into the cylinder heads and sealed in place. The tubes are a thin wall design and caution must be taken when working in the spark plug tube area. DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING CYLINDER HEAD GASKET

A cylinder head gasket leak can be located between adjacent cylinders or between a cylinder and the adjacent water jacket. Possible indications of the cylinder head gasket leaking between adjacent cylinders are:  

Loss of engine power Engine misfiring

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee



Poor fuel economy

Possible indications of the cylinder head gasket leaking between a cylinder and an adjacent water jacket are:    

Engine overheating Loss of coolant Excessive steam (white smoke) emitting from exhaust Coolant foaming

CYLINDER-TO-CYLINDER LEAKAGE TEST

To determine if an engine cylinder head gasket is leaking between adjacent cylinders, follow the procedures in Cylinder Compression Pressure Test. Refer to CYLINDER COMPRESSION PRESSURE LEAKAGE. An engine cylinder head gasket leaking between adjacent cylinders will result in approximately a 50 - 70% reduction in compression pressure. CYLINDER-TO-WATER JACKET LEAKAGE TEST

WARNING: USE EXTREME CAUTION WHEN THE ENGINE IS OPERATING WITH COOLANT PRESSURE CAP REMOVED. VISUAL TEST METHOD

With the engine cool, remove the coolant pressure cap. Start the engine and allow it to warm up until thermostat opens. If a large combustion/compression pressure leak exists, bubbles will be visible in the coolant. COOLING SYSTEM TESTER METHOD

Fig. 116: Cooling System Pressure Tester - 7700-A Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC WARNING: WITH COOLING SYSTEM TESTER IN PLACE, PRESSURE WILL BUILD UP FAST. EXCESSIVE PRESSURE BUILT UP, BY CONTINUOUS ENGINE OPERATION, MUST BE RELEASED TO A SAFE PRESSURE POINT. NEVER PERMIT PRESSURE TO EXCEED 138 kPa (20 psi).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Install Cooling System Tester (special tool #7700-A, Tester, Cooling System) or equivalent to pressure cap neck. Start the engine and observe the tester's pressure gauge. If gauge pulsates with every power stroke of a cylinder a combustion pressure leak is evident. CHEMICAL TEST METHOD

Fig. 117: Bloc-Chek Kit C-3685-A Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC Combustion leaks into the cooling system can also be checked by using Bloc-Chek Kit (special tool #C-3685-A, Bloc-Chek Kit) or equivalent. Perform test following the procedures supplied with the tool kit. HYDRAULIC LASH ADJUSTER

A tappet-like noise may be produced from several items. Check the following items. 1. Engine oil level too high or too low. This may cause aerated oil to enter the adjusters and cause them to be spongy. 2. Insufficient running time after rebuilding cylinder head. Low speed running up to 1 hour may be required. 3. Turn engine off and let set for a few minutes before restarting. Repeat this several times after engine has reached normal operating temperature. 4. Low oil pressure. 5. The oil passage in cylinder head gasket or the oil passage to the cylinder head is plugged with debris. 6. Air ingested into oil due to broken or cracked oil pump pick up. 7. Worn valve guides. 8. Rocker arm ears contacting valve spring retainer. 9. Rocker arm loose, adjuster stuck or at maximum extension and still leaves lash in the system. 10. Oil leak or excessive cam bore wear in cylinder head. 11. Faulty lash adjuster. a. Check lash adjusters for "sponginess" while installed in cylinder head and cam on camshaft at base circle. Depress part of rocker arm over adjuster. Normal adjusters should feel firm when pressed quickly. When pressed very slowly, lash adjusters should collapse. b. Remove suspected lash adjusters, and replace. c. Before installation, make sure adjusters are full of oil. This can be verified by little plunger travel when lash adjuster is depressed quickly. REMOVAL

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

LEFT

Fig. 118: Magnetic Timing Wheels Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC CAUTION: The magnetic timing wheels (1) must not come in contact with magnets (pickup tools, trays, etc.) or any other strong magnetic field. This will destroy the timing wheels ability to correctly relay camshaft position to the camshaft position sensor.

Fig. 119: Engine Cover Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Perform the fuel pressure release procedure. Refer to FUEL SYSTEM PRESSURE RELEASE . 2. Disconnect and isolate the negative battery cable. 3. Remove the engine cover (1).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 120: Air Inlet Hose, Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector & Clamps Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 4. Remove the air inlet hose (3) and the air cleaner body. Refer to BODY, AIR CLEANER, REMOVAL.

Fig. 121: Mounting Bracket, Bolts, Electrical Connector, Vacuum Pump, Locking Tab & QuickConnect Type End Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 5. Remove the electric vacuum pump (4) and mounting bracket (1). Refer to PUMP, ELECTRIC VACUUM, REMOVAL .

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 122: Heater Core Return Tube, Nut & Bolt Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE:

Power steering pump not shown in illustration.

6. Raise and support the vehicle. Refer to HOISTING, STANDARD PROCEDURE . 7. If equipped, remove the front skid plate and front suspension skid plate. Refer to UNDER BODY PROTECTION . 8. Drain the cooling system. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE . 9. Drain the engine oil. Refer to Engine/Lubrication/OIL - Standard Procedure. 10. Remove the nut (1) and bolt (4) from the support brackets of the heater core return tube (3). 11. Remove the A/C compressor mounting stud (2).

Fig. 123: Heater Core Return Hose, Heater Core Return Tube & Nut Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

12. Lower the vehicle. 13. Remove the nut (2) from the support bracket of the heater core return tube (3) and reposition the tube.

Fig. 124: Vapor Purge Tube & Fuel Purge Solenoid Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 14. Remove the vapor purge tube (1) from the fuel purge solenoid (2). Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE - QUICK-CONNECT FITTINGS .

Fig. 125: Upper Intake Manifold & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 15. Remove the upper and lower intake manifolds (2) and insulator. Refer to MANIFOLD, INTAKE, REMOVAL.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 126: Transmission Breather Hose, Make-Up Air Tube & Clips Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 16. Disengage the clips (1), remove the make-up air tube (3) from the left cylinder head cover and reposition the transmission breather hose (2).

Fig. 127: Right Upstream Oxygen Electrical Sensor Connector, Down Pipe Flanges & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE:

Right catalytic converter shown in illustration, left catalytic converter similar.

17. Disconnect the left upstream oxygen sensor connector (4) from the main wire harness. 18. Loosen the lower catalytic converter flange bolts (3). 19. Remove the upper catalytic converter flange bolts (1) and reposition the catalytic converter (2).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 128: Drive Belt Tensioners & Accessory Drive Belt Routing Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 20. Remove the accessory drive belt (4). Refer to BELT, SERPENTINE, REMOVAL .

Fig. 129: A/C Compressor Electrical Connector & Wire Harness Retainer Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 21. Disconnect the A/C compressor electrical connector (1) and disengage the wire harness retainer (2) from the A/C compressor discharge line.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 130: A/C Compressor, Nut, Stud & Three Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 22. Remove the remaining three bolts (1) and reposition the A/C compressor (2).

Fig. 131: ECT Sensor Connector, CMP Sensor & Main Wire Harness Retainers Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 23. Disconnect the Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) sensor electrical connector (3).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 132: Injection/Ignition Electrical Connector & Engine Oil Pressure/Temperature Sensor Electrical Connector Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 24. Disconnect the ignition coil capacitor electrical connector. 25. Disengage the injection/ignition harness connector (1) and the engine oil pressure/temperature harness connector (3) from the retainer bracket (2) on the rear of the left cylinder head.

Fig. 133: Starter Wire Harness Retainers, Main Wire Harness Retainer & Manifold Support Bracket Retainers Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 26. Disengage two starter wire harness retainers (1) from the upper intake manifold support brackets. 27. Disengage one main wire harness retainer (3) from the left cylinder head cover and two retainers (2) from the upper intake manifold support brackets.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 134: Left Intake Manifold Support Brackets & Retaining Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 28. Remove the bolts (2) and remove the LH upper intake manifold support brackets (1).

Fig. 135: Piston Extension & RH Cam Chain Tensioner Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 29. Remove the spark plugs. Refer to SPARK PLUG, REMOVAL . 30. Remove the cylinder head covers, lower and upper oil pans, crankshaft vibration damper and engine timing cover. Refer to COVER(S), ENGINE TIMING, REMOVAL. NOTE:

Take this opportunity to measure timing chain wear. Refer to Engine/Valve Timing - Standard Procedure.

31. Lower the vehicle.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 136: Rotating Crankshaft Clockwise To Position No. 1 Piston At TDC On Exhaust Stroke Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC CAUTION: When aligning timing marks, always rotate engine by turning the crankshaft. Failure to do so will result in valve and/or piston damage. 32. Rotate the crankshaft CW to place the number one piston at TDC on the exhaust stroke by aligning the dimple (4) on the crankshaft with the block/bearing cap junction (5). The left side cam phaser arrows (2) should point toward each other and be parallel to the valve cover sealing surface (3). The right side cam phaser arrows (7) should point away from each other and the scribe lines (9) should be parallel to the valve cover sealing surface (8). CAUTION: Always reinstall timing chains so that they maintain the same direction of rotation. Inverting a previously run chain on a previously run sprocket will result in excessive wear to both the chain and sprocket. 33. Mark the direction of rotation on the timing chain using a paint pen or equivalent to aid in reassembly.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 137: Resetting Left Cam Chain Tensioner Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC CAUTION: When the timing chains are removed and the cylinder heads are still installed, DO NOT rotate the camshafts or crankshaft without first locating the proper crankshaft position. Failure to do so will result in valve and/or piston damage. 34. Reset the LH cam chain tensioner by lifting the pawl (1), pushing back the piston (2) and installing Tensioner Pin (special tool #8514, Pins, Tensioner) (3). Refer to Engine/Valve Timing - Standard Procedure.

Fig. 138: Phaser Timing Marks, Oil Control Valves & LH Camshaft Phaser Lock Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE:

Minor rotation of a camshaft (a few degrees) may be required to install the

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

camshaft phaser lock. 35. 36. 37. 38.

Install the LH Camshaft Phaser Lock (special tool #10202, Locks, Camshaft/Phaser) (4). Loosen both the intake oil control valve (6) and exhaust oil control valve (2). Remove the LH Camshaft Phaser Lock (special tool #10202, Locks, Camshaft/Phaser) (4). Remove the oil control valve (2) from the left side exhaust cam phaser and pull the phaser off of the camshaft. 39. Remove the oil control valve (6) from the left side intake cam phaser and pull the phaser off of the camshaft.

Fig. 139: Left Cam Chain Tensioner, Arm, Guide & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 40. Remove the LH cam chain tensioner arm (1). 41. Remove two T30 bolts (6) and the LH cam chain tensioner (5). 42. Remove two T30 bolts (4) and the LH cam chain guide (2).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 140: Cylinder Head Retaining Bolt Removal Sequence Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 43. Remove the left camshafts. Refer to CAMSHAFT, ENGINE, REMOVAL. NOTE:

If the rocker arms are to be reused, identify their positions so that they can be reassembled into their original locations.

44. Remove the rocker arms. Refer to ROCKER ARM, VALVE, REMOVAL. NOTE:

If the hydraulic lifters are to be reused, identify their positions so that they can be reassembled into their original locations.

45. If required, remove the hydraulic lifters. Refer to LIFTER(S), HYDRAULIC, REMOVAL. 46. Using the sequence shown in illustration, remove the cylinder head retaining bolts.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 141: Head Gasket & Locating Dowels Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE:

Right head gasket shown in illustration, left head gasket similar. WARNING: The multi-layered steel head gaskets have very sharp edges that could cause personal injury if not handled carefully.

NOTE:

The head gasket (1) crimps the locating dowels (2) and the dowels may pull out of the engine block when the head gasket is removed.

47. Remove the cylinder head and gasket (1). Discard the gasket. CAUTION: Do not lay the cylinder head on its gasket sealing surface, due to the design of the cylinder head gasket, any distortion to the cylinder head sealing surface may prevent the gasket from properly sealing resulting in leaks.

Fig. 142: ECT Sensor, Ignition Coil Capacitor, Engine Wire Harness Retainer Bracket & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 48. If required, remove the Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) sensor (4). 49. If required, remove the bolt (2) and the ignition coil capacitor (1). 50. If required, remove the bolt (3) and the engine wire harness retainer bracket (5). RIGHT

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 143: Magnetic Timing Wheels Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC CAUTION: The magnetic timing wheels (1) must not come in contact with magnets (pickup tools, trays, etc.) or any other strong magnetic field. This will destroy the timing wheels ability to correctly relay camshaft position to the camshaft position sensor.

Fig. 144: Engine Cover Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Perform the fuel pressure release procedure. Refer to FUEL SYSTEM PRESSURE RELEASE . 2. Disconnect and isolate the negative battery cable. 3. Remove the engine cover (1).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 145: Air Inlet Hose, Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector & Clamps Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 4. 5. 6. 7.

Disconnect the electrical connector (2) from the Inlet Air Temperature (IAT) sensor. Loosen the clamp (1) at the throttle body. Loosen the clamp (4) at the air cleaner body. Remove the air inlet hose (3).

Fig. 146: Mounting Bracket, Bolts, Electrical Connector, Vacuum Pump, Locking Tab & QuickConnect Type End Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 8. Remove the electric vacuum pump (4) and mounting bracket (1). Refer to PUMP, ELECTRIC VACUUM, REMOVAL .

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 147: PCV Hose & PCV Valve Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 9. Raise and support the vehicle. Refer to HOISTING, STANDARD PROCEDURE . 10. If equipped, remove the front skid plate and front suspension skid plate. Refer to UNDER BODY PROTECTION . 11. Drain the cooling system. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE . 12. Drain the engine oil. Refer to Engine/Lubrication/OIL - Standard Procedure. 13. Lower the vehicle. 14. Remove the PCV hose (1) from the PCV valve (2).

Fig. 148: Upper Intake Manifold & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 15. Remove the upper and lower intake manifolds (2) and insulator. Refer to MANIFOLD, INTAKE,

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

REMOVAL.

Fig. 149: Right Upstream Oxygen Electrical Sensor Connector, Down Pipe Flanges & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 16. Disconnect the right upstream oxygen sensor connector (4) from the main wire harness. 17. Loosen the lower catalytic converter flange bolts (3). 18. Remove the upper catalytic converter flange bolts (1) and reposition the catalytic converter (2).

Fig. 150: Drive Belt Tensioners & Accessory Drive Belt Routing Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 19. Remove the accessory drive belt (4). Refer to BELT, SERPENTINE, REMOVAL . 20. Remove the generator (8). Refer to GENERATOR, REMOVAL .

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 151: Oil Level Indicator & Retaining Bolt Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 21. Remove the bolt (1) and remove the oil level indicator (2).

Fig. 152: Heater Core Supply Tube Support Bracket & Retaining Bolt Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 22. Remove the bolt (2) and the heater core supply tube (1).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 153: Upper Intake Manifold Support Bracket, Stud & Fasteners Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 23. Disconnect the ignition coil capacitor electrical connector. 24. Remove the studbolt (3) and remove the upper intake manifold support bracket (2).

Fig. 154: Piston Extension & RH Cam Chain Tensioner Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 25. Remove the spark plugs. Refer to SPARK PLUG, REMOVAL . 26. Remove the cylinder head covers, lower and upper oil pans, crankshaft vibration damper and engine timing cover. Refer to COVER(S), ENGINE TIMING, REMOVAL. NOTE:

Take this opportunity to measure timing chain wear. Refer to Engine/Valve Timing - Standard Procedure.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

27. Lower the vehicle.

Fig. 155: Rotating Crankshaft Clockwise To Position No. 1 Piston At TDC On Exhaust Stroke Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC CAUTION: When aligning timing marks, always rotate engine by turning the crankshaft. Failure to do so will result in valve and/or piston damage. 28. Rotate the crankshaft CW to place the number one piston at TDC on the exhaust stroke by aligning the dimple (4) on the crankshaft with the block/bearing cap junction (5). The left side cam phaser arrows (2) should point toward each other and be parallel to the valve cover sealing surface (3). The right side cam phaser arrows (7) should point away from each other and the scribe lines (9) should be parallel to the valve cover sealing surface (8). CAUTION: Always reinstall timing chains so that they maintain the same direction of rotation. Inverting a previously run chain on a previously run sprocket will result in excessive wear to both the chain and sprocket. 29. Mark the direction of rotation on the timing chain using a paint pen or equivalent to aid in reassembly.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 156: Resetting Right Cam Chain Tensioner Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC CAUTION: When the timing chains are removed and the cylinder heads are still installed, DO NOT rotate the camshafts or crankshaft without first locating the proper crankshaft position. Failure to do so will result in valve and/or piston damage. 30. Reset the RH cam chain tensioner by pushing back the tensioner piston and installing Tensioner Pin (special tool #8514, Pins, Tensioner) (1).

Fig. 157: Phaser Timing Marks, Oil Control Valves & RH Camshaft Phaser Lock Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE:

Minor rotation of a camshaft (a few degrees) may be required to install the camshaft phaser lock.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

31. 32. 33. 34.

Install the RH Camshaft Phaser Lock (special tool #10202, Locks, Camshaft/Phaser) (5). Loosen both the intake oil control valve (2) and exhaust oil control valve (7). Remove the RH Camshaft Phaser Lock (special tool #10202, Locks, Camshaft/Phaser) (5). Remove the oil control valve (2) from the right side intake cam phaser and pull the phaser off of the camshaft. 35. Remove the oil control valve (7) from the right side exhaust cam phaser and pull the phaser off of the camshaft.

Fig. 158: Right Cam Chain Tensioner, Arm, Guide & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 36. Remove the RH cam chain tensioner arm (6). 37. Remove two T30 bolts (4) and the RH cam chain tensioner (3). 38. Remove three T30 bolts (2) and the RH cam chain guide (1).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 159: Cylinder Head Retaining Bolt Removal Sequence Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 39. Remove the right camshafts. Refer to CAMSHAFT, ENGINE, REMOVAL. NOTE:

If the rocker arms are to be reused, identify their positions so that they can be reassembled into their original locations.

40. Remove the rocker arms. Refer to ROCKER ARM, VALVE, REMOVAL. NOTE:

If the hydraulic lifters are to be reused, identify their positions so that they can be reassembled into their original locations.

41. If required, remove the hydraulic lifters. Refer to LIFTER(S), HYDRAULIC, REMOVAL. 42. Using the sequence shown in illustration, remove the cylinder head retaining bolts.

Fig. 160: Head Gasket & Locating Dowels Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC WARNING: The multi-layered steel head gaskets have very sharp edges that could cause personal injury if not handled carefully. NOTE:

The head gasket (1) crimps the locating dowels (2) and the dowels may pull out of the engine block when the head gasket is removed.

43. Remove the cylinder head and gasket. Discard the gasket. CAUTION: Do not lay the cylinder head on its gasket sealing surface, due to the design of the cylinder head gasket, any distortion to the cylinder

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

head sealing surface may prevent the gasket from properly sealing resulting in leaks.

Fig. 161: Ignition Coil Capacitor & Bolt Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 44. If required, remove the bolt (2) and the ignition coil capacitor (1). CLEANING CLEANING

CAUTION: When cleaning cylinder head and cylinder block surfaces, DO NOT use a metal scraper because the surfaces could be cut or ground. Use ONLY a wooden or plastic scraper. To ensure engine gasket sealing, proper surface preparation must be performed, especially with the use of aluminum engine components and multi-layer steel cylinder head gaskets. NOTE:

Multi-Layer Steel (MLS) head gaskets require a scratch free sealing surface.

1. Remove all gasket material from cylinder head and block. Refer to Engine - Standard Procedure. Be careful not to gouge or scratch the aluminum head sealing surface. 2. Clean all engine oil passages. CAUTION: Non-compressible debris such as oil, coolant or RTV sealants that are not removed from bolt holes can cause the aluminum casting to crack when tightening the bolts. 3. Clean out the cylinder head bolt holes in the engine block.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

INSPECTION INSPECTION

Fig. 162: Checking Cylinder Head Flatness Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

Check cylinder head warpage with a straight edge (2) and feeler gauge (1). Cylinder head must be flat within specification. Refer to Engine - Specifications. Verify that the valve tappets move freely in theirs bores and that they have been rotating. Inspect camshaft bearing journals for scoring. Remove carbon and varnish deposits from inside of valve guides with a reliable guide cleaner. Inspect the following components and verify that they are within specification : Refer to Engine Specifications.  Camshafts  Valve Tappets  Springs  Valve Seats  Valve Guides  Valves

INSTALLATION LEFT

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 163: Magnetic Timing Wheels Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC CAUTION: The magnetic timing wheels (1) must not come in contact with magnets (pickup tools, trays, etc.) or any other strong magnetic field. This will destroy the timing wheels ability to correctly relay camshaft position to the camshaft position sensor.

Fig. 164: ECT Sensor, Ignition Coil Capacitor, Engine Wire Harness Retainer Bracket & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. If removed, install the Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) sensor (4) and tighten to 11 N.m (97 in. lbs.). 2. If removed, install the ignition coil capacitor (1) with a M6 bolt (2) tightened to 10 N.m (89 in. lbs.). 3. If removed, install the engine wire harness retainer bracket (5) with a T30 bolt (3) tightened to 12 N.m (106 in. lbs.).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 165: Checking Cylinder Head Bolts For Stretching (Necking) Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC CAUTION: The cylinder head bolts are tightened using a torque plus angle procedure. The bolts must be examined BEFORE reuse. If the threads are necked down the bolts must be replaced. NOTE:

Typical cylinder head bolt shown in illustration.

4. Check cylinder head bolts for necking by holding a scale or straight edge against the threads. If all the threads do not contact the scale (2) the bolt must be replaced.

Fig. 166: Head Gasket & Locating Dowels Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE:

Right head gasket shown in illustration, left head gasket similar. CAUTION: When cleaning cylinder head and cylinder block surfaces, DO NOT use a metal scraper because the surfaces could be cut or ground. Use ONLY a wooden or plastic scraper.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

5. Clean and prepare the gasket sealing surfaces of the cylinder head and block. Refer to Engine - Standard Procedure. CAUTION: Non-compressible debris such as oil, coolant or RTV sealants that are not removed from bolt holes can cause the aluminum casting to crack when tightening the bolts. 6. Clean out the cylinder head bolt holes in the engine block. WARNING: The multi-layered steel head gaskets have very sharp edges that could cause personal injury if not handled carefully. CAUTION: The cylinder head gaskets are not interchangeable between the left and right cylinder heads and are clearly marked (3) with "R" for right and "L" for left. 7. Position the new cylinder head gasket (1) on the locating dowels (2).

Fig. 167: Cylinder Head Retaining Bolt Tightening Sequence Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 8. Position the cylinder head onto the cylinder block. Make sure the cylinder head seats fully over the locating dowels. NOTE:

Do not apply any additional oil to the bolt threads.

9. Install the eight head bolts finger tight. 10. Tighten the cylinder head bolts in the sequence shown in illustration, following this 9 step torque plus angle method. Tighten according to the following torque values:

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

        

Step 1: All to 30 N.m (22 ft. lbs.) Step 2: All to 45 N.m (33 ft. lbs.) Step 3: All + 75° Turn Do not use a torque wrench for this step. Step 4: All + 50° Turn Do not use a torque wrench for this step. Step 5: Loosen all fasteners in reverse of sequence shown in illustration Step 6: All to 30 N.m (22 ft. lbs.) Step 7: All to 45 N.m (33 ft. lbs.) Step 8: All + 70° Turn Do not use a torque wrench for this step. Step 9: All + 70° Turn Do not use a torque wrench for this step.

Fig. 168: Positioning Camshaft Alignment Holes Vertically Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE:

If the hydraulic lifters are being reused, reassemble them into their original locations.

11. If removed, install the hydraulic lifters. Refer to LIFTER(S), HYDRAULIC, INSTALLATION. NOTE:

If the rocker arms are being reused, reassemble them into their original locations.

12. Install the rocker arms and camshafts. Refer to CAMSHAFT, ENGINE, INSTALLATION. 13. Rotate the camshafts CW to TDC by positioning the alignment holes (1) vertically.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 169: Left Cam Chain Tensioner, Arm, Guide & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 14. Install the LH cam chain guide (2) with two bolts (4). Tighten the T30 bolts (4) to 12 N.m (106 in. lbs.). 15. Install the LH cam chain tensioner (5) to the cylinder head with two bolts (6). Tighten the T30 bolts (6) to 12 N.m (106 in. lbs.). 16. Reset the LH cam chain tensioner (5) by lifting the pawl (3), pushing back the piston and installing Tensioner Pin (special tool #8514, Pins, Tensioner) (7). Refer to Engine/Valve Timing - Standard Procedure. 17. Install the LH tensioner arm (1).

Fig. 170: Idler Sprocket, Plated Link & Arrow Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 18. Press the LH intake cam phaser onto the intake camshaft. Install and hand tighten the oil control valve.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

CAUTION: Always reinstall timing chains so that they maintain the same direction of rotation. Inverting a previously run chain on a previously run sprocket will result in excessive wear to both the chain and sprocket. 19. Drape the left side cam chain over the LH intake cam phaser and onto the idler sprocket (1) so that the arrow (3) is aligned with the plated link (2) on the cam chain.

Fig. 171: Phaser Timing Marks, Oil Control Valves & LH Camshaft Phaser Lock Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 20. While maintaining this alignment, route the cam chain around the exhaust and intake cam phasers so that the plated links are aligned with the phaser timing marks (1). Position the left side cam phasers so that the arrows (3) point toward each other and are parallel to the valve cover sealing surface (5). Press the exhaust cam phaser onto the exhaust cam, install and hand tighten the oil control valve (2). NOTE:

Minor rotation of a camshaft (a few degrees) may be required to install the camshaft phaser or phaser lock.

21. Install the LH Camshaft Phaser Lock (special tool #10202, Locks, Camshaft/Phaser) (4) and tighten the oil control valves (2) and (6) to 150 N.m (110 ft. lbs.).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 172: Rotating Crankshaft Clockwise To Position No. 1 Piston At TDC On Exhaust Stroke Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 22. Remove the LH Camshaft Phaser Lock (special tool #10202, Locks, Camshaft/Phaser). 23. Remove the Tensioner Pin (special tool #8514, Pins, Tensioner) (1) from the LH cam chain tensioner. 24. Rotate the crankshaft CW two complete revolutions stopping when the dimple (4) on the crankshaft is aligned the with the block/bearing cap junction (5). 25. While maintaining this alignment, verify that the arrows on the left side cam phasers (2) point toward each other and are parallel to the valve cover sealing surface (3) and that the right side cam phaser arrows (7) point away from each other and the scribe lines (9) are parallel to the valve cover sealing surface (8).

Fig. 173: Chain Pins, Exhaust Cam Phaser Triangle Marking & Circle Marking Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

26. There should be 12 chain pins (2) between the exhaust cam phaser triangle marking (1) and the intake cam phaser circle marking (3). 27. If the engine timing is not correct, repeat this procedure. 28. Install the engine timing cover, crankshaft vibration damper, upper and lower oil pans and cylinder head covers. Refer to COVER(S), ENGINE TIMING, INSTALLATION.

Fig. 174: Left Intake Manifold Support Brackets & Retaining Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 29. Install the LH upper intake manifold support brackets (1). Loosely install the studbolts (2).

Fig. 175: Starter Wire Harness Retainers, Main Wire Harness Retainer & Manifold Support Bracket Retainers Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 30. Engage two starter wire harness retainers (1) to the upper intake manifold support brackets.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

31. Engage one main wire harness retainer (3) to the left cylinder head cover and two retainers (2) to the upper intake manifold support brackets.

Fig. 176: Injection/Ignition Electrical Connector & Engine Oil Pressure/Temperature Sensor Electrical Connector Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 32. Install the spark plugs. Tighten to 17.5 N.m (13 ft. lbs.). Refer to SPARK PLUG, INSTALLATION . 33. Connect the ignition coil capacitor electrical connector. 34. Engage the injection/ignition harness connector (1) and the engine oil pressure/temperature harness connector (3) to the retainer bracket (2) on the rear of the left cylinder head.

Fig. 177: ECT Sensor Connector, CMP Sensor & Main Wire Harness Retainers Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 35. Connect the Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) sensor electrical connector (3).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 178: A/C Compressor, Nut, Stud & Three Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 36. Install the A/C compressor (2) with three bolts (1) tightened to 25 N.m (18 ft. lbs.).

Fig. 179: A/C Compressor Electrical Connector & Wire Harness Retainer Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 37. Connect the A/C compressor electrical connector (1) and Engage the wire harness retainer (2) to the A/C compressor discharge line.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 180: Drive Belt Tensioners & Accessory Drive Belt Routing Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 38. Install the accessory drive belt (4). Refer to BELT, SERPENTINE, INSTALLATION .

Fig. 181: Right Upstream Oxygen Electrical Sensor Connector, Down Pipe Flanges & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE:

Right catalytic converter shown in illustration, left catalytic converter similar.

39. Install the left catalytic converter (2) onto the partially installed lower catalytic converter flange bolts (3). 40. Install the upper catalytic converter flange bolts (1) and tighten all M8 bolts to 23 N.m (17 ft. lbs.). 41. Connect the left upstream oxygen sensor connector (4) to the main wire harness.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 182: Transmission Breather Hose, Make-Up Air Tube & Clips Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 42. Install the make-up air tube (3) to the left cylinder head cover and engage the clips (1) to the transmission breather hose (2).

Fig. 183: Upper Intake Manifold Bolt Tightening Sequence Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 43. Install the upper and lower intake manifolds. Refer to MANIFOLD, INTAKE, INSTALLATION.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 184: Vapor Purge Tube & Fuel Purge Solenoid Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 44. Install the vapor purge tube (1) to the fuel purge solenoid (2). Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE QUICK-CONNECT FITTINGS .

Fig. 185: Heater Core Return Hose, Heater Core Return Tube & Nut Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 45. Install the nut (2) to the support bracket of the heater core return tube (3) and tighten to 12 N.m (106 in. lbs.).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 186: Heater Core Return Tube, Nut & Bolt Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE:

Power steering pump not shown in illustration.

46. Raise and support the vehicle. Refer to HOISTING, STANDARD PROCEDURE . 47. Install the A/C compressor mounting stud (2) and tighten to 25 N.m (18 ft. lbs.). 48. Install the nut (1) and bolt (4) to the support brackets of the heater core return tube (3). Tighten to 12 N.m (106 in. lbs.). 49. If equipped, install the front skid plate and front suspension skid plate. Refer to UNDER BODY PROTECTION .

Fig. 187: Mounting Bracket, Bolts, Electrical Connector, Vacuum Pump, Locking Tab & QuickConnect Type End Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

50. Lower the vehicle. 51. Install the electric vacuum pump (4) and mounting bracket (1). Refer to PUMP, ELECTRIC VACUUM, INSTALLATION .

Fig. 188: Air Inlet Hose, Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector & Clamps Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 52. Install the air inlet hose (3) and the air cleaner body. Refer to BODY, AIR CLEANER, INSTALLATION.

Fig. 189: Engine Cover Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 53. If removed, install the oil filter and fill the engine crankcase with the proper oil to the correct level. Refer to Engine/Lubrication/OIL - Standard Procedure. 54. Fill the cooling system. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

55. Install the engine cover (1). 56. Connect the negative battery cable and tighten nut to 5 N.m (45 in. lbs.). 57. Run the engine until it reaches normal operating temperature. Check cooling system for correct fluid level. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE . NOTE:

The Cam/Crank Variation Relearn procedure must be performed using the scan tool anytime there has been a repair/replacement made to a powertrain system, for example: flywheel, valvetrain, camshaft and/or crankshaft sensors or components.

RIGHT

Fig. 190: Magnetic Timing Wheels Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC CAUTION: The magnetic timing wheels (1) must not come in contact with magnets (pickup tools, trays, etc.) or any other strong magnetic field. This will destroy the timing wheels ability to correctly relay camshaft position to the camshaft position sensor.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 191: Ignition Coil Capacitor & Bolt Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. If removed, install the ignition coil capacitor (1) with a M6 bolt (2) tightened to 10 N.m (89 in. lbs.).

Fig. 192: Checking Cylinder Head Bolts For Stretching (Necking) Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC CAUTION: The cylinder head bolts are tightened using a torque plus angle procedure. The bolts must be examined BEFORE reuse. If the threads are necked down the bolts must be replaced. NOTE:

Typical cylinder head bolt shown in illustration.

2. Check cylinder head bolts for necking by holding a scale or straight edge against the threads. If all the threads do not contact the scale (2) the bolt must be replaced.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 193: Head Gasket & Locating Dowels Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC CAUTION: When cleaning cylinder head and cylinder block surfaces, DO NOT use a metal scraper because the surfaces could be cut or ground. Use ONLY a wooden or plastic scraper. 3. Clean and prepare the gasket sealing surfaces of the cylinder head and block. Refer to Engine - Standard Procedure. CAUTION: Non-compressible debris such as oil, coolant or RTV sealants that are not removed from bolt holes can cause the aluminum casting to crack when tightening the bolts. 4. Clean out the cylinder head bolt holes in the engine block. WARNING: The multi-layered steel head gaskets have very sharp edges that could cause personal injury if not handled carefully. CAUTION: The cylinder head gaskets are not interchangeable between the left and right cylinder heads and are clearly marked (3) with "R" for right and "L" for left. 5. Position the new cylinder head gasket (1) on the locating dowels (2).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 194: Cylinder Head Retaining Bolt Tightening Sequence Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 6. Position the cylinder head onto the cylinder block. Make sure the cylinder head seats fully over the locating dowels. NOTE:

Do not apply any additional oil to the bolt threads.

7. Install the eight head bolts finger tight. 8. Tighten the cylinder head bolts in the sequence shown in illustration, following this 9 step torque plus angle method. Tighten according to the following torque values:  Step 1: All to 30 N.m (22 ft. lbs.)  Step 2: All to 45 N.m (33 ft. lbs.)  Step 3: All + 75° Turn Do not use a torque wrench for this step.  Step 4: All + 50° Turn Do not use a torque wrench for this step.  Step 5: Loosen all fasteners in reverse of sequence shown in illustration  Step 6: All to 30 N.m (22 ft. lbs.)  Step 7: All to 45 N.m (33 ft. lbs.)  Step 8: All + 70° Turn Do not use a torque wrench for this step.  Step 9: All + 70° Turn Do not use a torque wrench for this step.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 195: Positioning Camshaft Alignment Holes Vertically Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE:

If the hydraulic lifters are being reused, reassemble them into their original locations.

9. If removed, install the hydraulic lifters. Refer to LIFTER(S), HYDRAULIC, INSTALLATION. NOTE:

If the rocker arms are being reused, reassemble them into their original locations.

10. Install the rocker arms and camshafts. Refer to CAMSHAFT, ENGINE, INSTALLATION. CAUTION: Do not rotate the camshafts more than a few degrees independently of the crankshaft. Valve to piston contact could occur resulting in possible valve damage. If the camshafts need to be rotated more than a few degrees, first move the pistons away from the cylinder heads by rotating the crankshaft counterclockwise to a position 30° beforetop-dead-center. Once the camshafts are returned to their top-deadcenter position, rotate the crankshaft clockwise to return the crankshaft to top-dead-center. 11. Verify that the camshafts are set at TDC by positioning the alignment holes (1) vertically.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 196: Right Cam Chain Tensioner, Arm, Guide & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 12. Install the RH cam chain guide (1) with three bolts (2). Tighten the T30 bolts (2) to 12 N.m (106 in. lbs.). 13. Install the RH cam chain tensioner (3) to the engine block with two bolts (4). Tighten the T30 bolts (4) to 12 N.m (106 in. lbs.). 14. Reset the RH cam chain tensioner (3) by pushing back the tensioner piston and installing Tensioner Pin (special tool #8514, Pins, Tensioner) (5). 15. Install the RH tensioner arm (6).

Fig. 197: Idler Sprocket, Dimple & Plated Link Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 16. Press the RH exhaust cam phaser onto the exhaust camshaft. Install and hand tighten the oil control valve.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

CAUTION: Always reinstall timing chains so that they maintain the same direction of rotation. Inverting a previously run chain on a previously run sprocket will result in excessive wear to both the chain and sprocket. 17. Drape the right side cam chain over the RH exhaust cam phaser and onto the idler sprocket (1) so that the dimple (2) is aligned with the plated link (3) on the cam chain.

Fig. 198: Phaser Timing Marks, Oil Control Valves & RH Camshaft Phaser Lock Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 18. While maintaining this alignment, route the cam chain around the exhaust and intake cam phasers so that the plated links are aligned with the phaser timing marks (1). Position the right side cam phasers so that the arrows (3) point away from each other and the scribe lines (4) are parallel to the valve cover sealing surface (6). Press the intake cam phaser onto the intake cam, install and hand tighten the oil control valve (2). NOTE:

Minor rotation of a camshaft (a few degrees) may be required to install the camshaft phaser or phaser lock.

19. Install the RH Camshaft Phaser Lock (special tool #10202, Locks, Camshaft/Phaser) (5) and tighten the oil control valves (2) and (7) to 150 N.m (110 ft. lbs.).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 199: Rotating Crankshaft Clockwise To Position No. 1 Piston At TDC On Exhaust Stroke Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 20. Remove the RH Camshaft Phaser Lock (special tool #10202, Locks, Camshaft/Phaser). 21. Remove the Tensioner Pin (special tool #8514, Pins, Tensioner) (6) from the RH cam chain tensioner. 22. Rotate the crankshaft CW two complete revolutions stopping when the dimple (4) on the crankshaft is aligned the with the block/bearing cap junction (5). 23. While maintaining this alignment, verify that the arrows on the left side cam phasers (2) point toward each other and are parallel to the valve cover sealing surface (3) and that the right side cam phaser arrows (7) point away from each other and the scribe lines (9) are parallel to the valve cover sealing surface (8).

Fig. 200: Chain Pins, Exhaust Cam Phaser Triangle Marking & Circle Marking Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

24. There should be 12 chain pins (2) between the exhaust cam phaser triangle marking (1) and the intake cam phaser circle marking (3). 25. If the engine timing is not correct, repeat this procedure. 26. Install the engine timing cover, crankshaft vibration damper, upper and lower oil pans and cylinder head covers. Refer to COVER(S), ENGINE TIMING, INSTALLATION.

Fig. 201: Upper Intake Manifold Support Bracket, Stud & Fasteners Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 27. Install the spark plugs. Tighten to 17.5 N.m (13 ft. lbs.). Refer to SPARK PLUG, INSTALLATION . 28. Connect the ignition coil capacitor electrical connector. 29. Install the upper intake manifold support bracket (2) with the studbolt (3) hand tight.

Fig. 202: Heater Core Supply Tube Support Bracket & Retaining Bolt Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

30. Install the heater core supply tube (1) with one bolt (2) tightened to 12 N.m (106 in. lbs.).

Fig. 203: Oil Level Indicator & Retaining Bolt Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 31. Install the oil level indicator (2) with bolt (1) tightened 12 N.m (106 in. lbs.).

Fig. 204: Drive Belt Tensioners & Accessory Drive Belt Routing Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 32. Install the generator (8). Refer to GENERATOR, INSTALLATION . 33. Install the accessory drive belt (4). Refer to BELT, SERPENTINE, INSTALLATION .

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 205: Right Upstream Oxygen Electrical Sensor Connector, Down Pipe Flanges & Bolts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 34. Install the right catalytic converter (2) onto the partially installed lower catalytic converter flange bolts (3). 35. Install the upper catalytic converter flange bolts (1) and tighten all M8 bolts to 23 N.m (17 ft. lbs.). 36. Connect the right upstream oxygen sensor connectors (4) to the main wire harness.

Fig. 206: Upper Intake Manifold Bolt Tightening Sequence Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 37. Install the upper and lower intake manifolds. Refer to MANIFOLD, INTAKE, INSTALLATION.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 207: PCV Hose & PCV Valve Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 38. Install the PCV hose (1) to the PCV valve (2). 39. Raise and support the vehicle. Refer to HOISTING, STANDARD PROCEDURE . 40. If equipped, install the front skid plate and front suspension skid plate. Refer to UNDER BODY PROTECTION .

Fig. 208: Mounting Bracket, Bolts, Electrical Connector, Vacuum Pump, Locking Tab & QuickConnect Type End Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 41. Lower the vehicle. 42. Install the electric vacuum pump (4) and mounting bracket (1). Refer to PUMP, ELECTRIC VACUUM, INSTALLATION .

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 209: Air Inlet Hose, Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector & Clamps Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 43. Install the air inlet hose (3) to the air cleaner body and the throttle body. Tighten the clamps (1) and (4) to 4 N.m (35 in. lbs.). 44. Connect the electrical connector (2) to the Inlet Air Temperature (IAT) sensor.

Fig. 210: Engine Cover Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 45. If removed, install the oil filter and fill the engine crankcase with the proper oil to the correct level. Refer to Engine/Lubrication/OIL - Standard Procedure. 46. Fill the cooling system. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE . 47. Install the engine cover (1). 48. Connect the negative battery cable and tighten nut to 5 N.m (45 in. lbs.).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

49. Run the engine until it reaches normal operating temperature. Check cooling system for correct fluid level. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE . NOTE:

The Cam/Crank Variation Relearn procedure must be performed using the scan tool anytime there has been a repair/replacement made to a powertrain system, for example: flywheel, valvetrain, camshaft and/or crankshaft sensors or components.

ASSEMBLY, VARIABLE VALVE TIMING, PHASER / OIL CONTROL VALVE DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION

Fig. 211: Exhaust Phaser Assembly Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC The 3.6L engine is equipped with Variable Valve Timing (VVT). This system adjusts the timing of all four camshafts independently using solenoids and oil control valves to direct oil pressure into the camshaft phaser assemblies. The camshaft phaser assembly advances and/or retards camshaft timing to improve engine performance, mid-range torque, idle quality, fuel economy, and reduce emissions. The four phasers are located on the front of the camshafts, behind the VVT solenoids, inside of the engine timing cover. The exhaust phasers are identified with EXH and the intake phasers are identified with INT. The exhaust phaser has a clockspring, the intake phaser does not. The camshaft sprockets are integrated with the camshaft phaser and are serviced as an assembly. Do not attempt to disassemble the phasers, they are not serviceable. Phasers are interchangeable between the right and left cylinder heads but should be installed in the same location as removed.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

The 3.6L engine has an Oil Control Valve (OCV) for each phaser. The OCV also acts as a bolt for mounting the Phaser to the camshaft. The OCVs spool valve is spring loaded and should move freely within the OCV body. The four OCVs are identical but should be installed in the same location as removed. OPERATION OPERATION

Fig. 212: Oil Control Valve (OCV), VVT Solenoid, Solenoid Pintle & Internal Spool Valve Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC Each phaser position is adjusted using regulated oil pressure through the Oil Control Valve (OCV) (3). To begin phaser movement, a voltage signal is applied to the VVT solenoid (1) to extend or retract the solenoid pintle (4). The pintle pushes against an internal spool valve (2) within the OCV moving the valve forwards and backwards to direct oil flow.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 213: Phasers In Lock-Pin Position Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC At engine startup, system oil pressure overcomes spring pressure and unlocks the phaser lock-pin (1) in preparation for phasing. The phasers remain in this position until a PCM signal is given to pulse-width modulate the VVT solenoid. At engine shutdown, as oil pressure is reduced, both Phasers return to their lock-pin position (1). However, because the exhaust Phaser needs to travel to a position above and beyond the standard camshaft clockwise rotation, the assistance of a clock spring is required. The intake Phaser on the other hand, simply relies on the torsional resistance from the valvetrain to push it back towards lock-pin position.

Fig. 214: Spool Valve, Vanes, OCV & Advance, Hold Or Retard Position

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC The position of the spool valve (1) inside the OCV (2) determines which ports and chambers inside the phaser are being fed, either to advance (3), hold (4) or retard (5) the timing of the phaser sprocket relative to the camshaft. The spool valve also returns oil from the chambers to the sump (6). The Camshaft Position (CMP) sensor monitors the position of the camshaft with respect to the crankshaft and provides feedback to the PCM. As oil pressure pushes against the vanes (6) of the phaser rotor, the rotor begins to move. Since this rotor is physically attached to the camshaft, rotor rotation causes the camshaft position to rotate relative to the standard sprocket (7) position. REMOVAL LEFT

Fig. 215: Magnetic Timing Wheels Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC CAUTION: The magnetic timing wheels (1) must not come in contact with magnets (pickup tools, trays, etc.) or any other strong magnetic field. This will destroy the timing wheels ability to correctly relay camshaft position to the camshaft position sensor.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 216: Mount Dial Indicator Set To Stationary Point On Engine Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Remove the upper intake manifold, left ignition coils and left cylinder head cover. Refer to COVER(S), CYLINDER HEAD, REMOVAL. 2. Remove the right ignition coils and all spark plugs. Refer to SPARK PLUG, REMOVAL . CAUTION: When aligning timing marks, always rotate engine by turning the crankshaft. Failure to do so will result in valve and/or piston damage. 3. Mount Dial Indicator Set (special tool #C-3339A, Set, Dial Indicator) (1) to a stationary point on the engine, such as the number three cylinder ignition coil mount. Position the indicator probe into the number one cylinder, rotate the crankshaft clockwise (as viewed from the front) to place the number one cylinder piston at top-dead-center on the exhaust stroke and set the indicator dial to zero.

Fig. 217: Arrows, Scribe Lines & Cylinder Head Cover Mounting Surface

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 4. The left side cam phaser SCRIBE LINES (3) should face away from each other and the ARROWS (1) should point toward each other and be parallel to the cylinder head cover mounting surface (2) when the number one cylinder piston is positioned at top-dead-center on the exhaust stroke.

Fig. 218: Chain Pins, Arrows, Scribe Lines, Oil Control Valves & Cam Phaser Triangle Marking & Circle Marking Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE:

The phaser markings (1 and 3) could align with either an external or internal chain link. Either alignment is acceptable as long as there are twelve chain pins between the markings.

5. There should be twelve chain pins (2) BETWEEN the exhaust cam phaser triangle marking (3) and the intake cam phaser circle marking (1) as viewed from either the front or rear of the cam phasers. 6. Mark both sides of the cam chain at the phaser timing marks (1 and 3) using a paint pen or equivalent to aid in reassembly.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 219: Camshaft Phaser Lock, Oil Control Valves & Wrench Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE:

It may be necessary to rock the camshaft slightly (a few degrees) with a wrench (4) when installing the camshaft phaser lock.

7. Install the (special tool #10202-2, Lock, Camshaft/Phaser, Left Side) (1) against the cylinder head cover mounting surface with the tool number facing up. 8. Loosen, but do not remove, the exhaust oil control valve (2) and the intake oil control valve (3). 9. Remove the (special tool #10202-2, Lock, Camshaft/Phaser, Left Side) (1).

Fig. 220: Pin, Rack & Timing Chain Holder Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE:

Graphic shows engine timing cover removed for clarity.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

10. Using (special tool #10200-3, Pin) (2), lift the pawl off of the rack (3). While holding the pawl off of the rack, push (special tool #10200-1, Holder, Timing Chain, Left Side) (1) into place between the cylinder head and the cam chain guide to force the rack and piston back into the tensioner body. The holder remains in place while the phasers are removed. Refer to Engine/Valve Timing - Standard Procedure.

Fig. 221: Pin, Rack, Timing Chain Holder & Oil Control Valves Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 11. Remove the oil control valve (4) and pull the left side exhaust cam phaser off of the camshaft. 12. Remove the oil control valve (3) and pull the left side intake cam phaser off of the camshaft. RIGHT

Fig. 222: Magnetic Timing Wheels Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

CAUTION: The magnetic timing wheels (1) must not come in contact with magnets (pickup tools, trays, etc.) or any other strong magnetic field. This will destroy the timing wheels ability to correctly relay camshaft position to the camshaft position sensor.

Fig. 223: Mount Dial Indicator Set To Stationary Point On Engine Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Remove the upper intake manifold, right ignition coils and right cylinder head cover. Refer to COVER (S), CYLINDER HEAD, REMOVAL. 2. Remove the left ignition coils and all spark plugs. Refer to SPARK PLUG, REMOVAL . CAUTION: When aligning timing marks, always rotate engine by turning the crankshaft. Failure to do so will result in valve and/or piston damage. 3. Mount Dial Indicator Set (special tool #C-3339A, Set, Dial Indicator) (1) to a stationary point on the engine, such as the cylinder head cover mounting surface. Position the indicator probe into the number one cylinder, rotate the crankshaft clockwise (as viewed from the front) to place the number one piston at top-dead-center on the exhaust stroke and set the indicator dial to zero.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 224: Arrows, Scribe Lines & Cylinder Head Cover Mounting Surface Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 4. The right side cam phaser ARROWS (2) should point away from each other and the SCRIBE LINES (1) should be parallel to the cylinder head cover mounting surface (3) when the right side number one cylinder piston is positioned at top-dead-center on the exhaust stroke.

Fig. 225: Chain Pins, Arrows, Scribe Lines, Oil Control Valves & Cam Phaser Triangle Marking & Circle Marking Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

NOTE:

The phaser markings (1 and 3) could align with either an external or internal chain link. Either alignment is acceptable as long as there are twelve chain pins between the markings.

5. There should be twelve chain pins (2) BETWEEN the exhaust cam phaser triangle marking (1) and the intake cam phaser circle marking (3) as viewed from either the front or rear of the cam phasers. 6. Mark both sides of the cam chain at the phaser timing marks (1 and 3) using a paint pen or equivalent to aid in reassembly.

Fig. 226: Camshaft Phaser Lock, Oil Control Valves & Wrench Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE:

It may be necessary to rock the camshaft slightly (a few degrees) with a wrench (4) when installing the camshaft phaser lock.

7. Install the (special tool #10202-1, Lock, Camshaft/Phaser, Right Side) (1) against the cylinder head cover mounting surface with the tool number facing up. 8. Loosen, but do not remove, the exhaust oil control valve (3) and the intake oil control valve (2). 9. Remove the (special tool #10202-1, Lock, Camshaft/Phaser, Right Side) (1).

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 227: Locating Bolt Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE:

Early production engines have an M6 bolt (1). Late production engines have an M8 bolt (1). If the bolt is an M6 (10 mm head), use Timing Chain Holder 10200-2. If the bolt is an M8 (13 mm head), use Timing Chain Holder 10369.

Fig. 228: Compressing Tensioner By Slightly Rotating Exhaust Camshaft Clockwise Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC CAUTION: Do not insert the Timing Chain Holder into position without first compressing the tensioner. The Timing Chain Holder is not designed to compress the tensioner and excessive force can damage the timing chain tensioner arm.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

10. Use the timing chain to compress the tensioner by slightly rotating the exhaust camshaft clockwise (4). Insert (special tool #10200-2, Holder, Timing Chain, Right Side) (1) (early production) or (special tool #10369, Holder, Timing Chain) (1) (late production) into place between the cylinder head boss and the tensioner arm to hold the tensioner in the compressed position. The Timing Chain Holder remains in place while the phasers are removed.

Fig. 229: Timing Chain Holder, Trim Stick & Tensioner Arm Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE:

If the Timing Chain Holder (1) does not engage or slips from position, wedge a trim stick (2) or equivalent between the front cover and the tensioner arm (3) to push the tensioner arm towards the rear of the engine and then repeat the previous step.

Fig. 230: Compressing Tensioner By Slightly Rotating Exhaust Camshaft Clockwise Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

11. Remove the oil control valve (3) and pull the right side exhaust cam phaser off of the camshaft. 12. Remove the oil control valve (2) and pull the right side intake cam phaser off of the camshaft. INSTALLATION LEFT

Fig. 231: Magnetic Timing Wheels Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC CAUTION: The magnetic timing wheels (1) must not come in contact with magnets (pickup tools, trays, etc.) or any other strong magnetic field. This will destroy the timing wheels ability to correctly relay camshaft position to the camshaft position sensor.

Fig. 232: Mount Dial Indicator Set To Stationary Point On Engine

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC CAUTION: Do not rotate the crankshaft more than a few degrees independently of the camshafts. Piston to valve contact could occur resulting in possible valve damage. If the crankshaft needs to be rotated more than a few degrees, first remove the camshafts. Refer to CAMSHAFT, ENGINE, REMOVAL. 1. Verify that the indicator dial (1) is set to zero when the right side number one cylinder piston is positioned at top-dead-center on the exhaust stroke.

Fig. 233: Positioning Camshaft Alignment Holes Vertically Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC CAUTION: Do not rotate the camshafts more than a few degrees independently of the crankshaft. Valve to piston contact could occur resulting in possible valve damage. 2. 3. Verify that the camshafts are set at top-dead-center by positioning the alignment holes (1) vertically.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 234: Timing Chain Holder Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE:

The Timing Chain Holder (1) should still be in place as inserted during the Removal procedure. If required, the Timing Chain Holder can be reinserted by repeating Step 10 of the Removal procedure. Refer to ASSEMBLY, VARIABLE VALVE TIMING, PHASER / OIL CONTROL VALVE, REMOVAL.

Fig. 235: Chain Pins, Arrows, Scribe Lines, Oil Control Valves & Cam Phaser Triangle Marking & Circle Marking

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE:

Minor rotation of a camshaft (a few degrees) may be required to install the camshaft phaser.

4. Route the cam chain around the left intake cam phaser while aligning the paint mark with the phaser timing mark (1). Press the left intake cam phaser onto the intake camshaft. Install and hand tighten the oil control valve (7). 5. While maintaining this alignment, route the cam chain around the exhaust cam phaser so that the paint mark is aligned with the phaser timing mark (3). Press the exhaust cam phaser onto the exhaust cam, install and hand tighten the oil control valve (4). 6. The SCRIBE LINES (5) on the cam phasers should face away from each other and the ARROWS (6) should point toward each other and be parallel to the cylinder head cover mounting surface. There should be twelve chain pins (2) BETWEEN the exhaust cam phaser triangle marking (3) and the intake cam phaser circle marking (1).

Fig. 236: Camshaft Phaser Lock, Oil Control Valves & Wrench Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE:

It may be necessary to rock the camshaft slightly (a few degrees) with a wrench (4) when installing the camshaft phaser lock.

7. Install the (special tool #10202-2, Lock, Camshaft/Phaser, Left Side) (1) against the cylinder head cover mounting surface with the tool number facing up. 8. Tighten the oil control valves (2) and (3) to 150 N.m (110 ft. lbs.). 9. Remove the Camshaft Phaser Lock (1) and the Timing Chain Holder.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 237: Chain Pins, Arrows, Scribe Lines, Cam Phaser Triangle Marking & Circle Marking Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 10. Rotate the crankshaft clockwise two complete revolutions stopping when the right side number one cylinder piston is again positioned at top-dead-center on the exhaust stroke. To assure correct engine timing, verify the following;  The indicator dial is set to ZERO when the right side number one cylinder piston is positioned at top-dead-center on the exhaust stroke.  The SCRIBE LINES (3) on the left side cam phasers face away from each other.  The ARROWS (4) on the left side cam phasers point toward each other and are parallel to the cylinder head cover mounting surface.  There are twelve chain pins (2) BETWEEN the exhaust cam phaser triangle marking (1) and the intake cam phaser circle marking (3). 11. If the engine timing is not correct, repeat this procedure. 12. Install the spark plugs. Refer to SPARK PLUG, INSTALLATION . 13. Install the right ignition coils. Refer to COIL, IGNITION, INSTALLATION . 14. Install the left cylinder head cover and left ignition coils. Refer to COVER(S), CYLINDER HEAD, INSTALLATION. 15. Install the upper intake manifold and air cleaner housing assembly. Refer to MANIFOLD, INTAKE, INSTALLATION. 16. Connect the negative battery cable and tighten nut to 5 N.m (45 in. lbs.). 17. Start the engine and perform the appropriate POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST located in appropriate Electrical Diagnostics article.  Cam/Crank Variation Relearn  Target Coefficient Relearn NOTE:

Following the first restart after a DTC driven phaser replacement, clear all DTCs and verify that subsequent restarts do not set any additional codes. for any

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

DTCs that reset. Refer to appropriate Electrical Diagnostics article. . RIGHT

Fig. 238: Magnetic Timing Wheels Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC CAUTION: The magnetic timing wheels (1) must not come in contact with magnets (pickup tools, trays, etc.) or any other strong magnetic field. This will destroy the timing wheels ability to correctly relay camshaft position to the camshaft position sensor.

Fig. 239: Mount Dial Indicator Set To Stationary Point On Engine Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC CAUTION: Do not rotate the crankshaft more than a few degrees independently of the

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

camshafts. Piston to valve contact could occur resulting in possible valve damage. If the crankshaft needs to be rotated more than a few degrees, first remove the camshafts. Refer to CAMSHAFT, ENGINE, REMOVAL. 1. Verify that the indicator dial (1) is set to zero when the right side number one cylinder piston is positioned at top-dead-center on the exhaust stroke.

Fig. 240: Positioning Camshaft Alignment Holes Vertically Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC CAUTION: Do not rotate the camshafts more than a few degrees independently of the crankshaft. Valve to piston contact could occur resulting in possible valve damage. 2. 3. Verify that the camshafts are set at top-dead-center by positioning the alignment holes (1) vertically.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 241: Timing Chain Holder Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE:

The Timing Chain Holder (1) should still be in place as inserted during the Removal procedure. If required, the Timing Chain Holder can be reinserted by installing the exhaust cam phaser and repeating Step 10 of the Removal procedure. Refer to ASSEMBLY, VARIABLE VALVE TIMING, PHASER / OIL CONTROL VALVE, REMOVAL.

Fig. 242: Chain Pins, Arrows, Scribe Lines, Oil Control Valves & Cam Phaser Triangle Marking &

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Circle Marking Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE:

Minor rotation of a camshaft (a few degrees) may be required to install the camshaft phaser.

4. Route the cam chain around the right exhaust cam phaser while aligning the paint mark with the phaser timing mark (1). Press the right exhaust cam phaser onto the exhaust camshaft. Install and hand tighten the oil control valve (7). 5. While maintaining this alignment, route the cam chain around the intake cam phaser so that the paint mark is aligned with the phaser timing mark (3). Press the intake cam phaser onto the intake cam, install and hand tighten the oil control valve (4). 6. The ARROWS (5) on the cam phasers should point away from each other and the SCRIBE LINES (6) should be parallel to the cylinder head cover mounting surface. There should be twelve chain pins (2) BETWEEN the exhaust cam phaser triangle marking (1) and the intake cam phaser circle marking (3).

Fig. 243: Camshaft Phaser Lock, Oil Control Valves & Wrench Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE:

It may be necessary to rock the camshaft slightly (a few degrees) with a wrench (4) when installing the camshaft phaser lock.

7. Install the (special tool #10202-1, Lock, Camshaft/Phaser, Right Side) (1) against the cylinder head cover mounting surface with the tool number facing up. 8. Tighten the oil control valves (2) and (3) to 150 N.m (110 ft. lbs.). 9. Remove the Camshaft Phaser Lock (1) and the Timing Chain Holder.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 244: Chain Pins, Arrows, Scribe Lines, Cam Phaser Triangle Marking & Circle Marking Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 10. Rotate the crankshaft clockwise two complete revolutions stopping when the right side number one cylinder piston is again positioned at top-dead-center on the exhaust stroke. To assure correct engine timing, verify the following;  The indicator dial is set to ZERO when the right side number one cylinder piston is positioned at top-dead-center on the exhaust stroke.  The ARROWS (4) on the right side cam phasers point away from each other.  The SCRIBE LINES (5) on the right side cam phasers are parallel to the cylinder head cover mounting surface.  There are twelve chain pins (2) BETWEEN the exhaust cam phaser triangle marking (1) and the intake cam phaser circle marking (3). 11. If the engine timing is not correct, repeat this procedure. 12. Install the spark plugs. Refer to SPARK PLUG, INSTALLATION . 13. Install the left ignition coils. Refer to COIL, IGNITION, INSTALLATION . 14. Install the right cylinder head cover and right ignition coils. Refer to COVER(S), CYLINDER HEAD, INSTALLATION. 15. Install the upper intake manifold and air cleaner housing assembly. Refer to MANIFOLD, INTAKE, INSTALLATION. 16. Connect the negative battery cable and tighten nut to 5 N.m (45 in. lbs.). 17. Start the engine and perform the appropriate POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST located in appropriate Electrical Diagnostics article.  Cam/Crank Variation Relearn  Target Coefficient Relearn NOTE:

Following the first restart after a DTC driven phaser replacement, clear all DTCs and verify that subsequent restarts do not set any additional codes. for any

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

DTCs that reset. Refer to appropriate Electrical Diagnostics article. . CAMSHAFT, ENGINE DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION

Fig. 245: Dual Over Head Camshaft (DOHC) Configuration Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC The 3.6L engine uses a Dual Over Head Camshaft (DOHC) configuration. The camshafts are a nodular cast iron design and have a pressed on magnetic timing wheel that is magnetic encoded. The two Camshaft Position (CMP) sensors are located between the timing wheels. Attached to the rear of the right exhaust camshaft is a centrifuge which is part of the crankcase ventilation system. The centrifuge is used to separate oil droplets from the crankcase gases before they enter the PCV valve. Four bearing journals are machined into the camshaft. Camshaft end play is controlled by two thrust walls that border the nose piece journal. OPERATION OPERATION

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 246: Right Hand Camshafts Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE:

RH camshafts shown in illustration, LH camshafts similar.

The camshaft has precisely machined (egg shaped) lobes to provide accurate valve timing and duration. The camshaft is driven by the crankshaft via drive sprockets and chains. STANDARD PROCEDURE STANDARD PROCEDURE - CAMSHAFT END PLAY

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 247: Measuring Camshaft End Play Using Dial Indicator Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE:

Right intake camshaft shown in illustration, other camshafts similar.

1. Remove the cylinder head cover. Refer to COVER(S), CYLINDER HEAD, REMOVAL. 2. Mount Dial Indicator Set (special tool #C-3339A, Set, Dial Indicator) (1) to a stationary point at the front of the engine. Locate the probe perpendicular against the nose of the camshaft. 3. Move the camshaft all the way to the rear of its travel. 4. Zero the dial indicator. 5. Move the camshaft forward to the limit of travel and read the dial indicator. Compare the measured end play to the specification. Refer to Engine - Specifications. REMOVAL LEFT

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 248: Magnetic Timing Wheels Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC CAUTION: The magnetic timing wheels (1) must not come in contact with magnets (pickup tools, trays, etc.) or any other strong magnetic field. This will destroy the timing wheels ability to correctly relay camshaft position to the camshaft position sensor.

Fig. 249: Camshaft Bearing Cap Bolts Removal Sequence - Left Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC CAUTION: When the timing chain is removed and the cylinder heads are still installed, Do not forcefully rotate the camshafts or crankshaft independently of each other. Severe valve and/or piston damage can occur.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

CAUTION: DO NOT STAMP OR STRIKE THE CAMSHAFT BEARING CAPS. SEVERE DAMAGE WILL OCCUR TO THE BEARING CAPS. 1. Remove the upper intake manifold, all ignition coils, all spark plugs, left cylinder head cover and left cam phasers. Refer to ASSEMBLY, VARIABLE VALVE TIMING, PHASER / OIL CONTROL VALVE, REMOVAL. 2. Rotate the camshafts counterclockwise to position the alignment holes (1) approximately 30° before topdead-center. This places the camshafts in the neutral position (no valve load). NOTE:

Camshaft bearing caps should have been marked during engine manufacturing. For example, the number one exhaust camshaft bearing cap is marked "1E->". The caps should be installed with the notch forward.

3. Loosen the camshaft bearing cap bolts in the sequence shown in illustration. NOTE:

When the camshaft is removed the rocker arms may slide downward, mark the rocker arms before removing the camshaft.

4. Remove the camshaft bearing caps and the camshafts. RIGHT

Fig. 250: Magnetic Timing Wheels Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC CAUTION: The magnetic timing wheels (1) must not come in contact with magnets (pickup tools, trays, etc.) or any other strong magnetic field. This will destroy the timing wheels ability to correctly relay camshaft position to the camshaft position sensor.

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 251: Camshaft Bearing Cap Bolts Removal Sequence - Right Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC CAUTION: When the timing chain is removed and the cylinder heads are still installed, Do not forcefully rotate the camshafts or crankshaft independently of each other. Severe valve and/or piston damage can occur. CAUTION: DO NOT STAMP OR STRIKE THE CAMSHAFT BEARING CAPS. SEVERE DAMAGE WILL OCCUR TO THE BEARING CAPS. 1. Remove the upper intake manifold, all ignition coils, all spark plugs, right cylinder head cover and right cam phasers. Refer to ASSEMBLY, VARIABLE VALVE TIMING, PHASER / OIL CONTROL VALVE, REMOVAL. NOTE:

Camshaft bearing caps should have been marked during engine manufacturing. For example, the number one exhaust camshaft bearing cap is marked "1E->". The caps should be installed with the notch forward.

2. Loosen the camshaft bearing cap bolts in the sequence shown in illustration. NOTE:

When the camshaft is removed the rocker arms may slide downward, mark the rocker arms before removing the camshaft.

3. Remove the camshaft bearing caps and the camshafts. INSPECTION INSPECTION

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Fig. 252: Inspecting Camshaft Bearing Journals & Cam Lobes Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC NOTE:

RH intake camshaft shown in illustration, other camshafts similar.

1. Inspect camshaft bearing journals (4) for damage and binding. If journals are binding, check the cylinder head for damage. Also check cylinder head oil holes for clogging. 2. Check the surface of the cam lobes (5) for abnormal wear (3). Measure and compare the unworn area (1) to the worn area (2). Replace camshafts that are not within specification. Refer to Engine Specifications. INSTALLATION LEFT

Fig. 253: Magnetic Timing Wheels

2011 Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 ENGINE 3.6L - Service Information - Grand Cherokee

Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC CAUTION: The magnetic timing wheels (1) must not come in contact with magnets (pickup tools, trays, etc.) or any other strong magnetic field. This will destroy the timing wheels ability to correctly relay camshaft position to the camshaft position sensor.

Fig. 254: Bearing Cap Retaining Bolts Tightening Sequence - Left Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC 1. Lubricate the camshaft journals with clean engine oil. 2. Install the left side camshaft(s) with the alignment holes (1) positioned approximately 30° before topdead-center. This will place the camshafts at the neutral position (no valve load) easing the installation of the camshaft bearing caps. 3. Install the camshaft bearing caps and hand tighten the retaining bolts to 2 N.m (18 in. lbs.). NOTE:

Caps are identified numerically (1 through 4), intake or exhaust (I or E) and should be installed from the front to the rear of the engine. All caps should be installed with the notch forward so that the stamped arrows (